C

a
t
a
l
o
g

D

2
1
.
1

•

2
0
0
5
SINAMICS S120
Vector Control Drive System
sinamics
ReIated cataIogs
SIZER speeds up and simplifies the configuration of
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G130, SINAMICS G150,
SINAMICS S120, SINAMICS S150 and
MICROMASTER 4 drives.
The tool will support you during the technical configuration
of all components required to complete a drive task. SIZER
will guide you through all stages of the configuration pro-
cess, from the line supply through the drive components
and beyond to the motors.
Motors are configured by means of standardized load cha-
racteristics, cyclic drives or free duty cycles. The drive com-
ponents required (e.g. power modules, power supplies) are
calculated. The configuration completes the drive system
by adding the supplementary components (e.g. sensor
modules, terminal expansion modules, cables, reactors,
filters).
Menu driven configuration makes it easier for beginners to
use the tool. Status information keeps you continually infor-
med of the progress of the configuration process. The
online help provides support during configuration. In addi-
tion to the data calculated, characteristics are also dis-
played to assist optimization and highlight reserves.
The export function can be used to forward the parts list to
the SAP-VSR ordering system where available.
Minimum hardware and software requirements:
PG or PC with Pentium
TM
II 400 MHz (NT, 2000),
Pentium
TM
III 500 MHz (XP) 256 MB RAM
At least 600 MB of free hard disk space
An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows
system drive
Monitor resolution 1024x768 pixels
Windows
TM
NT 4.0 SP5, 2000 SP2, XP SP1
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 SP2
Use
The SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER can be used free of
charge. A minimal fee is charged for processing CD-deli-
very.
The user interface is available in English and German.
The SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER configuration tool
can be ordered from your Siemens representative under
Order No. 6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0.
SINAMICS G110 D 11.1
Converter Chassis Units
0.12 kW (0.16 HP) to
3 kW (4 HP)
Order No.:
German: E86060-K5511-A111-A1
English: E86060-K5511-A111-A1-7600
SINAMICS G130 D 11
Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150
Converter Cabinet Units
Order No.:
German: E86060-K5511-A111-A2
English: E86060-K5511-A111-A2-7600
SINAMICS S120 D 21.2
Servo Control Drive System
Order No.:
German: E86060-K5521-A121-A1
English: E86060-K5521-A121-A1-7600
SINAMICS S150 D 21.3
Converter Cabinet Units
75 kW (100 HP) to
1200 kW (1609 HP)
Order No.:
German: E86060-K5521-A131-A1
English: E86060-K5521-A131-A1-7600
SIMOTION PM 10
Motion Control System
Order No.:
German: E86060-K4910-A101-A4
English: E86060-K4910-A101-A4-7600
SIMATIC ST 70
Components for
Totally Integrated Automation
and Micro Automation
Order No.:
German: E86060-K4910-A111-A9
Englisch: E86060-K4910-A111-A9-7600
SITRAIN Training for Automation ITC
and Industrial Solutions
Order No.:
Paper: E86060-K6850-A101-B5 (Germ.)
Paper: E86060-K6850-A101-B5-7600 (Engl.)
CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7400 (Germ.)
CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7600 (Engl.)
CataIog CA 01 CA 01
The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives
Order No.:
CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A100-C3 (Germ.)
CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A100-C3-7600 (Engl.)
DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C3 (Germ.)
DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C3-7600 (Engl.)
A&D MaII
Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Trademarks
All product designations may be trademarks or product
names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use
by third parties for their own purposes could violate the
rights of the owners.
SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER
configuration tooI
U2¸en.Im Seite 1 Freitag, 5. August 2005 9:33 09
s
© Siemens AG 2005
SINAMICS S120
Vector Control
Drive System
Catalog D 21.1 · 2005
Introduction Welcome to
Automation and Drives
Totally Integrated
Automation
SINAMICS
SINAMICS S120
1
SINAMICS S120
Vector Control
Technical system data
Line-side components
Line/Motor Modules
DC link components
Load-side components
Control Units
Encoder connection system
2
AC motors Asynchronous
(induction) motors
3
Connection system MOTION-CONNECT
4
Configuration Selection guides
Planning
Dimensioning
Configuration example
5
Services and
documentation
Applications
Training
Service & Support
Documentation
6
Appendix Glossary
Siemens contacts worlwide
A&D Online Services
Index of order numbers
Subject index
Terms and conditions of sale
and delivery
Export regulations
7
The products and sys-
tems described in this
catalog are produced/
distributed in accordan-
ce with the requirements
of a quality manage-
ment system which has
been certified to
DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certificate Registration
No. 001258 QM) and
DIN EN ISO 14001
(Certificate Registration
No. 081342 UM).The
certificates are recogni-
zed in all IQNet coun-
tries.
S
I
N
A
M
I
C
S

S
1
2
0
M
o
t
o
r
s
A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l

i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
C
a
b
l
e
s
Innentitel_en.fm Seite 1 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 1:42 13
1/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
Welcome to
Automation and Drives
We would like to welcome you to Automation and
Drives and our comprehensive range of products,
systems, solutions and services for production and
process automation and building technology
worldwide.
With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally
Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based
on standards that offer you a considerable savings
potential.
Discover the world of our technology now. If you need
more detailed information, please contact one of your
regional Siemens partners.
They will be glad to assist you.
1/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
1/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
Industrial
E
t
h
e
r
n
e
t
PROCESS FIELD
GAMMA instabus
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning
MES
Manufacturing
Execution
Systems
Ethernet
Ethernet
Material
Management
Equipment
Management
Production
Order
Management
Production
Operations
Recording
SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication
Industrial Wireless
Communication/
MOBIC
ECOFAST IP65
Distributed
Automation System
Micro-Automation
and
Actuator-Sensor
Interface Level
AS-Interface
PROFIBUS
Industrial
Ethernet
Safety Integrated
Control
SINAUT Telecontrol
System
SIMATIC
Software
SIMATIC
Machine Vision
PC-based Automation
Building
Technology
With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation, we were
the first ones on the market to consistently implement the
trend from equipment to an integrated automation solution,
and have continuously improved the system ever since.
Whether your industry is process- and production-oriented or
a hybrid, Totally Integrated Automation is a unique "common
solution" platform that covers all the sectors.
Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the
entire production line - from receiving to technical processing
Totally Integrated Automation –
innovations for more productivity
1/5 Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
Plant
Information
Management
Detailed
Production
Scheduling
SIMATIC IT Framework
Production Modeler
Product Specification
Management System
Laboratory Information
Management System
SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control
System
SIMATIC
Controller/
Automation
System
SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine
Interface
Drive Systems/
SINAMICS
SENTRON
Circuit-
Breakers
Sensor
Technology
IQ-Sense
SIMATIC
Distributed
I / O
SIMOTION
Motion Control
System
SINUMERIK
Numeric
Control
SIMOCODE pro
Motor Manage-
ment System
SINAMICS SIMODRIVE
and production areas to shipping. Thanks to the system-oriented
engineering environment, integrated, open communications
as well as intelligent diagnostics options, your plant now
benefits in every phase of the life cycle.
In fact, to this day we are the only company worldwide that
can offer a control system based on an integrated platform
for both the production and process industry.
PROFIBUS PA
HART
SIWAREX
Weighing
Technology
Process
Instrumen-
tation and
Analytics
Introduction
SINAMICS drive family
1/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
1
Applications of the SINAMICS drive family
Applications
SINAMICS is the new family of Siemens drives designed for
machine and plant engineering applications. SINAMICS offers
solutions for all drive tasks:
7 Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry.
7 Complex individual drives in centrifuges, presses, extruders,
elevators, as well as conveyor and transport systems.
7 Drive line-ups in textile, plastic film and paper machines, as
well as in rolling mill plants.
7 Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools, as well as
packaging and printing machines.
Versions
Depending on the application, the SINAMICS range offers the
ideal version for any drive task.
7 SINAMICS G is designed for standard applications with asyn-
chronous (induction) motors. These applications have less
stringent requirements regarding the dynamics and accuracy
of the motor speed.
7 SINAMICS S handles complex drive tasks with synchro-
nous/asynchronous (induction) motors and fulfills stringent
requirements regarding:
- dynamics and accuracy
- integration of extensive technological functions in the drive
control system
Platform Concept and Totally Integrated Automation
All SINAMICS versions are based on a platform concept. Joint
hardware and software components, as well as standardized
tools for design, configuration and commissioning tasks, ensure
high-level integration across all components. SINAMICS hand-
les a wide variety of drive tasks with no system gaps. The diffe-
rent SINAMICS versions can be easily combined with each
other.
SINAMICS is a part of the Siemens "Totally Integrated Automa-
tion" concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems covering configu-
ration, data storage and communication at automation level,
ensure low-maintenance solutions with SIMATIC, SIMOTION
and SINUMERIK.
SINAMICS G SINAMICS S
Pumps/Fans
Packaging
Forming/Shaping
Conveyor Systems
Printing Machines
Machine Tools
Extrusion
Rolling Mills
Textiles
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
5
3
D21-1_en_Kap1_006_010.fm Seite 6 Montag, 25. Juli 2005 12:40 12
Introduction
SINAMICS drive family
1/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
1
SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system
Quality to DIN EN ISO 9001
SINAMICS conforms with the most exacting quality require-
ments. Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all deve-
lopment and production processes ensure a consistently high
level of quality.
Of course, our quality assurance system is certified by an inde-
pendent authority to DIN EN ISO 9001.
Suitable for use anywhere in the world
SINAMICS meets the requirements of relevant international stan-
dards and regulations – from the EN standards through IEC stan-
dards to UL and cULus regulations.
SINUMERIK
Automation Systems
Asynchronous Motors
Synchronous Motors
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
7
7
D21-1_en_Kap1_006_010.fm Seite 7 Montag, 25. Juli 2005 12:40 12
Introduction
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control drive system
1/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
1
System overview of SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Terminal
Module
1
4 5 3
1
2
3
4
5
Control Unit
Active Interface Module
Active Line Module
Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
Sensor Module
PROCESS FIELD
2
1
3 4 4 4
6
6
6
PC tools
SIZER and
STARTER
SITOP Type Booksize Type Chassis
Incoming
power
Line reactor
Line filter
Incoming
power
Power/signal line
DRIVE-CLiQ line
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
7
Motors
without
encoder
Motors with
integrated
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Motors with
standard
encoder
SITOP
24 V DC
24 V DC
Motors with
integrated
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Motors with
standard
encoder
Motors
without
encoder
Option
Boards
Terminal
Modules
Option
Boards
D21-1_en_Kap1_006_010.fm Seite 8 Montag, 25. Juli 2005 12:40 12
Introduction
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control drive system
1/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
1
Modular system for demanding drive tasks
SINAMICS S120 solves demanding drive tasks for a wide range
of industrial applications and is, therefore, designed as a modu-
lar system. Users can choose from many different harmonized
components and functions to create a solution that best meets
their requirements. SIZER, a high-performance configuration
tool, makes it easier to choose and determine the optimum drive
configuration.
SINAMICS S120 is enhanced by a wide range of motors.
Whether synchronous or asynchronous (induction), all motor
types are supported by SINAMICS S120.
Particularly suitable for multi-axis applications
Coordinated drives that carry out drive tasks together are used
in many mechanical and plant engineering applications, inclu-
ding running gears in gantry cranes, stretching systems in the
textile industry, or paper machines and rolling mills. Drives with
coupled DC links are required for this purpose, as they support
economic energy exchange between braking and driving axes.
SINAMICS S120 boasts line supplies (Line Modules) and inver-
ters (Motor Modules) covering a wide power range, which, ha-
ving been designed for seamless integration, pave the way for
compact multi-axis drive configurations.
New system architecture with a central Control Unit
Electronically coordinated individual drives work together to per-
form their drive tasks. Higher-level controllers operate the drives
to achieve the required coordinated movement. This requires cy-
clic data exchange between the controller and all the drives.
This exchange usually took place via a field bus, which required
a great deal of time and effort for installation and configuration.
SINAMICS S120 takes a different approach. A central control
unit controls the drives for all connected axes and also establi-
shes the technological links between the drives and/or axes.
Since all the required data is stored in the central Control Unit, it
does not need to be transferred. Inter-axis connections can be
established within a Control Unit and easily configured in the
STARTER commissioning tool using a mouse.
Simple technological tasks can be carried out automatically by
the SINAMICS S120 Control Unit. For complex numerical or mo-
tion-control tasks, high-performance SIMOTION D modules are
used instead.
DRIVE-CLiQ – the digital interface between all components
All SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors and en-
coders, are interconnected via a joint serial interface called
DRIVE-CLiQ. The standardized cables and connectors reduce
the variety of different parts and cut inventory costs.
Converter boards (sensor modules) for converting standard en-
coder signals to DRIVE-CLiQ are available for third-party motors
or retrofit applications.
Electronic rating plate in all components
All SINAMICS S120 components with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface
have an electronic rating plate that contains all the relevant data
about that particular component. In the motors, for example, this
data includes the parameters of the electric equivalent circuit
diagram and characteristic values for the built-in motor encoder.
The Control Unit records this data automatically via DRIVE-CLiQ
so that it does not need to be entered during commissioning or
when the equipment is replaced.
In addition to the technical data, the rating plate includes logis-
tical data (manufacturer ID, order number, and globally unique
ID). Since this data can be called up electronically on site or re-
motely, all the components used in a machine can always be in-
dividually identified, which helps simplify servicing.
D21-1_en_Kap1_006_010.fm Seite 9 Montag, 25. Juli 2005 12:40 12
Introduction
Notes
1/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
1
D21-1_en_Kap1_006_010.fm Seite 10 Montag, 25. Juli 2005 12:40 12
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2/2 System Data
2/2 General technical data
2/5 Derating characteristic curves
2/7 Line Modules
and line-side components
2/7 Overview
2/8 Basic Line Modules in chassis format
2/12 Line reactors
2/13 Line filters
2/15 Recommended line-side components
2/16 Smart Line Modules in booksize format
2/20 Line reactors
2/21 Line filters
2/22 Recommended line-side components
2/23 Active Line Modules in booksize format
2/26 Line reactors
2/27 Line filters
2/29 Recommended line-side components
2/30 Active Line Modules in chassis format
2/35 Active Interface Modules
2/41 Recommended line-side components
2/42 Motor Modules
2/42 Single Motor Modules in booksize format
2/48 Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/58 Double Motor Modules in booksize format
2/61 DC link components
2/61 Braking Modules in booksize format
2/63 Braking Modules in chassis format
2/66 Braking resistors in booksize format
2/67 Braking resistors in chassis format
2/69 Capacitor Module
2/70 Control Supply Module
2/72 DC link supply adapter
2/73 Load-side
power components
2/73 Sinusoidal filter
2/74 Motor reactors
2/77 Control Units
2/77 CU320 Control Unit
2/80 CompactFlash card
2/81 Supplementary
system components
2/81 CBC10 Communication Board
2/82 TB30 Terminal Board
2/84 TM31 Terminal Module
2/86 TM15 Terminal Module
2/88 Encoder system connection
2/89 SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
2/90 SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
2/91 SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
SINAMICS S120
Vector Control
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
System Data
General technical data
2/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
SINAMICS S120 booksize and chassis formats
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
specifications are valid for all the following components of the
SINAMICS S120 drive system.
1) In transport packaging
Electrical data
Line connection voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC ±10%
(-15% < 1 min) or
660 V to 690 V 3 AC ±10%
(-15% < 1 min)
Power frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Output voltage 0 V to line connection voltage,
depending on the infeed type
Output frequency 0 Hz to 300 Hz
Electronics power supply 24 V DC, -15/+20%
Radio interference suppression
• Booksize format units
- Standard No radio interference suppression
- With line filter Class A1 to EN 55011 and
Category C2 to EN 61800-3
• Chassis format units
- Standard Category C3 to EN 61800-3
- With line filter Category C2 to EN 61800-3
Overvoltage category Class III to EN 60664-1
Mechanical data
Vibratory load
• Transport
1)
- Booksize format units Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2
- Chassis format units Class 2M2 to EN 60721-3-2
• Operation Class 3M4 to EN 60721-3-3
Shock stressing
• Transport
1)
- Booksize format units Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2
- Chassis format units Class 2M2 to EN 60721-3-2
• Operation Class 3M4 to EN 60721-3-3
Ambient conditions
Degree of protection IP00 or IP20 to EN 60529
Protection class Class I (with protective conduc-
tor system) and class III (PELV)
to EN 61800-5-1
Cooling method Internal ventilator, power sec-
tions with increased air cooling
by in-built fans
Permissible ambient and coolant
temperature (air) during operation
for line-side components, Line
Modules and Motor Modules
0 °C (+32 °F) to +40 °C
(+104 °F) without derating,
> 40 °C (+104 °F) to +55 °C
(+131 °F) see derating
characteristics
Permissible ambient and coolant
temperature (air) during operation
for Control Units, additional system
components, DC link components
and Sensor Modules
0 °C (+32 °F) to +55 °C
(+131 °F)
Up to 2000 m (6563 ft) above
sea level
Climatic ambient conditions
• Storage
1)
Class 1K3 to EN 60721-3-1
Temperature -40 °C (-40 °F) to
+70 °C (+158 °F)
• Transport
1)
Class 2K4 to EN 60721-3-2
Temperature -40 °C (-40 °F) to
+70 °C (+158 °F)
Max. air humidity 95% at 40 °C
(+104 °F)
• Operation Class 3K3 to EN 60721-3-3
Condensation, splashwater and
ice formation are not permitted
(EN 60204, Part 1)
Environmental class/harmful
chemical substances
• Storage
1)
Class 1C2 to EN 60721-3-1
• Transport
1)
Class 2C2 to EN 60721-3-2
• Operation Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3
Organic/biological influences
• Storage
1)
Class 1B1 to EN 60721-3-1
• Transport
1)
Class 2B1 to EN 60721-3-2
• Operation Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3
Pollution degree 2 to EN 61800-5-1
Installation altitude
• Booksize format units Up to 1000 m (3282 ft) above
sea level without derating,
> 1000 m (3282 ft) to 5000 m
(16408 ft) above sea level
see derating characteristics
• Chassis format units Up to 2000 m (6563 ft) above
sea level without derating,
> 2000 m (6563 ft) to 4000 m
(13126 ft) above sea level
see derating characteristics
Certificates
Conformity CE (low-voltage and EMC
directive)
Approvals
(for 380 V to 480 V SINAMICS
modules)
cULus (File Nos.: E192450,
E164110 and E70122)
Certification
(certification for chassis format
units available soon)
Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL 2)
to IEC 61508,
Control category 3 to EN 954-1
for Safety Integrated – safe
standstill (SH) and safe brake
control (SBC)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
System Data
General technical data
2/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■ Technical data (continued)
Overload capability
Line Modules in booksize format
Load cycle with preloading
S6 duty cycle with preloading
S6 duty cycle with preloading
Line Modules in chassis format
High overload
Motor Modules in booksize format
Load cycle with preloading
S6 duty cycle with preloading
S6 duty cycle with preloading
Load cycle without preloading
10 s
t
P
P
P
max
0.2 s
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
3
rated
10 min
t
4 min
P
P
P
max
S6
0.4
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
1
rated
P
rated
x P
t
P
60 s
10 s
P
max
P
P 0.4 x
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
2
b
rated
rated
t
5 s
300 s
max_DC
H_DC
H_DC
60 s
1.5 x
rated_DC
G_D211_EN_00036
10 s
t
max
0.25 s
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
5
a
rated
10 min
t
4 min
max
S6
0.7
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
7
a
rated
rated
x
t
60 s
10 s
max
0.7 x
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
8
a
rated
rated
10 s
t
max
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
e
n
_
0
0
0
6
6
a
2.65 s
rated
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
System Data
General technical data
2/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■ Technical data (continued)
Motor Modules in booksize format
Load cycle with 60 s overload with a load cycle period of 300 s
Load cycle with 30 s overload with a load cycle period of 300 s
Motor Modules in chassis format
The base load current I
L
is based on a load cycle of 110% for
60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle period of 300 s.
Low overload
The base load current I
H
is based on a load cycle of 150% for
60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle period of 300 s.
High overload
60 s
300 s
t
H
H
1.5 x
Converter current
G_D211_EN_00001
Base load current
H
rated
30 s
300 s
t
H
H
1.76 x
Converter current
G_D211_EN_00002
Base load current
rated
H
L
L
60 s
300 s
1.1 x
Base load current for small overload
L
Short-time current
Rated current (permanent)
Converter current
G_D213_EN_00007
H
60 s
300 s
H
1.5 x
Converter current
G_D213_EN_00008a
Short-time current
Rated current (permanent)
Base load current for high overload
H
rated
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
System Data
General technical data
2/5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Characteristic curves
Derating characteristics for Line Modules in booksize format
Output power as a function of ambient temperature
Output power as a function of installation altitude
Derating characteristics for Motor Modules in booksize format
Output current as a function of ambient temperature
Output current as a function of installation altitude
Correction factors for increased ambient temperatures and
installation altitudes
If the Line and Motor Modules are operated at ambient tempera-
tures of > 40 °C (104 °F) and installation altitudes of > 1000 m
(3282 ft), both derating characteristics must be taken into
account for the permissible output power/output current.
Example:
A Motor Module is to operate at an ambient temperature of 55 °C
(131 °F) (60% permissible output current) and an installation al-
titude of 3000 m (9845 ft) (75% permissible output current). The
permissible output current in this case is 100 x (0.60 x 0.75) =
45%.
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

o
u
t
p
u
t

p
o
w
e
r
Ambient temperature
(86) (95) (104) (113) (122) (131) (°F)
G_D212_DE_00058a
G_D212_EN_00058a
100
90
80
70
60
55
30 35 40 45 50 55
%
°C
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

o
u
t
p
u
t

p
o
w
e
r
Installation altitude above sea level
%
m
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
6
0
(ft) (3282) (6563) (9845) (13126) (16408)
100
95
90
85
80
75
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
70
65
60
55
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

o
u
t
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
Ambient temperature
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
1
a
(86) (95) (104) (113 (122) (131) (°F)
100
90
80
70
60
55
30 35 40 45 50 55
%
°C
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

o
u
t
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
Installation altitude above sea level
%
m
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
3
a
(ft) (3282) (6563) (9845) (13126) (16408)
100
95
90
85
80
75
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
70
65
60
55
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
System Data
General technical data
2/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
Derating characteristics for Line/Motor Modules in chassis
format
Current correction factor as a function of ambient temperature
Current correction factor as a function of installation altitude
Voltage correction factor as a function of installation altitude
Correction factors for increased ambient temperatures and
installation altitudes
If the Line and Motor Modules are operated at ambient tempera-
tures of > 40 °C (104 °F) and installation altitudes of > 2000 m
(6563 ft), both derating characteristics must be taken into ac-
count for the permissible output power/output current. A voltage
reduction k
U
must also be taken into account at installation alti-
tudes of > 2000 m (6563 ft) in accordance with IEC 60664-1.
Due to their narrow voltage range, units with a voltage range be-
tween 660 V and 690 V cannot be used at altitudes of 3500 m
(11485 ft) above sea level or higher.
Example 1
A drive system comprising Line and Motor Modules is to be ope-
rated at an altitude of 2500 m (8204 ft) at a maximum ambient
temperature of 30 °C (86 °F).
Since the ambient temperature is below 40 °C (104 °F), a com-
pensation calculation (installation altitude/ambient temperature)
can be carried out.
Reason:
If the units are operated at installation altitudes between 2000 m
(6563 ft) and 4000 m (13126 ft), the air density and thus also the
cooling capacity of the forced-cooled devices decreases. How-
ever, since the ambient temperatures at the installation site are
often lower, a compensation calculation can be applied. The re-
duction in current can be balanced by correction factor k
T
. If the
result of multiplying correction factor k
T
by correction factor k
I
is
greater than 1, the rated current can be used in the calculation.
If the result is < 1, the rated current must be multiplied by this va-
lue to yield the maximum permissible continuous current.
Installation altitude: 2500 m (8204 ft)
(correction factor k
I
= 0.965, k
U
= 0.94)
Max. ambient temperature: 30 °C (86 °F)
(correction factor k
T
= 1.133)
The following formula is used: I ≤ I
UN
× k
I
× k
T
I = permissible continuous current
I
UN
= rated current
I ≤ I
UN
× 0.965 × 1.133
I ≤ I
UN
× 1.094
Result: The current need not be reduced as the result produces
a factor of > 1.
However, a voltage reduction is required to comply with
IEC 60664-1.
The units in voltage range 380 V to 480 V can be operated up to
a maximum voltage of 480 V x 0.94 = 451 V, and the units in vol-
tage range 660 V to 690 V up to 690 V × 0.94 = 648 V.
Example 2
When a drive line-up is configured, a Motor Module with the or-
der number 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 is selected. The drive line-up
is to be operated at an altitude of 3000 m (9845 ft) where am-
bient temperatures could reach 35 °C (95 °F) as a result of the
installation conditions.
Installation altitude: 3000 m (9845 ft)
(correction factor k
I
= 0.925, k
U
= 0.88)
Max. ambient temperature: 35 °C (95 °F)
(correction factor k
T
= 1.066)
Motor Module: Output voltage 380 V to 480 V, 110 kW, 210 A
The following formula is used: I ≤ I
UN
× k
I
× k
T
I = permissible continuous current
I
UN
= rated current
I ≤ I
UN
× 0.925 × 1.066
I ≤ I
UN
× 0.987
Result: The current needs to be reduced as the result produces
a factor of < 1. The maximum continuous current of the Motor
Module is 210 A × 0.987 = 207 A.
A voltage reduction is required to comply with IEC 60664-1.
The selected unit can be operated up to a voltage of 480 V x 0.88
= 422 V, i.e. a 400 V asychronous motor can be operated without
restriction in this example. Due to the installation altitude, how-
ever, derating must be taken into account for the asynchronous
motor.
Ambient temperature
G_D211_EN_00004
(68) (77) (95) (104) (113) (131) (°F)
k
T
C
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

f
a
c
t
o
r
(86) (122)
30 35 40 45 50 55 °C 20 25
1.3
1.2
1.0
0.9
0.8
1.1
lll
C
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

f
a
c
t
o
r
G_D211_EN_00005
(3282) (6563) (9845) (ft) (13126)
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

c
o
n
t
i
n
u
o
u
s

c
u
r
r
e
n
t

i
n

%
o
f

r
a
t
e
d

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
k
l
1.00
0,95
0,85
0.95
0.90
0.85
100
95
90
85
Installation altitude above sea level
l
1000 2000 m 0 3000 4000
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

i
n
p
u
t

v
o
l
t
a
g
e

i
n

%
o
f

r
a
t
e
d

v
o
l
t
a
g
e
G_D211_EN_00006
(3282) (6563) (9845) (ft) (13126)
100
90
80
70
1.0
0.9
0.7
0.8
Installation altitude above sea level
C
o
r
r
e
c
t
i
o
n

f
a
c
t
o
r

k
U
1000 2000 m 0 3000 4000
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Line Modules and line-side power components
2/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Line Modules generate a DC voltage from the line voltage and
supply Motor Modules with energy via the voltage-source DC
link. Line Modules are designed for connection to grounded (TN,
TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems. A line filter for limi-
ting interference emission can be installed only if the module is
connected to a TN system.
Basic Line Modules
Basic Line Modules are designed only for infeed operation, i.e.
they are not capable of recovering regenerative energy to the
supply system. If regenerative energy is produced, e.g. when
drives brake, it must be converted to heat by means of a Braking
Module and a braking resistor. When a Basic Line Module is
used as the infeed, the matching line reactor must be installed.
A line filter can be installed optionally to restrict conducted inter-
ference to Class C2 limits (EN 61800-3).
Smart Line Modules
Smart Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative
energy to the supply system. A Braking Module and braking re-
sistor are required only if the drives need to be decelerated in a
controlled manner after a power failure (i.e. when energy cannot
be recovered to the supply). When a Smart Line Module is used
as the infeed, the matching line reactor must be installed. A line
filter can be installed optionally to restrict conducted interfe-
rence to Class C2 limits (EN 61800-3).
Active Line Modules
Active Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative
energy to the supply system. A Braking Module and braking re-
sistor are required only if the drives need to be decelerated in a
controlled manner after a power failure (i.e. when energy cannot
be recovered to the supply). In contrast to Basic Line Modules
and Smart Line Modules, however, Active Line Modules gene-
rate a regulated DC voltage which remains constant despite
fluctuations in the line voltage. In this case, the line voltage must
remain within the permissible tolerance range. Active Line
Modules draw a virtually sinusoidal current from the supply and
do not cause any harmful harmonics.
Active Line Modules in booksize format
When an Active Line Module is used as the infeed, the matching
line reactor must be installed. To minimize interference emission,
the Active Line Module should always be operated with a com-
bination of line filter and line reactor.
Active Line Modules in chassis format
All the infeed components to operate an Active Line Module are
integrated in the Active Interface Module. For frame sizes HX
and JX a buffer protection external to the AIM is required.
Please refer to the Engineering Information for more information
about designing a drive system with SINAMICS S120.
M
3
=
G_D211_EN_00032
Switch disconnector
and fuses or
circuit-breaker
Line
reactor Line filter
Main
contactor
Basic Line
Module
Motor
Module
. . .
M
3
G_D211_EN_00033
Switch disconnector
and fuses
Line
reactor Line filter
Main
contactor
Smart Line
Module
Motor
Module
. . .
=
M
3
G_D211_EN_00034
Switch disconnector
and fuses
Line
reactor Line filter
Line filter package
Main
contactor
Active Line
Module
Motor
Module
. . .
=
M
3
G_D211_EN_00035
Switch disconnector
and fuses or
circuit-breaker
Buffer
protection
Active Line
Module
Active Interface
Module
Motor
Module
. . .
=
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
2/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
A Basic Line Module converts an AC source into an unregulated
DC supply. Basic Line Modules are used for applications in
which no energy is returned to the supply or where the energy
exchange between motor and generator axes takes place in the
DC link. The connected Motor Modules are precharged via the
thyristor gate control which supplies a DC voltage equal to 1.35
x the line voltage.
■Design
The Basic Line Modules in chassis format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x power connection
• 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply
• 1 x DC link connection
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
The status of the Basic Line Module is indicated via two multi-
color LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Basic Line Modules includes:
• 0.6 m (1.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320
Control Unit
• 1.45 m (4.76 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the
CU320 Control Unit and first Motor Module
■Selection and ordering data
Warning signs in foreign languages
Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the
standard warning signs in German or English.
The following signs are supplied with chassis format units:
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish and Turkish.
Infeed power Chassis format
Basic Line Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
200 kW (300 HP) 6SL3330-1TE34-2AA0
250 kW (400 HP) 6SL3330-1TE35-3AA0
400 kW (600 HP) 6SL3330-1TE38-2AA0
560 kW (800 HP) 6SL3330-1TE41-2AA0
710 kW (1000 HP) 6SL3330-1TE41-5AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
250 kW 6SL3330-1TH33-0AA0
355 kW 6SL3330-1TH34-3AA0
560 kW 6SL3330-1TH36-8AA0
900 kW 6SL3330-1TH41-1AA0
1100 kW 6SL3330-1TH41-4AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
2/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The Basic Line Module communicates with the CU320 Control
Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for Basic Line Module
X402 X401 X400
P24 V
X9
U
1
V
1
W
1
Basic Line Module
DCP
DCN
2
1
4
3
6
5
+
M
L3
L2
L1
H200
L
E
D
s
H201
-F10
-F11
Line reactor
Input current
Main switch/
circuit-breaker
Line filter
Main contactor
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
0
a
ext.
24 V
Activation of
main contactor
Fan
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t
1 2 0
DC link current
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
2/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent. See
Engineering Information for further information.
2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module
loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Basic Line Modules in chassis format
6SL3330-1TE34-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE35-
3AA0
6SL3330-1TE38-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE41-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE41-
5AA0
Infeed power P
n
with 400 V 3 AC
with 460 V 3 AC
2)
kW
(HP)
200
(300)
250
(400)
400
(600)
560
(800)
710
(1000)
Infeed power
for S6 duty (40%) P
S6
kW On request
Max. infeed power P
max
kW 300 375 600 840 1065
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.35 x line voltage
Rated DC link
current I
n_DC
A 420 530 820 1200 1500
DC link current I
H_DC
A 328 413 640 936 1170
Max. DC link
current I
max_DC
A 630 795 1230 1800 2250
Input current
at U
line
= 400 V
A 365 460 710 1010 1265
Max. input current
at U
line
= 400 V
A 547 690 1065 1515 1897
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
DC link capacitance µF 7200 9600 14600 23200 29000
Max. DC link capacitance of
drive group
µF 57600 76800 116800 185600 232000
Efficiency η 0.991 0.992 0.992 0.992 0.992
Power loss kW 1.9 2.1 3.2 4.6 5.5
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 67/68 < 67/68 < 67/68 < 72/73 < 72/73
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Flange connection with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with M12 screw,
max. cross section 6 × 240 mm
2
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with M12 screw,
max. cross-section 2 × 240 mm
2
PE connection On housing with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
On housing with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 240 mm
2
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
305
(12)
305
(12)
305
(12)
305
(12)
305
(12)
Height mm
(inch)
1160
(45.67)
1160
(45.67)
1160
(45.67)
1650
(64.96)
1650
(64.96)
Depth mm
(inch)
351
(13.82)
351
(13.82)
351
(13.82)
550
(21.65)
550
(21.65)
Size FB FB FB GB GB
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
86
(190)
86
(190)
86
(190)
214
(472)
214
(472)
D21-1_en_Kap02_2_92.fm Seite 10 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 1:50 13
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
2/11
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent. See
Engineering Information for further information.
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Basic Line Modules in chassis format
6SL3330-1TH33-
0AA0
6SL3330-1TH34-
3AA0
6SL3330-1TH36-
8AA0
6SL3330-1TH41-
1AA0
6SL3330-1TH41-
4AA0
Infeed power P
n
(with 690 V 3 AC)
kW 250 355 560 900 1100
Infeed power
for S6 duty (40%) P
S6
kW On request
Max. infeed power P
max
kW 375 532.5 840 1350 1650
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.35 x line voltage
Rated DC link
current I
n_DC
A 300 430 680 1100 1400
DC link current I
H_DC
A 234 335 530 858 1092
Max. DC link
current I
max_DC
A 450 645 1020 1650 2100
Input current
at U
line
= 690 V
A 260 375 575 925 1180
Max. input current
at U
line
= 690 V
A 390 562.5 862.5 1387.5 1770
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1
DC link capacitance µF 3200 4800 7300 11600 15470
Max. DC link capacitance of
drive group
µF 25600 38400 58400 92800 123760
Efficiency η 0.994 0.994 0.995 0.994 0.995
Power loss kW 1.5 2.1 3.0 5.4 5.8
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 67/68 < 67/68 < 67/68 < 72/73 < 72/73
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Flange connection with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
with adapter max. cross section 3 x 240 mm
2
Flange connection for busbar connection
with M12 screw or with adapter max.
cross section 6 × 240 mm
2
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
with adapter max. cross section 3 x 240 mm
2
Flange connection for busbar connection
with M12 screw or with adapter max.
cross section 6 × 240 mm
2
PE connection On housing with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section 4 × 240 mm
2
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
305
(12)
305
(12)
305
(12)
305
(12)
305
(12)
Height mm
(inch)
1160
(45.67)
1160
(45.67)
1160
(45.67)
1650
(64.96)
1650
(64.96)
Depth mm
(inch)
351
(13.82)
351
(13.82)
351
(13.82)
550
(21.65)
550
(21.65)
Size FB FB FB GB GB
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
86
(190)
86
(190)
86
(190)
214
(472)
214
(472)
D21-1_en_Kap02_2_92.fm Seite 11 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 1:50 13
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
Line reactors
2/12
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Line reactors reduce harmonic currents on the supply system
and limit commutating dips in the Basic Line Module. For this
reason, line reactors should always be used.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Infeed power of the
Basic Line Module
Suitable for
Basic Line Module
Line reactor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
200 kW (300 HP) 6SL3330-1TE34-2AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0
250 kW (400 HP) 6SL3330-1TE35-3AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0
400 kW (600 HP) 6SL3330-1TE38-2AA0 6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0
560 kW (800 HP) 6SL3330-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0
710 kW (1000 HP) 6SL3330-1TE41-5AA0 6SL3000-0CE41-5AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
250 kW 6SL3330-1TH33-0AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0
355 kW 6SL3330-1TH34-3AA0 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0
560 kW 6SL3330-1TH36-8AA0 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0
900 kW 6SL3330-1TH41-1AA0 6SL3000-0CH41-2AA0
1100 kW 6SL3330-1TH41-4AA0 6SL3000-0CH41-2AA0
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line reactor
6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 6SL3000-0CE37-
7AA0
6SL3000-0CE41-
0AA0
6SL3000-0CE41-
5AA0
Suitable for
Basic Line Module
Type 6SL3330-1TE34-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE35-
3AA0
6SL3330-1TE38-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE41-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE41-
5AA0
Infeed power of the
Basic Line Module
kW
(HP)
200
(300)
250
(400)
400
(600)
560
(800)
710
(1000)
Max. thermal current I
th max
A 508 508 773 1022 1485
Power loss 50 Hz/60 Hz kW 0.292/0.328 0.323/0.365 0.310/0.351 0.441/0.498 0.687/0.776
Line/load connection Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm (inch) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 460 (18.11)
Height mm (inch) 269 (10.59) 269 (10.59) 269 (10.59) 321 (12.64) 435 (17.13)
Depth mm (inch) 212.5 (8.37) 212.5 (8.37) 212.5 (8.37) 211.5 (8.33) 235 (9.25)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 38.0 (84) 38.0 (84) 51.3 (113) 69.6 (154) 118 (260)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Line reactor
6SL3000-0CH32-
7AA0
6SL3000-0CH34-
8AA0
6SL3000-0CH36-
0AA0
6SL3000-0CH41-2AA0
Suitable for
Basic Line Module
Type 6SL3330-1TH33-
0AA0
6SL3330-1TH34-
3AA0
6SL3330-1TH36-
8AA0
6SL3330-1TH41-
1AA0
6SL3330-1TH41-
4AA0
Infeed power of the
Basic Line Module
kW 250 355 560 900 1100
Max. thermal current I
th max
A 270 482 597 1167 1167
Power loss 50 Hz/60 Hz kW 0.245/0.277 0.424/0.478 0.430/0.485 0.620/0.697 0.693/0.783
Line/load connection Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm (inch) 270 (10.63) 350 (13.78) 350 (13.78) 460 (18.11) 460 (18.11)
Height mm (inch) 248 (9.76) 321 (12.64) 321 (12.64) 435 (17.13) 435 (17.13)
Depth mm (inch) 200 (7.87) 232.5 (9.15) 232.5 (9.15) 235 (9.25) 235 (9.25)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 27.9 (62) 55.6 (123) 63.8 (141) 147 (324) 147 (324)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
Line filters
2/13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
In plants with strict EMC reguirements, line filters work together
with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emana-
ting from the power modules to the limit values of Category C2
as defined in EN 61800-3. Line filters are suited only for direct
connection to TN (grounded) systems.
■Selection and ordering data
Infeed power of the
Basic Line Module
Suitable for
Basic Line Module
Line filter
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
200 kW (300 HP) 6SL3330-1TE34-2AA0 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0
250 kW (400 HP) 6SL3330-1TE35-3AA0 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0
400 kW (600 HP) 6SL3330-1TE38-2AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0
560 kW (800 HP) 6SL3330-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0
710 kW (1000 HP) 6SL3330-1TE41-5AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-6AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
250 kW 6SL3330-1TH33-0AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0
355 kW 6SL3330-1TH34-3AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0
560 kW 6SL3330-1TH36-8AA0 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0
900 kW 6SL3330-1TH41-1AA0 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
1100 kW 6SL3330-1TH41-4AA0 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
Line filters
2/14
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line filters
6SL3000-0BE34-
4AA0
6SL3000-0BE36-
0AA0
6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-
6AA0
Suitable for
Basic Line Module
Type 6SL3330-1TE34-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE35-
3AA0
6SL3330-1TE38-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE41-
2AA0
6SL3330-1TE41-
5AA0
Infeed power P
n
of the
Basic Line Module
kW
(HP)
200
(300)
250
(400)
400
(600)
560
(800)
710
(1000)
Rated current A 440 600 1200 1200 1600
Power loss kW 0.049 0.055 0.137 0.137 0.182
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / L1’, L2’, L3’
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
PE connection On housing with
M8 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
360
(14.17)
400
(15.75)
425
(16.73)
425
(16.73)
505
(19.88)
Height mm
(inch)
240
(9.45)
265
(10.43)
265
(10.43)
265
(10.43)
265
(10.43)
Depth mm
(inch)
116
(4.57)
140
(5.51)
145
(5.71)
145
(5.71)
145
(5.71)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
12.3
(27)
19.0
(42)
25.2
(56)
25.2
(56)
28.8
(64)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Line filters
6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BG36-
0AA0
6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
Suitable for
Basic Line Module
Type 6SL3330-1TH33-
0AA0
6SL3330-1TH34-
3AA0
6SL3330-1TH36-
8AA0
6SL3330-1TH41-
1AA0
6SL3330-1TH41-
4AA0
Infeed power P
n
of the
Basic Line Module
kW 250 355 560 900 1100
Rated current A 440 440 600 1200 1200
Power loss kW 0.049 0.049 0.055 0.137 0.137
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / L1’, L2’, L3’
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M12
Connection lugs
M12
PE connection On housing with
M8 bolt
On housing with
M8 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
On housing with
M10 bolt
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
360
(14.17)
360
(14.17)
360
(14.17)
425
(16.73)
425
(16.73)
Height mm
(inch)
240
(9.45)
240
(9.45)
240
(9.45)
265
(10.43)
265
(10.43)
Depth mm
(inch)
116
(4.57)
116
(4.57)
116
(4.57)
145
(5.71)
145
(5.71)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
12.3
(27)
12.3
(27)
19.0
(42)
25.2
(56)
25.2
(56)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Basic Line Modules in chassis format
Recommended line-side components
2/15
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending
on the power rating of the Basic Line Module.
The tables below list recommended components.
Further information about the main contactors, switch discon-
nectors, fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can
be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.
1)
Assignment of line-side power components to Basic Line Modules
1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in
accordance with UL or NEC requirements. For NEMA components
please see North American Industrial Products Catalog and Speedfax
Catalog.
Infeed
power
Input
current
Assignment to
Basic Line
Module
Main contactor Fixed-mounted
circuit-breaker
Switch disconnector
without handle and
shaft
Switch disconnector
with handle and shaft
kW (HP) A Type
6SL3330-...
Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
200 (300) 365 1TE34-2AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 – 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02
250 (400) 460 1TE35-3AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 – 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02
400 (600) 710 1TE38-2AA0 3RT1466-6AP36
(3 pcs.)
– 3KL6230-1AB02 3KL6230-1EB02
560 (800) 1010 1TE41-2AA0 – 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
– –
710 (1000) 1265 1TE41-5AA0 – 3WL1116-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
– –
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
250 260 1TH33-0AA0 3RT1466-6AP36 – 3KL5730-1AB01 3KL5730-1EB01
355 375 1TH34-3AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 – 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02
560 575 1TH36-8AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 – 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02
900 925 1TH41-1AA0 – 3WL1210-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
– –
1100 1180 1TH41-4AA0 – 3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
– –
Infeed
power
Input
current
Assignment to
Basic Line
Module
Cable protection fuse Cable protection fuse incl. semiconductor
protection
kW (HP) A Type
6SL3330-...
Order No. Rated current Order No. Rated current
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
200 (300) 365 1TE34-2AA0 3NA3365 500 A 3NE1334-2 500 A
250 (400) 460 1TE35-3AA0 3NA3372 630 A 3NE1436-2 630 A
400 (600) 710 1TE38-2AA0 3NA3475 800 A 3NE1448-2 850 A
560 (800) 1010 1TE41-2AA0 3NA3482 1250 A 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 A
710 (1000) 1265 1TE41-5AA0 2 × 3NA3475 2 × 800 A 2 × 3NE1448-2 2 × 850 A
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
250 260 1TH33-0AA0 3NA3252-6 315 A 3NE1331-2 350 A
355 375 1TH34-3AA0 3NA3365-6 500 A 3NE1334-2 500 A
560 575 1TH36-8AA0 2 × 3NA3252-6 2 × 315 A 3NE1438-2 800 A
900 925 1TH41-1AA0 2 × 3NA3365-6 2 × 500 A 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 A
1100 1180 1TH41-4AA0 3 × 3NA3365-6 3 × 500 A 2 × 3NE1448-2 2 × 850 A
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
2/16
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Smart Line Modules are non-regulated feed/feedback units (di-
ode bridge for incoming supply; line-commutated feedback via
IGBTs) with 100% regenerative feedback power. The regenera-
tive feedback capability of the modules can be deactivated by
means of a digital input.
■Design
The Smart Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x power connection via screw-type terminals
• 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply via
the 24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply
• 1 x DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
• 2 x digital inputs (5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP) Smart Line
Modules only)
• 1 x digital output (5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP) Smart Line
Modules only)
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets (16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP)
Smart Line Modules only)
The status of the Smart Line Modules is indicated via two multi-
color LEDs.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by
means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. type KLBÜ 3-8 SC
by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Smart Line Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit
(with 16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP) Smart Line Modules
only)
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to con-
nect Smart Line Modules to adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
• 24 V terminal adapter
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
Rated infeed power Booksize format
Smart Line Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
5 kW (5 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0
10 kW (10 HP) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0
Description Order No.
Shield attachment plate
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in)
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5 mm
2
to 10 mm
2
for Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of 50 mm
(1.97 in) or 100 mm (3.94 in)
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35 mm
2
to 95 mm
2
for Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of 150 mm
(5.91 in), 200 mm (7.87 in) and 300 mm
(11.81 in)
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35 mm
2
to 95 mm
2
for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
24 V jumper
for connection of the 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
2/17
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
Wiring diagram for 5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP) Smart Line Modules
M
+
DCN
DCP
L3
L2
L1
PE
X21
4
2
3
1
U
X
1
V
1
W
1
V
1
W
1
U
1
X22
4
2
3
1
DO
CU
DI
CU
DI
CU
24V
DI
CU
DO
CU
1)
3) 4)
2)
2)
M 6)
2)
2)
X
2
4
+ M
+ M
Smart Line Module
EP M
EP +24 V
DO, Warning
DO, Ready
M1
DI, Reset
DI, Disable
+ 24 V
DO
CU
5)
READY
L
E
D
s
DC LINK
M
M
+24 V
M
+24 V
M
M
1) Leading NC contact t >10 ms, 24 V DC and ground must be connected for operation.
No additional load permitted downstream of the main contactor.
The current capacity of the digital output (DO) must be taken into account;
3)
4)
an output interface element may have to be used.
Line reactor
Line filter
Main
contactor
Fuses
ext.
24 V
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
0
c
DC link current
24 V DC busbars
Main switch
Input current
5) Digital output (DO) = High means: feedback deactivated
(a jumper can be inserted between X22 pins 1 and 2 for permanent deactivation).
2) Digital input (DI) or digital output (DO) controlled by the Control Unit.
6) X22 pin 4 must be connected to ground (ext. 24 V).
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
2/18
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration (continued)
Wiring diagram for 16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP) Smart Line Modules
X202
1 X201
2
0 X200
L3
L2
L1
PE
EP +24 V
X21
4
3
2
1
EP M
U
1
V
1
W

1
DO
CU
1)
+ M
+ M
X
2
4
Smart Line Module
2)3)
DI
CU
DC 24 V
M
DCP
+
DCN
1)
READY
L
E
D
s
DC LINK
M
DC link current
24 V DC busbars
Input current
Main switch
Fuses
Main contactor
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
4
1
Line filter
Line reactor
ext.
24 V
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
1) Digital input (DI) or digital output (DO) controlled by the Control Unit.
2) No additional load permitted downstream of the main contactor.
3) The current capacity of the digital output (DO) must be taken into account;
an output interface element may have to be used.
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
2/19
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent. See
Engineering Information for further information.
2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module
loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Smart Line Modules in booksize format
6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0
Rated feed/feedback power P
n
with 380 V 3 AC
with 460 V 3 AC
2)
kW
(HP)
5
(5)
10
(10)
16
(18)
36
(40)
Feed/feedback power for S6 duty
(40%) P
S6
kW 6.5 13 21 47
Max. feed/feedback power P
max
kW 10 20 35 70
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.35 x line voltage
DC link current
with 600 V DC
A 8.3 16.6 27 60
DC link current
for S6 duty (40%)
A 11 22 35 79
Max. DC link current A 16.6 33.2 59 117
Rated input current
with 380 V 3 AC
A 12 24 26 58
Input current
for S6 duty (40%)
A 15.6 31.2 35 79
Max. input current A 22 44 59 117
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power supply
A 1.0 1.3 1.1 1.5
24 V DC busbar current capacity A 20 20 20 20
DC link capacitance µF 220 330 710 1410
Max. DC link capacitance of drive
group
µF 6000 6000 20000 20000
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 100 100
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.99 0.99
Power loss kW 0.09 0.17 0.17 0.37
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.016
(0.565)
0.031
(1.095)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Screw-type terminals
2.5-6 mm
2
(X1)
Screw-type terminals
2.5-6 mm
2
(X1)
Screw-type terminals
2.5-10 mm
2
(X1)
M6 screw studs for ring
terminal ends,
2.5-50 mm
2
(X1)
PE connection On housing with M5
screw
On housing with M5
screw
On housing with M5
screw
On housing with M6
screw
Max. cable length
(total of all motor power cables
and DC link)
m
(ft)
350 (1150) (shielded)
560 (1838) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
100
(3.94)
150
(5.91)
Height mm
(inch)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
Depth mm
(inch)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
4.7
(10)
4.8
(11)
7
(15)
10.3
(23)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
Line reactors
2/20
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
A line reactor is required for Smart Line Modules.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Rated infeed power
of the Smart Line
Module
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Line reactor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
5 kW (5 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE15-0AA0
10 kW (10 HP) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE21-0AA0
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3000-0CE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 6SL3000-0CE23-6AA0
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line reactor
6SL3000-0CE15-
0AA0
6SL3000-0CE21-
0AA0
6SL3000-0CE21-
6AA0
6SL3000-0CE23-
6AA0
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Type 6SL3130-6AE15-
0AA0
6SL3130-6AE21-
0AA0
6SL3130-6TE21-
6AB0
6SL3130-6TE23-
6AB0
Rated infeed power of the
Smart Line Module
kW
(HP)
5
(5)
10
(10)
16
(18)
36
(40)
Rated current A 14 28 35 69
Power loss kW 0.062 0.116 0.11 0.17
Line/power connection
1U1, 1V1, 1W1 /
1U2, 1V2, 1W2
4 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
16 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
PE connection 4 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
16 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
150
(5.91)
177
(6.97)
219
(8.62)
228
(8.98)
Height mm
(inch)
175
(6.89)
196
(7.72)
180
(7.09)
235
(9.25)
Depth mm
(inch)
90
(3.54)
110
(4.33)
144
(5.67)
224
(8.82)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
3.7
(8)
7.5
(17)
9.5
(21)
17
(38)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
Line filters
2/21
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
In plants with strict EMC requirements, line filters work together
with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emana-
ting from the power modules to the limit values of Class A1 as
defined in EN 55011 and Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3.
Line filters are suited only for direct connection to TN (grounded)
systems.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Rated infeed power
of the Smart Line
Module
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Line filter
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
5 kW (5 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0HE15-0AA0
10 kW (10 HP) 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0HE21-0AA0
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line filters
6SL3000-0HE15-
0AA0
6SL3000-0HE21-
0AA0
6SL3000-0BE21-
6DA0
6SL3000-0BE23-
6DA0
Suitable for
Smart Line Module
Type 6SL3130-6AE15-
0AA0
6SL3130-6AE21-
0AA0
6SL3130-6TE21-
6AB0
6SL3130-6TE23-
6AB0
Rated infeed power of the
Smart Line Module
kW
(HP)
5
(5)
10
(10)
16
(18)
36
(40)
Rated current A 16 25 36 65
Power loss W 20 20 16 28
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / U, V, W
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
35 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
PE connection On housing with M6 bolts On housing with M6 bolts On housing with M6 bolts On housing with M6 bolts
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
50
(1.97)
75
(2.95)
Height mm
(inch)
285
(11.22)
285
(11.22)
420
(16.54)
420
(16.54)
Depth mm
(inch)
122
(4.8)
122
(4.8)
226
(8.9)
226
(8.9)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
3.8
(8)
5.7
(13)
5.0
(11)
6.5
(14)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Smart Line Modules in booksize format
Recommended line-side components
2/22
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending
on the power rating of the Smart Line Module.
The tables below list recommended components.
Further information about the main contactors, switch discon-
nectors, fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can
be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.
1)
Assignment of line-side power components to Smart Line Modules
1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in
accordance with UL or NEC requirements. For NEMA components
please see North American Industrial Products Catalog or Speedfax
Catalog.
Rated infeed
power
Assignment to
Smart Line Module
Main contactor Circuit-breaker Main switch Fuse switch
disconnector
kW (HP) Type 6SL3130-... Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
5 (5) 6AE15-0AA0 3RT1023-1BB40 3RV1031-4BA10 3LD2003-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
10 (10) 6AE21-0AA0 3RT1026-1BB40 3RV1031-4FA10 3LD2203-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
16 (18) 6AE21-6AB0 3RT1035-1AC24 3RV1031-4FA10 3LD2504-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
36 (40) 6AE23-6AB0 3RT1045-1AP04 3RV1041-4LA10 3LD2704-0TK51 3NP4010-0CH01
Rated infeed
power
Assignment to
Smart Line Module
Switch disconnector
with fuse holders
NH fuse (gL/gG)
kW Type 6SL3130-... Order No. Order No. Rated current Size
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
5 (5) 6AE15-0AA0 3KL5030-1EB01 3NA3805 16 A 000
10 (10) 6AE21-0AA0 3KL5030-1EB01 3NA3814 35 A 000
16 (18) 6AE21-6AB0 3KL5030-1EB01 3NA3814 35 A 000
36 (40) 6AE23-6AB0 3KL5230-1EB01 3NA3824 80 A 000
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
2/23
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed
and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC
link voltage. This means that the connected Motor Modules are
decoupled from the line voltage. Line voltage fluctuations within
the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor
voltage.
■Design
The Active Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x power connection via screw-type terminals
• 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply via
the 24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply
• 1 x DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Active Line Module is indicated via two multi-
color LEDs.
On the 100 mm (3.94 in) wide Active Line Module, the shield for
the power supply cable can be connected to the integrated
shield connection plate via a shield connection terminal or tube
clip, e.g., Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 4. The shield connection
terminal must not be used for strain relief. Shield connection pla-
tes are available for the 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm (7.87 in) and
300 mm (11.81 in) wide modules.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by
means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. type KLBÜ 3-8 SC
by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to con-
nect Active Line Module to adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 DC V busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
• 24 V terminal adapter
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
Rated infeed power Booksize format
Active Line Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2
80 kW (100 HP) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1
120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1
Description Order No.
Shield terminal plates
• for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in)
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1
• for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 200 mm (7.87 in)
6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0
• for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 300 mm (11.81 in)
6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5 mm
2
to 10 mm
2
for Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of 50 mm
(1.97 in) and 100 mm (3.94 in)
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35 mm
2
to 95 mm
2
for Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5.91
in), 200 mm (7.87 in) and 300 mm (11.81 in)
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35 mm
2
to 95 mm
2
for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
24 V jumper
for connection of the 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
2/24
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The Active Line Module communicates with the CU320 Control
Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for booksize format Active Line Module
X202
1 X201
2
0 X200
L3
L2
L1
PE
1)
EP +24 V
X21
4
3
2
1
EP M
U
1
V
1
W

1
DO
CU
2)
+ M
+ M
X
2
4
Active Line Module
3) 4)
DI
CU
M
DCP
+
DCN
2)
READY
L
E
D
s
DC LINK
M
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
Main switch
Fuses
Main contactor
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
1
c
Line filter
Line reactor
ext.
24 V
1) Leading NC contact t > 10 ms, 24 V DC and ground must be connected for operation.
2) Digital Input (DI) or digital output (DO) controlled by the Control Unit.
3) No additional load permitted downstream of the main contactor.
4) The curent capacity of the digital output (DO) must be taken into account;
an output interface element may have to be used.
24 V DC busbars
Incoming power
24 V DC
DC Link current
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
2/25
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.
Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.5 x line voltage.
2) The fan is supplied with the Active Line Module and must be installed
before the Active Line Module is commissioned.
3) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module
loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Active Line Modules in booksize format
6SL3130-7TE21-
6AA1
6SL3130-7TE23-
6AA1
6SL3130-7TE25-
5AA2
6SL3130-7TE28-
0AA1
6SL3130-7TE31-
2AA1
Rated feed/feedback
power P
n
with 380 V 3 AC
with 460 V 3 AC
3)
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
55
(60)
80
(100)
120
(150)
Feed/feedback power for S6
duty (40%) P
S6
kW 21 47 71 106 158
Max. feed/feedback
power P
max
kW 35 70 91 131 175
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.5 x line voltage
DC link current
with 600 V DC
A 27 60 92 134 200
DC link current for
S6 duty (40%)
A 35 79 121 176 244
Max. DC link
current
A 59 117 152 195 292
Rated input current
with 380 V 3 AC
A 26 58 88 128 192
Input current for S6 duty
(40%)
A 35 79 121 176 244
Max. input current A 59 117 152 195 292
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.0 2.5
24 V DC busbar current
capacity
A 20 20 20 20 20
DC link capacitance µF 710 1410 1880 2820 3760
Max. DC link capacitance of
drive group
µF 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000
DC link busbar current
capacity
A 100 100 200 200 200
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98
Power loss kW 0.26 0.63 0.90 1.35 2.20
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.016
(0.565)
0.031
(1.095)
0.044
(1.554)
0.144
(5.085)
0.144
(5.085)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 65 < 60 < 75 < 75
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Screw-type termi-
nals
2.5-10 mm
2
(X1)
M6 screw studs for
ring terminal ends
2.5-50 mm
2
(X1)
M8 screw studs for
ring terminal ends
2.5-95 mm
2
,
2 × 35 mm
2
(X1)
M8 screw studs for
ring terminal ends
2.5-120 mm
2
,
2 × 50 mm
2
(X1)
M8 screw studs for
ring terminal ends
2.5-120 mm
2
,
2 × 50 mm
2
(X1)
Shield connection Cable shield con-
nection plate inte-
grated into the
connector
see Accessories see Accessories see Accessories see Accessories
PE connection On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M6 screw
On housing with
M6 screw
On housing with
M8 screw
On housing with
M8 screw
Max. cable length
(total of all motor power
cables and DC link)
m (ft) 350 (1150) (shielded)
560 (1840) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm (inch) 100 (3.94) 150 (5.91) 200 (7.87) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81)
Height mm (inch) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96) 380 (14.96),
with fan
2)
: 629
380 (14.96),
with fan
2)
: 629
Depth mm (inch) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 7 (15) 10.3 (23) 17 (38) 23 (51) 23 (51)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Line reactors
2/26
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
A line reactor is required for Active Line Modules.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Rated input power
of the Active Line
Module
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Line reactor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0BA1
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0CA1
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SN1111-0AA00-0DA1
80 kW (100 HP) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0
120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 6SL3000-0DE31-2BA0
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line reactor
6SN1111-0AA00-
0BA1
6SN1111-0AA00-
0CA1
6SN1111-0AA00-
0DA2
6SN1111-0AA00-
1EA1
6SL3000-0DE31-
2BA1
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Type 6SL3130-7TE21-
6AA1
6SL3130-7TE23-
6AA1
6SL3130-7TE25-
5AA2
6SL3130-7TE28-
0AA1
6SL3130-7TE31-
2AA1
Rated input power of the
Active Line Module
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
55
(60)
80
(100)
120
(150)
Rated current A 30 67 103 150 225
Power loss kW 0.17 0.25 0.35 0.45 0.59
Line/power connection
1U1, 1V1, 1W1 / 1U2, 1V2, 1W2
16 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
35 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
70 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
PE connection 16 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
35 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
70 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
225
(8.86)
225
(8.86)
Height mm
(inch)
330
(12.99)
330
(12.99)
330
(12.99)
380
(14.96)
490
(19.29)
Depth mm
(inch)
145
(5.71)
230
(9.05)
280
(11.02)
220
(8.66)
250
(9.84)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
8.5
(19)
13
(29)
18
(40)
40
(88)
64
(141)
D21-1_en_Kap02_2_92.fm Seite 26 Montag, 8. August 2005 10:05 10
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Line filters
2/27
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
In plants with strict EMC requirements, line filters work together
with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emana-
ting from the power modules to the limit values of Class A1 as
defined in EN 55011 and Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3.
Line filters are suited only for direct connection to TN (grounded)
systems.
■Selection and ordering data
Line filters for Active Line Modules in booksize format are avai-
lable only in combination with the relevant line reactor as a line
filter package. The order number of the line filter package inclu-
des the line filter and the line reactor.
■Technical data
Rated input power
of the Active Line
Module
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Line filter package
(line filter and line
reactor)
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0
36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0
55 kW (60 HP) 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3000-0FE25-5AA0
80 kW (100 HP) 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3000-0FE28-0AA0
120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 6SL3000-0FE31-2AA1
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line filter (included in the relevant line filter package)
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Type 6SL3130-7TE21-
6AA1
6SL3130-7TE23-
6AA1
6SL3130-7TE25-
5AA2
6SL3130-7TE28-
0AA1
6SL3130-7TE31-
2AA1
Rated input power of the
Active Line Module
kW
(HP)
16
(18)
36
(40)
55
(60)
80
(100)
120
(150)
Rated current A 30 67 103 150 225
Power loss kW 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.20
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / U, V, W
10 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
50 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
50 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
95 mm
2
screw-type
terminals
Connection lugs
M10
PE connection On housing with
M5 bolts
On housing with
M8 bolt
On housing with
M8 bolt
On housing with
M8 bolt
On housing with
M8 bolt
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
130
(5.12)
130
(5.12)
130
(5.12)
200
(7.87)
300
(11.81)
Height mm
(inch)
480
(18.9)
480
(18.9)
480
(18.9)
480
(18.9)
480
(18.9)
Depth mm
(inch)
150
(5.91)
245
(9.65)
260
(10.24)
260
(10.24)
260
(10.24)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
9
(20)
16
(35)
19
(42)
22
(49)
32
(71)
D21-1_en_Kap02_2_92.fm Seite 27 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 1:52 13
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Line filters
2/28
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Accessories
Line filter package assembled with an adapter set
The adapter sets for booksize format units are designed for very
compact mounting. They enable line filters and line reactors to
be installed compactly one above the other in the control cabi-
net.
Line filter package Active Line Module
power output
Adapter set
Order No.
6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0 16 kW (18 HP) 6SL3060-1FE21-6AA0
6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0 36 kW (40 HP) 6SN1162-0GA00-0CA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in booksize format
Recommended line-side components
2/29
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending
on the power rating of the Active Line Modules.
The tables below list recommended components.
Further information about the main contactors, switch discon-
nectors, fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can
be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.
1)
Assignment of line-side power components to Active Line Modules
1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in
accordance with UL or NEC requirements. For NEMA components
please see North American Industrial Products Catalog and Speedfax
Catalog.
Rated
infeed
power
Assignment
to Active Line
Module
Main contactor Output interface for main
contactor
Main switch Leading auxiliary circuit
switch for main switch
kW (HP) Type
6SL3130-...
Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 7TE21-6AA1 3RT1035-1AC24 3TX7004-1LB00 3LD2504-0TK51 3LD9250-3B
36 (40) 7TE23-6AA1 3RT1045-1AP04 3TX7004-1LB00 3LD2704-0TK51 3LD9250-3B
55 (60) 7TE25-5AA2 3RT1054-1AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3KA5330-1EE01 3KX3552-3EA01
80 (100) 7TE28-0AA1 3RT1056-6AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3KA5330-1EE01 3KX3552-3EA01
120 (150) 7TE31-2AA1 3RT1065-6AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3KA5730-1EE01 3KX3552-3EA01
Rated
infeed
power
Assignment
to Active Line
Module
Circuit-breaker Fuse switch disconnector Switch disconnector with
fuse holders
Leading auxiliary switch
for switch disconnector
with fuse holders
kW (HP) Type
6SL3130-...
Order No. Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 7TE21-6AA1 3RV1031-4FA10 3NP4010-0CH01 3KL5030-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
36 (40) 7TE23-6AA1 3RV1041-4LA10 3NP4010-0CH01 3KL5230-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
55 (60) 7TE25-5AA2 3VF3211-3FU41-0AA0 3NP4270-0CA01 3KL5530-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
80 (100) 7TE28-0AA1 3VF3211-3FW41-0AA0 3NP4270-0CA01 3KL5530-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
120 (150) 7TE31-2AA1 3VF4211-3DM41-0AA0 3NP5360-0CA00 3KL5730-1EB01 3KX3552-3EA01
Rated
infeed
power
Assignment
to Active Line
Module
NEOZED fuse
(gL/gG)
DIAZED fuse
(gL/gG)
NH fuse
(gL/gG)
UL/CSA fuse, Class J
Available from:
Ferraz Shawmut
http://
www.ferrazshawmut.com
kW (HP) Type
6SL3130-...
Order
No.
Rated
current
Size Order
No.
Rated
current
Size Order
No.
Rated
current
Size Refe-
rence
No.
Rated
current
Size
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
16 (18) 7TE21-6AA1 5SE2335 35 A D02 5SB411 35 A DIII 3NA3814 35 A 000 AJT35 35 A 27 × 60
36 (40) 7TE23-6AA1 5SC211 80 A DIVH 3NA3824 80 A 000 AJT80 80 A 29 × 117
55 (60) 7TE25-5AA2 3NA3132 125 A 1 AJT125 125 A 41 × 146
80 (100) 7TE28-0AA1 3NA3136 160 A 1 AJT175 175 A 41 × 146
120 (150) 7TE31-2AA1 3NA3144 250 A 1 AJT250 250 A 54 × 181
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
2/30
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed
and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC
link voltage. This means that the connected Motor Modules are
decoupled from the line voltage. Line voltage fluctuations within
the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor
voltage.
If required, the Active Line Modules in chassis format can also
provide reactive power compensation.
■Design
The Active Line Modules in chassis format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x power connection
• 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply
• 1 x DC link connection
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Active Line Module is indicated via two multi-
color LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes:
• Types FX and GX:
- 0.60 m (1.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the
CU320 Control Unit
• Types HX and JX
- 0.35 m (1.15 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the
CU320 Control Unit
- 2.10 m (6.89 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the first
Motor Module
■Selection and ordering data
Warning signs in foreign languages
Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the
standard warning signs in German or English.
The following signs are supplied with chassis format units:
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish and Turkish.
Infeed power Chassis format
Active Line Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
132 kW (200 HP) 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0
160 kW (225 HP) 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0
235 kW (350 HP) 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0
300 kW (450 HP) 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0
380 kW (550 HP) 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0
500 kW (700 HP) 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0
630 kW (800 HP) 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0
900 kW (1150 HP) 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
560 kW 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0
800 kW 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0
1100 kW 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0
1400 kW 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
2/31
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The Active Line Module communicates with the CU320 Control
Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for Active Line Module in chassis format
X402 X401
1 2 0
X400
P24 V
X9
U
1
V
1
W
1
Active Line Module
DCP
DCN
2
1
4
3
6
5
+
M
H200 (Ready)
L
E
D
s
H201 (DC Link)
+Temp
-Temp
EP M1
M
EP +24 V
4
X41
1
2
3
4
L1
L2
-F10
-F11
to Active Interface Module
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
9
a
ext.
24 V
Activation of buffer protection
Activation of
precharging contactor
from Active
Interface Module
Fan
-F10
-F11
Fan
Fan supply terminal
for frame sizes FX and GX
directly on fuse holder
Fan supply terminal
for frame sizes HX and JX
Braking Module
Terminal
DCPA
DCNA
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

DC link current
Input current
380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC
380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
2/32
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.
Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.5 x line voltage.
2) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.
3) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module
loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Active Line Modules in chassis format
6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0
Feed/feedback power P
n
with 400 V 3 AC
with 460 V 3 AC
3)
kW
(HP)
132
(200)
160
(225)
235
(350)
300
(450)
Feed/feedback power
for S6 duty (40%) P
S6
kW On request
Max. feed/feedback
power P
max
kW 198 240 352.5 450
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.5 x line voltage
Rated DC link
current I
n_DC
A 235 291 425 549
DC link current I
H_DC
A 209 259 378 489
Max. DC link
current I
max_DC
A 352 436 637 823
Input current for 400 V 3 AC A 210 260 380 490
Input current
for S6 duty (40%)
A On request
Max. input current A 315 390 570 735
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 1.1 1.1 1.35 1.35
DC link capacitance µF 4200 5200 7800 9600
Max. DC link capacitance of
drive group
µF 20800 20800 31200 38400
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC
A 0.63 2.0 2.6 2.6
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98
Power loss kW 2.2 2.7 3.9 4.8
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.17
(6)
0.23
(8.12)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
Sound pressure level
2)
50 Hz/60 Hz
dB (A) 74/76 75/77 76/78 76/78
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Flange connection with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection with M10 screw,
max. cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
PE connection On housing with M10 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
Height mm
(inch)
1400
(55.12)
1400
(55.12)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
Depth mm
(inch)
356
(14.02)
356
(14.02)
543
(21.38)
543
(21.38)
Size FX FX GX GX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
98
(216)
98
(216)
132
(291)
132
(291)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
2/33
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.
Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.5 x line voltage.
2) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.
3) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module
loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Active Line Modules in chassis format
6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0
Feed/feedback power P
n
with 400 V 3 AC
with 460 V 3 AC
3)
kW
(HP)
380
(550)
500
(700)
630
(800)
900
(1150)
Feed/feedback power
for S6 duty (40%) P
S6
kW On request
Max. feed/feedback power
P
max
kW 570 750 945 1350
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.5 x line voltage
Rated DC link
current I
n_DC
A 678 940 1103 1574
DC link current
I
H_DC
A 603 837 982 1401
Max. DC link
current I
max_DC
A 1017 1410 1654 2361
Input current
for 400 V 3 AC
A 605 840 985 1405
Input current
for S6 duty (40%)
A On request
Max. input current A 907 1260 1477 2107
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.7
DC link capacitance µF 12600 16800 18900 28800
Max. DC link capacitance of
drive group
µF 67200 67200 115200 115200
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC
A 5.2 5.2 7.8 7.8
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98
Power loss kW 6.2 7.7 10.1 13.3
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.78
(27.55)
0.78
(27.55)
1.08
(38.14)
1.08
(38.14)
Sound pressure level
2)
50 Hz/60 Hz
dB (A) 78/80 78/80 78/80 78/80
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Flange connection with M12 screw,
max. cross-section 4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with M12 screw,
max. cross-section 6 × 240 mm
2
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection for busbar connection
PE connection On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
503
(19.8)
503
(19.8)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
Height mm
(inch)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
Depth mm
(inch)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
Size HX HX JX JX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
290
(640)
290
(640)
450
(992)
450
(992)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
2/34
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.
Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.5 x line voltage.
2) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Active Line Modules in chassis format
6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0
Feed/feedback power
P
n
with 690 V 3 AC
kW 560 800 1100 1400
Feed/feedback power
for S6 duty (40%) P
S6
kW On request
Max. feed/feedback power
P
max
kW 840 1200 1650 2100
DC link voltage
1)
V 1.5 x line voltage
Rated DC link
current I
n_DC
A 644 823 1148 1422
DC link current
I
H_DC
A 573 732 1022 1266
Max. DC link
current I
max_DC
A 966 1234 1722 2133
Input current
for 690 V 3 AC
A 575 735 1025 1270
Input current
for S6 duty (40%)
A On request
Max. input current A 862 1102 1537 1905
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 1.4 1.5 1.7 1.7
DC link capacitance µF 7400 11100 14400 19200
Max. DC link capacitance of
drive group
µF 29600 44400 76800 76800
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC
A 3 4.5 4.5 4.5
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.988
Power loss kW 6.8 10.2 13.6 16.5
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.78
(27.55)
1.1
(38.85)
1.1
(38.85)
1.1
(38.85)
Sound pressure level
2)
50 Hz/60 Hz
dB (A) 78/80 78/80 78/80 78/80
Power connection
U1, V1, W1
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross-section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with M12 screw,
max. cross-section 6 × 240 mm
2
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection for busbar connection
PE connection On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
503
(19.8)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
Height mm
(inch)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
Depth mm
(inch)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
Size HX JX JX JX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
290
(640)
450
(992)
450
(992)
450
(992)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Active Interface Modules
2/35
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Active Interface Modules are used in combination with Active
Line Modules in chassis format. Active Interface Modules con-
tain a clean power filter with basic RI suppression, the pre-char-
ging circuit for the Active Line Module, the line voltage sensing
circuit and monitoring sensors. The buffer protection is an inte-
gral component in frame sizes FI and GI, thereby making the mo-
dule very compact. The buffer protection must be provided se-
parately for frame sizes HI and JI.
The vast majority of line harmonics are suppressed by the clean
power filter.
The scope of supply of the Active Interface Modules includes:
• Type FI:
- 0.60 m (1.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between
Active Interface Module and Active Line Module
- 1.45 m (4.76 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between
the CU320 Control Unit and first Motor Module
• Type GI:
- 0.95 m (3.12 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between
Active Interface Module and Active Line Module
- 1.45 m (4.76 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between
the CU320 Control Unit and first Motor Module
• Types HI and JI:
- 2.40 m (7.88 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between
Active Interface Module and Active Line Module
■Selection and ordering data
Infeed power
Active Line Module
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Active Interface
Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
132 kW (200 HP) 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0
160 kW (225 HP) 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0
235 kW (350 HP) 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3300-7TE33-8AA0
300 kW (450 HP) 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0 6SL3300-7TE35-0AA0
380 kW (550 HP) 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0
500 kW (700 HP) 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0
630 kW (800 HP) 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0
900 kW (1150 HP) 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0 6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
560 kW 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3300-7TH35-8AA0
800 kW 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3300-7TH37-4AA0
1100 kW 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 6SL3300-7TH41-3AA0
1400 kW 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0 6SL3300-7TH41-3AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Active Interface Modules
2/36
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
Typical connection of Active Interface Module with integrated buffer protection (frame sizes FI and GI)
Co
READY
-F101
LED
X500
1)
P24
X609
3
2
1
PE
U2
+
Active Interface Module
M
7
6
5
4
11
10
9
8
14
13
12
-F102
M
P24
X2
V2
W2
PE
X1
L1
L2
L3
PE
N
L
1)
Fan
Voltage
Sensing Module
Active
Line
Module
Buffer protection
Activation of
precharging
contactor
Activation of
buffer protection
Contactors open
1) Activation by Active Line Module.
G_D211_EN_00007a
Line
ext.
24 V DC
ext.
230 V AC
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
-
s
o
c
k
e
t

Pre-
charging
contactor
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Active Interface Modules
2/37
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■ Integration (continued)
Typical connection of Active Interface Module with externally mounted buffer protection (frame sizes HI and JI)
READY
-F101
LED
X500
1)
P24
X609
3
2
1
P E
U2
+
Active Interface Module
M
7
6
5
4
11
10
9
8
14
13
12
Voltage
Sensing Module
-F102
M
P24
X2
V2
W2
PE
X1
L1
L2
L3
PE
Active
Line
Module
N
L
1)
T1
T2
T3
-K4
ext.
230 V AC
Fan
1) Activation by Active Line Module.
G_D211_EN_00008a
ext.
24 V DC
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

Precharging
contactor
Activation of
precharging
contactor
Activation of
buffer protection/fan
Contactors open
Buffer
protection
Line
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Active Interface Modules
2/38
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
1) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.
2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Active Interface Modules in chassis format
6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3300-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3300-7TE35-0AA0
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Type 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0
Active Line Module infeed
power
2)
kW
(HP)
132
(200)
160
(225)
235
(350)
300
(450)
Rated current A 210 260 380 490
Buffer protection included included included included
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17
Max. current requirements
230 V AC
A 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.2
Power loss kW 2.1 2.2 3.0 3.9
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.24
(8.48)
0.24
(8.48)
0.47
(16.6)
0.47
(16.6)
Sound pressure level
1)
50 Hz/60 Hz
dB (A) 74/76 75/77 76/78 76/78
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M10 screws
Flange connection with
M10 screws
Flange connection with
M10 screws
Flange connection with
M10 screws
Max. conductor cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
per
connection
2 × 185 mm
2
per
connection
2 × 185 mm
2
per
connection
2 × 185 mm
2
per
connection
PE connection M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw M10 screw
Max. conductor cross section 2 × 185 mm
2
2 × 185 mm
2
2 × 185 mm
2
2 × 185 mm
2
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
325
(12.8)
325
(12.8)
325
(12.8)
325
(12.8)
Height mm
(inch)
1400
(55.12)
1400
(55.12)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
Depth mm
(inch)
355
(13.98)
355
(13.98)
544
(21.42)
544
(21.42)
Size FI FI GI GI
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
135
(298)
135
(298)
190
(419)
190
(419)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Active Interface Modules
2/39
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
1) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.
2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components
only.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Active Interface Modules in chassis format
6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Type 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0
Active Line Module infeed
power
2)
kW
(HP)
380
(550)
500
(700)
630
(800)
900
(1150)
Rated current A 605 840 985 1405
Buffer protection 3RT1476-6AP36 3WL1110-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
3WL2226-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17
Max. current requirements
230 V AC
A 4.6 4.6 4.9 4.9
Power loss kW 5.5 6.1 7.5 8.5
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.40
(14.13)
0.4
(14.13)
0.4
(14.13)
0.4
(14.13)
Sound pressure level
1)
50 Hz/60 Hz
dB (A) 78/80 78/80 78/80 78/80
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Max. conductor cross section 4 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
4 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
6 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
6 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
PE connection M12 screw M12 screw M12 screw M12 screw
Max. conductor cross section 2 × 240 mm
2
2 × 240 mm
2
4 × 240 mm
2
4 × 240 mm
2
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
305
(12)
305
(12)
505
(19.88)
505
(19.88)
Height mm
(inch)
1750
(68.9)
1750
(68.9)
1750
(68.9)
1750
(68.9)
Depth mm
(inch)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
Size HI HI JI JI
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
390
(860)
390
(860)
620
(1367)
620
(1367)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Active Interface Modules
2/40
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
1) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Active Interface Modules in chassis format
6SL3300-7TH35-8AA0
6SL3300-7TH37-4AA0
6SL3300-7TH41-3AA0
Suitable for
Active Line Module
Type 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0
Active Line Module infeed
power
kW 560 800 1100 1400
Rated current A 575 735 1025 1270
Buffer protection 3RT1476-6AP36 3RT1466-6AP36
(3 x)
3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
3WL1216-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
Max. current requirement
24 V DC electronics power
supply
A 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.17
Max. current requirements
230 V AC
A 4.6 4.9 4.9 4.9
Power loss kW 6.8 9.0 9.6 9.6
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.4
(14.13)
0.4
(14.13)
0.4
(14.13)
0.4
(14.13)
Sound pressure level
1)
50 Hz/60 Hz
dB (A) 78/80 78/80 78/80 78/80
Line/power connection
L1, L2, L3 / U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Flange connection with
M12 screws
Max. conductor cross section 4 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
6 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
6 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
6 × 240 mm
2
per
connection
PE connection M10 fixing screw M10 fixing screw M10 fixing screw M10 fixing screw
Max. conductor cross section 2 × 240 mm
2
4 × 240 mm
2
4 × 240 mm
2
4 × 240 mm
2
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
305
(12)
505
(19.88)
505
(19.88)
505
(19.88)
Height mm
(inch)
1750
(68.9)
1750
(68.9)
1750
(68.9)
1750
(68.9)
Depth mm
(inch)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
Size HI JI JI JI
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
390
(860)
620
(1367)
620
(1367)
620
(1367)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format
Recommended line-side components
2/41
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending
on the power rating of the Active Line Modules.
The tables below list recommended components.
Further information about the main contactors, switch discon-
nectors, fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can
be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.
1)
Assignment of line-side power components to Active Line Modules
1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in
accordance with UL or NEC requirements. For NEMA components see
North American Industrial Products Catalog and Speedfax Catalog.
Infeed power Input current Assignment
to Active
Interface
Module
Assignment
to Active
Line Module
Buffer protection Main contactor Fixed-mounted
circuit-breaker
kW (HP) A Typ
6SL3300-...
Type
6SL3330-...
Order No. Order No. Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
132 (200) 210 7TE32-6AA0 7TE32-1AA0 included in Active Interface
Module
3RT1456-6AP36 –
160 (225) 260 7TE32-6AA0 7TE32-6AA0 included in Active Interface
Module
3RT1466-6AP36 –
235 (350) 380 7TE33-8AA0 7TE33-8AA0 included in Active Interface
Module
3RT1466-6AP36 –
300 (450) 490 7TE35-0AA0 7TE35-0AA0 included in Active Interface
Module
3RT1476-6AP36 –
380 (550) 605 7TE38-4AA0 1TE36-1AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 3RT1476-6AP36 –
500 (700) 840 7TE38-4AA0 1TE38-4AA0 3WL1110-2BB34-4AN2 – 3WL1110-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
630 (800) 985 7TE41-4AA0 1TE41-0AA0 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2 – 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
900 (1150) 1405 7TE41-4AA0 1TE41-4AA0 3WL1116-2BB34-4AN2 – 3WL1116-2BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
560 575 7TH35-8AA0 7TH35-8AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 3RT1476-6AP36 –
800 735 7TH37-4AA0 7TH37-4AA0 3WL1210-4BB34-4AN2 – 3WL1210-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
1100 1025 7TH41-3AA0 7TH41-0AA0 3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2 – 3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
1400 1270 7TH41-3AA0 7TH41-3AA0 3WL1216-4BB34-4AN2 – 3WL1216-4BB34-4AN2-Z
Z=C22
Infeed
power
Input
current
Assignment to
Active Inter-
face Module
Switch disconnec-
tor without handle
and shaft
Switch disconnec-
tor with handle
and shaft
Cable protection fuse Cable protection fuse incl.
semiconductor protection
kW (HP) A Typ
6SL3300-...
Order No. Order No. Order No. Rated
current
Order No. Rated
current
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
132 (200) 210 7TE32-6AA0 3KL5530-1AB01 3KL5530-1EB01 3NA3242 224 A 3NE1230-2 315 A
160 (225) 260 7TE32-6AA0 3KL5730-1AB01 3KL5730-1EB01 3NA3250 300 A 3NE1331-2 350 A
235 (350) 380 7TE33-8AA0 3KL5730-1AB01 3KL5730-1EB01 3NA3260 400 A 3NE1334-2 500 A
300 (450) 490 7TE35-0AA0 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02 3NA3365 500 A 3NE1436-2 630 A
380 (550) 605 7TE38-4AA0 3KL6230-1AB02 3KL6230-1EB02 3NA3372 630 A 3NE1437-2 710 A
500 (700) 840 7TE38-4AA0 – – 2 × 3NA3362 2 × 425 A 2 × 3NE1334-2 2 × 500 A
630 (800) 985 7TE41-4AA0 – – 2 × 3NA3365 2 × 500 A 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 A
900 (1150) 1405 7TE41-4AA0 – – 3 × 3NA3365 3 × 500 A 3 × 3NE1448-2 2 × 850 A
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
560 575 7TH35-8AA0 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02 2 × 3NA3352-6 2 × 315 A 3NE1447-2 670 A
800 735 7TH37-4AA0 3KL6230-1AB02 3KL6230-1EB02 2 × 3NA3360-6 2 × 400 A 3NE1448-2 850 A
1100 1025 7TH41-3AA0 – – 3 × 3NA3354-6 3 × 355 A 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 630 A
1400 1270 7TH41-3AA0 – – 3 × 3NA3365-6 3 × 500 A 2 × 3NE1438-2 2 × 800 A
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Motor Modules
2/42
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
A wide range of single-axis and two-axis Motor Modules with
graded current/power ratings can be supplied:
• Single Motor Modules: Single-axis variant
- Booksize format with rated output currents of 3 A to 200 A
- Chassis format with rated output currents of 210 A to 1405 A
at 400 V or 85 A to 1270 A at 690 V
• Double Motor Modules: Two-axis variant
- Booksize format with rated output currents of 3 A to 18 A.
In principle, all Single Motor and Double Motor Modules can be
operated on Basic Line Modules, Smart Line Modules or Active
Line Modules.
■Design
The Single Motor Modules in booksize format feature the follo-
wing interfaces as standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 1 x electronics power supply connection via integrated
24 V DC bars
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 x motor connection, plug-in (not included in scope of
supply) or screw-stud depending on rated output current
• 1 x safe standstill input (enable pulses)
• 1 x safe motor brake control
• 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130)
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
The motor cable shield is inside the connector on 50 mm
(1.97 in) and 100 mm (3.94 in) width modules. A shield connec-
tion plate can be supplied for 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm
(7.87 in) and 300 mm (11.81 in) wide modules. On these modu-
les, the motor cable shield can be connected using a tube clip.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module
by means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. type KLBÜ
3-8 SC by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to
connect Motor Module to adjacent Motor Module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
■Selection and ordering data
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
Rated output
current
Rated power Single Motor Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
3 A 1.6 kW (1.5 HP) 6SL3120-1TE13-0AA0
5 A 2.7 kW (3 HP) 6SL3120-1TE15-0AA0
9 A 4.8 kW (5 HP) 6SL3120-1TE21-0AA1
18 A 9.7 kW (10 HP) 6SL3120-1TE21-8AA1
30 A 16 kW (20 HP) 6SL3120-1TE23-0AA1
45 A 24 kW (30 HP) 6SL3120-1TE24-5AA1
60 A 32 kW (40 HP) 6SL3120-1TE26-0AA1
85 A 46 kW (60 HP) 6SL3120-1TE28-5AA1
132 A 71 kW (100 HP) 6SL3120-1TE31-3AA0
200 A 107 kW (150 HP) 6SL3120-1TE32-0AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
2/43
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Accessories ■Characteristic curves
Derating characteristic for Motor Modules in booksize format
Output current as a function of pulse frequency
Description Order No.
Power connector (X1/X2)
At Motor Module end, with screw-type
terminals 1.5-10mm
2
,
for Motor Modules with a rated output current
of 3 A to 30 A
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0
Shield terminal plates
• for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in)
6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1
• for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 200 mm (7.87 in)
6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0
• for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 300 mm (11.81 in)
6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5-10 mm
2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 50 mm (1.97 in) and 100 mm
(3.94 in)
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm
2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm
(7.87 in) and 300 mm (11.81 in)
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm
2
for all Line Modules/Motor Modules
in booksize format
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line Modules/Motor Modules
in booksize format
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
24 V jumper
for connection of the 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Plug-in motor brake connector for booksize
format Motor Modules with a rated output
current of 45 A to 200 A
Wago
http://www.wago.com
Item No.:
231-102/037-000
(Wago)
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

o
u
t
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
Pulse frequency
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
2
a 100
90
80
70
60
50
0 4 8 12 16 20
40
30
20
10
2 6 10 14
%
kHz
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
2/44
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The Single Motor Module communicates with the CU320 Control
Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for Single Motor Modules in booksize format 3 A to 30 A
X201 X200
M
+
DCN
DCP
M
+
DCN
DCP
0 1
+Temp
X21
-Temp
EP M1
EP +24 V
U2
V2
BR+
W2
BR-
X202
X1
4
3
2
1
1)
M
3
E
Single Motor Module
READY
L
E
D
s
DC LINK
2)
2
M
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
G_D212_EN_00032c
DC link busbars
24 V DC busbars
1) Required for Safety.
2) Temperature sensor terminal for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface.
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
2/45
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■ Integration (continued)
Wiring diagram for Single Motor Modules in booksize format 45 A to 200 A
X201 X200
+Temp
X21
EP M1
EP +24 V
BR+
BR-
X202
4
3
2
1
M
3
E
U2
V2
X11
M
+
DCN
DCP
M
+
DCN
DCP
Single Motor Module
2)
1)
+
X12
2
-
2
1 1
2
W2
READY
L
E
D
s
DC LINK
3)
M
-Temp
3) Temperature sensor terminal for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface.
G_D212_EN_00033c
DC link busbars
24 V DC busbars
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t


0

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t


1

2) Fan subassembly for 132 A and 200 A Single Motor Modules.
1) Required for Safety.
Fan
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
2/46
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in booksize format
6SL3120-1TE13-
0AA0
6SL3120-1TE15-
0AA0
6SL3120-1TE21-
0AA1
6SL3120-1TE21-
8AA1
6SL3120-1TE23-
0AA1
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 3 5 9 18 30
Base load current I
H
A 2.6 4.3 7.7 15.3 25.5
Output current
for S6 duty (40%) I
S6
A 3.5 6 10 24 40
Max. output current I
max
A 6 10 18 36 56
Rated power
for 600 V DC DC link voltage
kW
(HP)
1.6
(1.5)
2.7
(3)
4.8
(5)
9.7
(10)
16.0
(20)
Rated power
based on I
H
kW
(HP)
1.4
(1)
2.3
(2.5)
4.1
(5)
8.2
(10)
13.7
(18)
Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4
DC link voltage range V 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750
DC link current I
d
A 3.6 6 11 22 36
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 100 100 100
DC link capacitance µF 110 110 110 220 710
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.9
24 V DC busbar current
capacity
A 20 20 20 20 20
If, due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side, the current carrying capacity
exceeds 20 A, an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max. cross-
section 6 mm
2
, max. fuse protection 20 A).
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Power loss kW 0.035 0.055 0.080 0.165 0.290
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.016
(0.565)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Plug-in connector
(X1), max. 30 A
(not included in
scope of supply,
see Accessories)
Plug-in connector
(X1), max. 30 A
(not included in
scope of supply,
see Accessories)
Plug-in connector
(X1), max. 30 A
(not included in
scope of supply,
see Accessories)
Plug-in connector
(X1), max. 30 A
(not included in
scope of supply,
see Accessories)
Plug-in connector
(X1), max. 30 A
(not included in
scope of supply,
see Accessories)
Shield connection integrated in
connector (X1)
integrated in
connector (X1)
integrated in
connector (X1)
integrated in
connector (X1)
integrated in
connector (X1)
PE connection On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
Motor brake connection Integrated into the
plug-in motor con-
nector (X1),
24 V DC, 2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor con-
nector (X1),
24 V DC, 2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor con-
nector (X1),
24 V DC, 2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor con-
nector (X1),
24 V DC, 2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor con-
nector (X1),
24 V DC, 2 A
Max. motor cable length m (ft) 50 (164)
(shielded)
75 (246)
(unshielded)
50 (164)
(shielded)
75 (246)
(unshielded)
50 (164)
(shielded)
75 (246)
(unshielded)
70 (230)
(shielded)
100 (164)
(unshielded)
100 (164)
(shielded)
150 (246)
(unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
100
(3.94)
Height mm
(inch)
380
(14.98)
380
(14.98)
380
(14.98)
380
(14.98)
380
(14.98)
Depth mm
(inch)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
5.1
(11)
5.1
(11)
5.0
(11)
5.0
(11)
6.9
(15)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in booksize format
2/47
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
1) The fan is supplied with the Motor Module and must be installed
before the Motor Module is commissioned.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in booksize format
6SL3120-1TE24-
5AA1
6SL3120-1TE26-
0AA1
6SL3120-1TE28-
5AA1
6SL3120-1TE31-
3AA0
6SL3120-1TE32-
0AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
0.67 × DC link
voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 45 60 85 132 200
Base load current I
H
A 38 51 68 105 141
Output current
for S6 duty (40%) I
S6
A 60 80 110 150 250
Max. output current I
max
A 85 113 141 210 282
Rated pulse frequency kHz 4 4 4 4 4
Rated power
for 600 V DC DC link voltage
kW
(HP)
24
(30)
32
(40)
46
(60)
71
(100)
107
(150)
Rated power
based on I
H
kW
(HP)
21
(25)
28
(40)
37
(50)
57
(75)
76
(100)
DC link voltage range V 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750
DC-link current I
d
A 54 72 102 158 200
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 200 200 200
DC link capacitance µF 1175 1410 1880 2820 3995
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5 1.5
24 V DC busbar current
capacity
A 20 20 20 20 20
If, due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side, the current carrying capacity
exceeds 20 A, an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max. cross
section 6 mm
2
, max. fuse protection 20 A).
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Power loss kW 0.43 0.59 0.75 1.25 2.05
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.031
(1.095)
0.031
(1.095)
0.044
(1.554
0.144
(1.554)
0.144
(1.554)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 65 < 65 < 60 < 73 < 73
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
M6 screw studs,
2.5-50 mm
2
(X1)
M6 screw studs,
2.5-50 mm
2
(X1)
M8 screw studs,
2.5-95 mm
2
,
2 × 35 mm
2
(X1)
M8 screw studs,
2.5-120 mm
2
,
2 × 50 mm
2
(X1)
M8 screw studs,
2.5-120 mm
2
,
2 × 50 mm
2
(X1)
Shield connection see Accessories see Accessories see Accessories see Accessories see Accessories
PE connection On housing with M6
screw
On housing with M6
screw
On housing with M6
screw
On housing with M8
screw
On housing with M8
screw
Motor brake connection Plug-in connector
(X11), 24 V DC, 2 A
Plug-in connector
(X11), 24 V DC, 2 A
Plug-in connector
(X11), 24 V DC, 2 A
Plug-in connector
(X11), 24 V DC, 2 A
Plug-in connector
(X11), 24 V DC, 2 A
Max. motor cable length m (ft) 100 (328)
(shielded)
150 (492)
(unshielded)
100 (328)
(shielded)
150 (492)
(unshielded)
100 (328)
(shielded)
150 (492)
(unshielded)
100 (328)
(shielded)
150 (492)
(unshielded)
100 (328)
(shielded)
150 (492)
(unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
150
(5.91)
150
(5.91)
200
(7.87)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
Height mm
(inch)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
380 (14.96),
with fan
1)
: 629
380 (14.96),
with fan
1)
: 629
Depth mm
(inch)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
9
(20)
9
(20)
15
(33)
21
(46)
21
(46)
D21-1_en_Kap02_2_92.fm Seite 47 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 1:56 13
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/48
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Design
The Single Motor Modules in chassis format feature the following
interfaces as standard:
• 1 x DC link connection
• 1 x electronics power supply connection
• 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 x motor connection
• 1 x safe standstill input (enable pulses)
• 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130)
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:
• Types FX and GX:
- 0.60 m (1.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the
adjacent Motor Module
• Types HX and JX:
- 0.35 m (1.15 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the
CU320 Control Unit
- 2.10 m (6.89 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the
adjacent Motor Module
■Selection and ordering data
Warning signs in foreign languages
Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the
standard warning signs in German or English.
The following signs are supplied with chassis format units:
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish and Turkish.
Rated output current Rated power Single Motor Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
210 A 110 kW (150 HP) 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0
260 A 132 kW (200 HP) 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0
310 A 160 kW (250 HP) 6SL3320-1TE33-1AA0
380 A 200 kW (300 HP) 6SL3320-1TE33-8AA0
490 A 250 kW (400 HP) 6SL3320-1TE35-0AA0
605 A 315 kW (500 HP) 6SL3320-1TE36-1AA0
745 A 400 kW (600 HP) 6SL3320-1TE37-5AA0
840 A 450 kW (700 HP) 6SL3320-1TE38-4AA0
985 A 560 kW (800 HP) 6SL3320-1TE41-0AA0
1260 A 710 kW (1000 HP) 6SL3320-1TE41-2AA0
1405 A 800 kW (1150 HP) 6SL3320-1TE41-4AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
85 A 75 kW 6SL3320-1TH28-5AA0
100 A 90 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-0AA0
120 A 110 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-2AA0
150 A 132 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-5AA0
175 A 160 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-8AA0
215 A 200 kW 6SL3320-1TH32-2AA0
260 A 250 kW 6SL3320-1TH32-6AA0
330 A 315 kW 6SL3320-1TH33-3AA0
410 A 400 kW 6SL3320-1TH34-1AA0
465 A 450 kW 6SL3320-1TH34-7AA0
575 A 560 kW 6SL3320-1TH35-8AA0
735 A 710 kW 6SL3320-1TH37-4AA0
810 A 800 kW 6SL3320-1TH38-1AA0
910 A 900 kW 6SL3320-1TH38-8AA0
1025 A 1000 kW 6SL3320-1TH41-0AA0
1270 A 1200 kW 6SL3320-1TH41-3AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/49
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The Single Motor Module communicates with the CU320 Control
Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Typical connection of Single Motor Modules in chassis format
X402
1
X401
2
0
X400
P24_1
X9
U1
V1
W1
Single Motor
Module
DCP
DCN
2
1
4
3
6
5
M_1
VL_1
VL_2
HS1
HS2
DCPA
DCNA
DCPS
DCNS
E
X42
M
M
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
U24 V
P24 V
U0 V
PH_RS
PH_ST
PH_TR
H200
L
E
D
s
H201
=
=
+Temp
-Temp
EP M1
EP +24 V
4
X41
1
2
3
4
L1
L2
-F10
-F11
-F10
-F11
M
3
M
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
1
a
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t
380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC
380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC
Fan supply terminal for
frame sizes FX and GX
directly on fuse holder
Fan supply terminal for
frame sizes HX and JX
DC link busbars
Dv/dt filter terminal
Braking Module Terminal
Fan
Fan
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/50
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TE32-
1AA0
6SL3320-1TE32-
6AA0
6SL3320-1TE33-
1AA0
6SL3320-1TE33-
8AA0
6SL3320-1TE35-
0AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link
voltage
0.72 × DC link
voltage
0.72 × DC link
voltage
0.72 × DC link
voltage
0.72 × DC link
voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 210 260 310 380 490
Base load current I
L
A 205 250 302 370 477
Base load current I
H
A 178 233 277 340 438
Max. output current I
max
A 307 375 453 555 715
Rated power kW
(HP)
110
(150)
132
(200)
160
(250)
200
(300)
250
(400)
Power based on I
H
kW
(HP)
90
(125)
110
(150)
132
(200)
160
(250)
200
(350)
Rated pulse frequency kHz 2 2 2 2 2
DC link voltage range V 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750
DC link current I
d
A 252 312 372 456 588
DC link capacitance µF 4200 5200 6300 7800 9600
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC
A 0.6 1.2 1.6 1.6 1.6
Efficiency η 0.986 0.986 0.986 0.986 0.986
Power loss kW 1.86 2.50 2.96 3.67 4.28
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.17
(6)
0.23
(8.12)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 66/67 < 68/72 < 68/72 < 68/72 < 68/72
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
PE connection Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection
with M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m (ft) 300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
Height mm
(inch)
1400
(55.12)
1400
(55.12)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
Depth mm
(inch)
356
(14.02)
356
(14.02)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
Size FX FX GX GX GX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
95
(210)
95
(210)
136
(300)
136
(300)
136
(300)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/51
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TE36-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE37-5AA0 6SL3320-1TE38-4AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 605 745 840
Base load current I
L
A 590 725 820
Base load current I
H
A 460 570 700
Max. output current I
max
A 885 1087 1230
Rated power kW
(HP)
315
(500)
400
(600)
450
(700)
Power based on I
H
kW
(HP)
250
(350)
315
(450)
400
(500)
Rated pulse frequency kHz 1.25 1.25 1.25
DC link voltage range V 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750
DC link current I
d
A 726 894 1008
DC link capacitance µF 12600 15600 16800
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 1.0 1.0 1.0
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC
A 3.2 3.2 3.2
Efficiency η 0.986 0.986 0.986
Power loss kW 5.84 6.68 7.15
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.78
(27.55)
0.78
(27.55)
0.78
(27.55)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 69/72 < 69/72 < 69/72
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection for busbar
connection
Flange connection for busbar
connection
Flange connection for busbar
connection
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with M12
screw,
max. cross section 4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with M12
screw,
max. cross section 4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with M12
screw,
max. cross section 4 × 240 mm
2
PE connection On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
503
(19.8)
503
(19.8)
503
(19.8)
Height mm
(inch)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
Depth mm
(inch)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
Size HX HX HX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
290
(640)
290
(640)
290
(640)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/52
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TE41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-4AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 985 1260 1405
Base load current I
L
A 960 1230 1370
Base load current I
H
A 860 1127 1257
Max. output current I
max
A 1440 1845 2055
Rated power kW
(HP)
560
(800)
710
(1000)
800
(1150)
Power based on I
H
kW
(HP)
450
(700)
560
(900)
710
(1000)
Rated pulse frequency kHz 1.25 1.25 1.25
DC link voltage range V 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750
DC link current I
d
A 1182 1512 1686
DC link capacitance µF 18900 26100 28800
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 1.25 1.40 1.40
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC
A 4.7 4.7 4.7
Efficiency η 0.986 0.986 0.986
Power loss kW 9.5 11.1 12.0
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
1.1
(38.85)
1.1
(38.85)
1.1
(38.85)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 71/72 < 71/72 < 71/72
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection for busbar
connection
Flange connection for busbar
connection
Flange connection for busbar
connection
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with M12
screw,
max. cross section 6 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with M12
screw,
max. cross section 6 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with M12
screw,
max. cross section 6 × 240 mm
2
PE connection On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
On housing with M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
Height mm
(inch)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
Depth mm
(inch)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
Size JX JX JX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
450
(992)
450
(992)
450
(992)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/53
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TH28-5AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-0AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-2AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-5AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 85 100 120 150
Base load current I
L
A 80 95 115 142
Base load current I
H
A 76 89 107 134
Max. output current I
max
A 120 142 172 213
Rated power kW 75 90 110 132
Power based on I
H
kW 55 75 90 110
Rated pulse frequency kHz 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
DC link voltage range V 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035
DC link current I
d
A 102 120 144 180
DC link capacitance µF 1200 1200 1600 2800
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC
A 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Efficiency η 0.988 0.988 0.986 0.989
Power loss kW 1.17 1.43 1.89 1.80
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
0.17
(6)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 66/67 < 66/67 < 66/67 < 66/67
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
PE connection Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m
(ft)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
Height mm
(inch)
1400
(55.12)
1400
(55.12)
1400
(55.12)
1400
(55.12)
Depth mm
(inch)
356
(14.02)
356
(14.02)
356
(14.02)
356
(14.02)
Size FX FX FX FX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
95
(210)
95
(210)
95
(210)
95
(210)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/54
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TH31-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-2AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-6AA0 6SL3320-1TH33-3AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 175 215 260 330
Base load current I
L
A 170 208 250 320
Base load current I
H
A 157 192 233 280
Max. output current I
max
A 255 312 375 480
Rated power kW 160 200 250 315
Power based on I
H
kW 132 160 200 250
Rated pulse frequency kHz 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
DC link voltage range V 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035
DC link current I
d
A 210 258 312 396
DC link capacitance µF 2800 2800 3900 4200
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC
A 0.94 0.94 0.94 0.94
Efficiency η 0.987 0.988 0.988 0.987
Power loss kW 2.67 3.09 3.62 4.34
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
0.36
(12.71)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 68/72 < 68/72 < 68/72 < 68/72
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M10 screw,
max. cross section
2 × 185 mm
2
PE connection Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m
(ft)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
Height mm
(inch)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
1533
(60.35)
Depth mm
(inch)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
545
(21.46)
Size GX GX GX GX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
136
(300)
136
(300)
136
(300)
136
(300)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/55
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TH34-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH34-7AA0 6SL3320-1TH35-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH37-4AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 410 465 575 735
Base load current I
L
A 400 452 560 710
Base load current I
H
A 367 416 514 675
Max. output current I
max
A 600 678 840 1065
Rated power kW 400 450 560 710
Power based on I
H
kW 315 400 450 630
Rated pulse frequency kHz 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
DC link voltage range V 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035
DC link current I
d
A 492 558 690 882
DC link capacitance µF 7400 7400 7400 11100
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC
A 1.84 1.84 2.74 2.74
Efficiency η 0.987 0.985 0.988 0.988
Power loss kW 6.13 6.80 10.3 10.9
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.78
(27.55)
0.78
(27.55)
0.78
(27.55)
1.474
(52.05)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 69/72 < 69/72 < 69/72 < 69/72
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
PE connection Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m
(ft)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
503
(19.8)
503
(19.8)
503
(19.8)
704
(27.72)
Height mm
(inch)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
Depth mm
(inch)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
Size HX HX HX JX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
290
(640)
290
(640)
290
(640)
450
(992)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/56
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format
6SL3320-1TH38-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH38-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TH41-3AA0
Max. output voltage, line-to-line
(fundamental-wave RMS value)
0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage 0.72 × DC link voltage
Rated output current I
n
A 810 910 1025 1270
Base load current I
L
A 790 880 1000 1230
Base load current I
H
A 724 814 917 1136
Max. output current I
max
A 1185 1320 1500 1845
Rated power kW 800 900 1000 1200
Power based on I
H
kW 710 800 900 1000
Rated pulse frequency kHz 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
DC link voltage range V 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035 890 to 1035
DC link current I
d
A 972 1092 1230 1524
DC link capacitance µF 11100 14400 14400 19200
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 1.25 1.4 1.4 1.4
Max. current requirements
(fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC
A 2.74 2.74 2.74 2.74
Efficiency η 0.988 0.989 0.989 0.989
Power loss kW 11.5 11.7 13.2 16.0
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
1.474
(52.05)
1.474
(52.05)
1.474
(52.05)
1.474
(52.05)
Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) < 71/72 < 71/72 < 71/72 < 71/72
DC link connection
DCP, DCN
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Flange connection for
busbar connection
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
4 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
6 × 240 mm
2
PE connection Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Flange connection with
M12 screw,
max. cross section
PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm
2
PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm
2
Motor brake connection – – – –
Max. motor cable length
(without external options)
m
(ft)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
704
(27.72)
Height mm
(inch)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
1475
(58.07)
Depth mm
(inch)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
540
(21.26)
Size JX JX JX JX
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
450
(992)
450
(992)
450
(992)
450
(992)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Single Motor Modules in chassis format
2/57
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Characteristic curves
When the pulse frequency is increased, the derating factor of the
output current must be taken into account.
This derating factor must be applied to the currents specified in
the technical data.
Derating factor of the output current as a function of the
pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of
2 kHz
Derating factor of the output current as a function of the
pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of
1.25 kHz
Motor Module
type
Output Output current
at pulse fre-
quency of 2 kHz
Derating factor
at pulse fre-
quency of 4 kHz
6SL3320- ... kW (HP) A
Supply voltage 510 V to 750 V DC
1TE32-1AA0 110 (150) 210 82%
1TE32-6AA0 132 (200) 260 83%
1TE33-1AA0 160 (250) 310 88%
1TE33-8AA0 200 (300) 380 87%
1TE33-0AA0 250 (400) 490 78%
Motor Module
type
Output Output current
at pulse
frequency of
1.25 kHz
Derating factor
at pulse
frequency of
2.5 kHz
6SL3320- ... kW (HP) A
Supply voltage 510 V to 750 V DC
1TE36-1AA0 315 (500) 605 72%
1TE37-5AA0 400 (600) 745 72%
1TE38-4AA0 450 (700) 840 79%
1TE41-0AA0 560 (800) 985 87%
1TE41-2AA0 710 (1000) 1260 87%
1TE41-4AA0 800 (1150) 1405 95%
Supply voltage 890 V to 1035 V DC
1TH28-5AA0 75 85 89%
1TH31-0AA0 90 100 88%
1TH31-2AA0 110 120 88%
1TH31-5AA0 132 150 84%
1TH31-8AA0 160 175 87%
1TH32-2AA0 200 215 87%
1TH32-6AA0 250 260 88%
1TH33-3AA0 315 330 82%
1TH34-1AA0 400 410 82%
1TH34-7AA0 450 465 87%
1TH35-8AA0 560 575 85%
1TH37-4AA0 710 735 79%
1TH38-1AA0 800 810 95%
1TH38-8AA0 900 910 87%
1TH41-0AA0 1000 1025 86%
1TH41-3AA0 1200 1270 79%
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Double Motor Modules in booksize format
2/58
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Design
Double Motor Modules feature the following interfaces as stan-
dard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated
24 V DC bars
• 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 2 x plug-in motor connections (not included in scope of
supply)
• 2 x safe standstill inputs (1 input per axis)
• 2 x safe motor brake control
• 2 x temperature sensor inputs (KTY84-130)
• 3 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
On Double Motor Modules, the motor cable shield can be con-
nected in the connector.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module
by means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. type
KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller.
The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to
connect Motor Module to adjacent module
• Jumper for connecting the 24 DC V busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
■Characteristic curves
Derating characteristic for Motor Modules in booksize format
Output current as a function of pulse frequency
Rated output
current
Rated power Double Motor Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
2 × 3 A 2 × 1.6 kW (2 × 1.5 HP) 6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0
2 × 5 A 2 × 2.7 kW (2 × 3 HP) 6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0
2 × 9 A 2 × 4.8 kW (2 × 5 HP) 6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0
2 × 18 A 2 × 9.7 kW (2 × 10 HP) 6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0
Description Order No.
Power connector (X1/X2)
At Motor Module end, with screw-type
terminals 1.5-10mm
2
,
for Motor Modules with a rated output current
of 3 A to 30 A
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 0.5-10 mm
2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 50 mm (1.97 in) and100 mm
(3.94 in)
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm
2
for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format
with a width of 150 mm (5.91 in), 200 mm
(7.87 in) and 300 mm (11.81 in)
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm
2
for all Line Modules/Motor Modules
in booksize format
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
24 V terminal adapter
for all Line Modules/Motor Modules in
booksize-format
6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0
24 V jumper
for connection of the 24 V busbars
(for booksize format)
6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Plug-in connector for motor brake
Wago
http://www.wago.com
Item No.:
231-102/037-000
(Wago)
P
e
r
m
i
s
s
i
b
l
e

o
u
t
p
u
t

c
u
r
r
e
n
t
Pulse frequency
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
2
a 100
90
80
70
60
50
0 4 8 12 16 20
40
30
20
10
2 6 10 14
%
kHz
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Double Motor Modules in booksize format
2/59
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The Double Motor Module communicates with the CU320
Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for Double Motor Modules 2x3 A to 2x18 A
X201 X200
X21
-
+
U2
V2
BR+
W2
BR-
X202
X1
-
+
U2
V2
BR+
W2
BR-
X203
M
3
E
X2
+Temp
X22
4
3
2
1
1)
1)
2)
2)
-Temp
EP M1
EP +24 V
+Temp
-Temp
EP M1
EP +24 V
4
3
2
1
M
3
E
M
+
DCN
DCP
M
+
DCN
DCP
Double Motor Module
READY
L
E
D
s
DC LINK
M
M
G_D212_EN_00034d
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 3
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

0

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

1

DC link busbars
24 V DC busbars
Required for Safety. 1)
Temperature sensor terminal for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface. 2)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Motor Modules
Double Motor Modules in booksize format
2/60
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Double Motor Module
6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0
Rated output current I
n
A 2 × 3 2 × 5 2 × 9 2 × 18
Output current
for S6 duty (40%) I
S6
A 2 × 3.5 2 × 6 2 × 10 2 × 24
Base load current I
H
A 2 × 2.6 2 × 4.3 2 × 7.7 2 × 15.3
Max. output current I
max
A 2 × 6 2 × 10 2 × 18 2 × 36
Rated power
for 600 V DC DC link voltage
kW
(HP)
2 × 1.6
(2 × 1.5)
2 × 2.7
(2 × 3)
2 × 4.8
(2 × 5)
2 × 9.7
(2 × 10)
Rated power
based on I
H
kW
(HP)
2 × 1.4
(2 × 1)
2 × 2.3
(2 × 2.5)
2 × 4.1
(2 × 5)
2 × 8.2
(2 × 10)
DC link voltage range V 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750 510 to 750
DC link current I
d
A 7.2 12 22 43
DC link busbar current capacity A 100 100 100 100
DC link capacitance µF 110 220 220 710
Max. current
requirements at 24 V DC
A 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
24 V DC busbar current capacity A 20 20 20 20
If, due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side, the current carrying
capacity exceeds 20 A, an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is
required (max. cross section 6 mm
2
, max. fuse protection 20 A).
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Power loss kW 0.07 0.11 0.16 0.32
Cooling air requirement m
3
/s
(ft
3
/s)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.008
(0.283)
0.016
(0.565)
Sound pressure level dB (A) < 60 < 60 < 60 < 60
Motor connection
U2, V2, W2
2 x plug-in connectors
(X1, X2), max. 30 A
(not included in scope
of supply,
see Accessories)
2 x plug-in connectors
(X1, X2), max. 30 A
(not included in scope
of supply,
see Accessories)
2 x plug-in connectors
(X1, X2), max. 30 A
(not included in scope
of supply,
see Accessories)
2 x plug-in connectors
(X1, X2), max. 30 A
(not included in scope
of supply,
see Accessories)
Shield connection integrated in connec-
tor (X1, X2)
integrated in connec-
tor (X1, X2)
integrated in connec-
tor (X1, X2)
integrated in connec-
tor (X1, X2)
PE connection On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
On housing with
M5 screw
Motor brake connection Integrated into the
plug-in motor connec-
tor (X1, X2), 24 V DC,
2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor connec-
tor (X1, X2), 24 V DC,
2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor connec-
tor (X1, X2), 24 V DC,
2 A
Integrated into the
plug-in motor connec-
tor (X1, X2), 24 V DC,
2 A
Max. motor cable length m
(ft)
50 (164) (shielded)
75 (246) (unshielded)
50 (164) (shielded)
75 (246) (unshielded)
50 (164) (shielded)
75 (246) (unshielded)
50 (164) (shielded)
75 (246) (unshielded)
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
100
(3.94)
Height mm
(inch)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
380
(14.96)
Depth mm
(inch)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
270
(10.63)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
5.3
(12)
5.3
(12)
5.3
(12)
6.8
(15)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking Modules in booksize format
2/61
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are
required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a
power failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY OFF
category 1) or limit the DC link voltage during regeneration for a
short period of time, e.g. when the regenerative feedback capa-
bility of the Line Module is deactivated. The Braking Module
houses the power electronics and the associated control circuit.
During operation, the DC link energy is converted to heat loss in
an external braking resistor. Braking Modules function autono-
mously. A number of Braking Modules can be operated in paral-
lel. In this case, each Braking Module must have its own braking
resistor.
Braking Modules in booksize format can also be used for rapid
discharge of the DC link.
■Design
The Braking Module in booksize format features the following in-
terfaces as standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated
24 V DC bars
• Terminals for connecting the braking resistor
• 2 x digital inputs (disable Braking Module/acknowledge faults
and rapid discharge of DC link)
• 2 x digital outputs (Braking Module disabled and prewarning
– I×t monitoring)
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Braking Module is indicated via two 2-color
LEDs.
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
■Technical data
Description Braking Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
Braking Module in booksize format
1.5 kW/100 kW
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0
Description Order No.
Warning signs in foreign
languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard Ger-
man or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Line voltage
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
Booksize format
Braking Module
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0
Rated power P
DB
1.5 kW
Peak power P
max
100 kW
Max. permissible cable length to
braking resistor
10 m (32.8 ft)
DC link capacitance 110 µF
Max. current requirements at
24 V DC
0.5 A
Digital inputs
• Voltage -3 V to +30 V
• Low level (an open digital input
is interpreted as "low")
-3 V to +5 V
• High level 15 V to 30 V
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) 10 mA
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage 24 V DC
• Max. load current per digital
output
100 mA
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
24 V DC busbar current capacity 20 A
DC link busbar current capacity 100 A
PE connection On housing with M5 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 380 mm (14.96 in)
Depth, with spacer
(included in scope of supply)
270 mm (10.63 in)
Weight, approx. 4.1 kg (9 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking Modules in booksize format
2/62
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
Wiring diagram for Braking Module in booksize format
R1
R2
X1 X21
4
3
2
1
5
M
6
M
2
1
M
+
DCN
DCP
M
+
DCN
DCP
Braking Module
Braking resistor
DI, inhibit Braking Module
DI, DC link fast discharge
DO, "0 V" = Fault/Braking Module inhibited
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
5
c
24 V DC busbars
DC link busbars
Max. cable length: 10 m (32.8 ft)
DO, “0 V" = prewarning l * t shutdown
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking Modules in chassis format
2/63
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are
required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a
power failure (e.g. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY OFF
category 1) or limit the DC link voltage during regeneration for a
short period of time, e.g. when the regenerative feedback capa-
bility of the Line Module is deactivated. The Braking Module
houses the power electronics and the associated control circuit.
During operation, the DC link energy is converted to heat loss in
an external braking resistor. Braking Modules function autono-
mously. A number of Braking Modules can be operated in paral-
lel. In this case, each Braking Module must have its own braking
resistor.
The Braking Module in chassis format is inserted in a mounting
location inside the Motor Module or Active Line Module, the fan
of which ensures forced cooling. The supply voltage for the elec-
tronics is drawn from the DC link. The Braking Module is connec-
ted to the DC link by means of the busbar sets and flexible
cables, which are supplied as standard.
The activation threshold of the Braking Module can be adjusted
by means of a DIP switch. The braking power values specified
in the technical data apply to the upper activation threshold.
■Design
The Braking Modules in chassis format feature the following in-
terfaces as standard:
• 1 x DC link connection
• 1 x braking resistor connection
• 1 x digital input (inhibit Braking Module/acknowledge error)
• 1 x digital output (Braking Module inhibited)
• 1 x DIP switch for adjusting activation threshold.
■Selection and ordering data
Warning signs in foreign languages
Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the
standard warning signs in German or English.
The following signs are supplied with chassis format units:
Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French, Greek, Italian,
Japanese, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish,
Swedish and Turkish.
Description Braking Module
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
Braking Module in chassis format,
size FX, 25 kW/125 kW
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0
Braking Module in chassis format ,
size GX, 50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0
Braking Module in chassis format,
sizes HX and JX, 50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AE32-5BA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
Braking Module in chassis format,
size FX, 25 kW/125 kW
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0
Braking Module in chassis format,
size GX, 50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AH32-5AA0
Braking Module in chassis format,
sizes HX and JX, 50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking Modules in chassis format
2/64
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
Typical connection of Braking Module in chassis format
Braking Module
21.6
21.5
21.4
21.3
21.2
21.1
X21
+24 V
0 V
0 V
R1
DCNA
R2 DCPA
Fault
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
2
a
DC link
connection terminals
Inhibit
Fault output
Inhibit input
Shield
Braking resistor
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking Modules in chassis format
2/65
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Braking Module in chassis format
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AE32-5BA0
Suitable for installation in Motor Module/
Active Line Module size
FX GX HX/JX
P
DB
rated power kW 25 50 50
P
15
peak power kW 125 250 250
P
20
power kW 100 200 200
P
40
power kW 50 100 100
Activation thresholds
(adjustable via DIP switch)
V 774 (factory setting)
or 673
Max. permissible cable length to
braking resistor
m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164)
Digital inputs
• Voltage V –3 to +30 –3 to +30 –3 to +30
• Low level (an open digital input is
interpreted as "low")
V –3 to +5 –3 to +5 –3 to +5
• High level V 15 to 30 15 to 30 15 to 30
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) mA 10 10 10
• Max. connectable cross section mm
2
1.5 1.5 1.5
Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage V 24 DC 24 DC 24 DC
• Max. load current per digital output mA 500 500 500
• Max. connectable cross section mm
2
1.5 1.5 1.5
Terminal/screw R1/R2 M8 M8 M8
Max. connectable cross section R1/R2 mm
2
35 50 50
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.6 (8) 7.3 (16) 7.5 (17)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Braking Module in chassis format
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0
Suitable for installation in Motor Module/
Active Line Module size
FX GX HX/JX
P
DB
rated power kW 25 50 50
P
15
peak power kW 125 250 250
P
20
power kW 100 200 200
P
40
power kW 50 100 100
Activation thresholds
(adjustable via DIP switch)
V 1153 (factory setting)
or 1070
Max. permissible cable length to
braking resistor
m (ft) 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164)
Digital inputs
• Voltage V –3 to +30 –3 to +30 –3 to +30
• Low level (an open digital input is
interpreted as "low")
V –3 to +5 –3 to +5 –3 to +5
• High level V 15 to 30 15 to 30 15 to 30
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) mA 10 10 10
• Max. connectable cross section mm
2
1.5 1.5 1.5
Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage V 24 DC 24 DC 24 DC
• Max. load current per digital output mA 500 500 500
• Max. connectable cross section mm
2
1.5 1.5 1.5
Terminal/screw R1/R2 M8 M8 M8
Max. connectable cross section R1/R2 mm
2
35 50 50
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.6 (8) 7.3 (16) 7.5 (16)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking resistors in booksize format
2/66
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.
The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module. The
braking resistor should be positioned outside the cabinet or
switchgear room. This enables the resulting heat loss to be dis-
sipated efficiently, thereby allowing a corresponding reduction in
the level of air conditioning required.
2 braking resistors with different rated and peak power values
are available for booksize format units.
■Selection and ordering data
■Characteristic curves
Load diagram for Braking Module in booksize format and braking resistor
■Technical data
Description Suitable for
Braking Module in
booksize format
Braking resistor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V3 AC
Braking resistor
0.3 kW/25 kW
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0
Braking resistor
1.5 kW/100 kW
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0
T
P
P
P
max
t Ta
DB
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
X
X
_
0
0
0
3
8
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Braking resistors for Braking Module in booksize format
6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0 6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0
Rated power P
DB
kW 0.3 1.5
Peak power P
max
kW 25 100
In-service period for peak power t
a
s 0.1 0.4 1 2
Period duration of braking duty
cycle t
s 11.5 210 68 460
Degree of protection IP54
Braking resistor with connected 1.5 mm
2
cable (shielded), 3 m (9.84 ft) long
IP20
Width mm
(inch)
80
(3.15)
193
(7.6)
Height mm
(inch)
210
(8.27)
410
(16.14)
Depth mm
(inch)
53
(2.09)
240
(9.45)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
3.4
(8)
5.6
(12)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking resistors in chassis format
2/67
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.
The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module. The
braking resistor should be positioned outside the cabinet or
switchgear room. This enables the resulting heat loss to be dis-
sipated efficiently, thereby allowing a corresponding reduction in
the level of air conditioning required.
2 braking resistors with different rated and peak power values
are available for chassis format units.
■Selection and ordering data
■Characteristic curves
Load diagram for Braking Module in chassis format and braking resistor
Description Suitable for
Braking Module in
chassis format
Braking resistor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
25 kW/125 kW
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0
Braking resistor
50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AE32-5 . A0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
25 kW/125 kW
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0
Braking resistor
50 kW/250 kW
6SL3300-1AH32-5 . A0 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0
t
= Permanent braking power
= 5 x = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s
= 4 x = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s
= 2 x = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s
1.00
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
3
0.75
0.50
0.25
s
1.50
1.25
DB P/P
15 P
20 P
40 P
DB P
DB P
15 P
20 P
40 P
DB P
15
DB P
DB P
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Braking resistors in chassis format
2/68
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Braking resistors for Braking Modules in chassis format
6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0
Rated power P
DB
kW 25 50
Peak power P
max
kW 125 250
In-service period for peak power s 15 15
Period duration of braking duty
cycle t
s 90 90
Max. current A 189 378
Cable gland Via cable gland M50 Via cable gland M50
Power connection Via stud terminal M10 Via stud terminal M10
Max. connectable cross section mm
2
50 70
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
740
(29.13)
810
(31.89)
Height mm
(inch)
605
(23.82)
1325
(52.17)
Depth mm
(inch)
485
(19.09)
485
(19.09)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
50
(110)
120
(265)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Braking resistors for Braking Modules in chassis format
6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0
Rated power P
DB
kW 25 50
Peak power P
max
kW 125 250
In-service period for peak power s 15 15
Period duration of braking duty
cycle t
s 90 90
Max. current A 125 255
Cable gland Via cable gland M50 Via cable gland M50
Power connection Via stud terminal M10 Via stud terminal M10
Max. connectable cross section mm
2
50 70
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Width mm
(inch)
740
(29.13)
810
(31.89)
Height mm
(inch)
605
(23.82)
1325
(52.17)
Depth mm
(inch)
485
(19.09)
485
(19.09)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
50
(110)
120
(265)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Capacitor Module
2/69
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Capacitor Modules are used to increase the DC link capacitance
to bridge momentary power losses.
Capacitor Modules are connected to the DC link voltage via the
integrated DC link busbars. Capacitor Modules function autono-
mously.
Several Capacitor Modules can be operated in parallel.
■Design
Capacitor Modules feature the following interfaces as standard:
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
■Technical data
Description Order No.
Capacitor Module 6SL3100-1CE14-0AA0
Description Order No.
Warning signs in foreign languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
Capacitor Module
Capacitance 4000 µF
24 V DC busbar current capacity 20 A
DC link busbar current capacity 100 A
PE connection On housing with M5
screw
Width 100 mm (3.94 in)
Height 380 mm (14.96 in)
Depth, with spacer
(included in scope of supply)
270 mm (10.63 in)
Weight, approx. 7.2 kg (16 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Control Supply Module
2/70
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The Control Supply Module provides a 24 V DC power supply via
the line or DC link. This makes it possible, for example, to make
emergency retraction movements in the event of failure of the
line supply, as long as the DC link voltage becomes available.
■Design
Control Supply Modules feature the following interfaces as
standard:
• 1 x power connection
• 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
• 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated
24 V DC bars
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply for Control
Units, Terminal Modules, Sensor Modules, etc., via the 24 V
terminal adapter provided in the scope of supply (max. cross
section 6 mm
2
, max. fuse protection 20 A)
• 2 x PE (protective earth) connections
The status of the Control Supply Modules is indicated via two
multi-color LEDs.
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
Description Order No.
Control Supply Module 6SL3100-1DE22-0AA0
Description Order No.
Warning signs in foreign
languages
This set of foreign language warning signs
can be placed on top of the standard
German or English signs.
One sign in each of the following languages
is provided in each set:
Chinese, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, French,
Greek, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Por-
tuguese, Spanish and Swedish.
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
Control Supply Module
2/71
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
Wiring diagram of the Control Supply Module
■Technical data
-X1
DCP
DCN
DCP
DCN
=
=
L1
L2
L3
+
M
+
M
=
=
Control Supply
Module
G_D211_EN_00039
24 V DC busbars
Control Supply Module
Rated input current
• at 400 V 3 AC 2.2 A
• at 600 V DC 1.1 A
Radio interference suppression
(standard)
Class A1 to EN 55011
Rated output voltage 26 V DC
Rated output current 20 A
24 V DC busbar current capacity 20 A
DC link busbar current capacity 100 A
Power connection L1, L2, L3 (X1) Screw-type terminals
0.2 mm
2
to 4.0 mm
2
PE connection On housing with M5 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 380 mm (14.96 in)
Depth, with spacer
(included in scope of supply)
270 mm (10.63 in)
Weight, approx. 4.8 kg (11 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
DC link components
DC link supply adapter
2/72
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
If the internal Motor Module DC link busbars are not to be used,
the DC link voltage can be provided externally via a DC link po-
wer supply adapter. Two versions are available depending on
cable cross section. The DC link power supply adapter is moun-
ted on the DC link busbars of the Motor Module. The DC link ca-
bles are routed from above.
If a multi-tier Motor Module configuration is used, a DC link po-
wer supply adapter set can be provided for linking the DC links
of two drive groups. The DC link power supply adapters are
mounted on the DC link busbars of the Motor Modules to the far
right of each group. The DC link cables are routed from behind.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Description Order No.
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
for Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of 50 mm
(1.97 in) and 100 mm (3.94 in)
6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0
DC link supply adapter
for direct infeed of DC link voltage
for Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format with a width of 150 mm
(5.91 in), 200 mm (7.87 in) and 300 mm
(11.81 in)
6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
DC link adapters (2 pieces)
for multi-tier configuration
for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in
booksize format
6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0
DC link supply
adapter
6SL3162-
2BD00-
0AA0
6SL3162-
2BM00-
0AA0
6SL3162-
2BM01-
0AA0
Connec-
table cross
section
(screw-type
terminals)
mm
2
0.5 to 10 35 to 95 35 to 95
Current car-
rying capa-
city
A 36 240 240
Weight,
approx.
kg
(lb)
0.06
(0.1)
0.48
(1.1)
0.76
(1.7)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Load-side power components
Sinusoidal filter
2/73
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
If a sinusoidal filter is connected at the Motor Module output, the
voltage between the motor terminals is virtually sinusoidal. This
reduces the stress on the motor windings and prevents motor
noise induced by the pulse frequency.
The pulse frequency of the Motor Modules must be set to 4 kHz
for the sinusoidal filters.
With chassis format units, this reduces the maximum possible
output current and the maximum achievable output voltage (see
characteristics for "Single Motor Modules in chassis format " and
section "Configuration“).
The sinusoidal filter should be installed as close as possible to
the Motor Module.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Rated power of
Motor Module
Suitable for
Motor Module
Sinusoidal filter
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
110 kW (150 HP) 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0
132 kW (200 HP) 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0
160 kW (250 HP) 6SL3320-1TE33-1AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0
200 kW (300 HP) 6SL3320-1TE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0
250 kW (400 HP) 6SL3320-1TE35-0AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Sinusoidal filter
6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-
8AA0
6SL3000-2CE33-
3AA0
6SL3000-2CE34-
1AA0
Suitable for
Single Motor Module
chassis format
Type 6SL3320-1TE32-
1AA0
6SL3320-1TE32-
6AA0
6SL3320-1TE33-
1AA0
6SL3320-1TE33-
8AA0
6SL3320-1TE35-
0AA0
Rated power P
n
of Motor
Module with 4 kHz pulse
frequency setting
kW
(HP)
110
(150)
132
(200)
160
(250)
200
(300)
250
(400)
Rated current A 225 225 276 333 408
Power loss 50 Hz/60 Hz kW 0.35/0.6 0.35/0.6 0.4/0.69 0.245/0.53 0.38/0.7
Line/load connection Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
PE connection Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Connection lugs
M10
Max. permissible cable length
between sinusoidal filter and
motor
m (ft) 300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
300 (984)
(shielded)
450 (1477)
(unshielded)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Width mm
(inch)
620
(24.4)
620
(24.4)
620
(24.4)
620
(24.4)
620
(24.4)
Height mm
(inch)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
370
(14.57)
370
(14.57)
Depth mm
(inch)
320
(12.6)
320
(12.6)
320
(12.6)
360
(14.17)
360
(14.17)
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
124
(273)
124
(273)
127
(280)
136
(300)
198
(437)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Load-side power components
Motor reactors
2/74
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
Motor reactors reduce the stress on the motor windings by redu-
cing the voltage gradients on the motor terminals. At the same
time, the capacitive charge/discharge currents that occur at the
converter output when long motor cables are used are reduced.
The maximum permissible output frequency when a motor reac-
tor is used is 150 Hz.
The motor reactor should be installed as close as possible to the
Motor Module.
■Selection and ordering data
Rated power of
Motor Module
Suitable for
Motor Module
Motor reactor
Order No.
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC
110 kW (150 HP) 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0
132 kW (200 HP) 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0
160 kW (250 HP) 6SL3320-1TE33-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0
200 kW (300 HP) 6SL3320-1TE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0
250 kW (400 HP) 6SL3320-1TE35-0AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0
315 kW (500 HP) 6SL3320-1TE36-1AA0 6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0
400 kW (600 HP) 6SL3320-1TE37-5AA0 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0
450 kW (700 HP) 6SL3320-1TE38-4AA0 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0
560 kW (800 HP) 6SL3320-1TE41-0AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0
710 kW (1000 HP) 6SL3320-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-4AA0
800 kW (1150 HP) 6SL3320-1TE41-4AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-4AA0
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC
75 kW 6SL3320-1TH28-5AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0
90 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0
110 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-2AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0
132 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-5AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0
160 kW 6SL3320-1TH31-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0
200 kW 6SL3320-1TH32-2AA0 6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0
250 kW 6SL3320-1TH32-6AA0 6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0
315 kW 6SL3320-1TH33-3AA0 6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0
400 kW 6SL3320-1TH34-1AA0 6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0
450 kW 6SL3320-1TH34-7AA0 6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0
560 kW 6SL3320-1TH35-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0
710 kW 6SL3320-1TH37-4AA0 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0
800 kW 6SL3320-1TH38-1AA0 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0
900 kW 6SL3320-1TH38-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH41-0AA0
1000 kW 6SL3320-1TH41-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH41-1AA0
1200 kW 6SL3320-1TH41-3AA0 6SL3000-2AH41-3AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Load-side power components
Motor reactors
2/75
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.5 kHz and 1.25 kHz)
6SL3000-
2BE32-1AA0
6SL3000-
2BE32-6AA0
6SL3000-
2BE33-2AA0
6SL3000-
2BE33-8AA0
6SL3000-
2BE35-0AA0
6SL3000-
2AE36-1AA0
Suitable for
Motor Module
Type 6SL3320-
1TE32-1AA0
6SL3320-
1TE32-6AA0
6SL3320-
1TE33-1AA0
6SL3320-
1TE33-8AA0
6SL3320-
1TE35-0AA0
6SL3320-
1TE36-1AA0
Rated power of Motor
Module
kW
(HP)
110
(150)
132
(200)
160
(250)
200
(300)
250
(400)
315
(500)
Rated current A 210 260 310 380 490 605
Power loss kW 0.486 0.5 0.47 0.5 0.5 0.9
Line/load connection M10 M10 M10 M10 M12 M12
PE connection M8 M8 M8 M8 M8 M8
Max. permissible cable
length between motor
reactor and motor
m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Width mm
(inch)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
300
(11.81)
410
(16.14)
Height mm
(inch)
285
(11.22)
315
(12.4)
285
(11.22)
285
(11.2)
2)
365
(14.37)
392
(15.43)
Depth mm
(inch)
257
(10.12)
277
(10.9)
257
(10.12)
277
(10.9)
277
(10.9)
292
(11.5)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
60
(132)
66
(146)
62
(137)
73
(161)
100
(221)
130
(287)
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.5 kHz and 1.25 kHz)
6SL3000-
2AE38-4AA0
6SL3000-
2AE38-4AA0
6SL3000-
2AE41-0AA0
6SL3000-
2AE41-4AA0
6SL3000-
2AE41-4AA0
Suitable for
Motor Module
Type 6SL3320-
1TE37-5AA0
6SL3320-
1TE38-4AA0
6SL3320-
1TE41-0AA0
6SL3320-
1TE41-2AA0
6SL3320-
1TE41-4AA0
Rated power of Motor
Module
kW
(HP)
400
(600)
450
(700)
560
(800)
710
(1000)
800
(1150)
Rated current A 745 840 985 1260 1405
Power loss kW 0.83 0.943 1.062 0.962 1.054
Line/load connection M12 M12 M12 2 x M12 2 x M12
PE connection M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
Max. permissible cable
length between motor
reactor and motor
m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded)
450 (1477) (unshielded)
Width mm
(inch)
410
(16.14)
410
(16.14)
410
(16.14)
460
(18.11)
460
(18.11)
Height mm
(inch)
392
(15.43)
392
(15.43)
392
(15.43)
392
(15.43)
392
(15.43)
Depth mm
(inch)
292
(11.5)
292
(11.5)
302
(11.89)
326
(12.83)
326
(12.83)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Weight, approx. kg
(lb)
140
(309)
140
(309)
146
(322)
179
(395)
179
(395)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Load-side power components
Motor reactors
2/76
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■ Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.5 kHz and 1.25 kHz)
6SL3000-
2AH31-0AA0
6SL3000-
2AH31-0AA0
6SL3000-
2AH31-5AA0
6SL3000-
2AH31-5AA0
6SL3000-
2AH31-8AA0
6SL3000-
2AH32-4AA0
Suitable for
Motor Module
Type 6SL3320-
1TH28-5AA0
6SL3320-
1TH31-0AA0
6SL3320-
1TH31-2AA0
6SL3320-
1TH31-5AA0
6SL3320-
1TH31-8AA0
6SL3320-
1TH32-2AA0
Rated power of Motor Module kW 75 90 110 132 160 200
Rated current A 85 100 120 150 175 215
Power loss kW 0.257 0.3 0.318 0.335 0.4 0.425
Line/load connection M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
PE connection M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6
Max. permissible cable length
between motor reactor and motor
m (ft) 200 (656) (shielded)
300 (984) (unshielded)
Width mm (inch) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 270 (10.63) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81)
Height mm (inch) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 248 (9.76) 285 (11.22) 285 (11.22)
Depth mm (inch) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 200 (7.87) 212 (8.35) 212 (8.35)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 25 (55) 33 (73) 35 (77)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.5 kHz and 1.25 kHz)
6SL3000-
2AH32-6AA0
6SL3000-
2AH33-6AA0
6SL3000-
2AH34-5AA0
66SL3000-
2AH34-7AA0
6SL3000-
2AH35-8AA0
6SL3000-
2AH38-1AA0
Suitable for
Motor Module
Type 6SL3320-
1TH32-6AA0
6SL3320-
1TH33-3AA0
6SL3320-
1TH34-1AA0
6SL3320-
1TH34-7AA0
6SL3320-
1TH35-8AA0
6SL3320-
1TH37-4AA0
Rated power of Motor Module kW 250 315 400) 450 560 710
Rated current A 260 330 410 465 575 735
Power loss kW 0.44 0.45 0.545 0.62 0.8 0.96
Line/load connection M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M12
PE connection M6 M6 M8 M8 M8 M8
Max. permissible cable length
between motor reactor and motor
m (ft) 200 (656) (shielded)
300 (984) (unshielded)
Width mm (inch) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 350 (13.78) 410 (16.14) 410 (16.14) 410 (16.14)
Height mm (inch) 285 (11.22) 285 (11.22) 330 (12.99) 392 (15.43) 392 (15.43) 392 (15.43)
Depth mm (inch) 212 (8.35) 212 (8.35) 215 (8.46) 292 (11.5) 292 (11.5) 279 (10.98)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 40 (88) 43 (95) 56 (124) 80 (176) 80 (176) 146 (322)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.5 kHz and 1.25 kHz)
6SL3000-
2AH38-1AA0
6SL3000-
2AH41-0AA0
6SL3000-
2AH41-1AA0
6SL3000-
2AH41-3AA0
Suitable for
Motor Module
Type 6SL3320-
1TH38-1AA0
6SL3320-
1TH38-8AA0
6SL3320-
1TH41-0AA0
6SL3320-
1TH41-3AA0
Rated power of Motor Module kW 800 900 1000 1200
Rated current A 810 910 1025 1270
Power loss kW 1.0 0.97 1.05 0.95
Line/load connection M12 M12 M12 M12
PE connection M8 M8 M8 M8
Max. permissible cable length
between motor reactor and motor
m (ft) 200 (656) (shielded)
300 (984) (unshielded)
Width mm (inch) 410 (16.14) 410 (16.14) 410 (16.14) 460 (18.11)
Height mm (inch) 392 (15.43) 392 (15.43) 392 (15.43) 392 (15.43)
Depth mm (inch) 279 (10.98) 279 (10.98) 317 (12.48) 296 (11.65)
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 146 (322) 150 (331) 163 (360) 166 (366)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
2/77
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The communication, open-loop and closed-loop control func-
tions for one or more Motor Modules and Active Line Modules
run in a CU320 Control Unit. The CU320 Control Unit is designed
for multi-axis operation.
■Design
CU320 Control Unit, without guard cover
CU320 Control Units feature the following interfaces as stan-
dard:
• 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets for communication with other
DRIVE-CLiQ devices, e.g., Motor Modules, Active Line
Modules, Sensor Modules, Terminal Modules
• 1 x PROFIBUS interface
• 8 x parameterizable digital inputs (floating)
8 x parameterizable bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs
(not floating), of which 6 are high-speed digital inputs
• 1 x serial RS232 interface
• 1 x option slot
• 3 x test sockets and one reference ground for installation and
start-up support
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
• 1 x ground connection
A shield connection for the signal cable shield on the option mo-
dule is located on the CU320 Control Unit.
The available option slot is used to expand the interfaces, for
example, to include additional terminals or for communication
purposes.
The status of the CU320 Control Unit is indicated via multi-color
LEDs.
As the firmware and parameter settings are stored on a plug-in
CompactFlash card, the Control Unit can be changed without
the need for tools.
The CU320 Control Unit can be mounted on the side of the Line
Module in booksize format via brackets integrated in a Line
Module. The CU320 Control Unit can also be fixed to the wall of
the control cabinet using the integrated fixing lugs. As the
CU320 Control Unit is not as deep as the Line Modules, suitable
spacers are available to increase the depth of the CU320 Control
Unit to 270mm (10.63 in).
■Integration
DRIVE-CLiQ components, for example, Motor Modules and
Active Line Modules, can be connected to a CU320 Control Unit.
The number of modules depends on the performance required,
including duty type and additional functions.
Communication between a CU320 Control Unit and the connec-
ted components takes place via DRIVE-CLiQ.
If an application requires more than one Control Unit, the number
can be increased accordingly. The Control Units are then inter-
connected, for example, via PROFIBUS on a higher-level con-
troller.
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
2/78
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration (continued)
Wiring diagram for CU320 Control Unit
+
R
x
D
T
x
D
M
M
X103 X102
1
X101 X100
PROFIBUS
X126
0 2 3
M
+
3)
3)
5 3 2
2)
2)
DI 0
X122
4
3
2
1
DI 1
DI 3
DI 2
5
M 1
M
6
DI/DO 8
7
8
9
10
11
12
DI/DO 9
DI/DO 10
DI/DO 11
M
M
DI 4
X132
4
3
2
1
DI 5
DI 7
DI 6
5
M 2
M
6
DI/DO 12
7
8
9
10
11
12
DI/DO 13
DI/DO 14
DI/DO 15
M
M
+ 24 V
M
X124
M
+
M
+
M
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
X140
Control Unit
CU320


O
p
t
i
o
n

b
o
a
r
d
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
1) Fast inputs (must be shielded).
2) Jumper open, isolation for digital inputs (DI).
3) Can be parameterized individually as input/output.
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
7
d
serial interface
ext.
24 V
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t


D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t


D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t


SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
2/79
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Technical data ■Selection and ordering data
d
■Accessories
CU320 Control Unit
Max. current requirements
(at 24 V DC)
without taking account of digital
outputs, option slot expansion
0.8 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Digital inputs 8 x floating digital inputs
8 x bidirectional non-floating
digital inputs/digital outputs
• Voltage -3 V to 30 V
• Low level (an open digital input is
interpreted as "low")
-3 V to 5 V
• High level 15 V to 30 V
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) 10 mA
• Signal propagation delays for
digital inputs
L → H: approx. 50 µs
H → L: approx. 100 µs
• Signal propagation delays for
high-speed digital inputs (high-
speed digital inputs can be used
for position detection)
L → H: approx. 5 µs
H → L: approx. 50 µs
• Max. connectable cross section 0.5 mm
2
Digital outputs (continued-short-
circuit-proof)
8 x bidirectional non-floating
digital outputs/digital inputs
• Voltage 24 V DC
• Max. load current per digital
output
500 mA
• Max. connectable cross section 0.5 mm
2
Power loss 20 W
PE connection On housing with M5 screw
Ground connection On housing with M5 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 270 mm (10.63 in)
Depth 226 mm (8.9 in)
Weight, approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Description Order No.
CU320 Control Unit
(without CompactFlash card)
6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1
Description Order No.
PROFIBUS connector
without PG/PC connection
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
PROFIBUS connector
with PG/PC connection
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0
Spacers (2 pieces),
for increasing the depth of the CU320 Control
Unit to 270 mm (10.63 in) (if the brackets on
the side are not to be used but the depth still
has to be 270 mm (10.63 in)).
6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Control Units
CompactFlash card
2/80
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The firmware and parameter settings are stored on the
CompactFlash card, which is plugged into the CU320 Control
Unit.
■Design
A CU320 Control Unit can perform the communication, open-
loop and closed-loop control functions for several Motor
Modules. The computing capacity requirement increases in
proportion to the number of connected Motor Modules and
system components and in relation to the dynamic response
required. The full computing capacity of the CU320 Control Unit
is available only on systems with perfomance extension 1.
The use of performance extension will double the computing
power over the standard performance.
The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the
CU320 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER configura-
tion tool. The firmware options are supplied in license form,
which are written to the CompactFlash card in the factory as
license codes.
The firmware options can also be enabled on-site, for example,
if the performance extensions required are not known at the time
of placing the order. You will need the serial number of the Com-
pactFlash card and the order number of the firmware option to
be enabled. With this information, you can purchase the
associated license code from a license database and enable
the firmware option. The license code is only valid for the
CompactFlash card declared and cannot be transferred to other
CompactFlash cards.
■Selection and ordering data
■Further information
Firmware version
The firmware version is encoded in the order number of the
CompactFlash card supplied. The most recent firmware version
is always installed on shipped CompactFlash cards, i.e. the or-
der number on the shipped CompactFlash card need not neces-
sarily match the number of the ordered card.
The firmware version is encoded as follows in the order number:
Example: A CompactFlash card with order number
6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0 is ordered (as specified in the catalog).
The CompactFlash card with the most recent firmware version is
confirmed and shipped, e.g. order number
6SL3054-0CB00-1AA0 for firmware version 2.1. In this way, it is
possible to specify a specific firmware version or the most recent
firmware version in a replacement part order.
Description Order No.
CompactFlash card
with current firmware version including certifi-
cate of license
without performance extension
6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0
CompactFlash card
with current firmware version including certifi-
cate of license
with performance extension 1 firmware
option
6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0
Firmware license
Performance extension 1 firmware option for
CompactFlash card including certificate of
license
6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0
Order No.: 6SL3054- 07707-1AA0
Firmware version
1
2
3
4
B
C
D
E
Version
.1
.2
.3
.4
B
C
D
E
without performance extension 0
with performance extension 1 1
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
CBC10 Communication Board
2/81
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The CBC10 Communication Board is used to interface the
CU320 Control Unit and therefore the drives to the CAN (Con-
troller Area Network) protocol. The board’s driver software fulfils
the standards of the following CANopen specification of the CiA
organization (CAN in Automation):
• Communication profiles in accordance with DS 301
• Drive profile in accordance with DSP 402
(in this case Profile Velocity Mode)
• EDS (Electronic Data Sheet)
in accordance with DSP 306
• Operational status signaling in accordance with DSP 305
■Design
The CBC10 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the CU320 Control Unit. The CBC10 has two CAN interfaces.
■Selection and ordering data
■Accessories
■Technical data
Description Order No.
CBC10 Communication Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0
Description Order No.
SUB-D connector, 9-pin, female (3 pieces) 6FC9341-2AE
SUB-D connector, 9-pin, male (3 pieces) 6FC9341-2AF
CBC10 Communication Board
Max. current requirement (at 24 V DC)
via CU320 Control Unit
0.05 A
Power loss < 10 W
Weight, approx. 0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
TB30 Terminal Board
2/82
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
The TB30 Terminal Board expands the number of digital in-
puts/digital outputs and analog inputs/analog outputs of the
CU320 Control Unit.
■Design
The following are located on the TB30 Terminal Board:
• Power supply for digital inputs/digital outputs
• 4 x digital inputs
• 4 x digital outputs
• 2 x analog inputs
• 2 x analog outputs
The TB30 Terminal Board plugs into the option slot on the CU320
Control Unit.
A shield connection for the signal cable shield is located on the
CU320 Control Unit.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Description Order No.
TB30 Terminal Board 6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0
TB30 Terminal Board
Max. current requirement (at 24 V
DC) via CU320 Control Unit without
taking account of digital outputs
0.05 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Digital inputs
• Voltage -3 V to +30 V
• Low level (an open digital input
is interpreted as "low")
-3 V to +5 V
• High level 15 V to 30 V
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) Typ. 10 mA
• Signal propagation delays for
digital inputs
L → H: approx. 50 µs
H → L: approx. 100 µs
• Max. connectable cross section 0.5 mm
2
Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage 24 V DC
• Max. load current per digital
output
500 mA
• Max. connectable cross section 0.5 mm
2
Analog inputs (difference)
• Voltage range (an open analog
input is interpreted as 0 V)
-10 V to +10 V
• Internal resistance R
i
65 kΩ
• Resolution 13 bit, + sign
• Max. connectable cross section 0.5 mm
2
Analog outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage range -10 V to +10 V
• Max. load current -3 mA to +3 mA
• Resolution 11 bit, + sign
• Max. connectable cross section 0.5 mm
2
Power loss < 3 W
Weight, approx. 0.1 kg (0.2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
TB30 Terminal Board
2/83
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
Wiring diagram for TB30 Terminal Board
+ M
+ 24 V
M
X424
M
+
M
+
M
V
V
X482
1
8
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
± 10 V
X481
1 1
DI 0
DI 1
DI 3
DI 2
DO 0
8
DO 1
DO 2
DO 3
AI 0+
AI 0-
AI 1-
AI 1+
AO 0+
AO 0-
AO 1+
AO 1-
4
3
2
5
6
7
8
M
+
Terminal Board
TB30
ext.
24 V
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
2
8
c
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
TM31 Terminal Module
2/84
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
With the TM31 Terminal Module, the number of available digital
inputs and outputs and the number of analog input and outputs
within a drive can be expanded.
■Design
The following are located on the TM31 Terminal Module:
• 8 x digital inputs
• 4 x bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs
• 2 x relay outputs with changeover contact
• 2 x analog inputs
• 2 x analog outputs
• 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
• 2 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The TM31 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a 35×15/7.5
(1.4x0.6/0.3) DIN rail to EN 50022.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM31 Terminal
Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g., Phoenix Contact
type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1. The shield connection
terminal must not be used for strain relief.
The status of the TM31 terminal module is indicated via a multi-
color LED.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Description Order No.
TM31 Terminal Module
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA0
TM31 Terminal Module
Max. current requirements (at 24 V
DC), not taking into account digital
outputs
0,5 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Digital inputs
• Voltage -3 V to +30 V
• Low level (an open digital input
is interpreted as "low")
-3 V to +5 V
• High level 15 V to 30 V
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) Typ. 10 mA
• Signal propagation delays for
digital inputs
L → H: approx. 50 µs
H → L: approx. 100 µs
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage 24 V DC
• Max. load current per digital
output
100 mA
• Max. total current of digital outputs 400 mA
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Analog inputs (a switch is used to toggle between voltage and current
input)
• As voltage input
- Voltage range -10 V to +10 V
- Internal resistance R
i
100 kΩ
• As current input
- Current range 4 mA to 20 mA/-20 mA to
+20 mA/0 mA to 20 mA
- Internal resistance R
i
250 Ω
- Resolution 11 bit + sign
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Analog outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage range -10 V to +10 V
• Max. load current -3 mA to +3 mA
• Current range 4 mA to 20 mA, -20 mA to
+20 mA, 0 mA to 20 mA
• Max. load resistance 500 Ω for outputs in the range -
20 mA to +20 mA
• Resolution 11 bit + sign
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Relay outputs (change-over contacts)
• Max. load current 8 A
• Max. switching voltage 250 V AC, 30 V DC
• Max. switching power
(at 250 V AC)
2000 VA (cos phi = 1)
750 VA (cos phi = 0.4)
• Max. switching power (at 30 V DC) 240 W (ohmic load)
• Required minimum current 100 mA
• Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Power loss < 10 W
PE connection On housing with M4 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 150 mm (5.91 in)
Depth 111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx. 0.87 kg (2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
TM31 Terminal Module
2/85
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The TM31 Terminal Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for TM31 Terminal Module
X501 X500
4
3
2
1
5
6
M
X520
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
+ 24 V
4
3
2
1
5
6
7
8
X540
4
3
2
1
5
6
M
X530
1)
1 )
AI 0+
4
3
2
1
AI 0-
AI 1-
AI 1+
5
P10
6
M
X521
7
N10
M
8
AO 0V+
4
3
2
1
AO 0-
AO 1V+
AO 0C+
5
AO 1-
6
AO 1C+
X522
7
+Temp
-Temp
8
V
V
4
3
2
1
DO 0
5
DO 1
6
X542
+ 24 V
M
X524
M
+
M
+
M
M
+
M
+
X541
DI/DO 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
DI/DO 9
DI/DO 11
+
DI/DO 10
M
2)
3)

1

0
A
A
Terminal Module
TM 31
DI 0
DI 1
DI 3
DI 2
M 1
DI 4
DI 5
DI 7
DI 6
M 2
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
ext.
24 V
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t

1) The jumpers must be inserted
in this example.
2) Can be parameterized individually
Can be parameterized individually as output.
as current source.
3)
G_D212_EN_00029b
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
TM15 Terminal Module
2/86
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
With the Terminal Module TM15, the number of available digital
inputs and outputs within a drive can be expanded.
■Design
The following are located on the TM15 Terminal Module:
• 24 x bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs (isolation in 3
groups with 8 channels each)
• 24 x green status LEDs for indicating the logical signal status
of the relevant terminal
• 2 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The TM15 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a 35×15/7.5
(1.4x0.6/0.3) DIN rail to EN 50022.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM15 Terminal
Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g., Phoenix Contact
type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1. The shield connection
terminal must not be used for strain relief.
The status of the TM15 Terminal Module is indicated via a multi-
color LED.
■Selection and ordering data
■Technical data
Description Order No.
TM15 Terminal Module
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
6SL3055-0AA00-3FA0
TM15 Terminal Module
Max. current requirement (at 24 V
DC) without load
0.15 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Number of DRIVE-CLiQ sockets 2
I/O
• Digital inputs/digital outputs Channelwise as DI or DO,
parameterizable
• Number of digital inputs/digital
outputs
24
• Isolation Yes, in groups of 8
• Connection system Plug-in screw-type terminals
Digital inputs
• Voltage -30 V to +30 V
• Low level (an open digital input
is interpreted as "low")
-30 V to +5 V
• High level 15 V to 30 V
• Current consumption (at 24 V DC) 5 mA to 11 mA
• Signal propagation delays for
digital inputs, typical
L → H: 50 µs
H → L: 100 µs
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage 24 V DC
• Max. load current per digital
output
0.5 A
• Output delay (ohmic load)
- Standard L → H: 50 µs
H → L: 150 µs
- Maximum L → H: 100 µs
H → L: 225 µs
• Max. total current of outputs
(per group)
- Up to 60 °C (140 °F) 2 A
- Up to 50 °C (122 °F) 3 A
- Up to 40 °C (104 °F) 4 A
• Max. connectable cross section 1.5 mm
2
Power loss < 3 W
PE connection On housing with M4 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 150 mm (5.91 in)
Depth 111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx. 0.86 kg (2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Supplementary system components
TM15 Terminal Module
2/87
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Integration
The TM15 Terminal Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
Wiring diagram for TM15 Terminal Module
X501 X500
+ 24 V
M
X524
M
+
M
+
M
M
+
M
+
1 0
Terminal Module
TM 15
L1+
M1
X520
DI/DO 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
DI/DO 1
DI/DO 3
L1+
DI/DO 2
1)
DI/DO 4
7
8
9
10
DI/DO 5
DI/DO 7
DI/DO 6
M1
L2+
M2
X521
DI/DO 8
1
2
3
4
5
6
DI/DO 9
DI/DO 11
L2+
DI/DO 10
1)
DI/DO 12
7
8
9
10
DI/DO 13
DI/DO 15
DI/DO 14
M2
L3+
M3
X522
DI/DO 16
1
2
3
4
5
6
DI/DO 17
DI/DO 19
L3+
DI/DO 18
1)
DI/DO 20
7
8
9
10
DI/DO 21
DI/DO 23
DI/DO 22
M3
1) Can be parameterized individually as input or output.
G_D211_EN_00040
ext.
24 V
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t
D
R
I
V
E
-
C
L
i
Q
s
o
c
k
e
t


M
M
M
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Encoder system connection
Encoder system connection
2/88
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
DRIVE-CLiQ is the preferred method for connecting the encoder
system to SINAMICS S120.
Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces can be ordered for this pur-
pose, for example 1FK7 and 1FT6 synchronous motors and
1PH7 asynchronous motors. Each of these motors can be sup-
plied as standard with one DRIVE CLiQ interface.
These motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces can be connected
to the corresponding Motor Module directly via the MOTION-
CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables available. This connection route
is used to transmit motor encoder and temperature signals as
well as electronic rating plate data such as unique ID numbers,
rated data (voltage, current, torque) directly to the Control Unit.
These motors make start-up and diagnostics much easier, as the
motor and encoder type can be identified automatically.
Motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface
The encoder and temperature signals of motors without DRIVE-
CLiQ interfaces, as well as those of external encoders, must
be connected via Sensor Modules. Sensor Modules Cabinet-
Mounted with IP20 degree of protection are currently available
for direct installation in control cabinets.
Only one encoder can be connected to each Sensor
Module Cabinet-Mounted.
■Technical data
■Further information
If possible, motor encoder and temperature signals should be
connected to the corresponding Motor Module and external
encoders to the Control Unit.
Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface
and resolver
(2-pole/multi-pole)
Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface and incre-
mental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
, absolute enco-
der EnDat (512 pulses/revolution, 2048
pulses/revolution) or single absolute encoder
Max. current requirement at 24 V DC (via
Motor Module and MOTION-CONNECT
DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
500 mA 500 mA
Max. DRIVE-CLiQ cable length between
motor and Motor Modules
• 100 m (328 ft) when using MOTION-CONNECT 500 DRIVE-CLiQ cables
• 50 m (164 ft) when using MOTION-CONNECT 800 DRIVE-CLiQ cables
Note: Shorter cable lengths apply for certain encoders (see connection system)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Encoder system connection
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
2/89
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a
motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when ex-
ternal encoders are required in addition to the motor encoder.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• 2-pole resolver
• Multi-pole resolver
■Design
The SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the follo-
wing interfaces as standard:
• 1 x DRIVE CLiQ interface
• 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature detec-
tion (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The status of the SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is in-
dicated via a multi-color LED.
SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto
a 35×15/7.5 (1.4x0.6/0.3) DIN rail to EN 50022.
The maximum encoder cable length between SMC10 modules
and encoders is:
• For 2-pole resolvers: 130 m (427 ft)
• For multi-pole resolvers: 50 m (164 ft).
■Selection and ordering data
■Integration
The SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates
with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
■Technical data
Description Order No.
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
6SL3055-0AA00-5AA0
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
Max. current requirement (at 24 V
DC) not taking encoder into
account
0.3 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Power loss < 10 W
PE connection On housing with M4 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 150 mm (5.91 in)
Depth 111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx. 0.8 kg (2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Encoder system connection
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
2/90
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
SMC20 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a
motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when ex-
ternal sensors are required for direct position measurement in
addition to the motor encoder.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
• Absolute encoder EnDat
The motor temperature can also be detected using KTY84-130
PTC thermistors.
■Design
The SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the follo-
wing interfaces as standard:
• 1 x DRIVE CLiQ interface
• 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature detec-
tion (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The status of the SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is in-
dicated via a multi-color LED.
SMC20 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto
a 35×15/7.5 (1.4x0.6/0.3) DIN rail to EN 50022.
The maximum encoder cable length between SMC20 modules
and encoders is 100 m (328 ft).
■Selection and ordering data
■Integration
The SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates
with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
■Technical data
Description Order No.
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
6SL3055-0AA00-5BA1
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
Max. current requirement (at 24 V
DC) not taking encoder into
account
0.4 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Power loss < 10 W
PE connection On housing with M4 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 150 mm (5.91 in)
Depth 111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx. 0.8 kg (2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Encoder system connection
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
2/91
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
■Overview
SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a
motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when ex-
ternal encoders are required in addition to the motor encoder.
TTL/HTL incremental encoders with and without open-circuit de-
tection are supported.
The motor temperature can also be detected using KTY84-130
PTC thermistors.
■Design
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the follo-
wing interfaces as standard:
• 1 x DRIVE CLiQ interface
• 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature detec-
tion (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector or terminals
• 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the
24 V DC power supply connector
• 1 x PE (protective earth) connection
The status of the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is in-
dicated via a multi-color LED.
SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto
a 35×15/7.5 (1.4x0.6/0.3) DIN rail to EN 50022.
The maximum encoder cable length between SMC30 modules
and encoders is 100 m (328 ft). For HTL encoders, this length
can be increased to 300 m (985 ft) if signals A+/A- and B+/B- are
evaluated and the power supply cable has a minimum cross
section of 0.75 mm
2
.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the SMC30 Sensor
Module Cabinet-Mounted via a shield connection terminal, e.g.,
Phoenix Contact type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1.
■Selection and ordering data
■Integration
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates
with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
■Technical data
Description Order No.
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA0
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
Max. current requirement (at 24 V
DC) not taking encoder into
account
0.6 A
Max. connectable cross section 2.5 mm
2
Max. fuse protection 20 A
Power loss < 10 W
PE connection On housing with M4 screw
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 150 mm (5.91 in)
Depth 111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx. 0.8 kg (2 lb)
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
Notes
2/92
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
2
D21-1_en_Kap02_2_92.fm Seite 92 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 1:58 13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3/2 Overview
3/3 Asynchronous
(induction) motors
3/3 1PH7 motors
forced-ventilated,
degree of protection IP55
3/28 1PL6 motors
forced-ventilated,
degree of protection IP23
3/42 Selection guides
3/42 Additional data
for 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors
AC motors
AC motors
Overview
3/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Overview
1LA and 1LG motors
1LA8 motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
• 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors
The full capability of the SINAMICS S120 Vector Control can
be utilized when the drive system is combined with motors of
this type. The Control Unit evaluates the electronic rating plate
via the DRIVE-CLiQ interface as well as the motor-integrated
encoder signals. This means that motor and encoder data do
not need to be parameterized when the system is started up
or serviced.
1PH7 and 1PL6 motors are designed for converter operation
and are characterized by their high power density and wide
speed range. These motors are available in a variety of
construction types and models for a wide scope of drive
applications.
• 1LA, 1LG, 1MA and 1MJ motors
These motors are designed for direct connection to the three-
phase supply system, but they can also operate with the
SINAMICS drive system. For technical data and engineering
information, please refer to Catalog M 11.
• 1PQ motors
As these motors are forced-ventilated, no derating or only re-
latively minor derating (depending on their speed range) is re-
quired for constant-torque applications and wide speed ran-
ges.
Synchronous motors
• 1FU8 motors
1FU8 permanent-magnet-excited SIEMOSYN synchronous
motors can be operated in the "V/f control" mode. These mo-
tors are employed as stand-alone or sectional drives for appli-
cations demanding high speeds, excellent speed accuracy
and absolute synchronous operation. They are used primarily
in the man-made fiber industry. For detailed motor selection,
refer to Catalog DA 48.
Non-Siemens motors
Standard asynchronous (induction) motors supplied by other
manufacturers can operate on the SINAMICS S120 drive system
provided they are designed for converter operation with high-
speed IGBT power unit. Motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface
can easily be integrated into a SINAMICS drive system through
the use of SMC modules.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Overview
1PH7 AC motors, shaft heights 100 to 160
1PH7 AC motors, shaft heights 180 and 225
1PH7 AC motors, shaft height 280
The 1PH7 AC motors are compact, forced-ventilated squirrel-
cage asynchronous (induction) motors with degree of protection
IP55. The motors are ventilated, as standard, using a built-on se-
parately-driven fan unit.
The motor can be ordered either with the air flow from the motor
drive shaft end (DE) to the motor non-drive shaft end (NDE) - or
vice versa.
They have been designed specifically for use in conjunction with
converters. Depending on the control requirements, the appro-
priate encoder systems are available for the motors. These en-
coders are used to sense the motor speed and indirect position.
■Benefits
• High power density with small motor dimensions
• High degree of protection
• Wide speed control ranges
• Speed down to zero without reducing the torque
• Robustness
• Essentially maintenance-free
• High cantilever force loading
• High smooth running characteristics, even at the lowest
speeds
• Integrated encoder system to sense the motor speed,
connected using a connector or DRIVE-CLiQ
• Terminal box to connect up power cables
• The motor temperature is monitored using a KTY 84
• Variable cooling versions
• Basic external cooling using a pipe connection
• Optional bearing designs with re-lubrication device and
insulated bearings (NDE)
■Application
Mounted in dry inside areas (no aggressive atmosphere).
Crane systems:
• Hoisting gears and closing gears for cranes
• Hoisting and traversing gears for high-bay racking vehicles
Printing industry:
• Single and main drives for printing machines
Manufacture of rubber, plastic, wire and glass:
• Drives for extruders, calenders, rubber injection machines, foil
machines, fleece plants
• Wire-drawing machines, wire-stranding machines, etc.
General applications such as coiler and winder drives.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Technical data ■ Characteristic curves
Power/speed characteristic
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with EN 60034-1
(IEC 60034-1)
Temperature class F for a coolant inlet
temperature of up to +40 °C (+104 °F)
Fan supply voltage
(see selection guides for
technical data)
400 V 3 AC/50 Hz/60 Hz
480 V 3 AC/60 Hz
Type in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
IM B3
Degree of protection
in accordance with EN 60034-5
(IEC 60034-5)
IP55 (fan IP54)
Cooling
in accordance with EN 60034-6
(IEC 60034-6)
Forced ventilation
SH 100 to SH 225: Fan axial
mounted NDE
SH 280: Fan radial mounted NDE
Temperature monitoring KTY 84 temperature sensor in stator
winding
SH 280: Additional KTY 84 as reserve
Paint finish SH 100 to SH 160: Without paint
finish,
Standard paint finish, anthracite
RAL 7016
SH 180 to SH 280: with primer,
Standard paint finish, anthracite
RAL 7016
Shaft end on the drive end
in accordance with 748-3
(IEC 60072-1)
with key, half-key balancing
Shaft and flange accuracy
in accordance with DIN 42955
(IEC 60072-1)
SH 100 to SH 160: Tolerance R
(reduced)
SH 180 to SH 280: Tolerance N
(normal)
Vibration severity level
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
SH 100 to SH 225: Grade R
(reduced)
SH 280: Grade N (normal)
Sound pressure level
in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 1680
tolerance +3 dB
Sound pressure level as a function
of air-flow direction
see selection guides
Bearing versions and
maximum speeds
see selection guides
Encoder system, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
– Incremental encoder HTL
1024 pulses/revolution
– Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
,
2048 pulses/revolution
– Absolute encoder EnDat 2048
pulses/revolution
– 2-pole resolver
Connection Signal connectors
(mating connector is not included in
the scope of supply)
Terminal box for power
SH 160 to SH 225: Terminal box top
SH 280: Terminal box NDE right
Options See selection and ordering data
and Chapter "Options“
S6-40%
S6-60%
S1
n
P
S6-25%
n
2
N
P
N
Voltage
limiting characteristic
n
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
0
Constant
torque range
Constant power range
(field weakening operation)
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Options
7 Option possible
4 On request
– Not available
1) Order using a code (without plain text), e.g.:
X01: RAL 9005 (flat black)
X02: RAL 9001 (cream)
X03: RAL 6011 (reseda green)
X04: RAL 7032 (pebble grey)
X05: RAL 5015 (sky blue)
X06: RAL 1015 (light ivory)
2) Order with code R1Y
(it is necessary to specify the RAL color in plain text).
3) Order with code R2Y
(it is necessary to specify the RAL color in plain text).
Order
code
Option description For use with 1PH7 asynchronous
motors with shaft height
SH 100
to 160
SH 180
SH 225
SH 280
Normal paint finish in another
color, RAL ...
4
1)
7
2)
7
2)
Special paint finish in another
color, RAL ...
4 7
3)
7
3)
C30 Winding version 690 V – – 7
G14 Fan unit with air filter – 4 7
G80 POG10 pulse encoder,
mounting prepared
– – 7
K08 Encoder connector mounted
opposite
– – 7
K16 Second standard shaft end
(possible only without enco-
der)
– – 7
K31 2nd rating plate supplied
separately in terminal box
Standard 7 7
K40 Re-lubrication devices, DE
and NDE
– 7 Standard
K45 230 V anti-condensation
heating
– – 7
K55 Cable entry plate, terminal
box customer-specific
(plain text is required)
– 7 7
K83 Terminal box rotated through
+90 degrees
– – 7
K84 Terminal box rotated through
-90 degrees
– – 7
K85 Terminal box rotated through
180 degrees
– – 7
L27 NDE bearing, insulated
version
– 7 Standard
M03 Version for potentially explo-
sive atmospheres, zone 2
(in accordance with
EN 50021/IEC 60079-15)
7 – –
M39 Version for potentially explo-
sive atmospheres, zone 22
(in accordance with
EN 50281/IEC 61241)
7 7 7
M83 Additional thread for a set-
ting screw at the motor feet
– – 7
Y55 Non-standard shaft end DE 4 4 4
Y80 Different rating plate data
(plain text is required)
4 4 4
Y82 Supplementary plate with the
orderer’s data
4 4 4
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
400 160 9.5
(12.7)
227
(167.4)
30 274 2000 2000 2000 1PH7163 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
13.0
(17.4)
310
(228.7)
37 294 2000 2000 2000 1PH7167 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
1150 100 4.3
(5.8)
36
(26.6)
10 391 2200 5500 5750 1PH7103 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
7.2
(9.7)
60
(44.3)
17.5 360 4200 5500 5750 1PH7107 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
132 13.5
(18.1)
112
(82.6)
29 381 3000 4500 5750 1PH7133 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
19.5
(26.1)
162
(119.5)
43 367 3800 4500 5750 1PH7137 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
160 25
(33.5)
208
(153.4)
55 364 3500 3700 5750 1PH7163 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
31
(41.6)
257
(189.6)
70 357 4800 3700 5750 1PH7167 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
1750 100 4.3
(5.8)
24
(17.7)
10 398 6000 5500 8750 1PH7101 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
6.25
(8.4)
34
(25.1)
13 398 3500 5500 8750 1PH7103 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
8
(10.7)
44
(32.5)
17.5 398 5800 5500 8750 1PH7105 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
10
(13.4)
55
(40.6)
23 381 4500 5500 8750 1PH7107 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable entry
(view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
2
3
Type of construction: IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
2
3
Holding brake with Emergency
Stop function
4)
without brake 0
Brake supply
voltage 230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz
with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
1
2
3
4
Brake supply voltage 24 V DC with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
5
6
7
8
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Effi-
ciency
Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.88 11.5 0.809 14.3 0.185
(1.64)
175
(386)
1PH7163 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1
0.88 14.0 0.814 14.3 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463)
1PH7167 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1
0.81 5.0 0.813 40.6 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88)
1PH7103 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 9
8)
6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 0AA 7
0.81 8.8 0.838 40.3 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143)
1PH7107 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7
0.85 13 0.877 39.7 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7133 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1
0.86 19 0.887 39.6 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7137 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1
0.84 25 0.904 39.2 0.185
(1.64)
175
(386)
1PH7163 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA 1
0.83 34 0.909 39.1 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463)
1PH7167 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1
0.75 5.7 0.855 60.0 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88)
1PH7101 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 9
8)
6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 0AA 7
0.84 5.3 0.849 61.0 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88)
1PH7103 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7
0.77 9.3 0.875 60.0 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143)
1PH7105 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7
0.80 10.6 0.870 60.3 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143)
1PH7107 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1
Output type:
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Increased maximum speed
5)
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
SR
N
SR
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
R
N (with brake mounting)
R
B
C
D
K
L
Drive end shaft extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange and shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
6)
Color:
without
without
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify suppl. order code plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
Motor Module: Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1
0
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "2" or "3"
14th data position "K"
15th data position "A", "B", "J" or "K"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
5) Max. possible speed (see also selection guides):
SH 100: 12000 rpm, SH 132: 10000 rpm,
SH 160: 8000 rpm, with plain shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and
16th data position "0", "3" or "6").
6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed.
7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
1750 132 13
(17.4)
71
(52.4)
24 398 4800 4500 8000 1PH7131 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
17.5
(23.5)
96
(70.8)
34 398 5000 4500 8000 1PH7133 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
21.5
(28.8)
117
(86.3)
42 398 5500 4500 8000 1PH7135 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
25
(33.5)
136
(100.3)
56 357 4000 4500 8000 1PH7137 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
160 34
(45.6)
186
(137.2)
72 364 4000 3700 6500 1PH7163 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
41
(54.9)
224
(165.2)
79 398 2800 3700 6500 1PH7167 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
2300 100 7.5
(10.1)
31
(22.9)
17 388 6000 5500 9000 1PH7103 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
12
(16.1)
50
(36.9)
26 400 6000 5500 9000 1PH7107 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
132 22.5
(30.2)
93
(68.6)
45 398 4000 4500 8000 1PH7133 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
29
(38.9)
120
(88.5)
56 398 4000 4500 8000 1PH7137 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
160 38
(50.9)
158
(116.5)
80 374 3000 3700 6500 1PH7163 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
44
(58.9)
183
(135)
85 398 3000 3700 6500 1PH7167 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable entry
(view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
2
3
Type of construction: IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
2
3
Holding brake with Emergency
Stop function
4)
without brake 0
Brake supply
voltage 230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz
with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
1
2
3
4
Brake supply voltage 24 V DC with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
5
6
7
8
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
D21-1_en_Kap3_2-29.fm Seite 8 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:26 14
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.88 8.1 0.902 59.7 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7131 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23-0AA 1
0.85 14 0.900 59.7 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7133 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24-5AA 1
0.86 16 0.906 59.5 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7135 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24-5AA 1
0.85 23 0.902 59.5 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7137 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 – 1 TE26-0AA 1
0.86 28 0.915 59.2 0.185
(1.64)
175
(386)
1PH7163 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1
0.86 30 0.920 59.2 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463)
1PH7167 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1
0.79 8.2 0.866 78.8 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88)
1PH7103 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7 TE21-8AA 7
0.80 12 0.878 78.7 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143)
1PH7107 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23-0AA 1
0.86 17 0.900 78.0 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7133 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24-5AA 1
0.87 21 0.903 77.8 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7137 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 – 1 TE26-0AA 1
0.83 36 0.900 77.3 0.185
(1.64)
175
(386)
1PH7163 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1
0.84 40 0.911 77.4 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463)
1PH7167 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1
Output type:
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Increased maximum speed
5)
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
SR
N
SR
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
R
N (with brake mounting)
R
B
C
D
K
L
Drive end shaft extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange and shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
6)
Color:
without
without
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify suppl. order code plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
Motor Module: Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1
0
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "2" or "3"
14th data position "K"
15th data position "A", "B", "J" or "K"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
5) Max. possible speed (see also selection guides):
SH 100: 12000 rpm, SH 132: 10000 rpm,
SH 160: 8000 rpm, with plain shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and
16th data position "0", "3" or "6").
6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed.
7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible continuous
speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
400 180 16.3
(21.8)
390
(287.7)
51 271 2000 2000 2000 1PH7184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
21.2
(28.4)
505
(372.5)
67 268 2000 2000 2000 1PH7186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 30.4
(40.7)
725
(534.8)
88 268 2000 2000 2000 1PH7224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
39.2
(52.5)
935
(689.7)
114 264 2000 2000 2000 1PH7226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
48
(64.3)
1145
(844.6)
136 272 2000 2000 2000 1PH7228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
1150 180 44
(58.9)
366
(270)
89 383 4200 3500
4)
5000 1PH7184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
58
(77.7)
482
(355.5)
116 390 4400 3500
4)
5000 1PH7186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 81
(108.6)
670
(494.2)
160 385 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
105
(140.7)
870
(641.7)
197 390 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
129
(172.9)
1070
(789.2)
238 390 2900 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PH7228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto
DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of
construction:
IM B3
IM B3
IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450)
IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35 (only for1PH7184 with flange A 450)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
4
5
6
Holding brake with
Emergency Stop
function (suitable
for coupling output
in construction type
IM B3)
5)
:
without brake
with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
0
2
4
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/11
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.84 26 0.830 14.2 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 –1T E26– 0AA1
0.81 38.5 0.845 14.0 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 –1T E28–5AA1
0.87 36.5 0.864 14.0 1.479
(13.10)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 85
9)
6SL3120 –1T E28–5AA1
0.86 49 0.880 14.0 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1T E31–3AA0
0.85 60.5 0.888 13.9 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 132
9)
6SL3120 –1T E31–3AA0
0.82 42 0.920 39.2 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 85
9)
6SL3120 –1T E28–5AA1
0.81 58 0.925 39.1 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1T E31–3AA0
0.81 79 0.938 38.9 1.479
(13.10)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1T E32–0AA0
0.84 87.5 0.941 38.9 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120–1T E32–0AA0
0.85 98 0.943 38.9 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 260 6SL3320–1T E32–6AA0
Output type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever forces
Increased cantilever forces
Increased maximum speed
6)
Vibrat. severity grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
S
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Drive end shaft extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balanching:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange and shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
7)
Color:
primed
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify supplemenhtary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection guides.
5) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "0"
14th data position "A"
15th data position "A" or "B"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
6) For SH 180 n
max
= 7000 rpm, 1PH7224 n
max
= 5500 rpm, only coupling
output possible and 16th data position "0", "3" or "6".
7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6), on version with increased maximum speed, on version for belt out-
put or increased cantilever forces.
8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
D21-1_en_Kap3_2-29.fm Seite 11 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:28 14
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/12
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
1750 180 60
(80.4)
327
(241.2)
120 388 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
85
(113.9)
465
(343)
169 385 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 110
(147.4)
600
(442.6)
203 395 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7224 – 7 7 U 7 7 – 7 . . .
135
(180.9)
737
(543.6)
254 395 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
179
(239.9)
975
(719.2)
342 395 2900 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PH7228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
2900 180 81
(108.6)
265
(195.5)
158 395 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
101
(135.4)
333
(245.6)
206 385 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 149
(199.7)
490
(361.4)
274 395 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PH7224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
185
(247.9)
610
(450)
348 390 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PH7226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
215
(288.2)
708
(522.2)
402 395 3500 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PH7228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto
DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of
construction:
IM B3
IM B3
IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450)
IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35 (only for1PH7184 with flange A 450)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
4
5
6
Holding brake with
Emergency Stop
function (suitable
for coupling output
in construction type
IM B3)
5)
:
without brake
with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
0
2
4
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.78 64 0.934 59.0 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31–3AA0
0.80 84 0.940 59.0 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.84 88 0.944 58.9 1.479
(13.10)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . U . . – . 7 7 7 200
9)
6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.82 120 0.947 58.9 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32–6AA0
0.81 169 0.948 58.8 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33–8AA0
0.80 77 0.934 97.4 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.78 107 0.936 97.3 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 200
9)
6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.84 115 0.946 97.3 1.479
(13.10)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1 TE33–1AA0
0.83 154 0.946 97.2 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33–8AA0
0.82 186 0.946 97.2 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35–0AA0
Output type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever forces
Increased cantilever forces
Increased maximum speed
6)
Vibrat. severity
grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
S
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Drive end shaft extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balanching:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange and shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange and shaft sealing ring
7)
Color:
primed
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify supplemenhtary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection guides.
5) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "0"
14th data position "A"
15th data position "A" or "B"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
6) For SH 180 n
max
= 7000 rpm, 1PH7224 n
max
= 5500 rpm, only coupling
output possible and 16th data position "0", "3" or "6".
7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6), on version with increased maximum speed, on version for belt out-
put or increased cantilever forces.
8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/14
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated power Rated
torque
Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
500 280 80
(107.2)
1529
(1127.8)
144 400 1700 2200 2500 1PH7 284 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
100
(134.1)
1909
(1408.1)
180 400 1800 2200 2500 1PH7 286 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
130
(174.3)
2481
(1830)
233 400 1800 2200 2500 1PH7 288 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
800 280 125
(167.6)
1492
(1100.5)
220 400 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
155
(207.8)
1850
(1364.6)
285 385 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
190
(254.7)
2268
(1672.9)
365 370 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
1150 280 170
(227.9)
1414
(1043)
314 400 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
210
(281.5)
1745
(1287.1)
414 380 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
260
(348.5)
2160
(1593.2)
497 385 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
1750 280 225
(301.6)
1228
(905.8)
393 400 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
270
(361.9)
1474
(1087.2)
466 400 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
340
(455.8)
1856
(1369)
586 400 2200 2200 3300 1PH7 288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans
4)
: External fan unit, NDE top, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE right, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE left, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, DE top, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE right, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE left, air-flow direction DE to NDE
Without external fan unit, for single pipe connection at NDE right
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
A
E
H
J
M
N
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
F
D
Q
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto DE)
4)
:
NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE
DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE
0
1
2
5
Type of construction
4)
: IM B3
IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
IM B35 (with flange A 660)
IM B35 (with flange A 660, subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/15
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.87 60 0.922 17 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.86 78 0.930 17 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.87 100 0.933 17 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32 –6AA0
0.86 95 0.944 27 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32 –6AA0
0.85 135 0.948 27 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33 –1AA0
0.84 170 0.951 27 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33 –8AA0
0.82 158 0.956 38.6 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 310
5)
6SL3320 –1TE33 –1AA0
0.81 218 0.958 38.6 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 –0AA0
0.82 252 0.960 38.6 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 490
5)
6SL3320 –1TE35 –0AA0
0.86 163 0.962 58.7 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 –0AA0
0.87 184 0.963 58.7 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 –0AA0
0.87 234 0.965 58.7 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 605 6SL3320 –1TE36 –1AA0
Output type
4)
:
Coupling
Coupling
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Vibration severity grade:
N
R
N
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
N
R
A
B
E
F
Drive end shaft
extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Full-key

A
C
J
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".
5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/16
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
500 160 12
(16.1)
230
(169.6)
30 340 2500 2500 2500 1PH7163 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
16
(21.4)
306
(225.7)
35 350 2300 2500 2500 1PH7167 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
1350 100 4.7
(6.3)
33
(24.3)
9.5 433 3500 5500 6750 1PH7103 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
8
(10.7)
57
(42)
17 405 5100 5500 6750 1PH7107 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
132 15
(20.1)
106
(78.19)
30 433 3500 4500 6750 1PH7133 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
22
(29.5)
156
(115.1)
42 416 4600 4500 6750 1PH7137 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
160 28
(37.5)
198
(146)
53 413 4100 3700 6500 1PH7163 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
34
(45.6)
241
(177.8)
67 400 5700 3700 6500 1PH7167 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
2000 100 4.7
(6.3)
22
(16.2)
10 459 7400 5500 9000 1PH7101 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
7
(9.4)
33
(24.3)
13 459 3400 5500 9000 1PH7103 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
9
(12.1)
43
(31.7)
17.5 450 7000 5500 9000 1PH7105 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
11
(14.7)
53
(39.1)
23 433 5300 5500 9000 1PH7107 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
()
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/
cable entry
(view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
2
3
Type to construction: IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
2
3
Holding brake with
Emergency Stop function
4)
without brake 0
Brake supply voltage
230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz
with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
1
2
3
4
Brake supply voltage
24 V DC
with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
5
6
7
8
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/17
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.86 13 0.841 17.6 0.185
(1.64)
175
(385.9)
1PH7163 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA1
0.89 13 0.836 17.7 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463.1)
1PH7167 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA1
0.81 4.5 0.830 47.1 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88.2)
1PH7103 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7TE21 – 8AA7
0.80 8.1 0.853 47.0 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143.3)
1PH7107 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7TE21 – 8AA7
0.84 12 0.887 46.4 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198.5)
1PH7133 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA1
0.85 17 0.895 46.3 0.109
(0.96)
150
(330.8)
1PH7137 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA1
0.83 24 0.911 45.8 0.185
(1.64)
175
(385.9)
1PH7163 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA1
0.83 34 0.910 45.8 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463.1)
1PH7167 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA1
0.72 6.0 0.862 68.2 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88.2)
1PH7101 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7TE21 – 8AA7
0.82 5.6 0.860 69.1 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88.2)
1PH7103 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7TE21 – 8AA7
0.78 9.3 0.878 68.3 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143.3)
1PH7105 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7TE21 – 8AA7
0.79 10.8 0.876 68.6 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143.3)
1PH7107 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA1
Out-drive type:
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Increased maxim. speed
5)
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
SR
N
SR
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
R
N (with brake mounting)
R
B
C
D
K
L
Drive end shaft ext. (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange & shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
6)
Color:
without
without
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
Motor Module: Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1
0
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "2" or "3"
14th data position "K"
15th data position "A", "B", "J" or "K"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
5) Max. possible speed (see also selection guides):
SH 100: 12000 rpm, SH 132: 10000 rpm,
SH 160: 8000 rpm, with smooth shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and
16th data position "0", "3" or "6").
6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed.
7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/18
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
2000 132 15
(20.1)
72
(53.1)
25 459 5500 4500 8000 1PH7131 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
20
(26.8)
96
(70.8)
34 459 5800 4500 8000 1PH7133 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
24
(32.2)
115
(84.8)
42 459 6600 4500 8000 1PH7135 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
28
(37.5)
134
(98.8)
55 402 4000 4500 8000 1PH7137 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
160 37
(49.6)
177
(130.6)
70 412 4000 3700 6500 1PH7163 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
45
(60.3)
215
(158.6)
76 459 3300 3700 6500 1PH7167 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
2650 100 8
(10.7)
29
(21.4)
16.5 440 7400 5500 9000 1PH7103 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
13
(17.4)
47
(34.7)
24.5 459 7400 5500 9000 1PH7107 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
132 24
(32.2)
87
(64.2)
42 450 4000 4500 8000 1PH7133 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
30
(40.2)
108
(79.7)
52 450 4200 4500 8000 1PH7137 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
160 40
(53.6)
144
(106.2)
76 433 3500 3700 6500 1PH7163 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
44
(58.9)
159
(117.3)
77 459 3300 3700 6500 1PH7167 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . .
()
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
no C or D track
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/
cable entry
(view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
2
3
Type to construction: IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6)
IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
0
2
3
Holding brake with
Emergency Stop function
4)
without brake 0
Brake supply voltage
230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz
with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
1
2
3
4
Brake supply voltage
24 V DC
with brake
with brake (brake has microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
5
6
7
8
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/19
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.88 8.5 0.903 68.0 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7131 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA1
0.84 15 0.900 68.0 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7133 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA1
0.85 17 0.905 67.8 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7135 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA1
0.85 23 0.900 67.9 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7137 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA1
0.85 29 0.912 67.5 0.185
(1.64)
175
(386)
1PH7163 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA1
0.84 32 0.916 67.4 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463)
1PH7167 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA1
0.78 8.2 0.871 90.3 0.017
(0.15)
40
(88)
1PH7103 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 18 6SL3120 – 7TE21 – 8AA7
0.78 12 0.887 90.2 0.029
(0.26)
65
(143)
1PH7107 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA1
0.85 17 0.898 89.6 0.076
(0.67)
90
(198)
1PH7133 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 45 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA1
0.84 21 0.894 89.4 0.109
(0.96)
150
(331)
1PH7137 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA1
0.82 37 0.895 89.0 0.185
(1.64)
175
(386)
1PH7163 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA1
0.80 40 0.911 89.0 0.228
(2.02)
210
(463)
1PH7167 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA1
Out-drive type:
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Coupling/belt
Increased maxim. speed
5)
Vibration severity grade:
R
S
SR
N
SR
Shaft and flange accuracy:
R
R
R
N (with brake mounting)
R
B
C
D
K
L
Drive end shaft ext. (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
7)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange & shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
6)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
6)
Color:
without
without
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
Motor Module: Single Motor Module
Double Motor Module
1
2
1
0
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "2" or "3"
14th data position "K"
15th data position "A", "B", "J" or "K"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
5) Max. possible speed (see also selection guides):
SH 100: 12000 rpm, SH 132: 10000 rpm,
SH 160: 8000 rpm, with smooth shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and
16th data position "0", "3" or "6").
6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed.
7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/20
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
500 180 20.5
(27.5)
392
(289.1)
51 335 2500 2500 2500 1PH7184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
26.5
(35.5)
506
(373.2)
67 335 2500 2500 2500 1PH7186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 38
(50.9)
725
(534.8)
86 335 2200 2500 2500 1PH7224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
49
(65.7)
935
(689.7)
112 330 2500 2500 2500 1PH7226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
60
(80.4)
1145
(844.6)
135 340 2500 2500 2500 1PH7228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . .
1350 180 50
(67.0)
355
(261.8)
86 450 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
67
(89.8)
475
(350.4)
114 460 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 92
(123.3)
650
(479.4)
156 450 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
120
(160.9)
847
(624.7)
193 460 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
147
(197.1)
1043
(769.3)
232 460 2900 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PH7228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable
entry
(view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of
construction:
IM B3
IM B3
IM B35
(only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35
(only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450)
IM B35
(only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35
(only for1PH7184 with flange A 450)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
4
5
6
Holding brake with
Emergency Stop
function (suitable
for coupling output
in construction type
IM B3)
5)
:
without brake
with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
0
2
4
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/21
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.83 26 0.858 17.5 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 60 6SL3120 –1TE26 –0AA1
0.79 39.5 0.870 17.3 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 –1TE28 –5AA1
0.85 37.5 0.888 17.3 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 85
9)
6SL3120 –1TE28 –5AA1
0.85 50 0.900 17.3 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31 –3AA0
0.84 61.5 0.907 17.2 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 132
9)
6SL3120 –1TE31 –3AA0
0.81 42 0.928 45.8 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 85
9)
6SL3120 –1TE28 –5AA1
0.79 59.5 0.930 45.7 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31 –3AA0
0.80 78.5 0.942 45.6 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.82 88.5 0.945 45.6 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.84 99.5 0.947 45.6 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32 –6AA0
Out-drive type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever forces
Increased cantilever forces
Increased maxim. speed
6)
Vibrat. severity grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
S
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Drive end shaft extension
(DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balanching:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange & shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
7)
Color:
primed
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection guides.
5) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "0"
14th data position "A"
15th data position "A" or "B"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
6) For SH 180 n
max
= 7000 rpm, 1PH7224 n
max
= 5500 rpm, only coupling
output possible and 16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6), on version with increased maximum speed, on version for belt out-
put or increased cantilever forces.
8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/22
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
2000 180 68
(91.1)
325
(239.7)
120 450 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
94
(126.0)
450
(331.9)
165 445 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 124
(166.2)
590
(435.2)
200 460 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7224 – 7 7 U 7 7 – 7 . . .
153
(205.1)
730
(538.5)
254 450 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PH7226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
196
(262.7)
936
(690.4)
332 450 3000 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PH7228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . .
2900 180 81
(108.6)
267
(196.9)
158 395 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
101
(135.4)
333
(245.6)
206 385 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PH7186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
225 149
(199.7)
490
(361.4)
274 395 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PH7224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
185
(247.9)
610
(449.9)
348 390 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PH7226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
215
(288.2)
708
(522.2)
402 395 3500 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PH7228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
2
6
7
8
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
10)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
10)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto
DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of
construction:
IM B3
IM B3
IM B35
(only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35
(only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450)
IM B35
(only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400,
1PH7186 with flange A 450,
1PH722. with flange A 550)
IM B35
(only for1PH7184 with flange A 450)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
4
5
6
Holding brake with
Emergency Stop
function (suitable
for coupling output
in construction type
IM B3)
5)
:
without brake
with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch)
with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch)
0
2
4
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/23
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.78 66 0.935 67.3 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31 –3AA0
0.78 87 0.941 67.3 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.82 91 0.944 67.2 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . U . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.82 119 0.948 67.2 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32 –6AA0
0.79 168 0.950 67.1 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33 –8AA0
0.80 77 0.934 97.4 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PH7184 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 –0AA0
0.78 107 0.936 97.3 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PH7186 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 210 6SL3320 –1TE32 –1AA0
0.84 115 0.946 97.3 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PH7224 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33–1AA0
0.83 154 0.946 97.2 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PH7226 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33 –8AA0
0.82 188 0.954 97.2 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PH7228 – . . L . . – . 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35–0AA0
Out-drive type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever forces
Increased cantilever forces
Increased maxim. speed
6)
Vibrat. severity grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
S
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Drive end shaft extension
(DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balanching:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Luftrichtung (Lüfter):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
8)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Seal:

Flange & shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
7)

Flange & shaft sealing ring
7)
Color:
primed
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
2
3
5
6
8
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection guides.
5) Version with brake is compatible if:
12th data position "0"
14th data position "A"
15th data position "A" or "B"
16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
6) For SH 180 n
max
= 7000 rpm, 1PH7224 n
max
= 5500 rpm, only coupling
output possible and 16th data position "0", "3" or "6"
7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.
A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6), on version with increased maximum speed, on version for belt out-
put or increased cantilever forces.
8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/24
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
600 280 95
(127.3)
1519
(1120.4)
144 480 2200 2200 3000 1PH7284 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
120
(160.9)
1916
(1413.2)
180 480 2200 2200 3000 1PH7286 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
155
(207.8)
2467
(1819.7)
233 480 2200 2200 3000 1PH7288 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
1000 280 150
(201.1)
1433
(1057)
220 480 2200 2200 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
185
(247.9)
1767
(1303.3)
285 480 2200 2200 3300 1PH7286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
230
(308.3)
2197
(1620.5)
365 460 2200 2200 3300 1PH7288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
1350 280 200
(268.1)
1416
(1044.4)
314 470 2200 2200 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
245
(328.4)
1733
(1278.3)
414 445 2200 2200 3300 1PH7286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
305
(408.8)
2158
(1591.7)
497 450 2200 2200 3300 1PH7288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
2000 280 255
(341.8)
1218
(898.4)
393 455 2200 2200 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
310
(415.5)
1481
(1092.4)
466 455 2200 2200 3300 1PH7286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
385
(516.1)
1838
(1355.7)
586 455 2200 2200 3300 1PH7288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans
4)
: External fan unit, NDE top, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE right, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE left, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, DE top, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE right, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE left, air-flow direction DE to NDE
Without external fan unit, for single pipe connection at NDE right
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
A
E
H
J
M
N
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
F
D
Q
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto DE)
4)
:
NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE
DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE
0
1
2
5
Type of construction
4)
: IM B3
IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
IM B35 (with flange A 660)
IM B35 (with flange A 660, subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/25
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.86 61 0.932 20.3 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0
0.86 80 0.939 20.3 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0
0.86 102 0.941 20.3 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 6AA0
0.86 90 0.950 34 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 6AA0
0.84 135 0.954 34 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0
0.84 170 0.956 34 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 8AA0
0.82 159 0.958 45.3 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 310
5)
6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0
0.80 217 0.960 45.3 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0
0.82 250 0.962 45.3 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 490
5)
6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0
0.86 162 0.962 67 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0
0.87 182 0.964 67 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0
0.87 232 0.965 67 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 605 6SL3320 –1TE36 – 1AA0
Output type
4)
:
Coupling
Coupling
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Vibration sev. grade:
N
R
N
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
N
R
A
B
E
F
Drive end shaft
extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Full-key

A
C
J
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".
5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/26
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PH7 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW (HP) Nm (lb
f
-ft) A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC
500 280 77
(103.2)
1471
(1085)
80 690 1700 2200 2500 1PH7284 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
96
(128.7)
1834
(1352.8)
101 690 1800 2200 2500 1PH7286 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
125
(167.6)
2388
(1761.4)
130 690 1900 2200 2500 1PH7288 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
800 280 115
(154.2)
1373
(1012.7)
120 690 2200 2200 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
145
(184.4)
1731
(1276.8)
160 665 2200 2200 3300 1PH7286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
185
(247.9)
2208
(1628.6)
210 640 2200 2200 3300 1PH7288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
1150 280 164
(219.8)
1362
(1004.6)
176 690 2200 2200 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
203
(272.1)
1686
(1243.6)
233 655 2200 2200 3300 1PH7286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
251
(336.5)
2084
(1537.2)
280 665 2200 2200 3300 1PH7288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
1750 280 217
(290.9)
1184
(873.3)
221 690 2200 2200 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
261
(349.9)
1424
(1050.3)
262 690 2200 2200 3300 1PH7286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
329
(441.0)
1795
(1323.9)
330 690 2200 2200 3300 1PH7288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans
4)
: External fan unit, NDE top, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE right, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE left, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, DE top, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE right, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE left, air-flow direction DE to NDE
Without external fan unit, for single pipe connection at NDE right
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
A
E
H
J
M
N
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
F
D
Q
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto DE)
4)
:
NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE
DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE
0
1
2
5
Type of construction
4)
: IM B3
IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
IM B35 (with flange A 660)
IM B35 (with flange A 660, subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors
3/27
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC
0.87 34 0.923 17 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 85 6SL3320 –1TH28 –5AA0
0.86 45 0.927 17 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 100
5)
6SL3320 –1TH31 –0AA0
0.86 57 0.930 17 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 150 6SL3320 –1TH31 –5AA0
0.85 55 0.943 27 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 120 6SL3320 –1TH31 –2AA0
0.84 80 0.947 27 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 175 6SL3320 –1TH31 –8AA0
0.84 100 0.950 27 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 215 6SL3320 –1TH32 –2AA0
0.81 91 0.955 38.6 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 175
5)
6SL3320 –1TH31 –8AA0
0.80 125 0.957 38.6 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TH32 –6AA0
0.81 145 0.959 38.6 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 330 6SL3320 –1TH33 –3AA0
0.86 94 0.961 58.7 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PH7284 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TH32 –6AA0
0.87 105 0.963 58.7 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PH7286 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 260
5)
6SL3320 –1TH32–6AA0
0.86 134 0.964 58.7 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PH7288 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 330 6SL3320 –1TH33 –3AA0
Output type
4)
:
Coupling
Coupling
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Vibration severity grade:
N
R
N
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
N
R
A
B
E
F
Drive end shaft
extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Full-key

A
C
J
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is
at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated
frequency.
4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".
5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated
current.
6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280
3/28
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Permissible combinations of mechanical models
1PH7 28 . motors
shaft height 280
Permissible combinations of mechanical models
Position in Separately driven fan
Order No. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 8th Position in Order No.
1PH7 28 . – 7 . . 7 7 – . 7 . . 1PH7 28 . – 7 . . . . – . . . .
Order No. Supplement
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
NDE
Top
NDE -->
DE
NDE
Right
NDE -->
DE
NDE
Left
NDE -->
DE
DE
Top
DE -->
NDE
DE
Right
DE -->
NDE
DE
Left
DE -->
NDE
Simple pipe
connection
NDE Right
(can be
converted to
NDE left)
1PH7 28 . – . . . . 0 – . . . . Type of construction IM B3
1PH7 28 . – . . . . 1 – . . . . Type of construction IM V5
(Can be converted later to
IM V6)
1PH7 28 . – . . . . 3 – . . . . Type of construction IM B35
1PH7 28 . – . . . . 5 – . . . . Type of construction IM V15
(Can be converted later to
IM V36)
Option codes
R1Y Standard finish RAL ...
R2Y Special finish RAL ...
G14 With air filter
K08 Encoder connector attachment, facing
K55 Customer-specific entry plate for terminal box
1)
K83 Terminal box rotation by +90 degrees
K84 Terminal box rotation by -90 degrees
K85 Terminal box rotation by 180 degrees
K16 Additional normal shaft end (only available with no encoder)
K31 Additional rating plate
K45 230 V standstill heating
C30 690 V model
Y55 Atypical shaft end DE
Y80 Different rating plate data
1)
Y82 Additional plate with customer information
1)
M83 Additional pulling thread on motor feet
Standard model
1) Plain text required Approved supplemental types
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280
3/29
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3

Terminal box Construction type Drive type
11th position in Order No. 12th position in Order No. 14th position in Order No.
1PH7 28 . – . . . 7 . – . . . . 1PH7 28 . – . . . . 7 – . . . . 1PH7 28 . – . . . . . – . 7 . .
Order No. supplement Order No. supplement Order No. supplement
0 1 2 5 0 1 3 5 A B E F
NDE
Right
Cable
entry
below, DE
enc. conn.
NDE
Left
Cable
entry
below, DE
enc. conn.
NDE
Top
Cable
entry on
right, DE
enc. conn.
DE
Top
Cable
entry on
right, NDE
enc. conn.
Construc-
tion type
IM B3
Construc-
tion type
IM V5
(IM V6)
Construc-
tion type
IM B35
Construc-
tion type
IM V15
(IM V36)
Coupling
N/N
Coupling
R/R
Belt/
increased
cantile-
ver forces
N/N
Belt/
increased
cantile-
ver forces
R/R
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/30
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Overview
1PL6 AC motors, shaft heights 180 to 225
1PL6 AC motors, shaft height 280
The 1PL6 AC motors are compact, forced-ventilated and also
enclosed-ventilated squirrel-cage asynchronous (induction)
motors with degree of protection IP23. The motors are ventilated,
as standard, using a built-on separately-driven fan unit.
The motor can be ordered either with the air flow from the motor
drive shaft end (DE) to the motor non-drive shaft end (NDE) - or
vice versa.
Depending on the control requirements, the appropriate enco-
der systems are available for the motors. These encoders are
used to sense the motor speed and indirect position.
The motors comply with DIN standards and have degree of pro-
tection IP23 in accordance with EN 60034-5 (or IEC 60034-5).
With this degree of protection, the motors are not suitable for
operation in aggressive atmospheres or for installation outdoors.
■Benefits
• Extremely high power density with compact dimensions (50 to
60% higher output as compared to 1PH7 in degree of protec-
tion IP55)
• Speed down to zero without reducing the torque
• Robustness
• Essentially maintenance-free
• High cantilever force loading
• High smooth running characteristics, even at the lowest
speeds
• Integrated encoder system to sense the motor speed,
connected using a connector or DRIVE-CLiQ
• Terminal box to connect up power cables
• The motor temperature is monitored using a KTY 84
• Variable cooling versions
• Basic external cooling using a pipe connection
• Optional bearing designs with re-lubrication device and
insulated bearings (NDE)
■Application
Mounted in dry inside areas (no aggressive atmosphere).
Crane systems:
• Hoisting gears and closing gears for cranes
Printing industry:
• Main drives for printing machines
Manufacture of rubber, plastic and wire:
• Drives for extruders, calenders, rubber injection machines, foil
machines, fleece plants
• Wire-drawing machines, wire-stranding machines, etc.
General applications such as coiler and winder drives.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/31
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Technical data
■Characteristic curves
Power/speed characteristic
■Options
7 Option possible
4 On request
– not available
Insulation of the stator winding
in accordance with EN 60034-1
(IEC 60034-1)
Temperature class F for a coolant inlet
temperature of up to +40 °C (+104 °F)
Fan supply voltage (see selec-
tion guides for technical data)
400 V 3 AC/50 Hz/60 Hz
480 V 3 AC/60 Hz
Type in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
IM B3
Degree of protection in
accordance with EN 60034-5
(IEC 60034-5)
IP23
Cooling in accordance with
EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6)
Forced ventilation and open-circuit
ventilation
SH 180 and 225: Fan axial
mounted NDE
SH 280: Fan radial mounted NDE
Temperature monitoring KTY 84 temperature sensor in stator
winding
SH 280: Additional KTY 84 as reserve
Paint finish with primer, standard paint finish,
anthracite RAL 7016
Shaft end on the drive end
in accordance with 748-3
(IEC 60072-1)
with key, half-key balancing
Shaft and flange accuracy in
accordance with DIN 42955
(IEC 60072-1)
Tolerance N (normal)
Vibration severity level
in accordance with EN 60034-14
(IEC 60034-14)
SH 180 and 225: Grade R (reduced)
SH 280: Grade N (normal)
Sound pressure level
in accordance with DIN EN ISO
1680 tolerance +3 dB
Sound pressure level as a function of
air-flow direction see selection guides
Bearing versions and maximum
speeds
see selection guides
Encoder system, built-in,
for motors with/without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
– Incremental encoder HTL
1024 pulses/revolution
– Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
,
2048 pulses/revolution
– Absolute encoder EnDat 2048
pulses/revolution
– 2-pole resolver
Connection Signal connectors (mating connector
is not included in the scope of supply)
Terminal box for power
SH 180 and 225: Terminal box top
SH 280: Terminal box NDE right
Options See selection and ordering data
and Chapter "Options“
S6-40%
S6-60%
S1
n
P
S6-25%
n
2
N
P
N
Voltage
limiting characteristic
n
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
0
Constant
torque range
Constant power range
(field weakening operation)
Order
code
Option description For use with 1PL6 asyn-
chronous motors with
shaft height
SH 180
SH 225
SH 280
R1Y Normal paint finish in another color,
RAL ... (plain text description required)
7 7
R2Y Special paint finish in another color,
RAL ... (plain text description required)
7 7
C30 Winding version 690 V – 7
G14 Fan unit with air filter 4 7
G80 POG10 pulse encoder, mounting
prepared
– 7
K08 Encoder connector mounted opposite – 7
K16 Second standard shaft end
(possible only without encoder)
– 7
K31 2nd rating plate supplied separately in
terminal box
7 7
K40 Re-lubrication devices, DE and NDE 7 Standard
K45 230 V anti-condensation heating – 7
K55 Cable entry plate, terminal box
customer-specific
(plain text is required)
7 7
K83 Terminal box rotated through
+90 degrees
– 7
K84 Terminal box rotated through
-90 degrees
– 7
K85 Terminal box rotated through
180 degrees
– 7
L27 NDE bearing, insulated version 7 Standard
M83 Additional thread for a setting screw at
the motor feet
– 7
Y55 Non-standard shaft end DE 4 4
Y80 Different rating plate data
(plain text is required)
4 4
Y82 Supplementary plate with the orderer’s
data
4 4
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/32
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-weake-
ning speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
400 180 24,5
(32.8)
585
(431.5)
69 300 1700 2000 2000 1PL6184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
31,5
(42.2)
752
(554.7)
90 290 1900 2000 2000 1PL6186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 45
(60.3)
1074
(792.2)
117 300 1600 2000 2000 1PL6224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
57
(76.4)
1361
(1003.9)
145 305 1800 2000 2000 1PL6226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
72
(96.5)
1719
(1267.9)
181 305 1800 2000 2000 1PL6228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
1150 180 65
(87.1)
540
(398.3)
121 400 2500 3500
4)
5000 1PL6184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
85
(113.9)
706
(520.7)
158 400 2700 3500
4)
5000 1PL6186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 120
(160.9)
997
(735.4)
218 400 2800 3100
4)
4500 1PL6224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
155
(207.8)
1287
(949.3)
275 400 2600 3100
4)
4500 1PL6226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
190
(254.7)
1578
(1161.7)
334 400 2500 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PL6228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
4
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R

Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of construction: IM B3
IM B3
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/33
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power
factor
Magneti-
zing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.86 33 0.800 14.4 0.503
(0.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 85 6SL3120–1TE28–5AA1
0.85 47 0.814 14.3 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 85
6)
6SL3120–1TE28–5AA1
0.87 45 0.844 14.2 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 132 6SL3120–1TE31–3AA0
0.85 67 0.868 14.0 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120–1TE32–0AA0
0.86 77 0.871 14.0 2.326
20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120–1TE32–0AA0
0.86 46 0.906 39.4 0.503
(4.45)
370
(815)
1PL6184 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 132 6SL3120–1TE31–3AA0
0.86 62 0.910 39.4 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120–1TE32–0AA0
0.85 86 0.930 39.1 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320–1TE32–6AA0
0.87 92 0.930 39.2 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320–1TE33–1AA0
0.88 102 0.931 39.2 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320–1TE33–8AA0
Out-drive type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever
forces
Increased cantilever
forces
Vibration severity
grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Drive end shaft exten-
sion (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection
guides.
5) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
6) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
7) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/34
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
1750 180 89
(119.3)
486
(358.5)
166 400 4500 3500
4)
5000 1PL6184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
125
(167.6)
682
(503)
231 400 4500 3500
4)
5000 1PL6186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 165
(221.2)
900
(663.8)
292 400 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PL6224 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
200
(268.1)
1091
(804.7)
350 400 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PL6226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
265
(355.2)
1446
(1066.6)
470 400 2900 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PL6228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
2900 180 113
(151.5)
372
(274.4)
209 400 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
150
(201.1)
494
(364.4)
280 390 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 205
(274.8)
675
(479.9)
365 400 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PL6224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
270
(361.9)
889
(655.7)
470 400 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PL6226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
300
(402.1)
988
(728.7)
530 400 3500 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PL6228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
4
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R

Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable
entry (view onto DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of construction: IM B3
IM B3
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/35
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power
factor
Magneti-
zing
current
Efficiency Rated fre-
quency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.84 68 0.921 59.3 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.84 92 0.935 59.3 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32–6AA0
0.87 90 0.942 59.2 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33–1AA0
0.87 122 0.942 59.1 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33–8AA0
0.86 174 0.948 59.0 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35–0AA0
0.85 79 0.938 97.6 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 210 6SL3320 –1TE32–1AA0
0.84 110 0.943 97.5 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33–1AA0
0.86 118 0.950 97.5 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33–8AA0
0.87 160 0.952 97.4 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35–0AA0
0.86 188 0.952 97.3 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 605 6SL3320 –1TE36– 1AA0
Out-drive type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever
forces
Increased cantilever
forces
Vibration severity
grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Drive end shaft exten-
sion (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection
guides.
5) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
6) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
7) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/36
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
800 280 195
(261.4)
2328
(1717.1)
335 400 1700 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
250
(335.1)
2984
(2201)
440 385 1900 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
310
(415.5)
3701
(2729.9)
570 370 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
1150 280 280
(375.3)
2325
(1714.9)
478 400 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
355
(475.9)
2944
(2171.5)
637 380 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
435
(538.1)
3607
(2660.5)
765 385 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
1750 280 370
(495.9)
2019
(1489.2)
616 400 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
445
(596.5)
2429
(1791.6)
736 400 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
560
(750.7)
3055
(2253.4)
924 400 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans
4)
: External fan unit, NDE top, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE right, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE left, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, DE top, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE right, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE left, air-flow direction DE to NDE
Without external fan unit, for single pipe connection at NDE right
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
A
E
H
J
M
N
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
F
D
Q
Terminal box/cable entry (view
onto DE)
4)
:
NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE
DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE
0
1
2
5
Type of construction
4)
: IM B3
IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
IM B35 (with flange A 660)
IM V15 (with flange A 660, subsequent modification to IM V36 possible)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/37
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-in-s²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.90 95 0.929 27.3 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33 –8AA0
0.90 135 0.934 27.3 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 –0AA0
0.90 170 0.939 27.3 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 605 6SL3320 –1TE36 –1AA0
0.89 156 0.950 38.9 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 –0AA0
0.89 214 0.953 38.9 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 745 6SL3320 –1TE37 –5AA0
0.89 248 0.955 38.9 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 840 6SL3320 –1TE38 –4AA0
0.90 162 0.959 59.0 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 605
5)
6SL3320 –1TE36 –1AA0
0.91 182 0.960 59.0 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 745 6SL3320 –1TE37 –5AA0
0.91 232 0.962 59.0 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 985 6SL3320 –1TE41 –0AA0
Output type
4)
:
Coupling
Coupling
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Vibration severity
grade:
N
R
N
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
N
R
A
B
E
F
Drive end shaft extension
(DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Full-key

A
C
J
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".
5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/38
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW (HP) Nm (lb
f
-ft) A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
500 180 30
(40.2)
573
(422.6)
66 370 1900 2500 2500 1PL6184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
40
(53.6)
764
(563.5)
91 355 2000 2500 2500 1PL6186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 55
(73.7)
1050
(774.5)
114 370 1800 2500 2500 1PL6224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
72
(96.5)
1375
(1014.2)
147 375 2000 2500 2500 1PL6226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
90
(120.6)
1719
(1267.9)
180 380 1900 2500 2500 1PL6228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . .
1350 180 74
(99.2)
523
(385.8)
119 460 3000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
98
(131.4)
693
(511.2)
156 460 3100 3500
4)
5000 1PL6186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 137
(183.6)
969
(714.7)
215 460 3300 3100
4)
4500 1PL6224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
172
(230.6)
1217
(897.7)
265 460 3200 3100
4)
4500 1PL6226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
218
(292.2)
1542
(1137.4)
332 460 2900 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PL6228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
4
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable entry (view
onto DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of construction: IM B3
IM B3
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/39
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power
factor
Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-ins²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.84 34 0.844 17.6 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 –1TE28–5AA1
0.84 46 0.845 17.6 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31– 3AA0
0.86 46 0.875 17.5 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31–3AA0
0.85 66 0.887 17.4 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.85 79 0.894 17.4 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . B . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32–0AA0
0.86 44 0.918 46.1 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 132 6SL3120 –1TE31–3AA0
0.85 60 0.920 46.0 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32– 0AA0
0.85 82 0.940 45.8 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 210
6)
6SL3320 –1TE32– 1AA0
0.87 88 0.940 45.8 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 260
6)
6SL3320 –1TE32– 6AA0
0.88 100 0.938 45.8 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33–8AA0
Out-drive type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever
forces
Increased cantilever
forces
Vibration severity
grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Drive end shaft exten-
sion (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection
guides.
5) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
6) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
7) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/40
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW (HP) Nm (lb
f
-ft) A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
2000 180 98
(131.4)
468
(345.2)
161 460 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
135
(180.9)
645
(475.8)
220 460 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 178
(238.6)
850
(627)
275 460 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PL6224 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
220
(294.9)
1050
(774.5)
342 460 2900 3100
4)
4500 1PL6226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
288
(386.1)
1375
(1014.2)
450 460 2900 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PL6228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
2900 180 113
(151.5)
372
(274.4)
209 400 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
150
(201.1)
494
(364.4)
280 390 5000 3500
4)
5000 1PL6186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
225 205
(274.8)
675
(497.9)
365 400 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PL6224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
270
(361.9)
889
(655.7)
470 395 3500 3100
4)
4500 1PL6226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
300
(402.1)
988
(728.7)
530 400 3500 3100
4)
4500
4)
1PL6228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box
External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box
Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box
4
6
7
8
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
A
E
H
J
M
N
R
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
7)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
7)
2-pole resolver
F
D
Q
P
Terminal box/cable entry (view
onto DE):
top/from right
top/from DE
top/from NDE
top/from left
0
1
2
3
Type of construction: IM B3
IM B3
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450,
SH 225: with flange A 550)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)
Hoisting system for different construction types
(IM V15, IM V36)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/41
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power
factor
Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-ins²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.83 70 0.934 67.5 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 200 6SL3120 –1TE32– 0AA0
0.83 94 0.940 67.5 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TE32– 6AA0
0.86 91 0.944 67.5 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33– 1AA0
0.86 124 0.948 67.5 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6226 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33– 8AA0
0.85 176 0.948 67.3 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35– 0AA0
0.85 79 0.938 97.6 0.503
(4.45)
370
(816)
1PL6184 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 210 6SL3320 –1TE32–1AA0
0.84 110 0.943 97.5 0.666
(5.89)
440
(970)
1PL6186 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 310 6SL3320 –1TE33–1AA0
0.86 118 0.950 97.5 1.479
(13.09)
630
(1389)
1PL6224 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 –1TE33– 8AA0
0.87 160 0.952 97.4 1.930
(17.08)
750
(1654)
1PL6 226 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 –1TE35–0AA0
0.86 188 0.952 97.3 2.326
(20.58)
860
(1896)
1PL6228 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 605 6SL3320 –1TE36–1AA0
Out-drive type:
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Coupling
Belt
Belt
Increased cantilever
forces
Increased cantilever
forces
Vibration severity
grade:
R
R
S
SR
R
R
R
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
R
R
N
R
N
R
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Drive end shaft exten-
sion (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Half-key
Full-key
Full-key


Direction of air flow (fan):
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
DE → NDE
NDE→ DE
5)
A
B
C
D
J
K
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces; see selection
guides.
5) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.
6) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
7) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/42
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height
SH
Rated
power
Rated torque Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
1000 280 235
(315.0)
2244
(1655.2)
335 480 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
310
(415.5)
2961
(2184)
440 480 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
385
(516.1)
3677
(2712.2)
570 460 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
1350 280 325
(435.7)
2299
(1695.7)
478 470 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
410
(549.6)
2901
(2139.8)
637 445 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
505
(676.9)
3573
(2635.4)
765 450 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
2000 280 415
(556.3)
1981
(1461.2)
616 455 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
500
(670.2)
2387
(1760.7)
736 455 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
630
(844.5)
3009
(2219.4)
924 455 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans
4)
: External fan unit, NDE top, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE right, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE left, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, DE top, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE right, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE left, air-flow direction DE to NDE
Without external fan unit, for single pipe connection at NDE right
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Encoder systems for motors
without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
A
E
H
J
M
N
Encoder systems for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
F
D
Q
Terminal box/cable entry
(view onto DE)
4)
:
NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE
DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE
0
1
2
5
Type of construction
4)
: IM B3
IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
IM B35 (with flange A 660)
IM V15 (with flange A 660, subsequent modification to IM V36 possible)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/43
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power
factor
Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-ins²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.90 90 0.939 34.0 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 380 6SL3320 – 1TE33 – 8AA0
0.90 135 0.945 34.0 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 – 1TE35 – 0AA0
0.90 170 0.948 34.0 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 605 6SL3320 – 1TE36 – 1AA0
0.89 157 0.955 45.5 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 490 6SL3320 – 1TE35 – 0AA0
0.89 215 0.957 45.5 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 745 6SL3320 – 1TE37 – 5AA0
0.89 248 0.959 45.5 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 840 6SL3320 – 1TE38 – 4AA0
0.90 161 0.961 67.3 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 745 6SL3320 – 1TE37 – 5AA0
0.91 181 0.963 67.3 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 745 6SL3320 – 1TE37 – 5AA0
0.91 231 0.965 67.3 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 985 6SL3320 – 1TE41 – 0AA0
Output type
4)
:
Coupling
Coupling
Belt/increased cantilever
forces
Belt/increased cantilever
forces
Vibration severity grade:
N
R
N
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
N
R
A
B
E
F
Drive end shaft
extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Full-key

A
C
J
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".
5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/44
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Rated
speed
Shaft
height SH
Rated
power
Rated
torque
Rated
current
Rated
voltage
Field-
weakening
speed
1)
Max. permis-
sible conti-
nuous speed
2)
Max.
speed
3)
1PL6 asynchronous motor
n
rated
P
rated
M
rated
I
rated
V
rated
n
2
n
S1
n
max
rpm kW
(HP)
Nm
(lb
f
-ft)
A V rpm rpm rpm Order-no.
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC
800 280 185
(247.9)
2208
(1628.6)
185 690 2000 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
240
(321.7)
2865
(2113.2)
250 665 2100 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
300
(402.1)
3581
(2641.3)
320 640 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . .
1150 280 272
(364.6)
2259
(1666.2)
270 690 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
344
(461.1)
2857
(2107.3)
359 655 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
422
(565.7)
3504
(2584.6)
431 665 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . .
1750 280 359
(481.2)
1959
(1445)
347 690 2200 2200 3300 1PL6284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
432
(579.1)
2357
(1738.5)
415 690 2200 2200 3300 1PL6286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
543
(727.9)
2963
(2963.5)
520 690 2200 2200 3300 1PL6288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .
Fans
5)
: External fan unit, NDE top, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE right, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, NDE left, air-flow direction NDE to DE
External fan unit, DE top, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE right, air-flow direction DE to NDE
External fan unit, DE left, air-flow direction DE to NDE
Without external fan unit, for single pipe connection at NDE right
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Encoder systems
for motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Without encoder
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
A
E
H
J
M
N
Encoder systems
for motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface:
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
with C and D track
6)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
without C and D track
6)
Resolver on request
F
D
Q
Terminal box/cable entry
(view onto DE)
5)
:
NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE
NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE
DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE
0
1
2
5
Type of construction
5)
: IM B3
IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible)
IM B35 (with flange A 660)
IM V15 (with flange A 660, subsequent modification to IM V36 possible)
0
1
3
5
For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors
3/45
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Power
factor
Magnetizing
current
Efficiency Rated
frequency
Moment of
inertia
Weight
approx.
1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module
Rated output current
I
µ
η
rated
f
rated
J I
rated
cos ϕ A Hz kgm
2
(lb
f
-ins²)
kg
(lb)
Order No. A Order No.
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC
0.90 55 0.928 27 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 215 6SL3320 –1TH32–2AA0
0.90 80 0.934 27 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 260 6SL3320 –1TH32–6AA0
0.90 100 0.938 27 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . C . . – 0 7 7 7 330 6SL3320 –1TH33–3AA0
0.89 89 0.949 38.9 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 330 6SL3320 –1TH33–3AA0
0.89 123 0.953 38.9 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 410 6SL3320 –1TH34–1AA0
0.89 143 0.955 38.9 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . D . . – 0 7 7 7 465 6SL3320 –1TH34–7AA0
0.90 93 0.958 59 4.2
(37.17)
1300
(2866)
1PL6284 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 410 6SL3320 –1TH34–1AA0
0.91 105 0.960 59 5.2
(46.02)
1500
(3307)
1PL6286 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 410
4)
6SL3320 –1TH34–1AA0
0.91 133 0.962 59 6.3
(55.75)
1700
(3748)
1PL6288 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 575 6SL3320 –1TH35–8AA0
Output type
5)
:
Coupling
Coupling
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Belt/increased
cantilever forces
Vibration severity grade:
N
R
N
R
Shaft and flange accuracy:
N
R
N
R
A
B
E
F
Drive end shaft
extension (DE):
Fitted key
Fitted key
Plain shaft
Balancing:
Half-key
Full-key

A
C
J
Color:
primed
Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish
Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish
0
3
6
Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). –Z
1) n
2
: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which
is at the voltage limit when P = P
rated
.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
2) n
S1
: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted
without speed duty cycles.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
3) n
max
: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.
Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.
The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor
rated frequency.
4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".
5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor
rated current.
6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280
3/46
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Selection and ordering data
Permissible combinations of mechanical models
1PL6 28 . motors
shaft height 280
Permissible combinations of mechanical models
Position in Separately driven fan
Order No. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 8th position in Order No.
1PL6 28 . – 7 . . 7 7 – . 7 . . 1PL6 28 . – 7 . . . . – . . . .
Order No. supplement
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
NDE
Top
NDE -->
DE
NDE
Right
NDE -->
DE
NDE
Left
NDE -->
DE
DE
Top
DE -->
NDE
DE
Right
DE -->
NDE
DE
Left
DE -->
NDE
Simple pipe
connection
NDE
Right (can be
converted to
NDE left)
1PL6 28 . – . . . . 0 – . . . . Type of construction IM B3
1PL6 28 . – . . . . 1 – . . . . Type of construction IM V5
(Can be converted later to
IM V6)
1PL6 28 . – . . . . 3 – . . . . Type of construction IM B35
1PL6 28 . – . . . . 5 – . . . . Type of contruction IM V15
(Can be converted later to
IM V36)
Option codes
R1Y Standard finish RAL ...
R2Y Special finish RAL ...
G14 With air filter
K08 Encoder connector attachment, facing
K55 Customer-specific entry plate for terminal box
1)
K83 Terminal box rotation by +90 degrees
K84 Terminal box rotation by -90 degrees
K85 Terminal box rotation by 180 degrees
K16 Additional normal shaft end (only available with no encoder)
K31 Additional rating plate
K45 230 V standstill heating
C30 690 V model
Y55 Atypical shaft end DE
Y80 Different rating plate data
1)
Y82 Additional plate with customer information
1)
M83 Additional pulling thread on motor feet
Standard model
1) Plain text required Approved supplemental types
AC motors
Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280
3/47
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
Terminal box Construction type Drive type
11th position in Order No. 12th position in Order No. 14th position in Order No.
1PL6 28 . – . . . 7 . – . . . . 1PL6 28 . – . . . . 7 – . . . . 1PL6 28 . – . . . . . – . 7 . .
b
Order No. supplement Order No. supplement Order No. supplement
0 1 2 5 0 1 3 5 A B E F
NDE
Right
Cable
entry
below, DE
enc. conn.
NDE
Left
Cable
entry
below, DE
enc. conn.
NDE
Top
Cable
entry on
right, DE
enc. conn.
DE
Top
Cable
entry on
right, NDE
enc. conn.
Construc-
tion type
IM B3
Construc-
tion type
IM V5
(IM V6)
Construc-
tion type
IM B35
Construc-
tion type
IM V15
(IM V36)
Coupling
N/N
Coupling
R/R
Belt/
increased
cantile-
ver forces
N/N
Belt/
increased
cantile-
ver forces
R/R
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and PL6 motors
3/48
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Ventilation data and sound pressure level
Shaft height SH Fan motor:
Current consumption at
Direction of air
flow
Sound pressure level
L
pA
Air flow rate at
400 V/50 Hz
(±10%)
400 V/60 Hz
(±10%)
480 V/60 Hz
(+5%, -10%)
Motor and external fan
rated load, 50 Hz
tolerance +3 dB
50 Hz
approx.
A A A 1 dB (A) m
3
/s (ft³/s)
1PH7 motors
100 0.19 0.13 0.18 NDE → DE 70 0.04 (1.41)
0.20 0.13 0.20 DE → NDE 70 0.04 (1.41)
132 0.35 0.24 0.32 NDE → DE 70 0.10 (3.53)
0.37 0.24 0.33 DE → NDE 70 0.10 (3.53)
160 0.29 0.31 0.33 NDE → DE 72 0.15 (5.3)
0.3 0.33 0.34 DE → NDE 75 0.15 (5.3)
180 0.8 1.1 1.1 NDE → DE,
DE → NDE
73 0.19 (6.71)
225 1.9 2.2 2.2 NDE → DE 74 0.36 (12.71)
2.8 2.8 2.8 DE → NDE 76 0.36 (12.71)
280 2.55 2.6 2.6 NDE → DE,
DE → NDE
74 0.42 (14.83)
1PL6 motors
180 0.8 1.1 1.1 NDE → DE,
DE → NDE
73
1)
0.27 (9.54)
225 1.9 2.2 2.2 NDE → DE 74
1)
0.38 (13.42)
2.8 2.8 2.8 AS → NDE 76
1)
0.38 (13.42)
280 2.55 2.6 2.6 NDE → DE,
DE → NDE
74
1)
0.52 (18.36)
1) Speed range 0 to 2000 rpm.
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and PL6 motors
3/49
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Bearing version, drive type and maximum speeds
■Bearing lifetime
The bearing lifetime is limited by material fatigue (fatigue life-
time) or if the lubrication fails (grease lifetime).
The fatigue lifetime (static bearing lifetime L
10h
) is primarily de-
pendent on the mechanical load. This correlation can be seen in
the cantilever force/axial force diagrams. The values are deter-
mined according to DIN/ISO 281.
The grease lifetime is mainly dependent on the bearing size,
speed, temperature as well as the vibrational load.
The grease lifetime can be extended by especially favorable
operating conditions (low average speed, low bearing tempera-
ture, cantilever force or vibration load).
A reduction can be expected for difficult operating conditions
and when motors are mounted vertically.
Further information can be found in the Planning Guides.
Permanent lubrication
For permanent lubrication, the bearing grease lifetime is harmo-
nized with the bearing lifetime.
In the basic version, the motors up to and including shaft height
225 have permanent lubrication.
Re-greasing
For motors which can be re-greased at defined re-greasing in-
tervals, the bearing lifetime can be extended and/or unfavorable
factors such as mounting conditions, speed, bearing size and
mechanical load can be compensated.
A nipple for regreasing is provided as standard on motors with
SH 280.
A nipple for re-greasing can be ordered as an optional extra for
motors with SH 180 and 225, order code K40.
Shaft
height/
motor
type
Bearing type/
drive type
Bearing
type
Max. continuous speed
for S1 duty
Max. speed limit
1)
n
s1
n
s1
2)
n
max.
n
max.
2)
Motor side Bearing designation rpm rpm rpm rpm
100 Deep-groove ball bearings for
coupling or belt output
DE
NDE
6308 C4
6208 C4
5500 10000 9000 12000
132 Deep-groove ball bearings for
coupling or belt output
DE
NDE
6310 C4
6210 C4
4500 8500 8000 10000
160 Deep-groove ball bearings for
coupling or belt output
DE
NDE
6312 C4
6212 C4
3700 7000 6500 8000
180 Deep-groove ball bearings for
coupling output
DE
NDE
6214 C3
6214 C3
3500 4500 5000 7000
Cylindrical roller bearings for
belt output
DE
NDE
NU22 14E
6214 C3
3500 – 5000 –
Cylindrical roller bearings for
increased cantilever forces
DE
NDE
NU22 14E
6214 C3
3000 – 5000 –
225 Deep-groove ball bearings for
increased cantilever forces
DE
NDE
6216 C3
6216 C3
3100 3600
(for 1PH7224)
4500 5500
(for 1PH7224)
Cylindrical roller bearings for
belt output
DE
NDE
NU22 16E
6216 C3
3100 4500 –
Type 224,
226
Cylindrical roller bearings for
increased cantilever forces
DE
NDE
NU22 16E
6216 C3
2700 – 4500 –
Type 228 Cylindrical roller bearings for
increased cantilever forces
DE
NDE
NU22 16E
6216 C3
2500 – 4000 –
280 Deep-groove ball bearings for
coupling output
DE
NDE
6220 C3
6220 C3
2200 – 3300 –
Cylindrical roller bearings for
belt output
DE
NDE
NU22 0E
6220 C3
2200 – 3300 –
1) For continuous operation (with 30% n
max
,
60% 2/3 n
max
, 10% standstill) for a duty
cycle duration of 10 min.
2) Version for increased maximum speed,
see selection and ordering data for 1PH7.
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and PL6 motors
3/50
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Cantilever force diagrams
F
QAS
x
A65-5255
QAS
F
2QAS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
N
1 000
L
1 0 9
2000
3000
h2
1 2000 h
h3
1 6000 h
x1 0
3
h4
20000 h
h1
8000 h
rpm
QAS
G_DA65_EN_00088
Permissible cantilever
forces
1PH7 motors
shaft height 100
x = 40 mm (1.57 in)
F
1QAS
= 0.9 F
QAS
F
2QAS
= 1.1 F
QAS
L
h1
, L
h2
, L
h3
, L
h4
= Estimated
lifetime for varying
operating conditions
(F
QAS
; n)
q = residual effect [%] at
constant conditions
10htot
1 2 3 4
h1 h2 h3 h4
100
L
q q q q
L L L L
=
+ + +
x
DA65-5256
F
QAS
F
2QAS
F
1QAS
F
3QAS
1,5x
1 2 3 4 5
N
2000
h1
8000 h
8 7
3000
5000
h2
12000 h
h3
16000 h
4000
h4
20000 h
x10
3
rpm
QAS
G_DA65_EN_00089
Permissible cantilever
forces
1PH7 motors
shaft height 132
x = 55 mm (2.17 in)
F
1QAS
= max. 2.000 N (450 lb
f
)
F
2QAS
= 1.1 F
QAS
F
3QAS
= max. 2.500 N (560 lb
f
)
L
h1
, L
h2
, L
h3
, L
h4
= Estimated
lifetime for varying
operating conditions
(F
QAS
; n)
q = residual effect [%] at
constant conditions
10htot
1 2 3 4
h1 h2 h3 h4
100
L
q q q q
L L L L
=
+ + +
x
DA65-5257
F
QAS
F
2QAS
F
1QAS
1 2 3 5
N
5000
h1
8000 h
7
6000
8000
h2
12000 h
h3
16000 h
x10
3
7000
4
h4
20000 h
rpm
QAS
G_DA65_EN_00090 Permissible cantilever
forces
1PH7 motors
shaft height 160
x = 55 mm (2.17 in)
F
1QAS
= 0.9 F
QAS
F
2QAS
= 1.1 F
QAS
L
h1
, L
h2
, L
h3
, L
h4
= Estimated
lifetime for varying
operating conditions
(F
QAS
; n)
q = residual effect [%] at
constant conditions
10htot
1 2 3 4
h1 h2 h3 h4
100
L
q q q q
L L L L
=
+ + +
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
40 mm
kN
F
Q
160
3
x
80 120
4
5
6
5000 rpm
4000 rpm
3000 rpm
2000 rpm
1000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00091
Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH718.
and 1PL618.
shaft height 180
for coupling drive
L
10h
= 20.000 h
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
40 mm
kN
F
Q
160
7
x
80 120
9
11
13
15
5000 rpm
4000 rpm
3000 rpm
1000 rpm
2000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00093 Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH718.
and 1PL618.
shaft height 180
for belt drive
L
10h
= 12.000 h
Minimum cantilever force
3 kN (675 lb
f
)
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
40 mm
kN
F
Q
160
3
x
80 120
4
5
6
4500 rpm
3000 rpm
2000 rpm
1000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00092 Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH722.
and 1PL622.
shaft height 225
for coupling drive
L
10h
= 20.000 h
No-load operation of the roller bearings used here can damage the bearings.
Note the specified minimum cantilever forces!
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and PL6 motors
3/51
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Cantilever force diagrams
40 mm
kN
F
Q
160
8
x
80 120
12
14
16
10
4500 rpm
3000 rpm
1000 rpm
2000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00094
Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH722.
and 1PL622.
shaft height 225
for belt drive
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
L
10h
= 12.000 h
Minimum cantilever force 4 kN (900 lb
f
)
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
40 mm
kN
F
Q
160
9
x
80 120
13
15
17
11
1P.. 186
1P.. 184
5000 rpm
1000 rpm
4000 rpm
1500 rpm
3000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00095
Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH718.
and 1PL618.
shaft height 180
for belt drive
with Increased canti-
lever force
L
10h
= 12.000 h
Minimum cantilever force 4 kN (900 lb
f
)
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
40 mm
kN
F
Q
160
x
80 120
16
18
20
10
12
14
4500 rpm
1000 rpm
1500 rpm
3000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00096 Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH722.
and 1PL622.
shaft height 225
for belt drive
with increased canti-
lever force
L
10h
= 12.000 h
Minimum cantilever force 5 kN (1125 lb
f
)
No-load operation of the roller bearings used here can damage the bearings.
Note the specified minimum cantilever forces!
40 mm
kN
F
Q
200
x
80 120
9
11
160
5
7
500 rpm
1000 rpm
1500 rpm
2000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00167
Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH728.
and 1PL628.
shaft height 280
for coupling drive
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
L
10h
> 20.000 h with relubrication
40 mm
32
F
Q
x
80 120
30
34
24
160 200
22
20
26
28
kN
500 rpm
1000 rpm
1500 rpm
2000 rpm
G_DA65_EN_00097
x
DA65-5261
F
Q
Permissible cantilever
forces
motors 1PH728.
and 1PL628.
shaft height 280
for belt drive
with increased cantilever
force
L
10h
> 12.000 h with relubrication
Minimum cantilever force 9 kN (2025 lb
f
)
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors
3/52
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Terminal box assignment, max. connectable cross section per terminal
Shaft
height
SH
Motor type Terminal
box type
Cable gland Max. poss.
cable outer
diameter
Cable gland Max. poss.
cable outer
diameter
2)
Number of main
terminals
Max. con-
nectable
cross sec-
tion per ter-
minal
Max. poss.
current per
terminal
1)
Valid for the 8th position of the
Order No. "2", "4" or "6"
3)
Valid for the 8th position of the
Order No. "7" or "8"
mm (in) mm (in) mm
2
A
1PH7 motors
100 1PH710. –. . . integriert PG 29 28 (1.1) M 32 x 1.5 21 (0.83) 6 x M 5 25 84
132 1PH713. –. . . integriert PG 36 34 (1.34) M 40 x 1.5 28 (1.1) 6 x M 6 35 104
160 1PH716. –. . . integriert PG 42 40 (1.57) M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 6 x M 6 50 123
180 1PH7184–. . . 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7186–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7186–. . D 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7186–. . F 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
1PH7186–. . L 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
225 1PH7224–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7224–. . D 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7224–. . U 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
1PH7224–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PH7226–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7226–. . D 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
1PH7226–. . F 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PH7226–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PH7228–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PH7228–. . D 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PH7228–. . F 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PH7228–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
280 1PH728.– . . B 1XB7712 3 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) – – (3+1)
4)
x 3 x M16 3 x 95 450
1PH7284–. . D
1PH7286–. . D 1XB7712 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) – – (3+1)
4)
x 3 x M16 3 x 185 710
1PH7288–. . D
1PH728.– . . F
1) Current load capability based on
IEC 60204-1, routing type C.
2) Dependent on the design of the metric cable
gland.
3) Not for SH 280.
4) Including grounding terminal.
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors
3/53
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Terminal box assignment, max. connectable cross section per terminal
Shaft
height
SH
Motor type Terminal
box type
Cable gland Max. poss.
cable outer
diameter
Cable gland Max. poss.
cable outer
diameter
2)
Number of main
terminals
Max. connec-
table cross
section per
terminal
Max. poss.
current per
terminal
1)
Valid for the 8th position of the
Order No. "2", "4" or "6"
3)
Valid for the 8th position of the
Order No. "7" or "8"
mm (in) mm (in) mm
2
A
1PL6 motors
180 1PL6184–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6184–. . D 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6184–. . F 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6184–. . L 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
1PL6186–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6186–. . D 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6186–. . F 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
1PL6186–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
225 1PL6224–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6224–. . D 1XB7422 2 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 2 x M 63 x 1.5 53 (2.09) 3 x M12 2 x 70 242
1PL6224–. . F 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6224–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6226–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6226–. . D 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6226–. . F 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6226–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6228–. . B 1XB7322 2 x PG 42 40 (1.57) 2 x M 50 x 1.5 38 (1.5) 3 x M12 2 x 50 191
1PL6228–. . D 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6228–. . F 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
1PL6228–. . L 1XB7700 3 x M 72 x 2 56 (2.2) 3 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) 3 x 2 x M12 3 x 150 583
280 1PL628. 1XB7712 4 x M 75 x 1.5 68 (2.68) – – (3+1)
4)
x 4 x M16 4 x 185 925
1) Current load capability based on
IEC 60204-1, routing type C.
2) Dependent on the design of the metric cable
gland.
3) Not for SH 280.
4) Including grounding terminal.
AC motors
Selection guides
Additional data for 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors
3/54
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
3
■Overview of available construction types
Motors 1PH7 and 1PL6 are
available in construction types
IM B3 (standard model),
IM B5, and IM B35. Other
construction types (IM V15,
IM V36, IM B6, IM B7, IM B8
etc.) are also available. When
ordering the motors with shaft
heights 180 and 225 from the
factory, the correct number of
lifting lugs for the intended
mounting position should be
specified (position 12 in the
motor order number). For
motors with shaft heights 100
to 160, the internal lifting lugs
can be converted for other
mounting schemes.
Note: There are no conden-
sate drain holes in the motors.
Type of construction Type of construction
IM B 6
Foot Mounting
Type
(q IM B 3)
IM B 3
1
0
IM B 7 IM B 8
1
IM V 6 IM V 5
1
IM V 36
1
) IM V 15
1
)
Foot-Flange
Mounting Type
(q IM B 35)
5
IM B 35
1
)
3
IM B 5 IM V 3 IM V 1
Flange Mount-
ing Type
(q IM B 5)
2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9101112
1PH7 . . . – . . . . 7
1PL6 . . . – . . . . 7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4/2 MOTION-CONNECT
4/2 General information
4/5 Power cables
4/9 Accessories for power cables
4/9 Flange and HF clamp
4/9 Power connector
4/10 Signal cables
4/14 Accessories for signal cables
4/14 Flange and HF clamp
4/15 DRIVE-CLiQ conduit/coupler
4/16 Length code
Connection system
D21-1_en_Kap4_ML1.fm Seite 1 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 9:39 09
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
General information
4/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Overview
MOTION-CONNECT cables are suitable for use on all types of
machine tools and production machines.
Power, signal and DRIVE-CLiQ cables can be ordered as prefa-
bricated cables.
MOTION-CONNECT comprises the following types of cable:
7 MOTION-CONNECT 500, the solution for mainly fixed routing
7 MOTION-CONNECT 800 meets all requirements for use in
cable carriers on machine tools and production machines.
■Benefits
The use of prefabricated MOTION-CONNECT cables will pro-
vide you with high quality and system-tested problem-free ope-
ration. The cables can be supplied to the meter. Intermediate
lengths are also available on request.
■Application
The degree of protection of the prefabricated power and signal
cables and their extensions outside the control cabinet when
closed and connected is IP67.
■Technical data
1) The respective registration number is printed on the cable shield (only
valid for power cables).
2) The File Number is printed on the cable shield.
3) MOTION-CONNECT 500 cables can also be used for motors with a
rated voltage of 690 V.
Cables DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT
500
DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT
800
MOTION-CONNECT
500
3)
MOTION-CONNECT
800
Type 6FX2...-1DC..-.... 6FX5...-.DC..-.... 6FX8...-.DC..-.... 6FX500.-.....-.... 6FX800.-.....-....
Certifications
• Power/signal cables
- VDE
1)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
- cUL or UL/CSA UL STYLE 2502/CSA-
N.210.2-M90
UL STYLE 2502/CSA-
N.210.2-M90
UL STYLE 2502/CSA-
N.210.2-M90
UL758-CSA-C22.2-
N.210.2-M90
UL758-CSA-C22.2-
N.210.2-M90
- UL-CSA File No.
2)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Electrical data to DIN VDE 0472
Rated voltage
• Power cables V
0
/V
- Supply cores – – – 600 V/1000 V 600 V/1000 V
- Signal cores – – – 24 V (VDE) 1000 V
(UL/CSA)
24 V (VDE) 1000 V
(UL/CSA)
• Signal cables 30 V 30 V 30 V 30 V 30 V
Test voltage (eff)
• Power cables
- Supply cores – – – 4 kV 4 kV
- Signal cores – – – 2 kV 2 kV
• Signal cables 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V
Operating temperature
On the surface
- Fixed installation –20 °C to +80 °C
(-4 °F to +176 °F)
–20 °C to +80 °C
(-4 °F to +176 °F)
–50 °C to +80 °C
(-58 °F to +176 °F)
–20 °C to +80 °C
(-4 °F to +176 °F)
–50 °C to +80 °C
(-58 °F to +176 °F)
- Flexible installation - 0 °C to +60 °C
(+32 °F to +140 °F)
–20 °C to +60 °C
(-4 °F to +140 °F)
0 °C to +60 °C
(+32 °F to +140 °F)
–20 °C to +60 °C
(-4 °F to +140 °F)
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 2 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:37 14
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
General information
4/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
The technical data for these cables apply only for simple bends
with horizontal traverse path up to 5 m (16.4 ft).
Cables DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT
500
DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT
800
MOTION-CONNECT
500
MOTION-CONNECT
800
Type 6FX2...-1DC..-.... 6FX5...-.DC..-.... 6FX8...-.DC..-.... 6FX500.-.....-.... 6FX800.-.....-....
Mechanical data
Max. tensile stress on power/signal cables
- Fixed installation 45 N/mm
2
(6527 lbf/in
2
)
50 N/mm
2
(7252 lbf/in
2
)
50 N/mm
2
(7252 lbf/in
2
)
50 N/mm
2
(7252 lbf/in
2
)
50 N/mm
2
(7252 lbf/in
2
)
- Flexible installation – 20 N/mm
2
(2900 lbf/in
2
)
20 N/mm
2
(2900 lbf/in
2
)
20 N/mm
2
(2900 lbf/in
2
)
20 N/mm
2
(2900 lbf/in
2
)
Minimum permissible bending radius
• Power cables
- Fixed installation – – – 5 × D
max
6 × D
max
- Flexible installation – – – See "Power cables" See "Power cables"
• Signal cables
- Fixed installation 50 mm (2 in) 35 mm (1.4 in) 60 mm (2.4 in) 60 mm (2.4 in) 60 mm (2.4 in)
- Flexible installation – 125 mm (4.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in) 100 mm (3.9 in)
Torsional stress – Absolute 30°/m Absolute 30°/m Absolute 30°/m Absolute 30°/m
Bending
• Power cables
- 1.5 mm
2
to 6 mm
2
– – 10 million 100.000 10 million
- 10 mm
2
to 185 mm
2
– – 3 million 100.000 3 million
• Signal cables – 100.000 10 million 2 million 10 million
Traversing velocity
• Power cables
- 1.5 mm
2
to 6 mm
2
– – – 30 m/min (98 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min)
- 10 mm
2
to 50 mm
2
– – – 30 m/min (98 ft/min) 100 m/min (328 ft/min)
• Signal cables – 30 m/min (98 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min) 180 m/min (591 ft/min)
Acceleration
• Power cables – – – 2 m/s
2
(6.6 ft/s
2
) 5 m/s
2
(16.4 ft/s
2
)
(5 m (16.4 ft));
10 m/s
2
(32.8 ft/s
2
)
(2.5 m (8.2 ft))
• Signal cables – 2 m/s
2
(6.6 ft/s
2
) 5 m/s
2
(16.4 ft/s
2
)
(5 m (16.4 ft));
10 m/s
2
(32.8 ft/s
2
)
(2.5 m (8.2 ft))
5 m/s
2
(16.4 ft/s
2
) 5 m/s
2
(16.4 ft/s
2
)
(5 m (16.4 ft));
10 m/s
2
(32.8 ft/s
2
)
(2.5 m (8.2 ft))
Chemical data
Insulation material FCKW/silicon-free FCKW/silicon-free FCKW/halogen/
silicon-free
DIN 472815/
IEC 60754-1
FCKW/silicon-free FCKW/halogen/
silicon-free
DIN 472815/
IEC 60754-1
Oil resistance DIN EN 60811-1-1/-2-1 DIN EN 60811-1-1/-2-1 VDE 0472, Part 803
Test mode B
VDE 0472, Part 803
Test mode B
(mineral oils only)
VDE 0472, Part 803
Test mode B
Outer shield PVC PVC PUR, DIN VDE 0282,
Part 10
PVC PUR, DIN VDE 0282,
Part 10
• Power cables – – DESINA color orange
RAL 2003
DESINA color orange
RAL 2003
DESINA color orange
RAL 2003
• Signal cables Gray RAL 7032 DESINA color green
RAL 6018
DESINA color green
RAL 6018
DESINA color green
RAL 6018
DESINA color green
RAL 6018
Flame-retardant IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 3 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:37 14
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
General information
4/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Function
The cables must be removed from the drum without twisting, i.e.
the cables must be unwound and must never be lifted over the
drum flange while still wound in loops.
To maximize the service life of the cable carrier and cables,
cables in the carrier made from different materials must be in-
stalled in the cable carrier with spacers. The spacers must be in-
stalled uniformly to ensure that the position of the cables does
not change during operation. The cables should be distributed
as symmetrically as possible on the basis of their weight and di-
mensions. Cables with very different outer diameters should be
separated by spacers.
When installing prefabricated cables in the cable carrier, do not
pull on the connector, as this may damage the strain relief or
cable clamping.
The cables must not be fixed in the cable carrier. They must be
freely movable.
The cables must be able to move unrestricted in particular in the
radii of curvature of the carrier. The prescribed minimum ben-
ding radii must not be undershot.
The cable fixings must be attached at both ends at an appro-
priate distance away from the end points of the moving parts in
a "dead" zone.
MOTION-CONNECT cables are tested in a cable carrier. During
testing, a strain-relief assembly is attached to one end of the
cable at the moving ends of the cable carrier. Strain relief is
applied to a wide area of the peripheral surface without crushing
the cable assembly.
When installing cables, you must always observe the information
in the Installation Guide provided by the cable carrier manufac-
turer as appropriate for the way in which the system has been
constructed.
Notes:
If, for example, prefabricated cables are installed in a cable
carrier in such a way that the connector would inhibit assembly,
prefabricated cables without assembled connectors can also be
supplied (signal and power cables). On these cables, the con-
tacts are crimped and the connector housing is supplied sepa-
rately packed. Once the cables have been installed, the custo-
mer assembles the connector housing.
When installing cables, you must always observe the information
provided by the cable carrier manufacturer.
In the event of vibrational loads and if horizontal or vertical cable
entries are used, we always recommend the use of an additional
cable fixing, if part of the cable hangs loose or is not guided in
between the strain relief on the cable carrier and the connection
on the motor. To prevent machine vibrations being transmitted to
the connectors, the cable fixing on the moving part should be
connected in the same place as the motor.
G_NC01_XX_00289
G_NC01_XX_00291
G_NC01_XX_00290
MOTION-CONNECT cables are approved for a horizontal
traverse path of up to 5 m (16.4 ft).
G
_
N
C
0
1
_
X
X
_
0
0
2
9
2
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 4 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:28 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Power cables
4/5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Overview
MOTION-CONNECT power cables can be used to connect
synchronous and asynchronous motors with Motor Modules.
■Technical Data
Current carrying capacity
The current carrying capacity (I
z
) of PVC insulated cables
corresponds to IEC 60204-1 for type of routing C under conti-
nuous operating conditions and is indicated in the table based
on an ambient air temperature of +40 °C (+104 °F). For other am-
bient temperatures, the user must calculate the values using the
"correction factors" in the table. PUR cables must also meet the
requirements of this standard.
Correction factors
Cross-
section
Current-carrying capacity in A
to IEC 60204-1 dated 1997 + corrigendum 1998
for type of routing (see standard, Table C1.2)
mm
2
B1 B2 C E
0.75 7.6 - - -
1.0 10.4 9.6 11.7 11.5
1.5 13.5 12.2 15.2 16.1
2.5 18.3 16.5 21 22
4 25 23 28 30
6 32 29 36 37
10 44 40 50 52
16 60 53 66 70
25 77 67 84 88
35 97 83 104 114
50 - - 123 123
70 - - 155 155
95 - - 192 192
120 - - 221 221
150 - - 234 262
185 - - 267 300
Electronics (pairs)
0.2 - - 4.0 4.0
0.3 - - 5.0 5.0
0.5 - - 7.1 7.1
0.75 - - 9.1 9.1
Ambient air temperature
°C (°F)
Correction factor
to IEC 60364-5-523, Table 52-D1
30 (86) 1.15
35 (95) 1.08
40 (104) 1.00
45 (113) 0.91
50 (122) 0.82
55 (131) 0.71
60 (140) 0.58
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 5 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:28 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Power cables
4/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Selection and ordering data
MOTION-CONNECT power cables without brake cores
1) Power cables ≤ 2.5 mm
2
are supplied in coils or on disposable drums
in lengths of 50 m (164 ft), 100 m (328 ft), 200 m (656 ft) and 500 m
(1641 ft). Power cables ≥ 4 mm
2
can be ordered to the meter in
lengths of up to 100 m (328 ft) (see length code).
2) Valid for installation in cable carrier.
3) o. A. = Open core ends; suitable for motors with terminal box, e.g.
1PH4.
Connec-
tion
method,
Motor
Module
side
No. of cores
x cross sec-
tion
Con-
nector
size,
motor
side
Prefabricated cable for
1FT/1FK motors
D
max
Cable (sold by meter)
1)
for 1PH7/1PH4 motors
Weight
(without
connector)
Smallest perm.
bending radius
2)
6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8
mm
2
Order No. mm (in) mm (in) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in) mm (in)
Connector 4×1.5 1 6FX7002-5CS01-7 7 70 8.4 (0.33) 10.4 (0.41) 6FX7008-1BB11-7 7 A0 0.18 (0.12) 0.16 (0.11) 155 (6.1) 100 (3.94)
1.5 6FX7002-5CS21-7 7 70
o. A.
3)
6FX5002-5CS02-7 7 70
Connector 4×2.5 1 6FX7002-5CS11-7 7 70 10 (0.39) 12.1 (0.48) 6FX7008-1BB21-7 7 A0 0.24 (0.16) 0.24 (0.16) 180 (7.09) 120 (4.72)
1.5 6FX7002-5CS31-7 7 70
o. A.
3)
6FX5002-5CS12-7 7 70
Connector 4×4 1.5 6FX7002-5CS41-7 7 70 11.4 (0.45) 13.2 (0.52) 6FX7008-1BB31-7 7 70 0.27 (0.18) 0.31 (0.21) 210 (8.27) 130 (5.12)
o. A.
3)
6FX5002-5CS42-7 7 70
Connector 4×6 1.5 6FX7002-5CS51-7 7 70 13.6 (0.54) 16 (0.63) 6FX7008-1BB41-7 7 70 0.46 (0.31) 0.43 (0.29) 245 (9.65) 170 (6.69)
o. A.
3)
6FX5002-5CS52-7 7 70
Connector 4×10 1.5 6FX7002-5CS61-7 7 70 20 (0.79) 19.4 (0.76) 6FX7008-1BB51-7 7 70 0.73 (0.49) 0.63 (0.42) 360 (14.17) 210 (8.27)
3 6FX7002-5CS13-7 7 70
o. A.
3)
6FX5002-5CS62-7 7 70
Ring
terminal
ends
4×6 1.5 6FX7002-5CS54-7 7 70 15.6 (0.61) 16 (0.63) 6FX7008-1BB41-7 7 70 0.46 (0.31) 0.43 (0.29) 285 (11.22) 170 (6.69)
4×10 1.5 6FX7002-5CS64-7 7 70 20 (0.79) 19.4 (0.76) 6FX7008-1BB51-7 7 70 0.73 (0.49) 0.63 (0.42) 360 (14.17) 210 (8.27)
4×16 3 6FX7002-5CS23-7 7 70 24.2 (0.95) 23.6 (0.93) 6FX7008-1BB61-7 7 70 1.1 (0.74) 0.95 (0.64) 440 (17.32) 260 (10.24)
4×25 – – 28 (1.1) 6FX7008-1BB25-7 7 70 1.42 (0.95) 505 (19.88)
4×35 – – 31.5 (1.24) 6FX7008-1BB35-7 7 70 1.87 (1.26) 570 (22.44)
4×50 – – 38 (1.5) 6FX7008-1BB50-7 7 70 3.42 (2.3) 685 (26.97)
4×70 – – 42.6 (1.68) 6FX7008-1BB70-7 7 70 4.12 (2.77) 770 (30.31)
4×95 – – 51.7 (2.04) 6FX7008-1BB05-7 7 70 4.48 (3.01) 935 (36.81)
4×120 – – 56 (2.2) 6FX7008-1BB12-7 7 70 6.11 (4.11) 1010 (39.76)
4×150 – – 63 (2.48) 6FX7008-1BB15-7 7 70 7.75 (5.21) 1135 (44.69)
4×185 – – 66.2 (2.61) 6FX7008-1BB18-7 7 70 9.45 (6.35) 1195 (47.05)
• MOTION-CONNECT 500
• MOTION-CONNECT 800
Length code
5
8
. . .
5
8
. . .
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 6 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:28 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Power cables
4/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)
MOTION-CONNECT power cables with brake cores
Pre-assembled MOTION-CONNECT power cables for 1PH7 motors
Note:
1PH7 motors have no brake as standard and do not therefore re-
quire power cables with brake cores.
If a brake is used, it must be supplied through a separate cable
via the terminal box.
MOTION-CONNECT 800 power cables in lengths 25 mm
2
and
35 mm
2
are only available with brake cores.
1) Power cables ≤ 2.5 mm
2
are supplied in coils or on disposable drums
in lengths of 50 m (164 ft), 100 m (328 ft), 200 m (656 ft) and 500 m
(1641 ft). Power cables ≥ 4 mm
2
can be ordered to the meter in
lengths of up to 100 m (328 ft) (see length code).
2) Valid for installation in cable carrier.
Connec-
tion
method,
Motor
Module
side
No. of cores
x cross sec-
tion
Con-
nector
size,
motor
side
Prefabricated cable for
1FT/1FK motors
D
max
Cable (sold by meter)
1)
for 1PH7/1PH4 motors
Weight
(without
connector)
Smallest perm.
bending radius
2)
6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8
mm
2
Order No. mm (in) mm (in) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in) mm (in)
Connector 4×1.5+2×1.5 1 6FX7002-5DS01-7 7 70 10.8 (0.43) 12.9 (0.51) 6FX7008-1BA11-7 7 A0 0.22 (0.15) 0.25 (0.17) 195 (7.68) 125 (4.92)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS21-7 7 70
Connector 4×2.5+2×1.5 1 6FX7002-5DS11-7 7 70 12.4 (0.49) 14.2 (0.56) 6FX7008-1BA21-7 7 A0 0.28 (0.19) 0.31 (0.21) 225 (8.86) 140 (5.51)
1.5 6FX7002-5DS31-7 7 70
Connector 4×4+2×1.5 1.5 6FX7002-5DS41-7 7 70 14 (0.55) 15.3 (0.6) 6FX7008-1BA31-7 7 70 0.36 (0.24) 0.4 (0.27) 255 (10.04) 150 (5.91)
Connector 4×6+2×1.5 1.5 6FX7002-5DS51-7 7 70 16.1 (0.63) 17.8 (0.7) 6FX7008-1BA41-7 7 70 0.54 (0.36) 0.53 (0.36) 290 (11.42) 195 (7.68)
Connector 4×10+2×1.5 1.5 6FX7002-5DS61-7 7 70 21.7 (0.85) 20.8 (0.82) 6FX7008-1BA51-7 7 70 0.75 (0.5) 0.74 (0.5) 395 (15.55) 230 (9.06)
3 6FX7002-5DS13-7 7 70
Ring
terminal
ends
4×6+2×1.5 1.5 6FX7002-5DS54-7 7 70 16.1 (0.63) 17.8 (0.7) 6FX7008-1BA41-7 7 70 0.54 (0.36) 0.53 (0.36) 290 (11.42) 195 (7.68)
4×10+2×1.5 1.5 6FX7002-5DS64-7 7 70 21.7 (0.85) 20.8 (0.82) 6FX7008-1BA51-7 7 70 0.75 (0.5) 0.74 (0.5) 395 (15.55) 230 (9.06)
4×16+2×1.5 3 6FX5002-5DS23-7 7 70 25 (0.98) 24.7 (0.97) 6FX7008-1BA61-7 7 70 1.1 (0.74) 1.1 (0.74) 450 (17.72) 275 (10.83)
4×25+2×1.5 3 6FX5002-5DS33-7 7 70 29.4 (1.16) 27.9 (1.1) 6FX7008-1BA25-7 7 70 1.56 (1.05) 1.46 (0.98) 530 (20.87) 325 (12.8)
4×35+2×1.5 3 6FX5002-5DS43-7 7 7v 0 32.6 (1.28) 32 (1.26) 6FX7008-1BA35-7 7 70 2.01 (1.35) 2.1 (1.41) 590 (23.23) 380 (14.96)
4×50+2×1.5 3 6FX5002-5DS53-7 7 70 38 (1.5) 35.8 (1.41) 6FX7008-1BA50-7 7 70 3.3 (2.22) 2.75 (1.85) 685 (26.97) 420 (16.54)
• MOTION-CONNECT 500
• MOTION-CONNECT 800
Length code
5
8
. . .
Motor Conduit thread No. of cores x
cross section
Pre-assembled cable for
1PH7 motors
Weight
(without connector)
Smallest perm. bending
radius
2)
Type 6FX5 6FX8 6FX5 6FX8
mm
2
Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in) mm (in)
1PH710 PG29 4×10 6FX7002-5CB10-7 7 70 0.73 (0.49) 0.63 (0.42) 20 (0.79) 19.4 (0.76)
4×16 6FX7002-5CB16-7 7 70 1.10 (0.74) 0.95 (0.64) 24.2 (0.95) 23.6 (0.93)
1PH713 PG36 4×16 6FX7002-5CC16-7 7 70 1.10 (0.74) 0.95 (0.64) 24.2 (0.95) 23.6 (0.93)
4×25 6FX5002-5CC25-7 7 70 1.42 (0.95) – 28.0 (1.1) –
4×25 6FX8002-5DC25-7 7 70 – 1.46 (0.98) – 27.9 (1.1)
4×35 6FX5002-5CC35-7 7 70 1.87 (1.26) – 31.5 (1.24) –
4×35 6FX8002-5DC35-7 7 70 – 2.10 (1.41) – 32.0 (1.26)
1PH716 PG42 4×25 6FX5002-5CD25-7 7 70 1.42 (0.95) – 28.0 (1.1) –
4×25 6FX8002-5DD25-7 7 70 – 1.46 (0.98) – 27.9 (1.1)
4×35 6FX5002-5CD35-7 7 70 1.87 (1.26) – 31.5 (1.24) –
4×35 6FX8002-5DD35-7 7 70 – 2.10 (1.41) – 32.0 (1.26)
• MOTION-CONNECT 500
• MOTION-CONNECT 800
Length code
5
8
. . .
5
8
. . .
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 7 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:39 14
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Power cables
4/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Selection and ordering data (continued)
Power cable extensions
The combinations of power cable extensions shown are only provided by way of example.
No. of cores x cross
section
Basic cable for 1FT/1FK motors Connector size Extension Connector size
mm
2
Type Order No.
4×1.5 6FX . 002-5 . S01- . . . 0 1 6FX7002-57A05-7 7 70 1
4×2.5 6FX . 002-5 . S11- . . . 0 1 6FX7002-57A15-7 7 70 1
4×1.5 6FX . 002-5 . S21- . . . 0 1.5 6FX7002-57A28-7 7 70 1.5
4×2.5 6FX . 002-5 . S31- . . . 0 1.5 6FX7002-57A38-7 7 70 1.5
4×4 6FX . 002-5 . S41- . . . 0 1.5 6FX7002-57A48-7 7 70 1.5
4×6 6FX . 002-5 . S51- . . . 0 1.5 6FX7002-57A58-7 7 70 1.5
4×10 6FX . 002-5 . S61- . . . 0 1.5 6FX7002-57A68-7 7 70 1.5
4×10 6FX . 002-5 . S13- . . . 0 3 6FX7002-57X18-7 7 70 3
4×16 6FX . 002-5 . S23- . . . 0 3 6FX7002-57X28-7 7 70 3
4×25 6FX . 002-5DS33- . . . 0 3 6FX7002-5DX38-7 7 70 3
• MOTION-CONNECT 500
• MOTION-CONNECT 800
Without brake cores
With brake cores
Length code
5
8
C
D
. . .
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 8 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:28 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Accessories for power cables
Power connector
4/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Overview
Flange
Flanges are used to route or fix connectors, for example, in con-
trol cabinets. With the exception of right-angle plugs, a flange
can be mounted post-assembly on connectors with union nuts or
connectors with external threads.
HF (high-frequency) clamp
To permit correct "grounding" on the cable duct or cabinet wall,
a ground clamp can be ordered as an accessory together with
the flanges for large-area discharging of high-frequency interfe-
rences.
■Selection and ordering data
■Dimensional drawings
Dimensions in mm (inches)
■Overview
Power connector
Power connector with screw-type terminal
3 A to 30 A Motor Modules in booksize format are shipped
without power connector as this is already connected to the
MOTION-CONNECT power cables.
Power connectors can also be ordered separately, e.g. for appli-
cations where routing of the motor cable would be difficult if a
power connector were attached. Power connectors with crimp or
screw-type terminal are available.
■ Selection and ordering data
Designation Order No.
Flange for
• Connector size 1 6FX2003-7BX00
• Connector size 1.5 6FX2003-7CX00
• Connector size 3 6FX2003-7AX00
HF clamp for
• Power connector, Size 1 6FX2003-7FX00
• Power connector, Size 1.5 6FX2003-7GX00
• Power connector, Size 3 Not required
Connector size 1 Connector size 1.5 Connector size 3
a ∅ 27.8 (1.09) ∅ 46 (1.81) ∅ 65 (2.56)
b 28.3 (1.11) 42.4 (1.67) 75 (2.95)
c M3 (4×) M4 (4×) M4 (4×)
d 28.3 (1.11) 42.4 (1.67) 75 (2.95)
e ∅ 40 (1.57) ∅ 60 (2.36) ∅ 63 (2.48)
f 35 (1.38) 55 (2.17) 85 (3.35)
g 28.3 (1.11) 42.4 (1.67) 75 (2.95)
h ∅ 3.2 (0.13) ∅ 4.4 (0.17) ∅ 4.5 (0.18)
a
d
c
b f g
e
g
h
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
7
8
Mounting holes
for flange
Dimension
drawing of flange
Designation Order No.
Power connector
for Motor Modules 3 A to 30 A
booksize format
with screw-type terminal
(casing, insulator, 2 coding pins,
screw terminals; motor: 1.5 mm
2
to
10 mm
2
, brake: 1.5 mm
2
)
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0
Power connector
without pin contacts
for Motor Modules 3 A to 30 A
booksize format
suitable for pin contacts with
crimp terminal
(casing, insulator, 2 coding pins)
6FX2003-1SA00
Pin contacts for power connector
(25 contacts per pack)
- 1.5 mm
2
(power and brake) 6FX2003-8PS10
- 2.5 mm
2
(power) 6FX2003-8PS20
- 4 mm
2
(power) 6FX2003-8PS30
- 6 mm
2
(power) 6FX2003-8PS40
- 10 mm
2
(power) 6FX2003-8PS50
Accessories for power cables
Flange and HF clamp
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 9 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:28 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Signal cables
4/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Overview
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
Signal cables are prefabricated and are sold by the meter for the
connection of a variety of components.
The following different types of cable are available:
• DRIVE-CLiQ cables
• MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
• MOTION-CONNECT prefabricated cables
■Application
DRIVE-CLiQ cables
are used to connect components with DRIVE-CLiQ connections,
which have a separate or external 24 V DC power supply.
DRIVE-CLiQ cables for connecting Line/Motor Modules with a
Control Unit are part of the scope of supply of the relevant
Line/Motor Modules.
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables
are used whenever components with DRIVE-CLiQ connections
must meet high requirements such as mechanical stress and oil
resistance, e.g. in the event of a connection outside the cabinet
between
• Motor Modules and Sensor Modules
• Motor Modules and motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables feature 24 V DC cores.
MOTION-CONNECT prefabricated cables
are used whenever motor encoders on motors without
DRIVE-CLiQ interface are connected to Sensor Modules.
■Integration
Overview of connections for CU320 Control Unit
Overview of connections for CU320 Control Unit, booksize format Overview of connections for CU320 Control Unit, chassis format
X140
X126
X100-
X103
X200-
X202
X100-
X103
X100-
X103
6SL3060-4A 0- 0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
X500-
X501
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0
PC/PG
X200-
X203
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
<
70 m
<
<
70 m
70 m
Pre-assembled signal cables
CU320
Control
Unit
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
4
Active
Line
Module
Terminal
Module
TM31
Motor
Module
or
or
PROFIBUS connector
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0 (without PG connection)
or
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0 (with PG connection)
or
(230 ft)
(230 ft)
(230 ft)
X140
X126
X100-
X103
X400-
X402
X100-
X103
X100-
X103
6SL3060-4A 0- 0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0
X400-
X402
X500
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
<
<
<
70 m
70 m
70 m
Pre- assembl ed si gnal cabl es
Control
Unit
CU320
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
5
Active
Line
Module
Terminal
Module
TM31
Motor
Module
or
or
PROFIBUS connector
6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0 (without PG-connector)
or
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0 (with PG connector)
or
Basic
Line
Module
or
Active
Interface
Module
or
X400-
X403
X500-
X501
PC/PG
( 230 f t )
( 230 f t )
( 230 f t )
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 10 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:31 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Signal cables
4/11
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Integration (continued)
Overview of connections for booksize format Line Modules and Motor Modules
The DRIVE-CLiQ cables type 6SL3060-4A7 70-0AA0 required
for the standard configuration are part of the scope of supply of
the Line Modules and Motor Modules. In this case, the modules
should be mounted directly adjacent to one another in a row.
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
1)
1)
1)
U2
V2
W2
X520
X200-
X203
X500
X500
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
X520
2)
3)
2)
3)
4)
6FX5002- 2 DC 0-. . . 0
6FX8002- 2 DC 1-. . . 0
X200-
X203
X200-
X203
X200-
X203
6FX2002-1DC00-1. . 0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
X100-
X103
X200-
X202
X200-
X203
4)
5)
With right-angled connector.
Cable available from measuring system manufacturer.
www.heidenhain.de
X520 X500
X200-
X203
X200-
X202
Pre-assembled signal cables Motor Module
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
6
Motor
Module
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
Further
Motor
Modules
SMC10 6FX 002-2CF02-. . .0
50 m (164 ft) (multi-pole resolver)
130 m (427 ft) (2-pole resolver)
6FX 002-2CA31-. . .0
100 m (328 f t )
6FX 002-2EQ10-. . .0
100 m (328 f t )
6FX 002-2AH00-. . . 0
300 m ( 984 f t )
6SX7002-0AL00-. . . 0
300 m ( 984 f t )
X521
X531
X521
X531
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
100 m (328 f t )
Pre-assembled power cables, see power cables for motors
(max. cable length, see technical data of Motor Modules)
With evaluation of signals A+/A- and B+/B-, otherwise 100 m.
Tracks A, B, N and A*, B*, N*.
Tracks A, B.
Single/absolute encoder
with EnDat in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/
1PL6 motor
Adapter
cable
5)
310128..
310123..
SMC30
6FX 002-2CD01-1. . 0
35 m (115 ft) with 5 V DC
Adapter
cable
5)
369124..
369129..
6SX7002-0AN00-. . . 0
Motor encoder
interface
via SMC
(Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted)
for motors
without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Resolver in 1FT6/1FK/
1PH7/1PL6 motor
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1V
pp
in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/
1PM/1PL6 motor
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1V
pp
6FX2001-3...
Direct linear absolute
encoder sin/cos 1V
pp
LS 186(C)/LF 183(C)
LB 382(C)
LS 486(C)/LF 481(C)
Direct linear absolute
encoder EnDat LC 181
LC481
Absolute encoder with
EnDat 6FX2001-5.E.
Incremental encoder
(TTL) RS 422 (5V)
6FX2001-2...
Incremental encoder
(TTL) RS 422 (24V)
6FX2001-2...
Incremental encoder
TTL /HTL in 1PH7/
1PH4/1PL6 motor
Incremental encoder HTL
Typ 1XP on 1LA motor
Motor encoder for
motors with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface
1FK/1FT/1PH/1PM/1PL6
Motors
Motor
connection
6FX 002-2CD24-1. . 0
35 m (115 ft) with 24 V
6SX7002-0AN10-. . . 0
50 m ( 164 f t )
70 m ( 230 f t )
70 m ( 230 f t )
70 m ( 230 f t )
Control Unit
CU320
Active Line
Module
Type
Booksize
SMC20
Smart Line
Module
Motor encoder
interface
for motors
with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
6FX 002-2CG00-1. .0
50 m ( 164 f t )
6FX 002-2CH00-1. .0
100 m (328 f t )
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 11 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:32 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Signal cables
4/12
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Integration (continued)
Overview of connections for chassis format Line Modules and Motor Modules
The DRIVE-CLiQ cables type 6SL3060-4A7 70-0AA0 required
for the standard configuration are part of the scope of supply of
the Line Modules and Motor Modules. In this case, the modules
should be mounted directly adjacent to one another in a row.
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
1)
1)
1)
U2
V2
W2
X520
X400-
X402
X500
X500
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
X520
2)
3)
2)
3)
4)
6FX5002- 2 DC 0-. . . 0
6FX8002- 2 DC 1-. . . 0
X400-
X402
X400-
X402
X400-
X402
6FX2002-1DC00-1. . 0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
X100-
X103
X400-
X402
X400-
X402
6FX 002-2CG00-1. .0
50 m
X520 X500
X400-
X402 X500
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
6FX2002-1DC00-1 . . 0
X400-
X402
<
<
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
Pre- assembl ed si gnal cabl es Motor Module
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
7
Motor
Module
Further
Motor
Modules
SMC10 6FX 002-2CF02-. . .0
50 m (164 ft) (multi-pole resolver)
130 m (427 ft) (2-pole resolver)
6FX 002-2CA31-. . .0
100 m (328 f t )
6FX 002-2EQ10-. . .0
100 m (328 f t )
6FX 002-2AH00-. . . 0
300 m ( 984 f t )
6SX7002-0AL00-. . . 0
300 m ( 984 f t )
X521
X531
X521
X531
6SL3060-4A 0-0AA0
100 m (328 f t )
Pre-assembled power cables, see power cables for motors
(max. cable length, see technical data of Motor Modules)
With evaluation of signals A+/A- and B+/B-, otherwise < 100 m (328 ft).
Tracks A, B, N and A*, B*, N*.
Tracks A, B.
Single/absolute encoder
with EnDat in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/
1PL6 motor
Adapter
cable
5)
310128..
310123..
SMC30
6FX 002-2CD01-1. . 0
35 m (115 ft) wi t h 5 V DC
Adapter
cable
5)
369124..
369129..
6SX7002-0AN00-. . . 0
Motor encoder
interface via
SMC
(Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted)
for motors
without
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Resolver in1FT6/1FK/
1PH7/1PL6 motor
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1V
pp
in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/
1PM/1PL6 motor
Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1V
pp
6FX2001-3...
Direct linear absolute
encoder sin/cos 1V
pp
LS 186(C)/LF 183(C)
LB 382(C)
LS 486(C)/LF 481(C)
Direct linear absolute
encoder EnDat LC 181
LC481
Absolute encoder with
EnDat 6FX2001-5.E.
Incremental encoder
(TTL) RS 422 (5V)
6FX2001-2...
Incremental encoder
(TTL) RS 422 (24V)
6FX2001-2...
Incremental encoder
TTL /HTL in
1PH7/1PH4/1PL6 motor
Incremental encoder HTL
Typ 1XP on 1LA motor
Motor encoder for motors
with DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
1FK/1FT/1PH/1PM/1PL6
Motors
Motor encoder
interface
for motors
with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
Motor
connection
6FX 002-2CD24-1. . 0
35 m (115 ft) with 24 V
6SX7002-0AN10-. . . 0
50 m ( 164 f t )
70 m ( 230 f t )
70 m ( 230 f t )
70 m ( 230 f t )
Control Unit
CU320
Basic Line
Module
Type
Chassis
SMC20
Active Line
Module
Active
Interface
Module
4)
5)
With right-angled connector.
Cable available from measuring system manufacturer.
www.heidenhain.de
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
6FX 002-2CH00-1 . .0
100 m (328 f t )
6FX 002-2CG00-1. .0
50 m ( 164 f t )
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 12 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:34 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Signal cables
4/13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Selection and ordering data
Signal cable Length Degree of protection
(connector)
Order No.
DRIVE-CLiQ prefabricated cables (without 24 V DC cores)
In specific lengths 0.11 m (0.4 ft)
0.16 m (0.5 ft)
0.21 m (0.7 ft)
0.26 m (0.9 ft)
0.31 m (1.1 ft)
0.36 m (1.2 ft)
0.60 m (2 ft)
0.95 m (3.1 ft)
1.20 m (4 ft)
1.45 m (4.8 ft)
2.80 m (9.2 ft)
5.00 m (16.4 ft)
IP20/IP20 6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AK00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0
6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0
6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0
6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0
6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0
By the meter 70 m max. (230 ft)
70 m max. (230 ft)
IP20/IP20
IP67/IP67
6FX2002-1DC00-1 7 70
6FX2002-1DC20-1 7 70
MOTION-CONNECT 500 DRIVE-CLiQ cables (with 24 V DC cores)
By the meter 100 m max. (328 ft)
100 m max. (328 ft)
100 m max. (328 ft)
IP20/IP20
IP20/IP67
IP67/IP67
6FX5002-2DC00-7 7 70
6FX5002-2DC10-7 7 70
6FX5002-2DC20-7 7 70
MOTION-CONNECT 800 DRIVE-CLiQ cables (with 24 V DC cores)
By the meter 50 m max. (164 ft)
50 m max. (164 ft)
50 m max. (164 ft)
IP20/IP20
IP20/IP67
IP67/IP67
6FX8002-2DC00-1 7 70
6FX8002-2DC10-1 7 70
6FX8002-2DC20-1 7 70
MOTION-CONNECT prefabricated cables
Resolver in 1FT6/1FK/1PH7 motor (for SMC10) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CF02-7 7 70
• Multi-pole 50 m max. (164 ft)
• 2-pole 130 m max. (427 ft)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/1PM/1PL6 motor (for SMC20)
100 m max. (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CA31-7 7 70
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
6FX2001-3... (for SMC20)
50 m max. (164 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CG00-1 7 70
Single/Absolute encoder with EnDat in
1FT6/1FK/1PH7/1PH4/1PL6 motor (for SMC20)
100 m max. (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2EQ10- 7 7 70
Absolute encoder with EnDat 6FX2001-5.E.
(for SMC20)
50 m max. (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CH00- 1 7 70
Incremental encoder (TTL) RS 422 (5 V)
6FX2001-2... (for SMC30)
35 m max. (115 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CD01- 1 7 70
Incremental encoder (TTL) RS 422 (24 V)
6FX2001-2... (for SMC30)
35 m max. (115 ft) IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2CD24- 1 7 70
Incremental encoder in
1PH7/1PH4/1PL6 motor (for SMC30)
IP20/IP67 6FX7002-2AH00-7 7 70
• TTL encoders 100 m max. (328 ft)
• HTL encoders 300 m max. (924 ft)
Incremental encoder HTL type 1XP
on motor 1LA (for SMC30)
• Track A, track B 100 m max. (328 ft) IP20/IP67 6SX7002-0AL00-7 7 70
• Track A, B, N and A*, B*, N* 300 m max. (924 ft) IP20/IP67 6SX7002-0AN00-7 7 70
• Track A, B, N and A*, B*, N*
with right-angled connector
300 m max. (924 ft) IP20/IP67 6SX7002-0AN10-7 7 70
• MOTION-CONNECT 500
• MOTION-CONNECT 800
Length code
5
8
. . .
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 13 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:35 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Signal cables
4/14
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Selection and ordering data (continued)
Signal cable extensions
The combinations of signal cable extensions shown are only provided by way of example
■Overview
Flange
Flanges are used to route or fix connectors, for example, in con-
trol cabinets. With the exception of right-angle plugs, a flange
can be mounted post-assembly on connectors with union nuts or
connectors with external threads.
HF (high-frequency) clamp
To permit correct "grounding" on the cable duct or cabinet wall,
a ground clamp can be ordered as an accessory together with
the flanges for large-area discharging of high-frequency interfe-
rences.
■Selection and ordering data
■Dimensional drawings
Dimensions in mm (inches)
Basic cable Extension
Type Order No.
6FX . 002-2AH00- . . . . 6FX7002-2AH04-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2CA31- . . . . 6FX7002-2CA34-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2CD01- . . . . 6FX7002-2CB54-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2CD24- . . . . 6FX7002-2CB54-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2CF02- . . . . 6FX7002-2CF04-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2CG00- . . . . 6FX7002-2CB54-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2CH00- . . . . 6FX7002-2AD04-7 7 70
6FX . 002-2EQ10- . . . . 6FX7002-2EQ14-7 7 70
• MOTION-CONNECT 500
• MOTION-CONNECT 800
Length code
5
8
. . .
Accessories for signal cables
Flange and HF clamp
Designation Order No.
Flange for all signal connectors 6FX2003-7DX00
HF clamp for all signal connectors 6FX2003-7FX00
28.3
(1.11)
27
(1.06)
2
8
.
3
(
1
.
1
1
)
M3 (4x)
G
_
N
C
0
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
2
8
7
a
28.3
(1.11)
40
(1.57)
3
5
(
1
.
3
8
)
3.2
(0.13)
2
8
.
3
(
1
.
1
1
)
Mounting holes
for flange
Dimension drawing
for flange
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 14 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:35 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Accessories for signal cables
DRIVE-CLiQ conduit/coupler
4/15
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Overview
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet conduit
The DRIVE-CLiQ cable conduit provides a high degree of pro-
tection for MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables routed
through openings in control cabinets. The DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet
conduit offers degree of protection IP67 outside the cabinet, and
IP20 inside the cabinet.
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler
The DRIVE-CLiQ coupler makes it possible to join two MOTION-
CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables with degree of protection IP67.
■Selection and ordering data
■Dimensional drawings
Dimensions in mm (inches)
Designation Order No.
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet conduit 6SL3066-2DA00-0AA0
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler 6SL3066-2DA00-0AB0
(0.16)
4
0
35
5
4
4
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
1
Cabinet opening for DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet cable conduit
(0.33)
(1.38)
8.5
(
2
.
1
3
)
(
1
.
5
7
)
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 15 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:36 13
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
Length code
4/16
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
4
■Overview
Length definition for prefabricated cables
L = Length in m (ft)
• Tolerance up to 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length: ± 2%
• Tolerance up to 10 m (32.8 ft) cable length: ± 1%
Length code for prefabricated cables and power cables with min.
cross section 4 mm
²
, sold by meter up to 100 m (328.2 ft)
6FX....-.....-
6SX....-.....-
7
7
7
7
7
7
0
0
0 m (0 ft)
100 m (328.2 ft)
200 m (656.3 ft)
300 m (984.4 ft)
1
2
3
4
0 m (0 ft)
10 m (32.8 ft)
20 m (65.6 ft)
30 m (98.4 ft)
40 m (131.3 ft)
50 m (164.1 ft)
60 m (196.9 ft)
70 m (229.7 ft)
80 m (262.5 ft)
90 m (295.3 ft)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
0 m (0 ft)
1 m (3.3 ft)
2 m (6.6 ft)
3 m (9.8 ft)
4 m (13.1 ft)
5 m (16.4 ft)
6 m (19.7 ft)
7 m (23 ft)
8 m (26.3 ft)
9 m (29.5 ft)
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Examples: 1.0 m (3.3 ft):
2.0 m (6.6 ft):
8.0 m (26.3 ft):
299.0 m (981.2 ft):
1
1
1
3
A
A
A
K
B
C
J
K
0
0
0
0
Length code for cable sold by
meter on coils or disposable drums
6FX . 008-.....- 7 7 A 0
50 m (164.1 ft)
100 m (328.2 ft)
200 m (984.4 ft)
500 m (1640.8 ft)
1
2
3
6
F
A
A
A
D21-1_en_Kap4_002_016.fm Seite 16 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 1:38 13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5/2 Selection guides
5/2 SIZER configuration tool
5/3 STARTER drive/commissioning
software
5/4 Drive ES engineering system
5/5 Planning
5/6 Dimensioning
5/6 1. Clarification of type of drive
5/6 2. Definition of boundary condi-
tions and integration into auto-
mated system
5/6 3. Definition of loading case, cal-
culation of max. load torque,
definition of motor
5/11 4. Definition of the Motor
Module
5/11 5. Repetition of steps 3 and 4 for
additional axes
5/12 6. Calculation of the required DC
link power and definition of the
SINAMICS S120 Line Module
5/13 7. Specification of the required
control performance and se-
lection of the Control Unit, defi-
nition of component cabling
5/16 8. Specification of the line-side
options (main switch, fuses,
line filters, etc.)
5/17 9. Definition of additional system
components
5/18 10. Calculation of the current re-
quirement for the 24 V DC
supply for the components and
specification of power supplies
(SITOP devices, Control
Supply Modules)
5/19 11. Specification of components
for connection system
5/19 12. Configuration of drive group
components
5/20 13. Required cable cross sections
for power supply and motor
connections
5/21 14. Mandatory minimum installa-
tion clearances
5/23 15. Control properties
5/24 Configuration example
5/24 Test stand
Configuration
Additional information
Configuration
SIZER configuration tool
5/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
■Overview
The SIZER PC tool provides an easy-to-use means of configu-
ring the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive family. It pro-
vides technical support when sizing the hardware and firmware
components required for a drive task. SIZER supports the
complete configuration of the drive system, from simple indivi-
dual drives to complex multi-axis applications.
SIZER supports all stages of the configuration in the form of a
workflow, which comprises the following stages:
• selection of the line supply
• dimensioning of the motor(s)
• calculation of the drive components
• selecting the required accessories
• selection of the line-side and motor-side power options
When SIZER was being developed, particular importance was
placed on high usability and a universal, function-based
approach to the drive task. The extensive user guidance makes
using the tool easy. Status information keeps you continually in-
formed about the progress of the configuration process.
The SIZER user interface is available in English and German.
The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the
components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical
tree structure.
The project view supports:
• the configuration of a number of drive devices
• the copying/pasting/editing of existing drives that have
already been configured
The configuration process produces the following results:
• a parts list of the components required
• technical data
• characteristics
• location diagram and dimension drawings
These results are displayed in a results tree and can be printed
out for documentation purposes.
User support is provided by the technological online help menu,
which provides the following information:
• detailed technical data
• information about the drives and their components
• decision-making criteria for the selection of components
Minimum hardware and software requirements
PG or PC with Pentium

II 400 MHz (Windows

NT/2000),
Pentium

III 500 MHz (Windows

XP)
256 MB RAM
At least 600 MB of free hard disk space
An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows
system drive
Monitor resolution 1024 × 768 pixels
Windows

NT 4.0 SP5, 2000 SP2, XP Professional SP1
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 SP2
■Selection and ordering data
Order No.
SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER
configuration tool
English/German
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0
Additional information
Configuration
STARTER drive/commissioning software
5/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
■Overview
The easy-to-use STARTER drive/commissioning software can be
used to
• start up,
• optimize and
• diagnose.
This software can be operated either as a stand-alone PC appli-
cation or can be integrated into the SCOUT engineering system
(SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling are the same in
both cases.
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, the current version of
STARTER also supports MICROMASTER 4 drives and frequency
converters for the decentralized SIMATIC ET 200S FC periphery.
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
First-time users are supported by a solution-based dialog menu,
with a standard graphics-based display maximizing clarity when
setting the drive parameters.
First commissioning is guided by wizards, which make all the
basic settings in the drive. This enables a drive to be up and
running after only setting a small number of parameters within
the drive configuration process.
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screenforms, which also display the mode of
operation.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
• terminals
• bus interface
• setpoint channel (e.g. fixed setpoints)
• speed control (e.g. ramp-function generator, limits)
• BICO interconnections
• diagnostics
Experts can gain rapid access to the individual parameters via
the Expert List and do not have to navigate dialogs.
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
• self-optimization
• trace
Diagnostics functions provide information about:
• control/status words
• parameter status
• operating conditions
• communication states
Performance
• Easy to use: only a small number of settings need to be made
for successful first commissioning: axis turning.
• Solution-based dialog-based user guidance simplifies
commissioning.
• Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for optimiza-
tion.
• The built-in trace function provides optimum support during
commissioning, optimization and troubleshooting.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
PG or PC with Pentium

II 400 MHz (Windows

NT/2000)
Pentium

III 500 MHz (Windows

XP)
256 MB RAM
Monitor resolution 1024 × 768 pixels
Windows

NT 4.0 SP6, 2000 SP3, XP Professional SP1
Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.01
For the communication between PG/PC and the Control Unit
CU320 a PROFIBUS communication module and a connection
cable are required.
E. g. PROFIBUS communication module CP 5512 (PCMCIA
card, type 2 + adapter with 9-pole SUB-D socket for connection
to PROFIBUS. For MS Windows 2000/XP Professional and
PCMCIA 32)
Order No.: 6GK1551-2AA00
and connection cable between CP 5512 and PROFIBUS
Order No.: 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
■Selection and ordering data
Order No.
STARTER commissioning tool
for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
English/German
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
Additional information
Configuration
Drive ES engineering system
5/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
■Overview
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens
drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, effi-
ciently and cost-effectively in terms of communication, configu-
ration and data management. The STEP 7 Manager user inter-
face provides the basis for this procedure.
Various software packages are available for SINAMICS S:
• Drive ES Basic
for first-time users to the world of Totally Integrated Automation
and the option for routing beyond network limits and the use
of the SIMATIC teleservice.
Drive ES Basic is the basic software program for setting the
parameters of all drives online and offline.
Drive ES Basic enables both the automation system and the
drives to be handled via the SIMATIC Manager user interface.
Drive ES Basic is the starting point for common data archiving
complete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC
teleservice to drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configura-
tion tools for the new motion control functions slave-to-slave
communication, equidistance and isochronous operation with
PROFIBUS DP.
• Drive ES SIMATIC
simple parameterization of the STEP 7 communication instead
of programming.
In order to use Drive ES SIMATIC, STEP 7 must be installed. It
features a SIMATIC function block library, making the pro-
gramming of the PROFIBUS interface in the SIMATIC-CPU for
the drives easy and secure. There is no need for separate,
time-consuming programming of the data exchange between
the SIMATIC-CPU and the drive.
All Drive ES users need to remember is:
Copy – Modify – Download – Ready.
Customized, fully-developed function blocks are copied
from the library into user-specific projects.
Frequently-used functions are set to run in program format:
- Read out complete diagnostics buffer automatically from the
drive
- Download complete parameter set automatically from the
SIMATIC CPU to the drive, e.g. in the event of a device being
replaced
- Load part parameter sets (e.g. in the event of a recipe or pro-
duct replacement) automatically from the SIMATIC-CPU
- Read back, i.e. update, complete parameterization or part
parameter sets from the drive to the SIMATIC CPU
• Drive ES PCS 7
integrates drives with the PROFIBUS interface into the
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.
Drive ES PCS 7 can only be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 version
5.0 and higher. Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block li-
brary with function blocks for the drives and the correspon-
ding faceplates for the operator station, which enables the
drives to be operated from the PCS 7 process control system.
For further information please visit us on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/drivesolutions
■Selection and ordering data
Basic
Drive ES
SIMATIC
Drive ES
G_D212_en_00070
Communication Configuration/Commissioning
Order No.
Drive ES Basic V 5.3
• Configuration software for the integration of
drives into Totally Integrated Automation
• Requirement: STEP 7 V 5.1 and higher, SP 3
• Supply format: CD-ROM
Ger., Eng., Fr., Sp., It.
with electronic documentation
Single-user license 6SW1700-5JA00-3AA0
Multi-user license, 60 pieces 6SW1700-5JA00-3AA1
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JA00-0AB2
Update service for multi-user license 6SW1700-0JA00-1AB2
Upgrade from V 5.x to V 5.3 6SW1700-5JA00-3AA4
Drive ES SIMATIC V 5.3
• Function block library for SIMATIC for the
parameterization of communication with
the drives
• Requirement: STEP 7 V 5.1 and higher, SP 3
• Supply format: CD-ROM
Ger., Eng., Fr., Sp., It.
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl. 1 x runtime license 6SW1700-5JC00-3AA0
Runtime license 6SW1700-5JC00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JC00-0AB2
Upgrade from V 5.x to V 5.3 6SW1700-5JC00-3AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V 6.0
• Function block library for PCS 7 for the
integration of drives
• Requirement: PCS 7 V 6.0 and higher
• Supply format: CD-ROM
Ger., Eng., Fr., Sp., It.
with electronic documentation
Single-user license incl. 1 x runtime license 6SW1700-6JD00-0AA0
Runtime license 6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
Update service for single-user license 6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
Upgrade from V 5.x to V 6.x 6SW1700-6JD00-0AA4
Additional information
Configuration
Planning
5/5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
■Overview
SINAMICS S120 is a modular drive system for demanding drive
tasks in OEM machinery and industrial projects. Coordinated
drives that carry out drive tasks together are used in many me-
chanical and plant engineering applications, including running
gears in gantry cranes, stretching systems in the textile industry,
paper machines or rolling mills. These require drives with a
common DC bus, which allows cost-saving energy balancing
between braking and driving axes. The central CU320 Control
Unit controls the drive for all connected axes and also esta-
blishes the technological links between the drives and/or axes.
General configuration sequence
The function description of the machine provides the basis for
the configuration. The definition of the components is based on
physical dependencies and is usually carried out as follows:
Voltage and power ranges
With chassis format units, Line Modules and Motor Modules can
be connected in parallel to obtain higher outputs (on request).
Step Description of configuration activity
1. Clarification of type of drive
2. Definition of boundary conditions and integration into automa-
ted system
3. Definition of load cycle, calculation of max. load torque,
definition of motor
4. Definition of the Motor Module
5. Repetition of steps 3 and 4 for additional axes
6. Calculation of the required DC link power and definition of the
SINAMICS S120 Line Module
7. Specification of the required control performance and selec-
tion of the Control Unit, definition of component cabling
8. Specification of the line-side options (main switch, fuses, line
filters, etc.)
9. Definition of additional system components
10. Calculation of the current requirement for the 24 V DC supply
for the components and specification of power supplies
(SITOP devices, Control Supply Modules)
11. Specification of components for connection system
12. Configuration of drive group components
13. Required cable cross-sections for power supply and motor
connections
14. Mandatory minimum installation clearances
15. Control properties
Voltage range Power range
380 V to 480 V 3 AC 1.6 kW (2HP) to
120 kW (160 HP):
booksize format
110 kW (147 HP) to
800 kW (1072 HP):
chassis format
660 V to 690 V 3 AC 75 kW (100 HP) to
1200 kW (1609 HP):
chassis format
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
■Configuration
1. Clarification of type of drive
The motor is selected on the basis of the required torque, which
is defined by the application, e.g. traveling drives, hoisting
drives, test stands, centrifuges paper and rolling mill drives,
feed drives or main spindle drives. Gear units for movement con-
version or for adapting the motor speed and motor torque to the
load conditions must also be considered.
As well as the load torque, which is determined by the applica-
tion, the following mechanical data are among those required to
calculate the torque to be provided by the motor:
• masses to be moved
• diameter of the drive wheel/diameter
• leadscrew pitch, gear ratios
• frictional resistance data
• mechanical efficiency
• traverse paths
• maximum velocity
• maximum acceleration and maximum deceleration
• cycle time
2. Definition of boundary conditions and integration into
automated system
You must decide whether synchronous or asynchronous motors
are to be used.
Synchronous motors should be selected for compact construc-
tion volume, low rotor moment of inertia and therefore maximum
dynamic response.
In this context, suitable motors would be the 1FT and 1FK which
can operate in "Servo" control mode.
Asynchronous motors can be used to increase maximum
speeds in the field weakening range. Asynchronous motors for
higher powers are also available.
In this context, suitable motors would be the 1PL, 1PH, 1LA and
1LG which can operate in "Vector" control mode.
You should also specify whether the drives are to be operated as
single-axis drives or in a group as multi-axis drives.
The following factors are of prime importance during configura-
tion:
• the type of line supply, when using specific types of motor
and/or line filters on IT systems (non-grounded systems)
• utilization of the motor according to rated values for winding
temperature 60 K or 100 K or insulation class B (coolant tem-
perature +80 K) or F (coolant temperature +105 K)
• the ambient temperatures and the installation altitude of the
motors and drive components
Other boundary conditions apply when integrating the drives
into an automation environment such as SIMATIC or SIMOTION.
For motion control and technology functions (e.g. positioning),
as well as for synchronous functions, the corresponding automa-
tion system, e.g. SIMOTION D, is used.
The drives are interfaced with the higher-level automation sys-
tem via PROFIBUS.
3. Definition of loading case, calculation of max. load torque,
definition of motor
The motor-specific limiting characteristics provide the basis for
defining the motors.
These curves describe the torque or power characteristic over
the speed and take account of the limits of the motor based on
the line voltage and function of the power supply (Basic Line
Modules, Smart Line Modules or Active Line Modules).
Limiting characteristics for asynchronous motors (example)
Limiting characteristics for synchronous motors (example)
S6-40%
S6-60%
S1
n
P
S6-25%
n
2
N
P
N
Voltage
limiting characteristic
n
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
0
Constant
torque range
Constant power range
(field weakening operation)
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
S3 - 25%
S3 - 40%
S3 - 60%
S1 - 100 K
S1 - 60 K
M0 (100 K)
(1)
(2)
T
o
r
q
u
e

i
n

N
m
Motor speed in rpm
M
max
governed by converter/motor
(1) Voltage limit curve for Smart Line Module
(governed by DC link voltage)
(2) Voltage limit curve for Active Line Module
(governed by DC link voltage)
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
4
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
The motor is defined on the basis of the loading case, which is
prescribed by the application. Different characteristics must be
used for different loading cases. The following operating
scenarios have been defined:
• duty cycles with constant ON period
• duty cycles with varying ON period
• free duty cycle
The aim is to identify characteristic torque and speed operating
points, on the basis of which the motor can be defined as
appropriate for each loading case.
Once the operating scenario has been defined and specified,
the maximum motor torque is calculated. In general, this takes
place during the acceleration phase. The load torque and the
torque required to accelerate the motor are added together.
The maximum motor torque is then verified with the limiting
characteristics of the motors.
The following applies to 1PL and 1PH asynchronous motors:
Maximum motor torque = 2 × rated torque.
The following criteria must be taken into account when defining
the motor:
• The dynamic limits must be observed, i.e. all speed-torque
points of the load must lie below the relevant limiting
characteristic.
• The thermal limits must be observed, i.e. for synchronous
motors, the rms motor torque at the average motor speed re-
sulting from the duty cycle must lie below the S1 characteristic
(continuous duty). On asynchronous motors, the rms value of
the motor current within a duty cycle must be less than the
rated motor current.
• It should be noted that the maximum permissible motor torque
on synchronous motors at higher speeds is reduced as a
result of the voltage limiting characteristic. In addition, a
clearance of 10% from the voltage limiting characteristic
should be observed to safeguard against voltage fluctuations.
• When using asynchronous motors, the permissible motor
torque in the field weakening range is restricted by the voltage
limiting characteristic (stability limit). A clearance of 30%
should be observed.
• When using an absolute encoder, the rated torque of the motor
is reduced by 10% due to the thermal limits of the encoder.
Duty cycles with constant ON period
Duty cycles with constant ON period place specific require-
ments on the torque characteristic as a function of the speed,
e.g. M = constant, M ~ n
2
, M ~ n or P = constant.
These drives typically work at a stationary operating point. Base
load dimensioning is applied. The base load torque must lie
below the S1 characteristic.
In the event of transient overloads (e.g. when accelerating) an
overload has to be taken into consideration. The peak torque
must lie below the voltage limiting characteristic on synchronous
motors or below the stability limit on asynchronous motors.
In summary, the dimensioning is as follows:
Selection of motors for duty cycles with constant ON period (example)
Duty cycles with varying ON period
As well as continuous duty (S1), standardized periodic duty
types (S3) are also defined for duty cycles with varying ON pe-
riods. S3 duty is operation which comprises a sequence of simi-
lar cycles, each of which comprises a time with constant load
and a break.
S1 duty (continuous operation)
S3 duty (periodic duty without affecting the start-up procedure)
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
S1 M0 (100 K)
(1)
(2)
T
o
r
q
u
e
i
n

N
m
Motor speed in rpm
M = const. (basic load)
M = const. (overload)
M
max
governed by converter/motor
(1) Voltage limit curve for Smart Line Module
(governed by DC link voltage)
(2) Voltage limit curve for Active Line Module
(governed by DC link voltage)
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
0
5
P
v
P
t
t
t
G_D212_xx_00008
max
P
v
max
P
t
t
t
t
L
t
B
G_D212_xx_00009
t
L
t
B
t
r
t
B
=
+
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Fixed variables are usually used for the relative ON period:
• S3 – 60%
• S3 – 40%
• S3 – 25%
Corresponding motor characteristics are provided for these
specifications. The load torque must lie below the correspon-
ding thermal limiting characteristic of the motor. Overload di-
mensioning is taken into account for duty cycles with varying ON
periods.
Free duty cycle
A duty cycle defines the progress of the motor speed and torque
over time.
A load torque is set for each time period. In addition to the load
torque, the average load moment of inertia and motor moment of
inertia must be taken into account for acceleration. A friction
torque, which works in opposition to the direction of movement,
may be required.
The gear ratio and gear efficiency must be taken into account
when calculating the load and/or acceleration torque to be pro-
vided by the motor. A higher gear ratio increases positioning
accuracy in terms of encoder resolution. At the given motor en-
coder resolution, as the gear ratio increases, so should the
resolution of the machine position to be detected.
For more information about the importance of gear units, see the
motor descriptions.
The effective torque M
eff
must lie below the S1 characteristic.
The maximum torque M
max
is reached during the acceleration
process and must lie below the voltage limiting characteristic on
synchronous motors and below the stability limit on asynchro-
nous motors.
Motor selection
Variation means that it is now possible to locate a motor that
exactly matches operating conditions.
In a second step, a check is made as to whether the thermal li-
mits are maintained. For this purpose, the motor current at base
load must be calculated. For configuration based on duty cycle
with constant ON period with overload, the overload current
based on the required overload torque must be calculated. The
calculation rules for this purpose depend on the type of motor
used (synchronous motor, asynchronous motor) and the opera-
ting scenario (duty cycles with constant ON period, duty cycles
with varying ON period, free duty cycle).
Finally, the other characteristics of the motor must be defined.
This is done by configuring the motor options (see motor
description).
Drives with quadratic load torque
Drives with a quadratic load torque (M~n
2
), such as drives for
pumps and ventilators, require the full torque at the rated speed.
Increased starting torques or high load surges do not usually
occur. It is therefore unnecessary to provide a higher overload
capability for the Motor Module.
The following applies to selection of a suitable Motor Module for
drives with a quadratic load torque: The rated current of the
Motor Module must be at least as large as the motor current at
full torque in the required load point.
When using standard 1LG and 1LA motors, these motors can
also be loaded with the full rated power even in converter mode.
They are then utilized to full advantage according to temperature
class F. However, if the motors may only be used to full advan-
tage according to temperature class B, the power for the motors
must be reduced by 10%.
Selection of suitable motors and Motor Modules for a specific
application is supported by the SIZER configuration tool.
Typical response of the permissible torque with self-cooled motors (e.g.
1LG/1LA) with a rated frequency of 50 Hz
t1 T ti-1 ti
t
t
M
n Speed
Torque
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
0
n
%
100
90
80
70
60
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 f
Hz
M /M
Constant flux
range
Field weakening
range
With forced ventilation
Utilization according to
temperature class F
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
4
b
Utilization according to
temperature class B
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Drives with constant load torque
The 1LG and 1LA self-cooled motors cannot provide their full ra-
ted torques throughout the complete speed range in continuous
operation. The continuous permissible torque decreases as the
speed decreases because of the reduced cooling effect (see
diagram).
Depending on the speed range, the torque - and thus the power
- must be reduced for the self-cooled motors.
In the case of 1PL, 1PH and 1PQ forced-ventilated motors, no
derating or only relatively minor derating (depending on their
speed range) is required.
In the case of frequencies above the rated frequency f
n
, the
motors are operated in the field weakening range. The usable
torque is reduced in this case by approx. f
n
/f, and the power
remains constant. Especially in the control modes with V/f cha-
racteristic, a sufficient interval of ≥ 30% from the breakdown
torque must be observed, which is reduced by (f
n
/f)
2
.
The basic load current of the Motor Module should be selected
at least as large as the motor current at full torque in the required
load point.
Selection of suitable motors and Motor Modules for a specific
application is supported by the SIZER configuration tool.
Rated current – permissible and non-permissible motor/
converter combinations
• Motor rated current higher than rated output current of the
Motor Module:
In cases where a motor with a higher rated current than the ra-
ted output current of the Motor Module is to be connected, the
motor will only be able to operate under partial load.The follo-
wing limit applies:
The short-time current (=1.5 × base load current I
H
) should be
higher or equal to the rated current of the connected motor.
Adhering to this dimensioning rule is important because the
low leakage inductance of large motors causes current peaks
which may result in drive system shutdown or in continuous
output limiting by the internal protective electronic circuitry.
• Motor rated current significantly lower than rated output
current of the Motor Module:
With the sensorless vector control system used, the motor ra-
ted current must equal at least ¼ of the rated output current of
the Motor Module. With smaller motor currents, operation
using the V/f control mode is possible.
Motors
1LA and 1LG standard motors are recommended for applica-
tions with no special mechanical requirements.
With regard to the voltage stress, the standard insulation of the
motors is designed such that operation on the converter is
possible without limitation at voltages U ≤ 500 V.
For detailed data about motor types 1LG4/1LG6 and 1LA8,
please refer to Catalog M 11.
Self-cooled motors with IP55 degree of protection (1LG4/1LG6
and 1LA8)
1LG4/1LG6 motors
1LA8 motors
The 1LG4/1LG6 and 1LA8 motors are self-cooled motors with
IP55 degree of protection.
Both the internal and external fans (which are fitted in each mo-
tor) have a fixed connection to the shaft.
The cooling effect is therefore directly dependent on the motor
speed.
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
The full capability of the SINAMICS S120 Vector Control can be
utilized when the drive system is combined with motors of type
1PH7 and 1PL6. The Control Unit evaluates the electronic rating
plate via the DRIVE-CLiQ interface as well as the motor-integra-
ted encoder signals. This means that motor and encoder data
do not need to be parameterized when the system is started up
or serviced. 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors are recommended for the
following application requirements:
• Large speed range with high maximum speeds
• Limited installation conditions
1PH7/1PL6 motors with the same rated power are on average 1
to 2 shaft heights smaller than comparable standard asynchro-
nous motors.
Supply voltages > 500 V for 1LA/1LG motors
The standard insulation of the 1LA and 1LG motors is designed
such that operation without limitation is only possible on the
Motor Module at supply voltages of 500 V +10%. With higher
voltages, a higher insulation resistance of the motors is required.
1LA8, 1PQ8, 1LG6, 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors with shaft height 280
are also available with a higher winding insulation resistance for
operation on the Motor Module with voltages up to 690 V, and do
not require a filter.
With the reinforced insulation system, there is less slot space for
the same number of winding turns as compared to normal insu-
lation; this means that the rated output of these motors is slightly
lower.
For higher torque requirements, self-cooled motors 1LA4 or
forced-ventilated motors 1PQ4 (IP55 degree of protection) from
the H-compact II series are available for the higher power range.
Motor protection
A motor protection function can be implemented using the I
2
t
detection present in the Motor Module software.
If required, more precise motor protection can be afforded by
direct temperature measurement using KTY84-sensors or
PTC-thermistors in the motor winding.
When using the KTY84-sensor, the motor option A23 must be
specified when ordering the 1LA8 and 1LG4/1LG6 motors. With
1PH7 and 1PL6 motors, the sensors are fitted as standard.
If PTC thermistors are required, the motor option A11 or A12
must be specified when ordering the 1LG4/1LG6 motors. With
1LA8/1PQ8 motors, the sensors are fitted as standard.
The KTY84-sensor can be connected to the Motor Module for
evaluation.
Bearing currents
In order to apply currents to the motor which are sinusoidal as far
as possible (smooth running, oscillation torques, stray losses), a
high clock frequency is required for the output voltage. The
steep voltage pulses generated at this frequency cause
charge/discharge currents in the motor winding capacitance,
which in turn generate circular magnetic flux in the motor. This
physical effect is particularly evident with larger motors. As a re-
sult, the circuit can close via the two motor bearings, resulting in
dangerous bearing currents. To eliminate the risk of these so-
called circular currents, it is recommendable with the converter-
fed motors to insulate the bearings on the ND end of the motor.
The insulated bearing is standard for all 1LA8 motors which are
identified for converter operation.
With the 1LG4/1LG6 motors of size 280 and above, an insulated
bearing is available on the ND end as an option (Order code
L27). With the 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors of size 180 and above, an
insulated bearing is available on the ND end as an option (Order
code L27).
Grounding deficiencies can cause so-called rotor ground
currents to flow from the motor shaft to the connected load. To
prevent this type of bearing current, it is essential to ground
the motor casing effectively, e.g. by means of a shielded motor
cable. The motor casing and housing of the Motor Module must
be coupled with the lowest possible resistance for the high-
frequency charge/discharge currents.
For this purpose, it is advisable to use a symmetrical, shielded
three-core motor cable in which the PE conductor is arranged
symmetrically around the conductors.
Motor reactors are also a suitable means of reducing the types
of bearing current described above.
Operation of motors with type of protection "d"
Siemens 1MJ asynchronous motors can be connected as explo-
sion-proof motors with "flameproof enclosure" EEx de IIC both to
the power supply and the Motor Module.
In accordance with the test directives, the 1MJ motors must be
equipped with PTC thermistors.
If 1MJ motors are connected to Motor Modules, their maximum
permissible torque must be reduced, as for the 1LA motors of
the same power, and according to the load characteristic, when
utilized according to temperature class B.
1MJ motors have a terminal box with "increased safety" EEx e II
as standard.
For detailed information about motors, please refer to Catalog
M 11.
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/11
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
4. Definition of the Motor Module
The Motor Module is assigned initially on the basis of standstill
current I
0 100 K
(rated current for winding temperature 100 K) for
synchronous motors and the rated current I
rated
for asynchro-
nous motors, and is listed in the motor description. Dynamic
overloads, e.g. during acceleration, must be taken into account
by duty cycles and may demand a more powerful Motor Module.
In this context, it is also important to remember that the output
current of the Motor Module decreases as a function of installa-
tion altitude, ambient temperature and pulse frequency setting
(see component description).
For an optimum configuration, the rms motor current calculated
from the duty cycle is mapped on the motor module. The
following must apply:
I
rated, Motor Module
≥ I
load
An increased output current may be discharged by the motor
modules for a specific period of time. In the event of an overload
configuration, the following must apply:
I
rated, Motor Module
× overload factor < I
overload
Overload factor = Ratio I
max
/I
rated
, taking into account the
switching cycles (see component descriptions).
The precise calculation is supported by SIZER.
Using pulse width modulation, the Motor Modules generate an
AC voltage to feed the connected motor from the DC voltage of
the DC link. The magnitude of the DC link voltage is determined
by the Line Module used and thus the maximum possible output
voltage (see component description). The speed and loading of
the connected motor defines the required motor voltage. The
maximum possible output voltage must be ≥ the required motor
voltage, it may be necessary to select a motor with a different
winding.
It is not possible to utilize all modes of pulse width modulation
when a sinusoidal filter is connected. The output voltage (rms
value) with sinusoidal filter is reduced to approximately 0.64 x
DC link voltage.
Capacitive leakage currents are generated in clocked operation
and these limit the permissible length of the motor cable. The
maximum motor cable length is specified for each Motor Module
in the component description. Where a long motor cable is re-
quired, a higher rating of Motor Module must be selected or the
permissible continuous output current I
continuous
must be re-
duced in relation to the rated output current I
n
. The configuring
data for booksize format Motor Modules are given in the follo-
wing table:
5. Repetition of steps 3 and 4 for additional axes
The motors and motor modules must be calculated for all axes.
Motor Module Length of motor cable (shielded)
Rated output current I
n
> 50 m (164 ft) to 100 m (328 ft) > 100 m (328 ft) to 150 m (492 ft) > 150 m (492 ft) to 200 m (656 ft) > 200 m (656 ft)
3 A/5 A Use Motor Module 9 A Use Motor Module 9 A not permissible not permissible
9 A Use Motor Module 18 A Use Motor Module 18 A not permissible not permissible
18 A Use Motor Module 30 A or
I
max
≤ 1.5 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.95 × I
n
Use Motor Module 30 A not permissible not permissible
30 A permissible I
max
≤ 1.35 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.9 × I
n
I
max
≤ 1.1 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.85 × I
n
not permissible
45 A/60 A permissible I
max
≤ 1.75 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.9 × I
n
I
max
≤ 1.5 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.85 × I
n
not permissible
85 A/132 A permissible I
max
≤ 1.35 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.95 × I
n
I
max
≤ 1.1 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.9 × I
n
not permissible
200 A permissible I
max
≤ 1.25 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.95 × I
n
I
max
≤ 1.1 × I
n
I
continuous
≤ 0.9 × I
n
not permissible
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/12
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
6. Calculation of the required DC link power and definition of
the SINAMICS S120 Line Module
In multi-axis drive applications, a number of Motor Modules are
operated on a common DC link, which is supplied with power by
a Line Module.
You must now define whether a Basic Line Module, Smart Line
Module or an Active Line Module is to be used. This depends,
on the one hand, on the available power ranges of the Line
Module and, on the other, whether the line feed/feedback can be
unregulated and therefore independent of the line voltage
(Smart Line Module) or must be regulated (Active Line Module)
to a constant DC link voltage.
The chassis format units are available in the 380 V to 480 V vol-
tage range but also include devices in the 660 V to 690 V range.
Basic Line Modules are designed for infeed operation only.
Active Line Modules have regulated infeeds which feature a
step-up function. This means that the DC link voltage is defined
by a factor of 1.5 x line voltage in the default setting.
The DC link voltage V
d
of the Basic Line Modules and Smart Line
Modules is load-neutral. Under no-load conditions, the DC link is
charged to the line voltage crest value V
L
, i.e. V
d
= √ 2 × V
L
Under load conditions, the DC link voltage reaches the average
value of the rectified line voltage applied to the terminals. This
average value is determined by the line voltage x factor 1.35.
Owing to the voltage drop across the line reactor and in the line
cable, the DC link voltage under full load conditions is slightly
lower than the theoretical value. In practice, the range of the DC
link voltage V
d
is as follows:
1.41 × V
L
> V
d
> 1.32 × V
L
(no load → full load)
The powers required for each axis are taken into account when
defining the Line Module.
In order to calculate the required DC link power and select the
correct Line Module, it is important to analyse the entire opera-
ting sequence of the drive group connected to the DC link. Fac-
tors such as partial load, redundancies, duty cycles, coinci-
dence factors and the operating mode (motor/generator mode)
must be taken into account.
The rated infeed power of the Line Module refers to a line voltage
of 380 V, 400 V or 690 V (690 V applies only to chassis format
Line Modules). Fluctuations in line voltage can affect the output
power of the Line Modules. However, the maximum possible out-
put corresponds to the rated power of the relevant type size.
Depending on the ambient conditions (installation altitude, am-
bient temperature), the rated incoming power supply of the line
modules may need to be reduced (see component description).
The coincidence factor takes into account the temporal charac-
teristic of the torque for each individual axis.
These classes can be used as a basis for dimensioning the Line
Module in accordance with the following procedure:
Required DC link power determined for each
axis (taking into account the speed ratio,
if required)
Axes categorized
according to output class
Simultaneity factor used for each output
class and the required DC link power
determined for each output class
Total required DC link power determined
Selection of Line Module taking into account
the supply voltage and ambient conditions
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
2
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
The following factors must also be taken into account when di-
mensioning the DC link:
7 Braking operation
As device losses are important in motor-driven operation, the di-
mensioning for motor-driven operation is also relevant for rege-
neration. Regarding the braking operation of the motors, check
that the energy fed back into the DC link does not exceed the
permissible peak load capability of the Line Module.
In the event of greater energy regeneration ratings and to control
the "line failure" operating scenario, a Braking Module must be
provided or the Smart or Active Line Module must be overdimen-
sioned or the energy regeneration reduced by longer braking
times.
For the configuration of the "EMERGENCY STOP" operating sce-
nario, the Line Module must either be overdimensioned or an
additional Braking Module must be used, in order that the DC
link energy can be dissipated as quickly as possible.
7 Checking DC link capacitance
During power-up, the line modules limit the load current for the
DC link capacitors. Due to the limits imposed by the precharging
circuit, it is essential to observe the maximum permissible DC
link capacitance values for the drive group specified in the tech-
nical data.
7 DC link precharging frequency
The precharging frequency of the DC link via a booksize format
Line Module is calculated using the following formula:
For chassis format Line Modules, the maximum permissible DC
link precharing interval is 3 minutes.
7 Special considerations for operation on Basic or Smart
Line Module
Basic Line Modules and Smart Line Modules provide a lower DC
link voltage than Active Line Modules. This results in the follo-
wing supplementary conditions:
• When operating asynchronous motors, a lower maximum mo-
tor power is available at high speeds at the same line voltage.
• On synchronous motors, a reduction in the dynamic drive cha-
racteristics must be calculated at high speeds.
• On synchronous motors, when overload is required, the rated
motor speed is not utilized to as great an extent.
7. Specification of the required control performance and
selection of the Control Unit, definition of component
cabling
The CU320 Control Unit has been designed to control multiple
drives. It provides the control functions for the drives (Motor
Modules, Line Module) and system components. The load on
the Control Unit will vary depending on the number of and re-
quired control mode for the individual drives.
The SIZER configuration tool calculates the utilization of the
CU320 Control Unit capacity for a configured drive system,
taking into account the dependencies specified above. Perfor-
mance expansion 1 will be required for capacity utilization of
55% or higher.
Depending on the format and number of Motor Modules used,
the following Motor Module combinations can be operated on a
CU320 Control Unit:
Number of precharges
within 8 min DC-link capacitance of configured
drive line-up in µF
Max. permissible DC link capacitance
infeed module in µF
=
D21-1_en_Kap5_002_026.fm Seite 13 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 3:57 15
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/14
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Booksize format Current
control clock
cycle
Adjustable pulse frequencies Performance extension 1
required
without current
derating (default)
with current derating
µs kHz kHz kHz kHz
Active line Module 250 8 – – –
1 × Vector Control 250 4 8 12 16 No
2 × Vector Control 250 4 8 12 16 Yes
3 × Vector Control 400 2.5 5 7.5 10 Yes
4 × Vector Control 400 2.5 5 7.5 10 Yes
1 × V/f Control 250 4 8 12 16 No
2 × V/f Control 250 4 8 12 16 No
3 × V/f Control 250 4 8 12 16 Yes
4 × V/f Control 250 4 8 12 16 Yes
5 × V/f Control 400 2.5 5 7.5 10 Yes
6 × V/f Control 400 2.5 5 7.5 10 Yes
Chassis format Current
control clock
cycle
Adjustable pulse frequencies Performance extension 1
required
Types F, G
510 V to 720 V DC,
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
without current
derating (default)
with current derating
µs kHz kHz kHz kHz
Active line Module 250 4 – – –
1 × Vector Control 250 2 4 6 8 No
2 × Vector Control 250 2 4 6 8 Yes
3 × Vector Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
4 × Vector Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
1 × V/f Control 250 2 4 6 8 No
2 × V/f Control 250 2 4 6 8 No
3 × V/f Control 250 2 4 6 8 Yes
4 × V/f Control 250 2 4 6 8 Yes
5 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
6 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
Chassis format Current
control clock
cycle
Adjustable pulse frequencies Performance extension 1
required
Types H, J
510 V to 720 V DC,
380 V to 480 V 3 AC
Types F, G, H, J
890 V to 1035 V DC,
660 V to 690 V 3 AC
without current
derating (default)
with current derating
µs kHz kHz kHz kHz
Active Line Module,
types F, G
250 4 – – –
Active Line Module,
types H, J
400 2.5 – – –
1 × Vector Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – No
2 × Vector Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – No
3 × Vector Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
4 × Vector Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
1 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – No
2 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – No
3 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – No
4 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
5 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
6 × V/f Control 400 1.25 2.5 5 – Yes
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/15
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Component cabling with DRIVE-CLiQ
The components communicate with one another via the stan-
dard DRIVE-CLiQ interface. This interface connects a Control
Unit with the power components, encoders and other system
components, e.g. Terminal Modules. Setpoints and actual va-
lues, control commands, status messages, and rating plate data
for the components are transferred via DRIVE-CLiQ.
The following rules apply to the wiring of components with
DRIVE-CLiQ:
• A maximum of 16 nodes can be connected to a DRIVE-CLiQ
socket on the CU320 Control Unit.
• Up to eight nodes can be connected in a line. A line is always
seen from the perspective of the Control Unit.
• Maximum 6 Motor Modules in a line.
• Ring wiring is not permitted.
• Components must not be double-wired.
In addition, the motor encoder should be connected to the asso-
ciated Motor Module.
Wiring DRIVE-CLiQ components
The following examples illustrate the flexibility of the DRIVE-CLiQ
wiring.
Example of a line topology for standard solutions
Example of a tree topology for high-performance solutions, e.g. high-
dynamic axes in direct motion control group, selective access to indivi-
dual axes/axis groupings for maintenance operation, etc.
Only one current controller clock cycle can be set for modules
connected via DRIVE-CLiQ. For this reason, only combinations
of modules with the same current controller clock cycle (see
table "Clock cycles") can be operated on a DRIVE-CLiQ connec-
tion. To simplify the configuration process, it is advisable to sup-
ply the Line Module and Motor Modules via separate
DRIVE-CLiQ connections.
Preferred wiring of DRIVE-CLiQ connections illustrated by example of
booksize format
Active Line Module: Current controller clock cycle 250 µs.
Motor Modules: 4 × Vector Control = current controller clock cycle 400 µs
Wiring illustrated by example of chassis format with different current
controller clock cycles
The power components are supplied with the required
DRIVE-CLiQ connecting cable for connection to the adjacent
DRIVE-CLiQ node in the axis grouping (line topology). Prefabri-
cated DRIVE-CLiQ cables in various lengths up to 100 m (328 ft)
are available for connecting motor encoders, direct measuring
encoders, Terminal Modules, etc.
The DRIVE-CLiQ cable connections inside the control cabinet
must not exceed 70 m (230 ft) in length, e.g. connection bet-
ween the CU320 and the first Motor Module or between Motor
Modules. The maximum permissible length of DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT cables to external components is 100 m
(328 ft).
For information about selecting DRIVE-CLiQ connecting cables,
see para. 11.
CU320
12
X 103
X 102
X 101
X 100
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16 14 8
9 15
10 13
11
No ring wiring
No double wiring
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
3
TM31 TM31 SMC
CU320
SMC
External
measuring
system
Motor with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
G_D212_EN_00014a
Line
Module
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
TM31 TM31
SMC
CU320
SMC
External
measuring system
Motor with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
G_D212_EN_00015a
Line
Module
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
Control
Unit
M
3~
M
3~
M
3~
M
3~
Active
Line
Module
Single
Motor
Module
Single
Motor
Module
Double
Motor
Module CU320
Sensor
Module
Sensor
Module
Sensor
Module
X202 X202 X202 X202 X203
X201 X201 X201 X201
X200 X200 X200 X200 X100
X101
X102
X103
X500 X500 X500 X500 Sensor
Module
Infeed Drive 1 Drive 2 Drive 3 Drive 4
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
9
Active
Line
Module
Single
Motor
Module CU320
X402 X402
X401 X401
X400 X400 X100
X101
X102
X103
Single
Motor
Module
X402
X401
X400
Control
Unit
Voltage
Sensing
Module
M
3~
M
3~
Sensor
Module
X500 X500
Sensor
Module
Infeed Drive 1 Drive 2
Type Chassis F, G
Current controller
clock cycle = 250 µs
Type Chassis H, J
Current controller
clock cycle = 400 µs
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
0
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/16
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
8. Specification of the line-side options
(main switch, fuses, line filters, etc.)
The following line-side options are recommended for the drive
configuration:
The main switch may take various formats:
• main and EMERGENCY STOP switch + fuse switch discon-
nector (with leading signal via auxiliary contact for trip mode)
• load interruptor with fuses
• circuit-breaker
To protect the units against line-side overvoltages, it is advisable
to install overvoltage protection directly at the infeed point (up-
circuit of main switch). For examples of suitable surge voltage
arresters, go to
http://www.raycap.com
Block diagram of an Active Infeed comprising an Active Interface Module
and an Active Line Module
Depending on the performance required, a fuse switch dis-
connector combined with a contactor or a circuit-breaker can be
provided as the main switch.
A line contactor can be used, for example, if the drive has to be
disconnected from the line supply in the event of a fault or for re-
mote tripping. Follow the instructions in the SINAMICS S120
Planning Guides to lock the line contactor in the context of safety
functions.
A line filter should be used on TN (grounded) systems to reduce
line reactions.
PE
U1 / L1
U1 / L2
U1 / L3
Line Module
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
7
Line fuses Main switch
Line
contactor
Line filter
Line reactor
PE
L1
L2
L3
Active
Line
Module
Active
Interface
Module
Line fuses
Main switch
Main contactor
Precharging contactor
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
1
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/17
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
9. Definition of additional system components
Sensor Modules
Signal conditioning for the various encoders (incremental enco-
der sin/cos 1 V
pp
, absolute encoder, resolver) takes place remo-
tely, i.e. in the vicinity of the encoder, with customized Sensor
Modules. Depending on the measurement system, SMC10,
SMC20 or SMC30 Sensor Modules will be used. The Sensor
Modules are designed to be mounted on DIN rails. They are also
used for the signal conditioning of external (machine) encoders.
On some types of motor, encoder evaluation is integrated as
standard in the motors. These motors are wired directly with
DRIVE-CLiQ (in addition to the power connection). Conventional
signal conditioning is no longer required; neither does the
Sensor Module have to be assembled.
Expansion modules
Even the standard version of the CU320 Control Unit features
interfaces and terminals for communication. SINAMICS S120
offers the following expansion modules:
• TB30 Terminal Board (terminal expansion for plugging into the
option slot on the CU320 Control Unit)
• TM31 Terminal Module (terminal expansion for connection via
DRIVE-CLiQ)
The following criteria must be taken into account if you are using
the expansion modules:
• Only one option board can be plugged into the option slot on
the CU320 Control Unit.
• A maximum of 8 Terminal Modules may be operated in a drive
group.
Braking Module
Braking units are used when
• regenerative energy occurs occasionally and briefly, for
example when stopping the motor (emergency stop) and the
drive has no regenerative feedback capability
• the drive features regenerative feedback units, but cannot re-
turn the energy fast enough to the supply on an "EMERGENCY
STOP"
• the motor modules need to dissipate power after a power
failure
The braking units comprise a Braking Module and a load resis-
tor, which must be attached externally.
A number of Braking Modules can be connected in parallel to in-
crease the braking power.
To operate booksize format Braking Modules, a minimum capa-
citance is required in the DC link. This capacitance is deter-
mined by the braking resistor used.
Braking resistor 0.3 kW/25 kW → DC link capacitance 220 µF
Braking resistor 1.5 kW/100 kW → DC link capacitance 330 µF
The capacitance of the booksize format Braking Module of
110 µF is included in the total capacitance value.
When booksize format Braking Modules are connected in pa-
rallel, the minimum capacitance specified above must be avai-
lable for each Braking Module.
Note: Only booksize format modules that are directly connected
to each other via the DC link busbar can be included in the total
capacitance.
If the DC link capacitance is not sufficient for the operation of a
number of Braking Modules, Capacitor Modules can be used to
increase the DC link capacitance. The max. permissible DC link
capacitance of a drive group on a Line Module must be taken
into account. The max. DC link capacitances to be taken into
account for precharging current limiting on the Line Modules are
listed in the technical data for the Line Modules.
The braking resistor discharges the excess energy from the DC
link:
Duty cycle for braking resistors
Braking Modules with a braking power of 25 kW (for type FX) and
50 kW (for types GX, HX and JX) are available with matching bra-
king resistors for chassis format units. Braking units can be con-
nected in parallel to obtain higher braking powers. In this case,
the units can be installed at the Active Line Module end or Motor
Module end.
The Braking Module can be monitored via a specially integrated
electronics interface (X21). This can be linked into the Motor
Module control system.
The braking resistor housing contains a thermocontact for resis-
tor monitoring which can be integrated in the warning or trip
circuit of the Motor Module.
Size Rated power
PDB power
Peak power P15 Max. possible mounting
locations for Braking
Module
FX 25 kW 125 kW 1
GX 50 kW 250 kW 1
HX 50 kW 250 kW 2
JX 50 kW 250 kW 3
P (kW)
P
max
0 kW
T
A A
0 kW
t (s)
Period of braking duty cycle in s
Load duration in s
Continuous power of braking resistor in kW
Peak power of braking resistor in kW
t
A
P
rated
P
max
G_D212_EN_00018
P
rated
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/18
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Calculation of braking unit and braking resistor require-
ments
• For periodic duty cycles with a cycle duration of ≤ 90 s, the
average value of the braking power must be defined within
this duty cycle. The relevant cycle duration must be applied as
the time base.
• For periodic duty cycles with a cycle duration of ≥ 90 s or for
sporadic braking operations, a time interval of 90 s in which
the highest average value occurs must be selected. The 90 s
period must be applied as the time base.
Apart from the average braking power, the required peak bra-
king power must also be taken into account when braking units
are selected (Braking Module and braking resistor).
Basic data
Load diagram
Booksize format Capacitor Module
The Capacitor Module is used to increase the DC link capaci-
tance to bridge momentary power losses. If the DC link capaci-
tance is not sufficient for the use of one or a number of Braking
Modules, each Capacitor Module used can increase this by
4mF.
Booksize format Control Supply Module
The Control Supply Module provides a 24 V DC power supply via
the line or DC link, in order to maintain the electronics power
supply for the components in the event of a line failure. This
makes it possible, for example, to make emergency retraction
movements in the event of the failure of the line supply.
10. Calculation of the current requirement for the 24 V DC
supply for the components and specification of power
supplies (SITOP devices, Control Supply Modules)
Line Modules, Motor Modules, Option Modules and other system
components must be provided with a 24 V DC voltage via an
electronics power supply made available externally or with
Control Supply Modules. Line Modules and Motor Modules have
integrated 24 V DC busbars for the 24 V DC voltage, and other
components have connection terminals.
SITOP devices, which are available as a modular solution, are
provided as the external 24 V DC electronics power supply.
The calculation is made using the following formula:
The other system components (e.g. line contactor) must also be
taken into account.
The power consumption of individual components can be found
in the relevant technical data.
Limit values for the configuration:
• The current-carrying capacity of the integrated 24 V DC
busbar (features only in booksize format) is max. 20 A.
• In the event of higher current requirements, a number of 24 V
DC power supplies must be provided in one drive group. The
other infeeds are implemented by means of 24 V terminal
adapters (booksize format only).
• Cable cross sections of up to 2.5 mm² may be connected to
the Control Unit, Terminal Boards, Terminal Modules and
Sensor Modules.
• Cable cross sections of up to 6 mm² may be connected to the
24 V terminal adapters (booksize format only) for the Line
Modules and Motor Modules.
• The external 24 V DC power supply should only be used for
the SINAMICS components and the direct loads.
Line
voltage
Power range
Motor
Modules
Braking
Module
Conti-
nuous
power
P
DB
Braking
Module
Power
P
40
Braking
Module
Power
P
20
Braking
Module
Peak
power
P
15
380 V to
480 V
110 kW to
132 kW
25 kW 50 kW 100 kW 125 kW
160 kW to
800 kW
50 kW 100 kW 200 kW 250 kW
660 V to
690 V
75 kW to
132 kW
25 kW 50 kW 100 kW 125 kW
160 kW to
1200 kW
50 kW 100 kW 200 kW 250 kW
t
= Permanent braking power
= 5 x = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s
= 4 x = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s
= 2 x = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s
1.00
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
G
_
D
0
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
3
5
0.75
0.50
0.25
s
1.50
1.25
20
P/P
15
P
20
P
40
P
DB
P
DB
P
15
P
20
P
40
P
DB
P
15
DB
P
DB
P
Σ [CU320 + TB30 + CBC10 + Line Module +
Σ (Motor Modules + SMCxx + motor braking signal)]
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/19
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
11. Specification of components for connection system
To complete the drive system, components such as motors and
encoders must be connected to it via cables.
On motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface, the 24 V DC power supply
is provided via the DRIVE-CLiQ cables. On all other Sensor
Modules, a separate 24 V DC power supply must be provided.
Drive system connection system
DRIVE-CLiQ cables are available in various designs and lengths
(see connection system).
The required bending radii apply particularly to short cables. In
addition to the distance between the two DRIVE-CLiQ sockets to
be connected by the cable, a cable length of at least 60 mm
(2.36 in) must be allowed for the bending radii.
Unused DRIVE-CLiQ sockets can be protected with a blanking
plug. Suitable blanking plugs are available, e.g. from YAMAICHI,
order no.: Y-ConAS-13,
http://www.yamaichi.com
12. Configuration of drive group components
A SINAMICS S drive group comprises a Line Module, Motor
Modules, DC link components, a Control Unit, and the optional
expansion modules.
The following criteria must be taken into account when a drive
group of booksize format units is configured:
• The Line Module must always be located on the left as the first
module.
• Only one Line Module is permitted in each drive group.
• A number of drive groups must be configured for power
supplies which cannot be provided by the highest rating.
• The Motor Modules must be located next to the Line Module
in descending rated current order from left to right (highest
rated current on the left, lowest rated current on the right). Due
to the increased currents, Motor Modules with 300 mm (11.81
in) width housings have DC link busbars with increased cross
section. Within the drive group, it must be ensured that the DC
link busbars meet the current-carrying capacity requirements
for the connected Motor Modules.
• DC link adapters can be used for surface mounting a number
of components.
• The drive groups should be configured so that the total length
of all power cables for the motor cables and the line cable in
each individual group, which should preferably be shielded, is
≤ 350 m (1149 ft).
Additional criteria for the use of the Braking Module:
• The Braking Module is usually located on the right, next to the
smallest Motor Module. This is particularly important in cases
in which the drive group comprises a number of very similar
Motor Modules.
• In the event of imbalanced power distribution, e.g. if high-
power Motor Modules are being used in conjunction with low-
power Motor Modules, the Braking Module must be installed
between the Motor Modules whose power ratings differ the
most, as the cross sections of the DC link busbars will vary in
terms of dimensions due to the current-carrying capacity of
the integrated DC link busbars.
Power-oriented arrangement of booksize format Motor Modules
• The Control Unit configuration is flexible. The following confi-
guration options are possible:
- "docking" on the left-hand side of the Line Module
- direct mounting next to the drive group on a mounting plate
- mounting in other cabinet areas, taking the permissible
DRIVE-CLiQ cable lengths into account
Legend Cable Description
(1) DRIVE-CLiQ cables Standard cables for cabinet-internal
configuration without 24 V cores
(2) DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT
500/800 cables
MOTION-CONNECT 500 shielded
cables with 24 V cores for fixed
installation (e.g. in the cable duct),
and MOTION-CONNECT 800 for
flexible installation (e.g. in cable
carriers)
(3) MOTION-CONNECT
500/800 signal
cables
Suitable for the measuring system in
question; in versions MOTION-
CONNECT 500 shielded cables for
fixed installation (e.g. in the cable
duct),
and MOTION-CONNECT 800 for
flexible installation (e.g. in cable
carriers)
(4) MOTION-CONNECT
500/800 power
cables
MOTION-CONNECT 500 shielded
motor cables for fixed installation
(e.g. in the cable duct),
and MOTION-CONNECT 800 for
flexible installation (e.g. in cable
carriers)
TM31
CU320
SMC
(1)
(4)
(2)
(3)
Motor with
DRIVE-CLiQ
interface
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
1
6
a
Line
Module
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
High
power
Low
power
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
4
Line
Module
Motor Modules Braking
Module
Capacitor
Module
Control Supply
Module
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/20
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
The following criteria must be taken into account when a
drive group of chassis format units is configured:
• Depending on the required Motor Modules, the Line Module
must be positioned centrally.
• Only one Line Module can be used in a drive group.
• The Motor Modules must be positioned to the left or right of the
Line Module with decreasing rated currents (i.e. the Motor
Module with the highest rated current is positioned next to the
Line Module on the left or right, while the Motor Module with
the lowest rated current is at the end). When laying the cables
or busbar for the DC link, you must ensure that the cable/
busbar is compatible with the current-carrying capacity of all
the connected Motor Modules.
13. Required cable cross sections for power supply and
motor connections
The use of three-wire three-phase cables is always recommen-
ded, and parallel connection of such cables if necessary. There
are two main reasons for this:
• It is only possible to achieve the high IP54 degree of protec-
tion and better for the motor terminal box without problem in
this manner since the cable inlet to the terminal box is via
screwed glands and the number of screwed glands possible
is limited by the geometry of the terminal box. Single cables
are less appropriate for this.
• In the case of three-phase cables, the total electric loading via
the cable outer diameter is zero, and they can be routed
without any problem in (conducting) cable ducts or racks
without the generation of any induced currents (earth or lea-
kage currents) worth mentioning in these conducting connec-
tions. The danger of induced leakage currents and thus in-
creased cable sheath losses is greater with single conduc-
tors.
The required cable cross section depends on the current to be
transmitted in the cable. The permissible current loading of
cables is defined e.g. in DIN VDE 0298 Part 2/DIN VDE 0276-
1000. It depends on ambient conditions such as the tempera-
ture, but also on the type of routing.
Individual routing of cables guarantees relatively good cooling.
When routing several cables together, it should be remembered
that these can heat each other up and that the ventilation is
therefore much poorer. Reference should be made to the
corresponding reduction factors for such conditions as speci-
fied in DIN VDE 0298 Part 2/DIN VDE 0276-1000. With an am-
bient temperature of 40 °C (104 °F), the cross sections of cop-
per cables can be based on the following table.
Current loading according to DIN VDE 0298 Part 2 at 40 °C (104 °F)
With higher currents, cables must be connected in parallel.
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
Active
Interface
Module
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
Active
Line
Module
High
power
Low
power
High
power
Low
power
DC interface
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
2
Infeed
Cross section of
3-wire cables
With individual
routing
With several cables on
a common cable rack
mm
2
A A
50 138 95
70 176 121
95 212 146
120 245 169
150 282 194
185 323 222
240 380 261
300 418 289
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/21
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
14. Mandatory minimum installation clearances
Ventilation clearances for booksize format components
Ventilation clearances for Sensor Modules and Terminal Modules
• When mounted on the wall, line reactors and line filters require
a ventilation space of 100 mm (3.94 in) above and below re-
spectively.
Ventilation clearances for chassis format components
Basic Line Modules
8
0

m
m
8
0

m
m
Mounting surface
Used air
Cool air
G_D212_EN_00023
(
3
.
1
5

i
n
)
(
3
.
1
5

i
n
)
G_D212_DE_00025
5
0

m
m
5
0

m
m
Used air
Cool air
Mounting surface
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
2
5
(
1
.
9
7

i
n
)
(
1
.
9
7

i
n
)
Used air
Cool air
G_D211_EN_00023
2
5
0
m
m
1
5
0
m
m
Cool air
(
9
.
8
4
i
n
)
(
5
.
9
1
i
n
)
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/22
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Active Interface Modules types FI and GI
Active Interface Modules types HI and JI
Active Line Modules types FX and GX
Active Line Modules types HI and JI
Motor Modules types HX and JX
Used air
Cool air
G_D211_EN_00024
2
5
0
m
m
1
5
0
m
m
Cool air
(
9
.
8
4
i
n
)
(
5
.
9
1
i
n
)
(
9
.
8
4

i
n
)
Used air
Cool air
G_D211_EN_00025
2
5
0

m
m
Used air
Cool air
G_D211_EN_00026
2
5
0
m
m
1
5
0
m
m
Cool air
Used air
(
5
.
9
1
i
n
)
(
9
.
8
4
i
n
)
Used air
Cool air
G_D211_EN_00027
2
5
0

m
m
1
5
0

m
m
Cool air
(
9
.
8
4

i
n
)
(
5
.
9

i
n
)
Additional information
Configuration
Dimensioning
5/23
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
15. Control properties
Typical control properties
The percentage figures refer to the rated speed or rated torque
of the motor.
The values have been calculated on the basis of Siemens 1PH7
and 1PL6 motors with optimized controller setting and active
pre-control function (sensorless operation).
The values apply for a current controller clock cycle of
250 µs/speed controller clock cycle of 1000 µs.
Typical slip values f
slip
of standard asynchronous motors:
1) With active slip compensation and following motor identification run.
2) Applies only to motors with integrated temperature sensor (KTY84)
and active temperature evaluation.
3) Speed rise time 2.1 ms with internal acceleration pre-control.
4) Speed controller limit frequency 240 Hz with internal acceleration
pre-control.
The selected pulse frequency determines the maximum per-
missible output frequency. Remember that certain system com-
ponents such as sinusoidal filters and motor reactors determine
the pulse frequency or maximum possible output frequency.
Pulse frequency always 4 kHz with sinusoidal filter.
Max. output frequency 150 Hz with motor reactor.
Operating mode
V/f characteristic Vector Control
(sensorless)
Speed control
(with encoder)
Torque control
(with and without
encoder)
Maximum output frequency
(frequency resolution 0.001 Hz)
300 Hz 300 Hz or 5 × motor rated
frequency
300 Hz or 5 × motor rated
frequency
300 Hz or 5 × motor rated
frequency
Speed precision
(10 s average)
determined purely by
accuracy of encoder. Pre-
cision for HTL/TTL pulse
encoder with 1024 S/R: typ.
0.001%
• when n < 2% f
slip
f
slip
• when n > 10% 0,2 × f
slip
1)
0,05 × f
slip
2)
Speed rise time approx. 25 ms 11 ms to 15 ms
3)
Speed controller limit frequency 120 Hz
4)
Torque linearity when n > 10% < 1%
• in constant flux range < 3% < 3% < 3%
• in field-weakening range
to 2 × motor rated frequency
< 5% < 5% < 5%
Torque rise time approx. 1 ms approx. 1 ms approx. 1 ms
Motor output f
slip
kW (HP) %
1 (1.3) 6
10 (13) 3
30 (40) 2
100 (134) 1
> 500 (670) 0,5
Pulse frequency Max. output frequency
kHz Hz
1.25 100
2 160
2,5 200
4 300
5 300
6 300
8 300
12 300
16 300
D21-1_en_Kap5_002_026.fm Seite 23 Montag, 8. August 2005 10:08 10
Additional information
Configuration
Configuration example
5/24
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
■Test stand
The intended application is a test stand for the development of
manually shifted transmissions and differentials in the automo-
tive industry. While the combustion engine is substituted by a
drive operating in motor mode, the load on the drive axes is si-
mulated by two electric machines operating as generators.
The operating principle of the test stand is best served by a
multi-axis drive system. While the electric drive for the combus-
tion engine operates only in motor mode, the two load machines
work predominantly as generators, i.e. energy is exchanged via
the shared DC link which means that the line side need only
supply the drive losses and the additional current required for
acceleration. The maximum motor output required to simulate
the combustion engine is 130 kW. The efficiency of the electric
drives is 90% in total. Allowance must also be made for about
95% losses in the manually shifted transmissions and differenti-
als. An output of about 35 kW must be calculated for accelera-
tion processes in the range of maximum 30 s. If a descent is
simulated, then up to 45 kW of electrical energy can be regene-
rated to the supply system. The fact that the locking and spin-
ning of wheels on slippery road surfaces will be simulated must
be taken into account in the design of the load machines. To
meet these requirements, the rated output of the load machines
must be selected as 120 kW per machine.
Since the acceleration time range is < 60 s, the infeed need only
be dimensioned for the drive and test specimen losses
130 kW × (1– (0.9 × 0.95)) = 18.85 kW. However, since a maxi-
mum of 45 kW of regenerative enery can be recovered to the
supply when a descent is simulated, the regenerative power is a
factor in the design of the infeed.
For this reason, an Active Line Module with order number
6SL3130-7TE25-5AA1 must be selected as the infeed unit.
Outputs of 130 kW (combustion engine) and 120 kW per drive
(load simulation) are needed for the three electric drives.
Three Motor Modules of 132 kW each are selected:
6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0.
The application is implemented by a combination of booksize
and chassis units. A DC link adapter is therefore required.
Wiring of DRIVE-CLiQ components
Load machine
(right front wheel)
Combustion
engine
Gear unit
Differential
G_D211_EN_00028
Load machine
(left front wheel)
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
Motor
Module
Active
Line
Module
G
_
D
2
1
1
_
D
E
_
0
0
0
2
9
CU320
TM31
SMC30 SMC30 SMC30
Control
Unit
Additional information
Configuration
Configuration example
5/25
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
The following SINAMICS S120 components are used:
Description Comments Quantity Order No.
CU320 Control Unit
without CompactFlash card
The CU320 performs the control functions for the Active Line Module
and the three connected asynchronous machines. The communication
link to the test stand personnel is provided by an additional interface
module.
1 6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1
CompactFlash card with
performance extension 1
firmware option
The performance required has already been determined. An alternative
would be the CompactFlash card without firmware options
(6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0) and the license firmware option performance
extension 1 (6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0).
1 6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0
Line filter and line reactor
for Active Line Modules
The line filter works with the line reactor to limit the conducted interfe-
rence emanating from the power modules to the values permissible for
industrial environments. The line reactor also stores the energy required
by the Active Line Module in step-up converter mode (600 V DC
DC link).
1 6SL3000-0FE25-5AA0
Active Line Module 55 kW The Active Line Module allows the test stand to operate in four-quadrant
mode which means that the drives can operate as either motors or
generators.
1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA1
DC link supply adapter An additional adapter is required to link the booksize format Active Line
Module to the chassis format Motor Modules.
1 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0
Single Motor Module An electric motor supplied by the Motor Module will simulate the com-
bustion engine. In this case, the Motor Module will always operate in
motor mode except in very rare cases.
1 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0
Single Motor Module In order to load the transmission under realistic road traffic conditions,
the road is simulated by an electric motor. The electric motor is supplied
by the Motor Module. In this case, the Motor Module operates primarily
in generator mode.
2 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0
SMC30 Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
In order to acquire exact data about the transmission and coupled diffe-
rential, the motors are equipped with pulse encoders and the speed
measured via the SMC30.
3 6SL3055-0AA0-5CA0
TM31 Terminal Module
(without DRIVE-CLiQ cable)
The transmission test stand is operated locally by means of an operator
panel. The communication link is provided by the TM31 Terminal
Module.
1 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA0
Pre-assembled DRIVE-CLiQ cable Communication link between the CU320 and the Active Line Module:
1.2 m (3.94 ft). The link between the Active Line Module and the Single
Motor Modules is provided by the DRIVE-CLiQ cables supplied with the
Motor Modules.
1 6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0
Pre-assembled DRIVE-CLiQ cable Communication link between the CU320 and the TM31 Terminal
Module: 0.95 m (3.12 ft).
1 6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0
Pre-assembled DRIVE-CLiQ cable Communication link between the Single Motor Module and the SMC30
Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted: 0.95 m (3.12 ft).
3 6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0
SITOP 20 A power supply The total power required (24 V DC) by the SINAMICS components
amounts to 7.8 A. Individual requirements are as follows:
CU320: 0.8 A
Active Line Module 55 kW: 1.9 A
3 × Motor Module 132 kW: 3 × 0.8 A
TM31 Terminal Module including load on digital outputs: 0.9 A
3 × SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted: 3 × 0.6 A.
1 6EP1436-3BA00
Additional information
Configuration
Notes
5/26
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6/2 Applications
6/2 Application centers
6/2 Application advice and
implementation
6/2 On-site application training
6/3 Training
6/4 Training package for the SINAMICS
S120 drive system
6/5 SINAMICS S120 training
6/7 Training case
6/7 SINAMICS S120 training case
6/8 ASM asynchronous motor training
case
6/9 Service & Support
6/10 Documentation
Services
and documentation
D21-1_en_Kap06_ML1.fm Seite 1 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:54 14
Additional information
Services and documentation
Applications
6/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Overview
Our understanding of an application is the customer-specific so-
lution of a motion control task based on standard hardware and
software components. In this respect, our industry knowledge
and technological expertise are just as important as expert
knowledge about how our products and systems work. We are
setting ourselves this challenge with more than 120 application
engineers at 12 locations in 7 countries in various parts of the
world.
Application centers
We currently have application centers in:
• Germany: Chemnitz, Erlangen, Cologne, Mannheim, Stuttgart
• Italy: Bologna, Milan
• USA: Atlanta
• China: Beijing
• France: Paris
• Turkey: Istanbul
• India: Mumbai
Further application centers are coming soon.
These application centers specialize in the use of SIMOTION/
SINAMICS. They can provide skilled motion control specialists to
help you set up successful concepts. By involving your person-
nel at an early stage in the process, we can provide a solid basis
for rapid knowledge transfer, maintenance and further develop-
ment of your motion control solution.
Application advice and implementation
In order to help you work out the optimum solution for the
SIMOTION/SINAMICS application you wish to implement, we
offer a variety of consultancy services:
As part of our quotation service, we
• clarify technical questions
• discuss machine designs and customized solutions
• help you select the appropriate technology
• work out proposals for implementing the application
A technical feasibility study is performed at the outset. In this
way, we can identify any "glitches" at an early stage and elimi-
nate them. If you wish, we can configure and implement your
application as a complete system (including control cubicle)
from one source.
Reference can be made to a host of proven standards at the
implementation stage, helping to cut engineering costs.
At your request, commissioning support can be provided by ex-
perienced, competent personnel, helping to save your time and
energy.
We can provide you with servicing assistance on site or via a
teleservice line. For further information about servicing, please
look under "Service and Support".
On-site application training
Training courses on the implemented applications can be orga-
nized and held on site. This training is not limited to teaching ma-
chine manufacturers and their customers about individual pro-
ducts, but focuses on the hardware and software of the system
as a whole (e.g. automation, drives and visualization).
From initial concept to successfully commissioned system: We
will support you all the way with your SIMOTION/SINAMICS pro-
duct! Please contact your local Siemens representative.
For further information, please go to:
http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/apc
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 2 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 2:56 14
Additional information
Services and documentation
Training
6/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Overview
Because training is the key to your success
SITRAIN
®
– Siemens training for automation and industrial so-
lutions – will be constantly by your side to help you find solutions
for your tasks.
With training provided by the market leader in automation, plant
installation and support, you can have complete confidence in
any decisions you make, in particular concerning the optimum
use of products and the efficient running of systems. You can
rectify deficits in existing systems and rule out expensive
planning errors right from the start.
All in all, this is a massive plus for your company, as you will
benefit in terms of shorter start-up times, optimized plant
sections, faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes.
The result? Profits go up and costs come down.
7 Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled specialists with extensive experience of
training provision. The designers of our courses are directly in-
volved in product development and forward their knowledge di-
rectly to our trainers.
7 A firm basis in practice
As our trainers have direct experience of practical applications,
they are able to render their theoretical knowledge with real plau-
sibility. However, as we all know that any theory has its gray
areas, we prioritize practical exercises, and allocate up to half of
the course program to them. This means that you can apply what
you have learned immediately in everyday activities. We use
state-of-the-art customized training equipment. Once you have
completed your training with us, you will feel ready for anything.
7 Training variety
With a total of some 300 participant-based courses, we can pro-
vide training for the entire range of products and a large number
of system solutions. Remote learning services, self-teach soft-
ware and moderated online seminars complement our traditional
training offer.
7 Customer proximity
We are never very far away. We have approximately 60 locations
in Germany and a presence in 62 countries all over the world.
Would you prefer individual training to taking part in one of our
300 courses? Our solution: We can customize our program to
meet your personal requirements. Training takes place in our
training centers or on your site.
The ideal combination: Blended learning
Blended learning combines a variety of teaching media and se-
quences. For example, a participant-based course in a training
center can be ideally combined with self-teach programs prior
to or following completion. SITRAIN also uses moderated online
learning to provide training live on the Internet at agreed times.
The combination is the key, because blended learning is
able to communicate complex subjects and transfer know-
ledge on a networked basis. Additional benefit: Travel ex-
penses and downtimes are reduced as training is no longer
restricted to a specific time and place.
The international learning portal
Additional information is available on the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
All your learning options at a glance! Take your time to browse
our international training package, call up all course dates
online, use the available places indicator (updated daily) - and
apply directly.
Alternatively, contact us directly for personal advice:
Training Office, Infoline Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 18 05 23- 56 11
Fax: +49 (0) 18 05 23 – 56 12
Training Office, US
Phone: +1 800 241 4453
sitrain.registrar@sea.siemens.com
... and request a copy of our latest training catalog:
Language Order No.
ITC Catalog
(paper version)
German E86060-K6850-A101-B5
List of dates and prices
including CD-ROM
German E86060-P6850-A101-C9
Interactive training infor-
mation system SITRAIN
on CD-ROM
English/
German
E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7400
Overview of training
worldwide
English/
German
E86060-K6899-A101-B4-7400
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 3 Freitag, 5. August 2005 8:19 08
Additional information
Services and documentation
Training
6/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Design
Training package for the SINAMICS S120 drive system
This provides an overview of the training available for the
SINAMICS S120 drive system.
The courses are modular in design and are intended for a variety
of target groups as well as individual customer requirements.
The system overview will acquaint decision-makers and sales
personnel with the system very quickly.
The planning course provides all the information you need to set
up the drive system.
The basic and follow-up courses are sure to provide all the tech-
nical knowledge service engineers will need for servicing/star-
ting up motion control applications, communication and cabinet-
mounted units.
All modules contain as many practical exercises as possible, in
order to enable intensive and direct training on the drive system.
Title Target group Duration Course code
Decision-
makers, sales
personnel
Project mana-
gers, mem-
bers of
project teams
Engineers,
programmers
Start-up engi-
neers, confi-
guring
engineers
Service
engineers
Maintenance
personnel
Basic courses
SINAMICS
System overview
X X 2 days DR-SN-UEB
SINAMICS S120
Configuration
X X X X 5 days DR-SNS-PRJ
SINAMICS S120
Service and commissioning
X X X X 5 days DR-SNS-SI
SINAMICS S120
Motion Control
X X X X 3 days DR-SNS-MC
Follow-up course
SINAMICS
Communication
X X X 3 days DR-SN-COM
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 4 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 11:46 11
Additional information
Services and documentation
Training
6/5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Design (continued)
SINAMICS S120 training
■Function
SINAMICS system overview DR-SN-UEB
(2 days)
Description/Training objective
This course has been designed specifically for sales personnel
and decision-makers, who wish to obtain a streamlined overview
of the SINAMICS drive concept as well as find out how it fits into
the existing Siemens drive structure.
The system overview is supplemented by basic information
about the motor and converter technology.
The SIZER configuration tool and the STARTER commissioning
tool are presented and demonstrated using brief exercises.
Target group
Decision-makers and sales personnel
Content
• SINAMICS system overview
• Integration into existing drive systems
• Fundamentals of converter technology and motors
• SIZER configuration tool
• STARTER commissioning tool
• Simple commissioning of a drive
• Practical exercises on the training case
Knowledge of electrical engineering; recommended: Drive Engineering for Beginners CD: SM-ANTREIN
(1) For stand-alone applications with
STARTER stand alone
or SIMATIC with STARTER DriveES
SINAMICS S120
Configuration
DR-SNS-PRJ 5 days
SINAMICS
System overview
SINAMICS
Communication
DR-SN-COM 3 days
For information on further
courses, see SITRAIN catalog
SINAMICS cabinet units
For information on further
courses, see SITRAIN catalog
SIMOTION: MC1
SIMATIC T-CPU: ST6
Prerequisite: Knowledge of
SINAMICS commissioning
SIMATIC S7: e.g. ST-7PRO1
(1) (2)
Prerequisite
Basic knowledge of SIMOTION
Basic knowledge of SIMATIC S7
DR-SN-UEB 2 days
G
_
D
2
1
2
_
E
N
_
0
0
0
6
9
b
(2) For motion control solutions with
SIMOTION D with STARTER integrated in SCOUT
SINAMICS S120
Service, commissioning
DR-SNS-SI 5 days DR-SNS-MC 3 days
B
a
s
i
c

c
o
u
r
s
e
s
A
d
v
a
n
c
e
d

C
u
r
s
e
s
DR-SNG-EXP 3 days
SINAMICS S120
on SIMOTION and CPU 317T
SIMATIC Technology with STARTER DriveES and T-Config
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 5 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 11:46 11
Additional information
Services and documentation
Training
6/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Function (continued)
SINAMICS S120 configuration course DR-SNS-PRJ
(5 days)
Description/Training objective
The course is designed for design engineers, planning engi-
neers and sales personnel responsible for the configuration and
planning of drive systems with SINAMICS S120.
Building on the SINAMICS system overview, the fundamental in-
terrelationships for setting up a drive system are outlined. The
self-explanatory SIZER configuration tool is used to calculate va-
rious applications of SINAMICS S120 and demonstrate them in
more detail by means of PC-based exercises. The technical do-
cumentation provides an overview of the parameter structure
and essential software functions.
The STARTER commissioning tool is used to demonstrate a
simple commissioning application on the SINAMICS S120 trai-
ning case.
Target group
Configuring engineers, design engineers
Content
• SINAMICS system overview
• Range of motors for SINAMICS S120
• Configuration of the SINAMICS S120 drive system and funda-
mentals
• SIZER configuration tool with example layouts
• Technical documentation: Catalogs, Planning Guides,
Operating Instructions
• Overview of functions and parameters
• Simple commissioning with the STARTER commissioning tool
SINAMICS S120 service/commissioning course
DR-SNS-SI (5 days)
Description/Training objective
This course provides basic training for the SINAMICS S120 drive
system.
It provides the technical knowledge required for commissioning,
parameterization and troubleshooting.
Starting with an overview of the drive system in terms of hard-
ware and documentation, the course progresses with extensive
information about the software functions, parameter structure
and function charts for servo and vector control applications.
Even more detailed information is provided in the form of practi-
cal exercises on the training cases and the STARTER commis-
sioning tool.
Target group
Start-up engineers and service engineers for general applica-
tions
Content
• Structure of the drive system with brief basics
• Overview of documentation
• HW structure, cabling, user interfaces, EMC
• Commissioning and parameterization with the STARTER
commissioning tool
• Open-loop and closed-loop control methods, as well as soft-
ware functions
• Parameter structure and function charts
• Diagnostics and troubleshooting
• Practical exercises on the training case
SINAMICS S120 motion control DR-SNS-MC
(3 days)
Description/Training objective
The course is designed for users of SINAMICS S120 drives in
conjunction with SIMOTION and/or SIMATIC T-CPU motion con-
trol systems.
The course starts with an introduction to the SIMOTION and
SIMATIC T-CPU controllers and an overview of the
SINAMICS S120 drive system in terms of hardware and docu-
mentation before describing the software functions, parameter
structure and function charts for motion control applications. It
provides the technical knowledge required for commissioning,
parameterization and troubleshooting.
Even more detailed information is provided in the form of practi-
cal exercises on the training cases and the SCOUT, T-Config and
"STARTER integrated" commissioning tools.
Target group
Start-up engineers and service engineers for motion control
applications
Content
• Brief introduction to SIMOTION and SIMATIC T-CPU motion
control controllers using two examples
• Overview of the SINAMICS S120 drive system
• Starting up and parameterizing SINAMICS drives with the
SCOUT and T-Config tools
• Description of the SINAMICS control structure for motion con-
trol applications with DSC (dynamic servo control)
• Parameterization, optimization and diagnostics with the inte-
grated STARTER functions
• Practical exercises on the SIMOTION D, SINAMICS S120 and
SIMATIC training cases with T-CPU
SINAMICS communication DR-SN-COM
(3 days)
Description/Training objective
The course is designed for programmers and service engineers
who, having completed course DR-SNS-SI, required more ex-
tensive knowledge about the PROFIBUS, RS232 for STARTER
and AOP30 communication interfaces as well as I/O terminals.
The focal point of the course is PROFIBUS in the PROFIDrive V3
profile with routing, teleservice and the functions for equidistant
bus cycle, isochronous operation in servo applications and OP
direct access. The Drive ES SIMATIC libraries for cyclic and
acyclic data exchange are also described.
Even more detailed information is provided by means of practi-
cal exercises on the SINAMICS and SIMATIC S7 training cases
with CPU 315-2 DP.
Target group
Programmers, start-up engineers and service engineers
Content
• Overview of the PROFIBUS DP, RS232-PPI, CAN interfaces
and I/O terminals: function, topology, parameterization
• Fundamentals of PROFIBUS in the PROFIDrive V3 profile
• Basic functions on PROFIBUS: routing, teleservice and direct
access
• PROFIBUS for motion control with: equidistant bus cycle and
isochronous operation for servo control
• Cyclic and acyclic data exchange with Drive ES SIMATIC
modules
• Fault diagnostics of the drive via the bus system
• Practical exercises on the SINAMICS S120 and SIMATIC S7
training cases with CPU 315-2 DP
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 6 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 11:46 11
Additional information
Services and documentation
SINAMICS S120 training case
6/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Application
The training case is used for training and acquisition of the
SINAMICS S120 drive system.
It can also be used for test purposes in the laboratory and as a
drive for the SIMOTION motion control system. The SIMOTION
D435 upgrade kit can be used to convert the SINAMICS S120
training case to a SIMOTION D training case.
■Design
• Case optimized in terms of weight and volume
• Set up complete with transport wheels and ready for
connection
• Supply voltage 230 V 1 AC or via line adapter 115 V 1 AC
(USA)
• Regenerative feedback not possible
• Drive system comprising:
- CU320 Control Unit with TB30 Terminal Board
- Smart Line Module 5 kW (6.7 HP)
- Single/Double Motor Module 3 A
- 1 synchronous motor 1FK7022-5AK71-1AG3 with incremen-
tal encoder sin/cos 1 V
pp
via Sensor Module Cabinet
- 1 synchronous motor 1FK7022-5AK71-1LG3 with
DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pul-
ses/revolution
- Reference loops for position monitoring
• Control box for setpoint/actual-value linkage via terminals
• Prefabricated connection option for an external motor, e.g.,
asynchronous motor
The training case is supplied ready-to-use with a demo project
on the CompactFlash card and documentation.
■Technical data
■Selection and ordering data
■Further information
The SINAMICS S120 training case can be expanded by the
asynchronous motor training case as well as the
SIMOTION D435 upgrade kit (see Catalog PM 10).
SINAMICS S120 training case
Input voltages 230 V 1 AC
Degree of protection to
DIN VDE 0470
Part 1/EN 60529/IEC 529
IP00
Dimensions (WxHxD) 320×650×330 mm
(12.6x25.59x12.99 in)
Weight, approx. 30 kg (66.2 lb)
Order No.
SINAMICS S120 training case
TK-SIN-CU320
with CU320, demo project on
CompactFlash card and
control box
• Single-axis version
with 1FK7 motor
6ZB2480-0AA00
• 2-axis version
with 1FK7 motors
6ZB2480-0BA00
Line adapter
115 V 1 AC/230 V 1 AC
6AG1064-1AA02-0AA0
Control box SINAMICS
(if ordered separately)
6AG1064-1AA01-0AA0
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 7 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 11:46 11
Additional information
Services and documentation
ASM asynchronous motor training case
6/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Application
The ASM training case is available as an add-on unit to the
SINAMICS S120 training case for applications with asynchro-
nous motors. Both training cases are used in combination for
training and acquisition of the SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
drive system and in conjunction with the AOP30 for simulation of
SINAMICS cabinet units.
It is also suitable for use for test purposes in the laboratory.
■Design
• Standard asynchronous motor 1LA7060-2AA10 with KTY tem-
perature sensor and HTL incremental encoder
• Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 for encoder connec-
tion via DRIVE-CLiQ
• 24 V DC connecting cable for SMC30
• External torque by means of controllable mechanical brake
■Technical data
■ Selection and ordering data
ASM training case
Input voltages 24 V DC
Degree of protection to
DIN VDE 0470
Part 1/EN 60529/IEC 529
IP00
Dimensions (WxHxD) 377×210×277 mm
(14.84x8.27x10.91 in)
Weight, approx. 12 kg (26.5 lb)
Order No.
ASM training case
TG-SN-ASM
6ZB2480-0CB00
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 8 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 3:07 15
Additional information
Services and documentation
Service & Support
6/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
I
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to
keep ahead all the time:
A strong starting position, asophisticated strategy and team for
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.
■Online Support
The comprehensive information
system available round the
clock via Internet ranging from
Product Support and Service &
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop.
http://www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support
■Technical Support
Competent consulting in techni-
cal questions covering a wide
range of customer-oriented ser-
vices for all our products and
systems.
Phone: +49 (0)180 50 50 222
Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223
E-Mail:
adsupport@siemens.com
In the United States, call
toll-free:
Phone: +1 800 333 7421,
Fax: +1 423 262 2200
E-Mail: solutions.support
@sea.siemens.com
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
E-Mail: cic@siemens.ca
In Asia:
Phone: +86 10 6475 7575,
Fax: +86 10 6474 7474
E-Mail:
adsupport.asia@siemens.com
■Technical Consulting
■Optimization and Upgrading
■Configuration and Software Engineering
Support in configuring and de-
veloping with customer-oriented
services from actual configura-
tion to implementation of the au-
tomation project.
1)
■Service On Site
With Service On Site we offer
services for startup and mainte-
nance, essential for ensuring
system availability.
In Germany
Phone: 0180 50 50 444
1)
In the United States, call
toll-free:
Phone: +1 800 333 7421
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
■Repairs and Spare Parts
In the operating phase of a ma-
chine or automation system we
provide a comprehensive repair
and spare parts service ensur-
ing the highest degree of oper-
ating safety and reliability.
In Germany
Phone: 0180 50 50 448
1)
In the United States, call
toll-free:
Phone: +1 800 241 4453
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
■SPARESonWeb - Online spare parts catalog
SPARESonWeb is a web-based
tool for selecting the spare parts
available for the SINAMICS sys-
tem. After you have registered
and entered the serial number
and order number, the spare
parts available for the relevant
unit are displayed.
The delivery state for specific or-
ders can be displayed for all
shipped SINAMICS products.
http://workplace.automation.sie-
mens.de/sparesonweb
1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
Support in the planning and
designing of your project from
detailed actual-state analysis,
target definition and consul-
ting on product and system
questions right to the creation
of the automation solution.
1)
To enhance productivity and
save costs in your project we
offer high-quality services in
optimization and upgrading.
1)
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 9 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 11:46 11
Additional information
Services and documentation
Documentation
6/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
6
■Overview
The documentation is clearly divided into a number of manuals.
The manuals must be ordered separately (in the required lan-
guage and quantities) from the actual equipment.
Information is available in the following formats:
• Paper version, printed copy
• PDF file available on Internet as DOConWEB – application
with ’search all documents’ function
http://www.siemens.com/automation/doconweb
The following manuals are available:
• Equipment Manual/Planning Guide
containing all necessary information about the intended use of
the components of a system, e.g., technical data, interfaces,
dimension drawings, characteristics and possible applica-
tions.
The Equipment Manual/Planning Guide is intended for use du-
ring the following phases: Cabinet configuration/setup, circuit
diagram configuration/drawing.
• Commissioning Manual
containing all information relevant to commissioning after in-
stallation and wiring. It also contains all safety and warning
notices relevant to commissioning in addition to overview dra-
wings.
The Commissioning Manual is intended for use during the
following phases: commissioning of components that have al-
ready been connected, configuration of system functions.
• List Manual
containing all parameters, function charts, and faults/war-
nings for the product/system as well as their meanings and
setting options. It contains parameter data, descriptions of
faults/warnings and how they affect functions.
The List Manual is intended for use during the following pha-
ses: commissioning of components that have already been
connected, configuration of system functions, fault cause/
diagnosis.
• Getting Started
providing information about getting started for the first-time
user as well as references to additional information. It contains
information about the basic steps to be taken during commis-
sioning. For more advanced operations, see the information in
other documentation.
Getting Started is intended for use during the following pha-
ses: commissioning of components that have already been
connected.
• Function Manual Drive Functions
containing all the relevant information about individual drive
functions: Description, commissioning and integration in the
drive system.
The Function Manual is intended for use during the following
phases: commissioning of components that have already
been connected, configuration of system functions.
• DOConCD
DOConCD is a CD-ROM containing manufacturer and service
documentation for the SINAMICS motors and drive systems.
For further information about the availability of publications, go
to http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol and select pages
→ Support → Technical Documentation → Publications-
Overview.
■Selection and ordering data
Ordering data Order No.
German edition English edition
SINAMICS S120
Equipment Manual for Control Units and Additional System
Components
6SL3097-2AH00-0AP1 6SL3097-2AH00-0BP1
Equipment Manual for Booksize Power Sections 6SL3097-2AC00-0AP1 6SL3097-2AC00-0BP1
Equipment Manual for Chassis Power Sections 6SL3097-2AE00-0AP0 6SL3097-2AE00-0BP0
Installation and Start-Up Manual 6SL3097-2AF00-0AP2 6SL3097-2AF00-0BP2
SINAMICS S List Manual 6SL3097-2AP00-0AP2 6SL3097-2AP00-0BP2
Getting Started 6SL3097-2AG00-0AP1 6SL3097-2AG00-0BP1
Function Manual Drive Functions 6SL3097-2AB00-0AP0 6SL3097-2AB00-0BP0
DOConCD, The SINAMICS System (German/English) 6SL3097-2CA00-0YG1
Motors
Planning Guide for 1PH7 Motors 6SN1197-0AC65-0AP1 6SN1197-0AC65-0BP1
Planning Guide for 1PL6 Motors 6SN1197-0AC67-0AP0 6SN1197-0AC67-0BP0
The SINAMICS S List Manual and the Motor Planning Guides are also available
in the following languages:
French: ...-0DP.
Italian: ...-0CP.
Spanish: ...-0EP.
Replace the third-last letter in the order number with the corresponding letter.
D21-1_en_Kap6_002_010.fm Seite 10 Dienstag, 26. Juli 2005 11:46 11
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7/2 Glossary
7/8 Siemens contacts worlwide
7/9 A&D Online Services
7/9 A&D in the WWW
7/9 Product Selection using the
Interactive Catalog
7/9 Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall
7/10 Index of order numbers
7/12 Subject index
7/13 Conversion tables
7/15 Terms and conditions of sale
and delivery
7/15 Export regulations
Appendix
D21-1_en_Kap07_ML1.fm Seite 1 Freitag, 29. Juli 2005 10:17 10
Additional information
Appendix
Glossary
7/2
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
Absolute encoder
After switching on the power supply voltage, this position en-
coder immediately provides the position of the drives as an ab-
solute actual value. For single-turn encoders, the detection
range is one turn, whereas multi-turn encoders have a detection
range of several turns (a typical number is e. g. 4096 turns). If an
absolute encoder is used as position encoder, no homing proce-
dure is required after the switch-on and the reference switch
(e. g. BERO) which could normally be required is not necessary
in this case.
There are rotary and linear absolute encoders.
Example of an absolute encoder:
1FK and 1FT6 motors can be delivered with integrated multi-turn
absolute encoders with 2048 sinusoidal/cosinusoidal signals
per turn, 4096 turns absolute and →"EnDat protocol".
Active Infeed
Overall functionality of an infeed with →"Active Line Module" in-
cluding the required additional components (filters, switching
devices, computing power portion of a →"Control Unit", voltage
detection, etc.).
For cabinet-mounted units, a →"Motor Module" can be used in-
stead of the →"Active Line Module".
Active Interface Module
This module includes the line-side components required for
an →"Active Line Module" like for example the pre-charging cir-
cuit (pre-charging contactors and buffer protection).
Active Line Module
This controlled, self-commutating feed/feedback unit (with IGBTs
infeed/feedback device) supplies a constant DC link voltage for
the →"Motor Modules". The Active Line Module co-operates with
the →"line reactor" as a step-up converter.
Asynchronous (induction) motor
The asynchronous (induction) motor is an AC motor whose
speed runs "behind" the synchronous speed. Asynchronous mo-
tors can be connected to the three-phase system either directly
in a star or delta connection or via a converter. In combination
with a converter, the asynchronous motor becomes a "variable-
speed drive system".
Further, generally used terms: Squirrel-cage induction motor,
squirrel-cage motor.
See →"synchronous motor"
Automatic restart
Upon power recovery after a mains failure, the "automatic re-
start" function switches a converter automatically ON without re-
quiring an acknowledgement of the power failure error. The au-
tomatic restart function e. g. minimizes drive standstill times and
production failures.
However, operators must be aware of the danger situation which
can occur when a drive recovers automatically after a longer
power failure period without any operator action. If required, safe
behavior in such a danger situation must be ensured by external
control actions (e. g. withdrawal of the ON command).
Typical applications of the automatic restart: Pump/fan/com-
pressor drives working as single drives and often do not provide
local control options.The automatic restart function is not used
for coordinated drives for continuous material webs and motion
control.
The following variants of this function can be set by means of pa-
rameters for SINAMICS:
• restart after a power failure if the 24 V electronic suppply does
not yet exist
• restart after a failure of the 24 V electronic supply
• restart after any shut down on fault
The following actions can be specified via parameters:
• only acknowledgement of the mains failure message (e. g. for
multi-motor drives, DC compound)
• ON command upon expiry of the parameterized delay time
• ON command with flying restart
The number of possible restart trials within a parameterizable
time can be specified.
It is also possible to activate the →"flying restart" function in ad-
dition to the automatic restart function to ensure a bumpless
switching to a motor which perhaps still rotates.
Basic Line Module
Unregulated line infeed unit (diode bridge or thyristor bridge,
without power feedback to the line) for rectifying the line voltage
of the →"DC link".
Booksize
Book-shape construction type of the components of a drive
group appropriate for back-mounting. Designed primarily for
multi-motor operation.
Braking control
Software function specifying the instant when an existing me-
chanical holding brake or operational brake hass to be applied,
either within the framework of a load cycle in the case of a mo-
mentary standstill in the case of a fault.
D21-1_en_Kap7_002_007.fm Seite 2 Donnerstag, 4. August 2005 11:19 11
Additional information
Appendix
Glossary
7/3
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
Braking Module
Electronic switch or chopper (brake chopper) which connects a
→"braking resistor" with a specific pulse/pause ratio to the DC
link voltage to convert regenerative (braking) energy to heat
energy and to finally restrict the DC link voltage to permissible
values. For SINAMICS, no braking resistor is incorporated in the
braking module, but must be mounted outside the braking
module.
Braking power
Regenerative power injected into the →"DC link" by one or
several →"Motor Modules", e. g. when lowering a load or dece-
lerating a motor.
See →"braking resistor"
Braking resistor
Resistor which reduces the excess energy in the →"DC link".
The resistor is connected to a →"Braking Module". In this way,
the resulting thermal loss is displaced outside the cabinet.
See →"braking power"
CAN bus
The acronym CAN stands for "Controller Area Network". CAN is
a serial bus system in accordance with ISO 11898. CAN was
originally developed for applications in automotive engineering
(ISO 11519-1) but has established itself in other fields, e. g. in
applications on textile and film machinery. A range of device pro-
files was defined in →"CANopen" for CAN applications in indus-
trial automation, in order to standardize communication at appli-
cation level.
CANopen
CANopen is an expansion of the →"CAN bus" for standardized
communication for various types of automation devices at appli-
cation level.
Chassis
Chassis can be incorporated in a cabinet.
Command data set
Parameter data set consisting of the binary inputs (e. g. for con-
trol commands) and the connector inputs (e. g. for setpoints).
The individual data sets are represented as indexed parameters.
The changeover is performed via input signals.
The appropriate parameterization of several command data sets
and the changeover of the data sets allows to optionally operate
the drive with different preconfigured signal sources.
CompactFlash card
Memory card for non-volatile storing of the drive software and of
the corresponding parameters. The memory card can be
plugged in the →"Control Unit" from outside.
Control Supply Module
24 V power supply module for the electronic circuitry of compo-
nents in a SINAMICS drive line-up.
The Control Supply Module is supplied via two inputs: the inco-
ming supply and the →"DC link". The DC link connection ensu-
res that the electronics power supply is buffered in the event of
a power failure or voltage dip, thereby enabling emergency re-
traction and kinetic buffering.
Control Unit
Central control module: The feedforward and feedback control
functions for several SINAMICS →"Line Modules"
and/or →"Motor Modules" are implemented in this module.
DC link
The component of the converter (or converter system) that con-
nects the input converter (rectifier) and the output converter
(one or more converters).
With voltage source DC link converters like SINAMICS, a con-
stant DC voltage is present in the DC link (rectified line voltage).
Direct position sensing system
Position encoder which is directly connected to the moved ma-
chine component ( →"external encoder") and the correspon-
ding evaluation electronics. In the case of linear axes, it is also
possible to use linear scales for this purpose.
In many cases, a direct position sensing system must be used
because the →"motor encoder" for position sensing and con-
trolling does not suit this purpose, e. g. as the elasticities and
backlash in the drive are too important.
Double Motor Module
Two motors (two axis) can be connected to and operated with a
Double Motor Module.
See →"Motor Module", →"Single Motor Module"
DRIVE-CLiQ
Abbreviation of "Drive Component Link with IQ".
Communication system for connecting the various components
of a SINAMICS drive system, such as the →"Control Unit",
the →"Line Modules", the →"Motor Modules", the →"motors"
and the speed/position encoders.
The DRIVE-CLiQ hardware is based on the Industrial Ethernet
standard and uses twisted-pair lines. The DRIVE-CLiQ line pro-
vides the transmit and receive signals and also the +24 V power
supply.
Drive system
A drive system includes all components of a family of products
(e. g. SINAMICS) belonging to a drive. A drive system includes
components such as →"Line Modules", →"Motor
Modules", →"encoders", →"motors", →"Terminal Modules" and
→"Sensor Modules" as well as complementary components
such as reactors, filters or lines.
D21-1_en_Kap7_002_007.fm Seite 3 Freitag, 5. August 2005 8:23 08
Additional information
Appendix
Glossary
7/4
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
Droop
Droop involves making the speed controller artificially "soft" by
entering an adjustable percentage of the speed controller output
signal with negative sign at the speed controller input. This
means that the speed is slightly reduced at higher load torques.
The droop function is used to reduce the response to load
surges and for certain variations of load sharing control for
drives which are coupled with one another through a continuous
material web. The I component or the summed output signal can
be used as speed output signal. The droop can be switched-in
and switched-out using a control command.
Dynamic Servo Control
Dynamic Servo Control (DSC) allows the position actual value to
be evaluated in a fast speed control clock cycle directly in the
drive. The position reference value (position setpoint) is entered
in the position controller clock cycle from the higher-level control
via the isochronous →"PROFIBUS" with →"PROFIdrive" tele-
grams.
Using DSC, optimum dynamic response of the position control
loop can be achieved with low associated impact on the bus
bandwidth. This is achieved by using sophisticated signal filte-
ring and pre-control.
DSC allows high control gains to be achieved and therefore a
high level of stiffness - for instance to quickly compensate and
correct load-related track/path deviations.
Edge modulation
Type of modulation for a drive converter gating unit, where the
pulses "chopped" from the DC link voltage, do not appear in a
fixed time grid. The edges of the output voltage which is gene-
rated is formed by several short pulses in the surrounding of the
zero crossing - while a wide pulse is generated at the center of
every half wave. This allows a high output voltage roughly ap-
proximating to 100% of the line supply voltage and therefore en-
suring good motor utilization.
Electronic rating plate
Each component of the SINAMICS drive systems which is con-
nected via →"DRIVE-CLiQ" has an electronic rating plate.
This plate can be read out via the →"STARTER" commissioning
tool and provides the following information: Type, order number,
version, manufacturer, serial number and rated technical data.
Encoder
An encoder is a measuring system capturing actual values for
the speed and/or angular/position values and provides them for
electronic processing. Depending on the mechanical construc-
tion, encoders can be incorporated in the →"motors" (→"motor
encoder") or mounted on the external mechanics (→"external
encoder"). Depending on the individual type of movement, we
distinguish between rotary encoders and translatory encoders
(e. g. linear encoder). In terms of measured-value provision, we
distinguish between →"absolute encoders" (code sensors) and
→"incremental encoders".
See →"incremental encoder TTL/HTL" →"incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 Vpp" →"resolver"
EnDat protocol
Serial transmission protocol for transmitting position/angular ac-
tual values from an →"absolute encoder" to the drive or positio-
ning control. The EnDat protocol also allows parameterization
and diagnostics of the encoder.
External encoder
Position encoder that is not built into or mounted on
the →"motor", but is built on externally via a mechanical trans-
mission element or a mechanical intermediate element. The ex-
ternal encoder is used for direct position detection.
Fault buffer
Once a fault has occurred, the drive enters it in a fault buffer. The
fault buffer can be read out via parameters.
Field weakening
The term field weakening designates the reduction of the mag-
netizing current of an electric motor to further increase the speed
upon reaching the rated current.
Flexible response
With this function, the converter can be operated even in case of
a voltage dip up to a minimum DC link voltage of approx. 50 %
of the rated value (or of the parameterized line supply voltage
value). In case of a voltage dip, the maximum output power of
the converter decreases analogous to the current supply vol-
tage.
In contrast to the →"kinetic buffering", a significant speed de-
crease can be avoided as long as the remaining power is suffi-
cient for operating the drive with the required torque.
Flying measurement
When a hardware signal is received, the instantaneous position
actual value is saved and, for example, is made available via
PROFIBUS. The hardware signal can, for instance, be received
from a measuring probe or a print index sensor (mechanical
switch, BERO proximity switch or optical sensor). The active
edge of the hardware signal can be parameterized (rising,
falling, or both).
Flying restart
After power on, the flying restart function starts automatically a
converter into the perhaps coasting motor. For the connection to
the rotating motor, a magnetizing has to be performed first if an
→"asynchronous (induction) motor" is used. For drives without
encoders, an additional speed search of the current speed is
performed. Afterwards, the momentary speed setpoint in the
ramp-function generator is set to the actual speed setpoint. The
ramp-up to the definitive speed setpoint is performed from this
value. The flying restart function can help to shorten the ramp-up
process after power on - a restart is already possible while the
motor with the load is still coasting down.
Application example:
By means of the flying restart function, a fan drive can be recon-
nected to the rotating fan wheel as soon as possible after a
power failure.
See →"automatic restart"
D21-1_en_Kap7_002_007.fm Seite 4 Freitag, 5. August 2005 8:23 08
Additional information
Appendix
Glossary
7/5
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
Incremental encoder
Incremental position and speed encoder. In contrast to
the →"absolute encoder", this encoder does not output an ac-
tual position value signal corresponding to the absolute position,
but outputs incremental "delta position or angular signals" in-
stead.
The following three types of incremental encoders
exist →"incremental encoder TTL/HTL", →"incremental en-
coder sin/cos 1 Vpp" and →"resolver".
Incremental encoder TTL/HTL
Incremental position and speed measuring encoder
( →"incremental encoder"). In most cases, it outputs two pulse
chains (tracks) displaced by 90 degrees with rectangular output
signals and often additionally one zero pulse per revolution, re-
spectively. The output signals have got TTL levels (in most cases
+5 V RS422 differential signals; TTL = Transistor-Transistor
Logic) or HTL levels (+15 or +24 V logic level; HTL = High Level
Transistor Logic).
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
An incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp is defined as a high-re-
solution optical sine/cosine encoder which can, for example, be
incorporated in 1FK motors as a →"motor encoder".
As a rule, the following signals are output:
• Two signals displaced by 90 degrees, with respectively 2048
sinusoidal signal periods per revolution as differential signals
with a 1 Vpp amplitude ("A/B sinusoidal encoder tracks").
• A reference signal (zero pulse) per revolution as a differential
signal with a 0.5 Vpp amplitude.
• For some types, additionally two sinusoidal signal periods dis-
placed by 90 degrees as differential signals with a 1 Vpp am-
plitude ("C/D track").
For determining the actual position or angular value, the zero
crossings of the sinusoidal encoder tracks are evaluated first
(rough evaluation, e. g. totally 4 x 2048 = 8192 zero crossings
per revolution).
In addition to this, a fine evaluation can be performed by means
of an analog detection of the amplitude. By combining the rough
and fine evaluation, resolutions of more than 1,000,000 incre-
ments can be achieved per encoder revolution.
Examples of typical sin/cos encoders: ERN1387, ERN1381
Kinetic buffering
The kinetic buffering function (KIP) is a software function which
can be used to buffer brief power failures (up to approx. 1 s or
as long as the drive is still rotating. As a rule, kinetic buffering is
only used for drives which are predominantly in the motoring
mode. The prerequisite is that the driven load must have a suffi-
ciently high moment of inertia, i. e. have sufficient kinetic energy.
During the power failure, the KIP function initiates a motor
switchover to the no-load operation or slightly regenerative
operation (in order to cover the low losses of the motor and in-
verter). After the resumption of power supply, the drive system
switches immediately back to normal motoring operation.
If kinetic buffering is to be used, it is important that the process
can tolerate that the motor coasts down or decelerates during
the power failure. For some applications involving multi-motor
drives (sectional drives) during the kinetic buffering phase, the
speed relationships between the individual drives should be
maintained so that the material web neither breaks nor is dam-
aged. For cases such as these, it is only permissible to activate
the kinetic buffering for one drive - normally the main drive. The
reduced speed setpoints must be fed into the complete setpoint
cascade.
Line filter
Line filters are filters in the converter input which protect the
incoming supply from harmonic loads and/or interference volt-
ages created in the converter.
Line filters can be passive or active filters, for the lower-fre-
quency harmonics (designated with the term line feedback) with
5, 7, 11, 13, etc. times the line frequency, and also filters for high-
frequency interference voltages from 10 kHz onward (i. e. RFI
suppression filters).
With SINAMICS, the term line filter only designates passive RFI
suppression filters.
Line Module
A line module is a power component which creates the DC link
voltage for one or several →"Motor Modules", from a three-
phase mains voltage.
The following three line module types are used for SINAMICS:
→"Basic Line Module", →"Smart Line Module" and →"Active
Line Module".
Line reactor
Line reactors are used for reducing the line-side harmonic cur-
rents and harmonic effects.
With the →"Active Line Modules", line reactors are used as an
additional energy storage.
Line-side power components
Power components arranged between the incoming supply and
the converter unit, such as line reactors, network filters, line con-
tactors, etc.
Load-side power components
Power components arranged between the converter unit and the
motor, e. g. output filters, output reactors, etc.
Motor
For the electric motors which can be driven by SINAMICS, a
principle distinction is made between rotary and linear motors
with regard to their moving direction and between synchronous
and asynchronous (induction) motors with regard to their elec-
tromagnetic operating principle. For SINAMICS, the motors are
connected to a →"Motor Module".
See →"synchronous motor" →"asynchronous (induction)
motor" →"motor encoder"
Motor encoder
An →"encoder" integrated in the motor or built on the motor,
e. g. →"resolver", →"incremental encoder TTL/HTL"
or →"incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp".
The encoder detects the motor speed and, in the case of syn-
chronous motors, also the rotor position angle (of the commuta-
tion angle for the motor currents).
For drives without an additional →"direct position measuring
system", it is also used as position encoder for position control-
ling.
D21-1_en_Kap7_002_007.fm Seite 5 Donnerstag, 4. August 2005 11:19 11
Additional information
Appendix
Glossary
7/6
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
Motor Module
A motor module is a power unit (DC-AC inverter) ensuring the
power supply for the connected motor.
Power is supplied through the →"DC link" of the drive group.
A motor module must be connected to a →"Control Unit"
via →"DRIVE-CLiQ". The open-loop and closed-loop control
functions of the motor module are stored in the control unit.
There are →"Single Motor Modules" and →"Double Motor
Modules".
Motor potentiometer
This function is used to simulate an electromechanical motor po-
tentiometer for setpoint input. The setpoint is adjusted via one
control command for "higher" and one for "lower".
Optimized pulse patterns
Sophisticated modulation procedure of a converter gating unit
where the voltage pulses are arranged in such a way that the
output current has a sinusoidal curve at an optimum approxima-
tion. This is of primary importance for achieving a high gate fac-
tor and a particularly slow torque ripple.
Output reactor
Reactor (inductivity) in the converter or inverter output for redu-
cing the capacitive charge/discharge currents of long power ca-
bles.
Power supply unit
This component provides electric energy for electric and elec-
tronic components.
For SINAMICS, all components are internally connected via 24 V
terminals or rails.
The power supply can be ensured by a conventional power sup-
ply unit available on the market (e. g. SITOP power) or via
a →"Control Supply Module".
PROFIBUS
Field bus in accordance with the IEC 61158 standard, section 2
to 6.
PROFIdrive
This PROFIBUS profile was specified for speed- and position-
controlled drives by the PROFIBUS under organization (PNO).
The PROFIdrive V3 profile is the latest version.
Resolver
Mechanically and electrically very robust and cost-
efficient →"motor encoder" which does not require any incorpo-
rated electronics and which operates according to a fully elec-
tromagnetic principle: One sine and cosine signal, respectively,
are induced in two coils displaced by 90 degrees. The resolver
delivers all signals required for speed-controlled operation of the
converter or for position control. The number of sine and cosine
periods per revolution is equal to the number of pole pairs of the
resolver. In the case of a double-pole resolver, the evaluation
electronics may output an additional zero pulse per encoder re-
volution. This zero pulse ensures a unique assignment of the po-
sition information in relation to an encoder revolution. A double-
pole resolver can be used as single-turn encoder.
2-pole resolvers are suitable for motors with any pole number. In
the case of multi-pole resolvers, the pole pair numbers of the mo-
tor and of the resolver are always identical. For this reason, multi-
pole resolvers ensure a higher resolution than 2-pole resolvers.
Safe braking control
Function associated with →"Safety Integrated".
For SINAMICS →"booksize units" the motor holding brake is
controlled through two channels each with an electronic switch
in the +24 V channel and in the ground channel. Both of these
channels are monitored. If one of the two channels fails, then this
is detected and signaled. For the booksize drive units, the bra-
king wires are integrated in the power cable.
See →"braking control"
Safe standstill
Function of →"Safety Integrated"
In case of an error or in combination with a machine function, this
function is used to safely disconnect the torque-generating
energy flow to the motor. This procedure is executed drive-
specific and contactless.
See →"Safety Integrated
Safety Integrated
These safety functions are integrated into the products and en-
sure efficient personal and machine protection in accordance
with the EC 98/37/EG machinery directive.
By means of the integrated safety functions, the requirements of
safety class 3 in accordance with EN 954-1 can be met in a sim-
ple and efficient way.
Sensor Module
Hardware module for evaluating speed/position encoder sig-
nals.
Single Motor Module
A single motor module is a →"Motor Module" to which one
single motor can be connected and operated.
See →"Double Motor Module"
SIZER
SIZER is a tool for configuring the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
drive systems. SIZER assists with the correct technical specifica-
tions for the drive systems and selection of the drive components
required for the system.
See →"STARTER"
Skip frequency band
A skip frequency band is a range of the speed or frequency set-
point where the drive may not be operated. The upper and lower
limits of the skip frequency band can be parameterized. If a sig-
nal value is entered from an external or internal setpoint source,
which is located in the skip frequency band, then this is replaced
by one of the skip frequency limits. This function allows undesi-
rable mechanical resonant oscillations to be suppressed by
suppressing those speeds which could possibly excite these
resonant oscillations.
Smart Line Module
Unregulated line rectifier/regenerative unit with a diode bridge
for feeding; stall-protected, line-commutated feedback via
IGBTs (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistors).
The Smart Line Module provides the DC link voltage for
the →"Motor Modules".
D21-1_en_Kap7_002_007.fm Seite 6 Donnerstag, 4. August 2005 11:19 11
Additional information
Appendix
Glossary
7/7
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
STARTER
A STARTER commisioning tool is used to commission and to pa-
rameterize drive units. Moreover, diagnostic functions required
for service tasks (e. g. PROFIBUS diagnostics, function genera-
tor, trace) can be executed.
See →"SIZER"
Synchronous motor
Synchronous motors run at the same frequency with which they
are operated. They do not have a slip (like →"asynchronous (in-
duction) motors"). Synchronous motors require different feedfor-
ward and feedback control concepts depending on their design
to ensure that they can be operated with converters.
Synchronous motors are distinguished by the following features:
• permanent-field/separately excited
• with/without damping cage
• with/without position encoder
Synchronous motors are used for different reasons:
• high drive dynamic response (→"synchronous servo motors")
• high overload capability
• high speed accuracy with exactly specified frequency
(SIEMOSYN motors)
Synchronous servo motor
Synchronous servo motors (e. g. 1FK, 1FT) are permanent-field
→"synchronous motors" with position encoders such as
an →"absolute encoder". As the moments of self-inertia are low,
the drive is extremely dynamic. E. g. because there are no power
losses due to the electric resistance of copper in the rotor, a high
power density is achieved with a low construction volume.
Synchronous servo motors can only be operated in combination
with converters.
Due to the servo control required for this purpose, the motor cur-
rent is moment-dependent. The momentary phase relation of the
motor current is derived from the (mechanical) rotor position de-
tected by the position encoder.
Terminal Board
Terminal extension module for plugging into a →"Control Unit".
With SINAMICS, there is, for example, the Terminal Board TB30
with analog and digital I/O terminals.
Terminal Module
Terminal extension module for snapping on the installation rail,
for installation in the control cabinet.
With SINAMICS, there is, for example, the Terminal Module TM31
with analog and digital I/O terminals.
Third-party motor
A motor is designated as a third-party motor if its motor data are
not known to the drive group, but can be identified by means of
the corresponding order number.
The motor data of an external motor are required for commis-
sioning. They must be manually entered in the corresponding
parameters.
Topology
Describes the structure of a drive system with →"Control Unit",
→"Motor Modules", →"motors", →"encoders", →"Terminal
Modules" including the connection system.
Travel to a fixed stop
With this function, a motor can be travelled to a fixed stop with a
defined moment, without any fault message. As soon as the
fixed stop is reached, the moment defined via parameters is built
up and persists.
Vector control
The vector control (field-oriented control) is a high-performance
control type for induction machines. It is based on an exact
model calculation of the motor and of two current components
which control the flow and the torque by means of software algo-
rithms. In this way, the predefined speeds and torques can be
respected and limited precisely with a good dynamic.
There are two vector control types:
• frequency control (sensorless vector control)
• speed-torque control with speed feedback (→"encoder")
D21-1_en_Kap7_002_007.fm Seite 7 Donnerstag, 4. August 2005 11:19 11
Additional information
Appendix
Siemens contacts worldwide
7/8
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
• Technical Support,
• Spare parts/repairs,
• Service,
• Training,
• Sales or
• Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
• Country,
• Product or
• Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
D21-1_en_Kap7_008_009.fm Seite 8 Mittwoch, 27. Juli 2005 7:50 07
Additional information
Appendix
A & D Online Services
7/9
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■A&D in the WWW
A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore
built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide
Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.
Under the address
http://www.siemens.com/automation
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.
■Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog
Detailed information together with convenient interactive func-
tions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation
and Drives product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found on the
Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on CD-ROM or on DVD.
■Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall
The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG on
the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products
presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive
way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from se-
lection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried out
online via the Internet.
Numerous functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the
required products, which can be immediately checked for avai-
lability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes
can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.
Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
D21-1_en_Kap7_008_009.fm Seite 9 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 3:13 15
Additional information
Appendix
Index of order numbers
7/10
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■Index of order numbers
Part/Page
1PH7
1PL6
Asynchronous motors
Asynchronous motors
3/3 to 3/27,
3/42 to 3/48
3/28 to 3/48
3KA5 Main switch 2/29
3KL5
3KL
Switch disconnector with
fuse holders
Switch disconnector
2/22, 2/29
2/15, 2/41
3KX3552-3EA01 Leading auxiliary circuit
switch
2/29
3LD2
3LD9250-3B
Main switch
Leading auxiliary circuit
switch
2/22, 2/29
2/29
3NA3
3NA3
Cable protection fuse
NH fuse (gL/gG)
2/15, 2/41
2/22, 2/29
3NE1 Cable protection fuse incl.
semiconductor protection
2/15, 2/41
3NP Fuse switch disconnector 2/22, 2/29
3RT1 Main contactor 2/15, 2/22, 2/29, 2/41
3RT1476-6AP36 Bypass contactor 2/41
3RV10 Circuit-breaker 2/22, 2/29
3TX7004-1LB00 Output interface for main
contactor
2/29
3VF Circuit-breaker 2/29
3WL
3WL
Bypass contactor
Fixed-mounted
circuit-breaker
2/41
2/15, 2/41
5SB411
5SC211
5SE2335
DIAZED fuse
(gL/gG)
DIAZED fuse
(gL/gG)
NEOZED fuse
(gL/gG)
2/29
2/29
2/29
6AG1064-1AA01
6AG1064-1AA02
Control box SINAMICS
Line adapter
6/7
6/7
6ES7972-0BA41
6ES7972-0BB41
PROFIBUS connector
without PG/PC connection
PROFIBUS connector
with PG/PC connection
2/79
2/79
6FC9341-2AE
6FC9341-2AF
SUB-D connector
SUB-D connector
2/81
2/81
6FX
6FX2003-1SA00
6FX2003-8PS
Connection system
Power connector
Pin contacts for power
connector
4
4/9
4/9
Part/Page
6SL3000-0BE2
6SL3000-0BE3
6SL3000-0BE4
6SL3000-0BG
Line filters for booksize
format Smart Line Modules
Line filters for chassis
format Basic Line Modules
2/21
2/13
6SL3000-0CE1
6SL3000-0CE2
6SL3000-0CE3
6SL3000-0CE4
6SL3000-0CH
6SL3000-0DE
Line reactors for booksize
format Smart Line Modules
Line reactors for chassis
format Basic Line Modules
Line reactor for booksize
format Active Line Modules
2/20
2/12
2/26
6SL3000-0FE Line filter package for
booksize format Active
Line Modules
2/27
6SL3000-0HE Line filters for booksize
format Smart Line Modules
2/21
6SL3000-1B Chassis format breaking
resistor
2/67
6SL3000-2A
6SL3000-2B
6SL3000-2C
Motor reactors
Motor reactors
Sinusoidal filters
2/74
2/74
2/73
6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1
6SL3054
CU320 Control Unit
CompactFlash cards
2/79
2/80
6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0
6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA0
6SL3055-0AA00-3FA0
6SL3055-0AA00-5AA0
6SL3055-0AA00-5BA1
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA0
CBC10
TB30
TM31
TM15
SMC10
SMC20
SMC30
2/81
2/82
2/84
2/86
2/89
2/90
2/91
6SL3060-1FE21-6AA0
6SL3060-4A
6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0
6SL3066-2DA00-0AA0
6SL3066-2DA00-0AB0
Adapter set
Signal cables
Spacer
DRIVE-CLiQ cabinet
conduit
DRIVE-CLiQ coupler
2/28
4/13
2/79
4/15
4/15
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0
SIZER
STARTER
Firmware license for
CompactFlash card
5/2
5/3
2/80
6SL3097 SINAMICS Documentation 6/10
6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0
6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0
Booksize format
Braking Module
Booksize format
braking resistor
2/61
2/66
6SL3100-1CE14-0AA0
6SL3100-1DE22-0AA0
Capacitor Module
Control Supply Module
2/69
2/70
6SL3120-1TE
6SL3120-2TE
Booksize format
Single Motor Modules
Booksize format
Double Motor Modules
2/42
2/58
D21-1_en_Kap7_010_012.fm Seite 10 Mittwoch, 27. Juli 2005 7:51 07
Additional information
Appendix
Index of order numbers
7/11
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■Index of order numbers (continued)
Part/Page
6SL3130-6 Booksize format
Smart Line Modules
2/16
6SL3130-7TE Booksize format
Active Line Modules
2/23
6SL3162-1AF
6SL3162-1AH
Shield terminal plates
Shield terminal plates
2/16, 2/23, 2/43
2/23, 2/43
6SL3162-2AA00
6SL3162-2AA01
24 V terminal adapter
24 V jumper
2/16, 2/23, 2/43, 2/58
2/16, 2/23, 2/43, 2/58
6SL3162-2BD
6SL3162-2BM
DC link supply adapter
DC link adapters
2/16, 2/23, 2/43,
2/58, 2/72
2/16, 2/23, 2/43,
2/58, 2/72
6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0 Power connector 2/43, 2/58, 4/9
6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 Warning signs in foreign
languages
2/16, 2/23, 2/43, 2/58,
2/61, 2/69, 2/70
6SL3300-1A
6SL3300-7T
Chassis format
Braking Modules
Active Interface Modules
2/63
2/35
6SL3320-1T Chassis format
Single Motor Modules
2/48
6SL3330-1T
6SL3330-7T
Chassis format
Basic Line Modules
Chassis format
Active Line Modules
2/8
2/30
6SN1111
6SN1113
6SN1162
6SN1197
Line reactors for book-
size format Active Line
Modules
Booksize format
braking resistor
Adapter set
Documentation motors
2/26
2/66
2/28
6/10
6SW1700 Drive ES 5/4
6SX7002-0A Incremental encoder 4/13
6ZB2480 Training case 6/7, 6/8
E86060 Training 6/3
D21-1_en_Kap7_010_012.fm Seite 11 Mittwoch, 27. Juli 2005 7:51 07
Additional information
Appendix
Subject index
7/12
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■Subject index
Part/Page
A
AC motors 3
Active Interface Modules 2/35
Active Line Modules - booksize format 2/23
Active Line Modules - chassis format 2/30
Applications 6/2
Asynchronous motors 3
B
Basic Line Modules - chassis format 2/8
Braking Modules - booksize format 2/61
Braking Modules - chassis format 2/63
Braking resistors - booksize format 2/66
Braking resistors - chassis format 2/67
C
Capacitor Module 2/69
CBC10 Communication Board 2/81
CompactFlash card 2/80
Components, overview 1/10
Configuration 5
Configuration example 5/24
Configuration sequence 5/5
Connection system 4
Control Supply Module 2/70
Correction factors 2/5, 2/6
CU320 Control Unit 2/77
D
DC link components 2/61
DC link supply adapter 2/72
Derating data 2/5
Dimensioning (configuration) 5/6
Documentation 6/10
Double Motor Modules - booksize format 2/58
DRIVE-CLiQ 4
Drive ES 5/4
Drive ES engineering tool 5/4
E
Encoder system connection 2/88
G
General technical data (SINAMICS S120) 2/2
Glossary 7/2
I
Introduction 1
L
Length code for cables 4/16
Line filters 2/13, 2/21,
2/27
Line Modules 2/7
Line reactors 2/12, 2/20,
2/26
Line-side components 2/7, 2/15,
2/22, 2/29,
2/41
Load-side power components 2/73
Part/Page
M
Modular system 1/9
MOTION-CONNECT 4
Motor Modules 2/42
Motor reactors 2/74
Motors 3
O
Online spare parts catalog 6/9
Overload capability 2/3
P
Power cables 4/5
Power components, load-side 2/73
R
Recommended line-side components 2/15, 2/22,
2/29, 2/41
S
Selection guides (tools) 5/2
Selection guides for motors 3/42
Service & Support 6/9
Services and documentation 6
Signal cables 4/10
SINAMICS S120 Vector Control 2
SINAMICS, introduction 1/6
Single Motor Modules 2/42 to 2/57
Single Motor Modules - booksize format 2/42
Single Motor Modules - chassis format 2/48
Sinusoidal filter 2/73
SIZER 5/2
SIZER configuration tool 5/2
Smart Line Modules - booksize format 2/16
SMC... Sensor Modules 2/89 to 2/91
SPARESonWeb - spare parts catalog 6/9
STARTER 5/3
STARTER drive/commissioning software 5/3
System data, SINAMICS general data 2/2
T
TB30 Terminal Board 2/82
Technical data, SINAMICS general data 2/2
TM15 Terminal Module 2/86
TM31 Terminal Module 2/84
Totally Integrated Automation 1/4
Training 6/3
Training case 6/7
Training package 6/4
V
Vector Control drive system 1/8
D21-1_en_Kap7_010_012.fm Seite 12 Mittwoch, 27. Juli 2005 7:51 07
Additional information
Appendix
Conversion tables
7/13
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■Rotary inertia (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■Torque (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■Length (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■Power (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■Force (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■Mass (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
■Rotation (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B
A
lb-in
2
lb-ft
2
lb-in-s
2
lb-ft-s
2
slug-ft
2
kg-cm
2
kg-cm-s
2
gm-cm
2
gm-cm-s
2
oz-in
2
oz-in-s
2
lb-in
2
1 6.94×10
–3
2.59×10
–3
2.15×10
–4
2.926 2.98×10
–3
2.92×10
3
2.984 16 4.14×10
–2
lb-ft
2
144 1 0.3729 3.10×10
–2
421.40 0.4297 4.21×10
5
429.71 2304 5.967
lb-in-s
2
386.08 2.681 1 8.33×10
–2
1.129×10
3
1.152 1.129×10
6
1.152×10
3
6.177×10
3
16
lb-ft-s
2
slug-ft
2
4.63×10
3
32.17 12 1 1.35×10
–4
13.825 1.355×10
7
1.38×10
4
7.41×10
–4
192
kg-cm
2
0.3417 2.37×10
–3
8.85×10
–4
7.37×10
–5
1 1.019×10
–3
1000 1.019 5.46 1.42×10
–2
kg-cm-s
2
335.1 2.327 0.8679 7.23×10
–2
980.66 1 9.8×10
5
1000 5.36×10
3
13.887
gm-cm
2
3.417×10
–4
2.37×10
–6
8.85×10
–7
7.37×10
–8
1×10
–3
1.01×10
–6
1 1.01×10
–3
5.46×10
–3
1.41×10
–5
gm-cm-s
2
0.335 2.32×10
–3
8.67×10
–4
7.23×10
–5
0.9806 1×10
–3
980.6 1 5.36 1.38×10
–2
oz-in
2
0.0625 4.34×10
–4
1.61×10
–4
1.34×10
–5
0.182 1.86×10
–4
182.9 0.186 1 2.59×10
–3
oz-in-s
2
24.13 0.1675 6.25×10
–2
5.20×10
–3
70.615 7.20×10
–2
7.09×10
4
72.0 386.08 1
B
A
lb-in lb-ft oz-in N-m kg-cm kg-m gm-cm dyne-cm
lb-in 1 8.333×10
–2
16 0.113 1.152 1.152×10
–2
1.152×10
3
1.129×10
6
lb-ft 12 1 192 1.355 13.825 0.138 1.382×10
4
1.355×10
7
oz-in 6.25×10
–2
5.208×10
–3
1 7.061×10
–3
7.200×10
–2
7.200×10
–4
72.007 7.061×10
7
N-m 8.850 0.737 141.612 1 10.197 0.102 1.019×10
4
1×10
7
kg-cm 0.8679 7.233×10
–2
13.877 9.806×10
–2
1 10
–2
1000 9.806×10
5
kg-m 86.796 7.233 1.388×10
3
9.806 100 1 1×10
5
9.806×10
7
gm-cm 8.679×10
–4
7.233×10
–5
1.388×10
–2
9.806×10
–5
1×10
–3
1×10
–5
1 980.665
dyne-cm 8.850×10
–7
7.375×10
–8
1.416×10
–5
10
–7
1.0197×10
–6
1.019×10
–8
1.019×10
–3
1
B
A
inches feet cm yd mm m
inches 1 0.0833 2.54 0.028 25.4 0.0254
feet 12 1 30.48 0.333 304.8 0.3048
cm 0.3937 0.03281 1 1.09×10
–2
10 0.01
yd 36 3 91.44 1 914.4 0.914
mm 0.03937 0.00328 0.1 1.09×10
–3
1 0.001
m 39.37 3.281 100 1.09 1000 1
B
A
HP Watts
HP (English) 1 745.7
(lb-in)(deg./sec) 2.645×10
–6
1.972×10
–3
(lb-in)(rpm) 1.587×10
–5
1.183×10
–2
(lb-ft)(deg./sec) 3.173×10
–5
2.366×10
–2
(lb-ft)(rpm) 1.904×10
–4
0.1420
Watts 1.341×10
–3
1
B
A
lb oz gm dyne N
lb 1 16 453.6 4.448×10
–5
4.4482
oz 0.0625 1 28.35 2.780×10
–4
0.27801
gm 2.205×10
–3
0.03527 1 1.02×10
–3
N.A.
dyne 2.248×10
–6
3.59×10
–5
890.7 1 0.00001
N 0.22481 3.5967 N.A. 100.000 1
B
A
lb oz gm slug
lb 1 16 453.6 0.0311
oz 6.25×10
–2
1 28.35 1.93×10
–3
gm 2.205×10
–3
3.527×10
–3
1 6.852×10
–5
slug 32.17 514.8 1.459×10
4
1
B
A
rpm rad/sec. degrees/sec.
rpm 1 0.105 6.0
rad/sec. 9.55 1 57.30
degrees/sec. 0.167 1.745×10
–2
1
D21-1_en_Kap7_0013_0014.fm Seite 13 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 3:20 15
Additional information
Appendix
Conversion tables
7/14
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■Temperature conversion
■Mechanism efficiencies
■Friction coefficients
■Material densities
■Wire gauges
1)
°F °C °C °F
0 –17.8 –10 14
32 0 0 32
50 10 10 50
70 21.1 20 68
90 32.2 30 86
98.4 37 37 98.4
212 100 100 212
subtract 32 and multiply by
5
/
9
multiply by
9
/
5
and add 32
Acme-screw with brass nut ~0.35–0.65
Acme-screw with plastic nut ~0.50–0.85
Ball-screw ~0.85–0.95
Chain and Sprocket ~0.95–0.98
Preloaded Ball-screw ~0.75–0.85
Spur or Bevel-gears ~0.90
Timing Belts ~0.96–0.98
Worm Gears ~0.45–0.85
Helical Gear (1 reduction) ~0.92
Materials µ
Steel on Steel (greased) ~0.15
Plastic on Steel ~0.15–0.25
Copper on Steel ~0.30
Brass on Steel ~0.35
Aluminium on Steel ~0.45
Steel on Steel ~0.58
Mechanism µ
Ball Bushings <0.001
Linear Bearings <0.001
Dove-tail slides ~0.2++
Gibb Ways ~0.5++
Material lb-in
3
gm-cm
3
Aluminium 0.096 2.66
Brass 0.299 8.30
Bronze 0.295 8.17
Copper 0.322 8.91
Hard Wood 0.029 0.80
Soft Wood 0.018 0.48
Plastic 0.040 1.11
Glass 0.079–0.090 2.2–2.5
Titanium 0.163 4.51
Paper 0.025–0.043 0.7–1.2
Polyvinyl chloride 0.047–0.050 1.3–1.4
Rubber 0.033–0.036 0.92–0.99
Silicone rubber, without filler 0.043 1.2
Cast iron, grey 0.274 7.6
Steel 0.280 7.75
Cross-Section
mm
2
Standard Wire
Gauge (SWG)
American Wire
Gauge (AWG)
0.2 25 24
0.3 23 22
0.5 21 20
0.75 20 19
1.0 19 18
1.5 17 16
2.5 15 13
4 13 11
6 12 9
10 9 7
16 7 6
25 5 3
35 3 2
50 0 1/0
70 000 2/0
95 00000 3/0
120 0000000 4/0
150 – 6/0
185 – 7/0
1) Table shows approximate SWG/AWG sizes nearest to standard metric
sizes; the cross-sections do not match exactly.
D21-1_en_Kap7_0013_0014.fm Seite 14 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 3:20 15
Additional information
Appendix
Terms and conditions of sale and delivery
Export regulations
7/15
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
■Terms and conditions of sale and delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con-
ditions for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger-
many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following condi-
tions apply only for orders from Siemens AG.
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Condi-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry“ shall apply.
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany“ shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The „General Terms of Payment“ as well as the „General Condi-
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall
apply.
For software products, the „General License Conditions for Soft-
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany“ shall apply.
General
The prices are in € (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver, plump,
aluminum and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the
respective limits of the notes are exceeded.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -
these are subject to change without prior notice.
Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
under the following Order Nos.:
• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
(for customers based in Germany)
• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
(for customers based outside of Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
■Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog:
Even without a label or with an “AL: N“ or “ECCN: N“, authoriza-
tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
A&D/VuL/En 17.03.05
AL Number of the German Export List
Products marked other than “N“ require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export de-
signations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “AL not equal to N“ are
subject to a European or German export authori-
zation when being exported out of the EU.
ECCN Export Control Classification Number
Products marked other than “N“ are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an “ECCN not equal to N“ are
subject to a US re-export authorization.
D21-1_en_Kap7_0015_0016.fm Seite 15 Dienstag, 16. August 2005 3:22 15
Additional information
Appendix
7/16
Siemens D 21.1 · 2005
7
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Motion Control Sytems
Order No.
E86060-K5521-A111-A1-7600
KG 0905 8.0 BD 224 En/P 522016
Printed in Germany
D21-1_en_Kap7_0015_0016.fm Seite 16 Freitag, 19. August 2005 7:32 07
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
A&D/3U/En 02.03.05
Automation and Drives Catalog
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM
• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units,
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
D 11
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1
SINAMICS S120 Servo Control Drive System D 21.2
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3
DC Motors DA 12
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
DA 21.1
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter
Cabinet Units
DA 22
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MV Medium-Voltage Drives DA 63
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
DA 65.3
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60
• Main Spindle Motors
• Feed Motors
• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1
Electrical Installation Technology
ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and
Distribution Boards
ET A1
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks ET A5
BETA Modular Installation Devices ET B1
DELTA Switches and Outlets ET D1
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1
Factory Automation Sensors FS 10
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80
Industrial Communication for
Automation and Drives
IK PI
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution Catalog
Low-Voltage Switchgear – Controlgear for Industry LV 10
Power Distribution – Products and Systems
for Low-Voltage Power Distribution
LV 30
SIDAC reactors and filters LV 60
SIVACON 8PS Busbar trunking systems
CD, BD01, BD2 up to 1250 A
LV 70
Low-Voltage Controlgear, Switchgear and Systems LV 90
Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation
Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
Positioners and Liquid Meters
FI 01
PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
Gas Analysis Equipment for the Process Industry PA 10
PDF: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
PA 11
SIPAN Liquid Analysis PA 20
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
PDF: SIMATIC S5/505 Automation Systems ST 50
Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation
ST 70
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
PDF: Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST PCS 7.A
pc-based Automation ST PC
SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
SIPOS Electric Actuators
Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2
Systems Engineering
Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
TELEPERM M Process Control System
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
U3_en_4f.fm Seite 2 Freitag, 5. August 2005 9:36 09
Order No. E86060-K5521-A111-A1-7600
The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions
or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use
do not always apply as described or which may change as a
result of further development of the products. An obligation
to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if
expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and
technical specifications are subject to change without notice. Token fee € 5,-/$ 5,-
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
Motion Control Systems
www.siemens.com/sinamics-s120

4GNCVGF ECVCNQIU
5+0#/+%5 ) D 11.1 Converter Chassis Units 0.12 kW (0.16 HP) to 3 kW (4 HP) Order No.: German: E86060-K5511-A111-A1 English: E86060-K5511-A111-A1-7600 5+0#/+%5 ) D 11 Converter Chassis Units 5+0#/+%5 ) Converter Cabinet Units Order No.: German: E86060-K5511-A111-A2 English: E86060-K5511-A111-A2-7600 5+0#/+%5 5 Servo Control Drive System D 21.2

5+0#/+%5 /+%41/#56'4 5+<'4 EQPHKIWTCVKQP VQQN
SIZER speeds up and simplifies the configuration of 5+0#/+%5 ) 5+0#/+%5 ) 5+0#/+%5 ) 5+0#/+%5 5 5+0#/+%5 5 and /+%41/#56'4  drives. The tool will support you during the technical configuration of all components required to complete a drive task. SIZER will guide you through all stages of the configuration process, from the line supply through the drive components and beyond to the motors. Motors are configured by means of standardized load characteristics, cyclic drives or free duty cycles. The drive components required (e.g. power modules, power supplies) are calculated. The configuration completes the drive system by adding the supplementary components (e.g. sensor modules, terminal expansion modules, cables, reactors, filters).

Order No.: German: E86060-K5521-A121-A1 English: E86060-K5521-A121-A1-7600 5+0#/+%5 5 D 21.3 Converter Cabinet Units 75 kW (100 HP) to 1200 kW (1609 HP) Order No.: German: E86060-K5521-A131-A1 English: E86060-K5521-A131-A1-7600 5+/16+10 Motion Control System PM 10

Order No.: German: E86060-K4910-A101-A4 English: E86060-K4910-A101-A4-7600 5+/#6+% ST 70 Components for Totally Integrated Automation and Micro Automation Order No.: German: E86060-K4910-A111-A9 Englisch: E86060-K4910-A111-A9-7600 5+64#+0 Training for Automation ITC and Industrial Solutions Order No.: Paper: E86060-K6850-A101-B5 (Germ.) Paper: E86060-K6850-A101-B5-7600 (Engl.) CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7400 (Germ.) CD-ROM: E86060-D6850-A100-C2-7600 (Engl.) %CVCNQI %#  CA 01 The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives Order No.: CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A100-C3 (Germ.) CD-ROM: E86060-D4001-A100-C3-7600 (Engl.) DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C3 (Germ.) DVD: E86060-D4001-A500-C3-7600 (Engl.) # & /CNN Internet: http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

6TCFGOCTMU
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Menu driven configuration makes it easier for beginners to use the tool. Status information keeps you continually informed of the progress of the configuration process. The online help provides support during configuration. In addition to the data calculated, characteristics are also displayed to assist optimization and highlight reserves. The export function can be used to forward the parts list to the SAP-VSR ordering system where available. /KPKOWO JCTFYCTG CPF UQHVYCTG TGSWKTGOGPVU PG or PC with PentiumTM II 400 MHz (NT, 2000), PentiumTM III 500 MHz (XP) 256 MB RAM At least 600 MB of free hard disk space An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows system drive Monitor resolution 1024x768 pixels WindowsTM NT 4.0 SP5, 2000 SP2, XP SP1 Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 SP2 7UG The SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER can be used free of charge. A minimal fee is charged for processing CD-delivery. The user interface is available in English and German. The SINAMICS MICROMASTER SIZER configuration tool can be ordered from your Siemens representative under Order No. 5.###).

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Drive System
SINAMICS S120

Introduction

Welcome to Automation and Drives Totally Integrated Automation SINAMICS SINAMICS S120 Technical system data Line-side components Line/Motor Modules DC link components Load-side components Control Units Encoder connection system Asynchronous (induction) motors

1

Catalog D 21.1 · 2005
© Siemens AG 2005

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control

2

AC motors

Motors

3
Connection system MOTION-CONNECT

Cables

4
Configuration
Selection guides Planning Dimensioning Configuration example

5

Additional information

The products and systems described in this catalog are produced/ distributed in accordance with the requirements of a quality management system which has been certified to DIN EN ISO 9001 (Certificate Registration No. 001258 QM) and DIN EN ISO 14001 (Certificate Registration No. 081342 UM).The certificates are recognized in all IQNet countries.

Services and documentation

Applications Training Service & Support Documentation

6

Appendix

s

Glossary Siemens contacts worlwide A&D Online Services Index of order numbers Subject index Terms and conditions of sale and delivery Export regulations

7

Welcome to Automation and Drives

We would like to welcome you to Automation and Drives and our comprehensive range of products, systems, solutions and services for production and process automation and building technology worldwide. With Totally Integrated Automation and Totally Integrated Power, we deliver solution platforms based on standards that offer you a considerable savings potential. Discover the world of our technology now. If you need more detailed information, please contact one of your regional Siemens partners. They will be glad to assist you.

1/2

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 1/3 .

and have continuously improved the system ever since. Totally Integrated Automation is a unique "common solution" platform that covers all the sectors.from receiving to technical processing ERP Enterprise Resource Planning Ethernet MES Manufacturing Execution Systems Production Order Management Ethernet Material Management Production Operations Recording Equipment Management Control SIMATIC NET Industrial Communication SINAUT Telecontrol System SIMATIC Machine Vision SIMATIC Software Industrial Industrial Ethernet Ethernet Safety Integrated Industrial Wireless Communication/ MOBIC PROCESS FIELD PROFIBUS PC-based Automation AS-Interface Building Technology GAMMA instabus Micro-Automation and Actuator-Sensor Interface Level ECOFAST IP65 Distributed Automation System 1/4 Siemens D 21.and production-oriented or a hybrid.1 · 2005 . Whether your industry is process. Totally Integrated Automation is an integrated platform for the entire production line . we were the first ones on the market to consistently implement the trend from equipment to an integrated automation solution.Totally Integrated Automation – innovations for more productivity With the launch of Totally Integrated Automation.

your plant now benefits in every phase of the life cycle. In fact. open communications as well as intelligent diagnostics options.1 · 2005 1/5 . Thanks to the system-oriented engineering environment. integrated. to this day we are the only company worldwide that can offer a control system based on an integrated platform for both the production and process industry. Plant Information Management Production Modeler Product Specification Management System SIMATIC IT Framework Detailed Production Scheduling Laboratory Information Management System SIMATIC Controller/ Automation System SENTRON CircuitBreakers SIMATIC Distributed I/O SINUMERIK Numeric Control SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System SIMOTION Motion Control System SIMATIC HMI Human Machine Interface Process Instrumentation and Analytics HART SIWAREX Weighing Technology Sensor Technology IQ-Sense SIMOCODE pro Motor Management System PROFIBUS PA SIMODRIVE SINAMICS Drive Systems/ SINAMICS Siemens D 21.and production areas to shipping.

SINAMICS offers solutions for all drive tasks: 7 Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry. 7 Drive line-ups in textile. Joint hardware and software components. the SINAMICS range offers the ideal version for any drive task. Integrated SINAMICS systems covering configuration. as well as standardized tools for design. 7 SINAMICS S handles complex drive tasks with synchronous/asynchronous (induction) motors and fulfills stringent requirements regarding: . These applications have less stringent requirements regarding the dynamics and accuracy of the motor speed. data storage and communication at automation level. SINAMICS handles a wide variety of drive tasks with no system gaps. ensure high-level integration across all components. Versions Depending on the application. as well as packaging and printing machines. as well as conveyor and transport systems. SINAMICS is a part of the Siemens "Totally Integrated Automation" concept. 7 Complex individual drives in centrifuges. extruders. The different SINAMICS versions can be easily combined with each other. plastic film and paper machines.dynamics and accuracy . 7 Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools. presses.1 · 2005 .1 Introduction SINAMICS drive family SINAMICS G SINAMICS S Extrusion Forming/Shaping Pumps/Fans Packaging Printing Machines Textiles G_D212_EN_00053 Conveyor Systems Rolling Mills Machine Tools Applications of the SINAMICS drive family Applications SINAMICS is the new family of Siemens drives designed for machine and plant engineering applications. as well as in rolling mill plants. configuration and commissioning tasks. elevators.integration of extensive technological functions in the drive control system Platform Concept and Totally Integrated Automation All SINAMICS versions are based on a platform concept. 7 SINAMICS G is designed for standard applications with asynchronous (induction) motors. 1/6 Siemens D 21. SIMOTION and SINUMERIK. ensure low-maintenance solutions with SIMATIC.

Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all development and production processes ensure a consistently high level of quality. Siemens D 21.Introduction SINAMICS drive family 1 Automation Systems SINUMERIK Asynchronous Motors Synchronous Motors G_D212_EN_00077 SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system Quality to DIN EN ISO 9001 SINAMICS conforms with the most exacting quality requirements. our quality assurance system is certified by an independent authority to DIN EN ISO 9001. Of course. Suitable for use anywhere in the world SINAMICS meets the requirements of relevant international standards and regulations – from the EN standards through IEC standards to UL and cULus regulations.1 · 2005 1/7 .

1 · 2005 G_D211_EN_00017 6 .1 Introduction SINAMICS S120 Vector Control drive system PC tools SIZER and STARTER PROCESS FIELD SITOP 24 V DC 1 Terminal Modules Type Booksize SITOP 24 V DC Type Chassis 3 Option Boards Incoming power Line reactor Line filter Power/signal line DRIVE-CLiQ line 4 5 6 Terminal Module 1 2 3 4 4 4 Option Boards Incoming power 1 2 3 4 5 6 Control Unit Active Interface Module Active Line Module Single Motor Module Double Motor Module Sensor Module Motors without encoder Motors with integrated DRIVE-CLiQ interface Motors with standard encoder Motors without encoder Motors with Motors with standard integrated DRIVE-CLiQ encoder interface System overview of SINAMICS S120 Vector Control 1/8 Siemens D 21.

high-performance SIMOTION D modules are used instead. all the components used in a machine can always be individually identified. Higher-level controllers operate the drives to achieve the required coordinated movement. including running gears in gantry cranes. DRIVE-CLiQ – the digital interface between all components All SINAMICS S120 components. as they support economic energy exchange between braking and driving axes. Whether synchronous or asynchronous (induction). 1 Siemens D 21. SINAMICS S120 boasts line supplies (Line Modules) and inverters (Motor Modules) covering a wide power range. Electronic rating plate in all components All SINAMICS S120 components with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface have an electronic rating plate that contains all the relevant data about that particular component. For complex numerical or motion-control tasks. designed as a modular system. a high-performance configuration tool. New system architecture with a central Control Unit Electronically coordinated individual drives work together to perform their drive tasks. In addition to the technical data. SIZER. Simple technological tasks can be carried out automatically by the SINAMICS S120 Control Unit. Since this data can be called up electronically on site or remotely. for example. Converter boards (sensor modules) for converting standard encoder signals to DRIVE-CLiQ are available for third-party motors or retrofit applications. which. all motor types are supported by SINAMICS S120. including the motors and encoders. The Control Unit records this data automatically via DRIVE-CLiQ so that it does not need to be entered during commissioning or when the equipment is replaced. This exchange usually took place via a field bus. pave the way for compact multi-axis drive configurations. order number. Drives with coupled DC links are required for this purpose. therefore. and globally unique ID). having been designed for seamless integration. SINAMICS S120 is enhanced by a wide range of motors. are interconnected via a joint serial interface called DRIVE-CLiQ. Particularly suitable for multi-axis applications Coordinated drives that carry out drive tasks together are used in many mechanical and plant engineering applications. In the motors. the rating plate includes logistical data (manufacturer ID.1 · 2005 1/9 . Since all the required data is stored in the central Control Unit. SINAMICS S120 takes a different approach. Inter-axis connections can be established within a Control Unit and easily configured in the STARTER commissioning tool using a mouse. or paper machines and rolling mills.Introduction SINAMICS S120 Vector Control drive system Modular system for demanding drive tasks SINAMICS S120 solves demanding drive tasks for a wide range of industrial applications and is. The standardized cables and connectors reduce the variety of different parts and cut inventory costs. which helps simplify servicing. it does not need to be transferred. this data includes the parameters of the electric equivalent circuit diagram and characteristic values for the built-in motor encoder. stretching systems in the textile industry. which required a great deal of time and effort for installation and configuration. This requires cyclic data exchange between the controller and all the drives. A central control unit controls the drives for all connected axes and also establishes the technological links between the drives and/or axes. Users can choose from many different harmonized components and functions to create a solution that best meets their requirements. makes it easier to choose and determine the optimum drive configuration.

1 · 2005 .1 Notes Introduction 1/10 Siemens D 21.

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control 2/2 2/2 2/5 2/7 2/7 2/8 2/12 2/13 2/15 2/16 2/20 2/21 2/22 2/23 2/26 2/27 2/29 2/30 2/35 2/41 2/42 2/42 2/48 2/58 System Data General technical data Derating characteristic curves Line Modules and line-side components Overview Basic Line Modules in chassis format Line reactors Line filters Recommended line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format Line reactors Line filters Recommended line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format Line reactors Line filters Recommended line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules Recommended line-side components Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in booksize format Single Motor Modules in chassis format Double Motor Modules in booksize format 2/61 2/61 2/63 2/66 2/67 2/69 2/70 2/72 2/73 2/73 2/74 2/77 2/77 2/80 2/81 2/81 2/82 2/84 2/86 2/88 2/89 2/90 2/91 DC link components Braking Modules in booksize format Braking Modules in chassis format Braking resistors in booksize format Braking resistors in chassis format Capacitor Module Control Supply Module DC link supply adapter Load-side power components Sinusoidal filter Motor reactors Control Units CU320 Control Unit CompactFlash card Supplementary system components CBC10 Communication Board TB30 Terminal Board TM31 Terminal Module TM15 Terminal Module Encoder system connection SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 .

Line Modules and Motor Modules Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation for Control Units. additional system components. DC link components and Sensor Modules Climatic ambient conditions • Storage 1) Class 1K3 to EN 60721-3-1 Temperature -40 °C (-40 °F) to +70 °C (+158 °F) Class 2K4 to EN 60721-3-2 Temperature -40 °C (-40 °F) to +70 °C (+158 °F) Max.Booksize format units .With line filter • Chassis format units . > 40 °C (+104 °F) to +55 °C (+131 °F) see derating characteristics 0 °C (+32 °F) to +55 °C (+131 °F) Up to 2000 m (6563 ft) above sea level Protection class 2 Cooling method Permissible ambient and coolant temperature (air) during operation for line-side components.Chassis format units • Operation Shock stressing • Transport 1) . > 2000 m (6563 ft) to 4000 m (13126 ft) above sea level see derating characteristics CE (low-voltage and EMC directive) cULus (File Nos. -15/+20% • Operation Environmental class/harmful chemical substances • Storage 1) • Transport 1) • Operation Organic/biological influences • Storage 1) • Transport • Operation Pollution degree Installation altitude • Booksize format units 1) Class 1C2 to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2C2 to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3 Class 1B1 to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2B1 to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3 2 to EN 61800-5-1 Up to 1000 m (3282 ft) above sea level without derating.Standard . Electrical data Line connection voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min) or 660 V to 690 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min) 47 Hz to 63 Hz 0 V to line connection voltage.System Data ■ Technical data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control General technical data Ambient conditions Degree of protection IP00 or IP20 to EN 60529 Class I (with protective conductor system) and class III (PELV) to EN 61800-5-1 Internal ventilator. depending on the infeed type 0 Hz to 300 Hz 24 V DC. E164110 and E70122) Safety Integrity Level 2 (SIL 2) to IEC 61508. the following technical specifications are valid for all the following components of the SINAMICS S120 drive system. power sections with increased air cooling by in-built fans 0 °C (+32 °F) to +40 °C (+104 °F) without derating. Part 1) • Transport 1) SINAMICS S120 booksize and chassis formats Unless explicitly specified otherwise. splashwater and ice formation are not permitted (EN 60204.1 · 2005 .Standard .Booksize format units .With line filter Overvoltage category Mechanical data Vibratory load • Transport 1) . > 1000 m (3282 ft) to 5000 m (16408 ft) above sea level see derating characteristics Up to 2000 m (6563 ft) above sea level without derating. Control category 3 to EN 954-1 for Safety Integrated – safe standstill (SH) and safe brake control (SBC) Power frequency Output voltage Output frequency Electronics power supply Radio interference suppression • Booksize format units .Chassis format units • Operation No radio interference suppression Class A1 to EN 55011 and Category C2 to EN 61800-3 • Chassis format units Category C3 to EN 61800-3 Category C2 to EN 61800-3 Class III to EN 60664-1 Certificates Conformity Approvals (for 380 V to 480 V SINAMICS modules) Certification (certification for chassis format units available soon) Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2 Class 2M2 to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3M4 to EN 60721-3-3 Class 2M3 to EN 60721-3-2 Class 2M2 to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3M4 to EN 60721-3-3 1) In transport packaging 2/2 Siemens D 21.: E192450. air humidity 95% at 40 °C (+104 °F) Class 3K3 to EN 60721-3-3 Condensation.

65 s 5s 60 s G_D211_EN_00036 t 300 s t 10 s Load cycle without preloading High overload G_D212_en_00066a 1.1 · 2005 2/3 .4 x Prated t 10 min max S6 G_D212_en_00061 rated 0.5 x H_DC G_D212_en_00068a Prated G_D212_en_00067a Siemens D 21.4 x P rated t 60 s t 60 s S6 duty cycle with preloading S6 duty cycle with preloading Line Modules in chassis format max_DC max rated rated_DC H_DC 2.2 s t 10 s rated Load cycle with preloading Load cycle with preloading P Pmax PS6 P rated 4 min 0.7 x rated 10 s 0.7 x rated 4 min t 10 min S6 duty cycle with preloading S6 duty cycle with preloading P Pmax G_D212_en_00062b max 10 s rated 0.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Overload capability Line Modules in booksize format P Pmax max System Data General technical data Motor Modules in booksize format 2 0.25 s t 10 s G_D212_en_00065a G_D212_en_00063 Prated 0.

1 · 2005 .5 x H G_D211_EN_00002 Rated current (permanent) Base load current rated H H Load cycle with 30 s overload with a load cycle period of 300 s 60 s for high overload 300 s G_D213_EN_00008a High overload 2/4 Siemens D 21.1 x L Rated current (permanent) Base load current L for small overload 60 s 300 s G_D211_EN_00001 t L Load cycle with 60 s overload with a load cycle period of 300 s Converter current G_D213_EN_00007 Low overload 1.System Data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control General technical data ■ Technical data (continued) Motor Modules in booksize format Converter current Motor Modules in chassis format The base load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s with a load cycle period of 300 s.5 x H Base load current rated H H Short-time current 60 s 300 s 1. Converter current 2 1. Converter current 30 s 300 s t Short-time current 1.76 x H Base load current rated H H The base load current IH is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s with a load cycle period of 300 s.

The permissible output current in this case is 100 x (0.60 x 0. both derating characteristics must be taken into account for the permissible output power/output current.75) = 45%.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Characteristic curves Derating characteristics for Line Modules in booksize format System Data General technical data Derating characteristics for Motor Modules in booksize format G_D212_EN_00058a 100 Permissible output power Permissible output current % 90 80 70 60 55 30 (86) 35 (95) 40 (104) °C 45 50 (113) (122) (°F) Ambient temperature 55 (131) % 90 80 70 60 55 30 (86) 35 (95) 40 (104) G_D212_DE_00058a 45 50 °C 55 (113 (122) (°F) (131) Ambient temperature Output power as a function of ambient temperature Output current as a function of ambient temperature G_D212_EN_00060 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 0 1000 (3282) Permissible output current Permissible output power 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 0 1000 (3282) m 2000 3000 4000 5000 (6563) (9845) (13126) (ft) (16408) Installation altitude above sea level m 2000 3000 4000 5000 (6563) (9845) (13126) (ft) (16408) Installation altitude above sea level Output power as a function of installation altitude Output current as a function of installation altitude Correction factors for increased ambient temperatures and installation altitudes If the Line and Motor Modules are operated at ambient temperatures of > 40 °C (104 °F) and installation altitudes of > 1000 m (3282 ft).1 · 2005 2/5 G_D212_EN_00003a 100 % 95 90 100 % 95 90 G_D212_EN_00001a 100 2 . Siemens D 21. Example: A Motor Module is to operate at an ambient temperature of 55 °C (131 °F) (60% permissible output current) and an installation altitude of 3000 m (9845 ft) (75% permissible output current).

units with a voltage range between 660 V and 690 V cannot be used at altitudes of 3500 m (11485 ft) above sea level or higher. The selected unit can be operated up to a voltage of 480 V x 0. ambient temperature: 30 °C (86 °F) (correction factor kT = 1. Due to the installation altitude.925.94) Max.95 l I ≤ IUN × 0. A voltage reduction is required to comply with IEC 60664-1.94 = 648 V. and the units in voltage range 660 V to 690 V up to 690 V × 0. If the result is < 1. However. The drive line-up is to be operated at an altitude of 3000 m (9845 ft) where ambient temperatures could reach 35 °C (95 °F) as a result of the installation conditions.8 20 (68) 25 (77) 30 (86) 35 (95) 40 45 50 °C 55 (122) (°F) (131) (104) (113) Ambient temperature Current correction factor as a function of ambient temperature G_D211_EN_00005 100 0.0 Permissible input voltage in % of rated voltage 90 0.965. i. kU = 0. Since the ambient temperature is below 40 °C (104 °F).925 × 1. the rated current can be used in the calculation. Due to their narrow voltage range.8 70 0 1000 (3282) 2000 (6563) 3000 (9845) m (ft) 0.133) The following formula is used: I ≤ IUN × kI × kT I = permissible continuous current IUN = rated current 90 0.066 I ≤ IUN × 0. The units in voltage range 380 V to 480 V can be operated up to a maximum voltage of 480 V x 0.85 0. derating must be taken into account for the asynchronous motor. however. kU = 0.965 × 1. Installation altitude: 3000 m (9845 ft) (correction factor kI = 0. However.066) Motor Module: Output voltage 380 V to 480 V. The maximum continuous current of the Motor Module is 210 A × 0. a voltage reduction is required to comply with IEC 60664-1. a 400 V asychronous motor can be operated without restriction in this example.987 Result: The current needs to be reduced as the result produces a factor of < 1.90 Correction factor k T 2 G_D211_EN_00004 1.00 Correction factor k l 95 0.2 1.94 = 451 V. a compensation calculation (installation altitude/ambient temperature) can be carried out. The reduction in current can be balanced by correction factor kT.133 I ≤ IUN × 1.System Data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control General technical data ■ Characteristic curves (continued) Derating characteristics for Line/Motor Modules in chassis format Example 1 A drive system comprising Line and Motor Modules is to be operated at an altitude of 2500 m (8204 ft) at a maximum ambient temperature of 30 °C (86 °F).7 4000 (13126) Installation altitude above sea level Voltage correction factor as a function of installation altitude Correction factors for increased ambient temperatures and installation altitudes If the Line and Motor Modules are operated at ambient temperatures of > 40 °C (104 °F) and installation altitudes of > 2000 m (6563 ft).95 Permissible continuous current in % of rated current 1.3 1. 2/6 Siemens D 21.0 0. the air density and thus also the cooling capacity of the forced-cooled devices decreases.1 · 2005 . since the ambient temperatures at the installation site are often lower. a compensation calculation can be applied.094 Result: The current need not be reduced as the result produces a factor of > 1.88 = 422 V.e.9 When a drive line-up is configured. both derating characteristics must be taken into account for the permissible output power/output current. a Motor Module with the order number 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 is selected.85 4000 3000 m (9845) (ft) (13126) Installation altitude above sea level Current correction factor as a function of installation altitude G_D211_EN_00006 100 1.1 1.88) Max. A voltage reduction kU must also be taken into account at installation altitudes of > 2000 m (6563 ft) in accordance with IEC 60664-1. Reason: If the units are operated at installation altitudes between 2000 m (6563 ft) and 4000 m (13126 ft). 80 0.9 0. 110 kW.987 = 207 A. the rated current must be multiplied by this value to yield the maximum permissible continuous current. If the result of multiplying correction factor kT by correction factor kI is greater than 1. ambient temperature: 35 °C (95 °F) (correction factor kT = 1. 210 A The following formula is used: I ≤ IUN × kI × kT I = permissible continuous current IUN = rated current I ≤ IUN × 0. Example 2 Correction factor k U 85 0 1000 (3282) 2000 (6563) 0. Installation altitude: 2500 m (8204 ft) (correction factor kI = 0.

Active Line Modules in booksize format When an Active Line Module is used as the infeed. the matching line reactor must be installed. TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems. when drives brake. the matching line reactor must be installed. Active Line Modules in chassis format All the infeed components to operate an Active Line Module are integrated in the Active Interface Module. For frame sizes HX and JX a buffer protection external to the AIM is required.e. when energy cannot be recovered to the supply)..e. 2 Switch disconnector and fuses or circuit-breaker Line filter Line reactor Basic Line Module . A line filter for limiting interference emission can be installed only if the module is connected to a TN system. Main contactor = Motor Module Main contactor G_D211_EN_00034 = Motor Module M 3 M 3 Smart Line Modules Smart Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative energy to the supply system. When a Basic Line Module is used as the infeed. the line voltage must remain within the permissible tolerance range. the Active Line Module should always be operated with a combination of line filter and line reactor.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Line Modules generate a DC voltage from the line voltage and supply Motor Modules with energy via the voltage-source DC link. they are not capable of recovering regenerative energy to the supply system. it must be converted to heat by means of a Braking Module and a braking resistor. When a Smart Line Module is used as the infeed. the matching line reactor must be installed. In contrast to Basic Line Modules and Smart Line Modules. however. Active Line Modules generate a regulated DC voltage which remains constant despite fluctuations in the line voltage. G_D211_EN_00033 Buffer protection = Motor Module Main contactor = Motor Module M 3 M 3 Please refer to the Engineering Information for more information about designing a drive system with SINAMICS S120.. Switch disconnector and fuses or circuit-breaker Switch disconnector and fuses Line reactor Smart Line Module Active Interface Module Active Line Module . e. A Braking Module and braking resistor are required only if the drives need to be decelerated in a controlled manner after a power failure (i. G_D211_EN_00035 Line filter . i. Line Modules are designed for connection to grounded (TN. Active Line Modules Line Modules and line-side components Line Modules and line-side power components Active Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative energy to the supply system. To minimize interference emission. A line filter can be installed optionally to restrict conducted interference to Class C2 limits (EN 61800-3). If regenerative energy is produced... Basic Line Modules Basic Line Modules are designed only for infeed operation.. A line filter can be installed optionally to restrict conducted interference to Class C2 limits (EN 61800-3). In this case. G_D211_EN_00032 Switch disconnector and fuses Line filter package Line filter Line reactor Active Line Module .g.1 · 2005 2/7 . Siemens D 21.. Active Line Modules draw a virtually sinusoidal current from the supply and do not cause any harmful harmonics..e.. when energy cannot be recovered to the supply). A Braking Module and braking resistor are required only if the drives need to be decelerated in a controlled manner after a power failure (i.

6SL3330-1TE34-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE35-3AA0 6SL3330-1TE38-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE41-5AA0 6SL3330-1TH33-0AA0 6SL3330-1TH34-3AA0 6SL3330-1TH36-8AA0 6SL3330-1TH41-1AA0 6SL3330-1TH41-4AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 200 kW (300 HP) 250 kW (400 HP) 400 kW (600 HP) 560 kW (800 HP) 710 kW (1000 HP) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 250 kW 355 kW 560 kW 900 kW 1100 kW A Basic Line Module converts an AC source into an unregulated DC supply. Polish. Russian. Basic Line Modules are used for applications in which no energy is returned to the supply or where the energy exchange between motor and generator axes takes place in the DC link.Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Design The Basic Line Modules in chassis format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x power connection • 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply • 1 x DC link connection • 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets The status of the Basic Line Module is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.45 m (4. Finnish. Dutch. Warning signs in foreign languages Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the standard warning signs in German or English. Korean. Danish.6 m (1. The connected Motor Modules are precharged via the thyristor gate control which supplies a DC voltage equal to 1.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit • 1. French.35 x the line voltage. Japanese. The scope of supply of the Basic Line Modules includes: • 0. Swedish and Turkish. Portuguese. 2/8 Siemens D 21. Czech. Spanish. Italian. The following signs are supplied with chassis format units: Chinese.1 · 2005 .76 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the CU320 Control Unit and first Motor Module ■ Overview 2 ■ Selection and ordering data Infeed power Chassis format Basic Line Module Order No. Greek.

24 V Main contactor Line filter -F10 -F11 Line reactor Fan LEDs H200 H201 G_D211_EN_00010a Input current Wiring diagram for Basic Line Module W1 U1 V1 Siemens D 21.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The Basic Line Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.1 · 2005 2/9 . Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format X400 X401 X402 2 L1 L2 L3 0 1 DRIVE-CLiQ socket DRIVE-CLiQ socket Main switch/ circuit-breaker X9 1 2 3 4 5 6 Activation of main contactor DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 DCP DC link current Basic Line Module P24 V M DCN + ext.

cross section 2 × 240 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1650 (64. V1.1 840 1200 936 1800 1010 1515 1. max. 2/10 Siemens D 21. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1160 (45.Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Basic Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-1TE342AA0 6SL3330-1TE353AA0 250 (400) 6SL3330-1TE382AA0 400 (600) 6SL3330-1TE412AA0 560 (800) 6SL3330-1TE415AA0 710 (1000) 2 Infeed power Pn with 400 V 3 AC with 460 V 3 AC 2) Infeed power for S6 duty (40%) PS6 Max.5 0.65) GB 214 (472) IP00 305 (12) 1650 (64. cross-section 2 × 240 mm2 On housing with M10 screw.82) FB 86 (190) IP00 305 (12) 1160 (45. DC link capacitance of drive group Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement kW (HP) kW kW V A A A A A A 200 (300) On request 300 1.991 9600 76800 0. max.992 5.65) GB 214 (472) 1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent.9 0. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly. See Engineering Information for further information.2 0.67) 351 (13.1 1065 1500 1170 2250 1265 1897 1.6 0.96) 550 (21. W1 DC link connection DCP.35 x line voltage 420 328 630 365 547 1.992 4.17 (6) < 67/68 14600 116800 0. 2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only.1 600 820 640 1230 710 1065 1. input current at Uline = 400 V Max.71) < 72/73 kW m3/s (ft3/s) 1.17 (6) < 67/68 Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) Power connection U1. DC link current Imax_DC Input current at Uline = 400 V Max.36 (12.67) 351 (13.67) 351 (13. approx. kg (lb) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) Flange connection with M10 screw.1 · 2005 . max.96) 550 (21.992 2.17 (6) < 67/68 23200 185600 0. infeed power Pmax DC link voltage 1) Rated DC link current In_DC DC link current IH_DC Max. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 On housing with M10 screw. DCN PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.992 3.82) FB 86 (190) Flange connection with M12 screw.71) < 72/73 29000 232000 0.1 375 530 413 795 460 690 1. max.1 0. max.36 (12. max. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply DC link capacitance Max.82) FB 86 (190) IP00 305 (12) 1160 (45. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.1 µF µF 7200 57600 0.

35 x line voltage 300 234 450 260 390 1.1 1100 858 1650 925 1387. cross section 3 x 240 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.995 5.994 1.1 680 530 1020 575 862.994 5. kg (lb) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) Flange connection with M10 screw.65) GB 214 (472) 1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1650 (64. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 with adapter max.17 (6) < 67/68 4800 38400 0. max.17 (6) < 67/68 11600 92800 0.71) < 72/73 15470 123760 0.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Basic Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-1TH330AA0 Infeed power Pn (with 690 V 3 AC) Infeed power for S6 duty (40%) PS6 Max.0 0.995 3.71) < 72/73 Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz dB (A) Power connection U1.5 1.1 532. max.1 0. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 Flange connection for busbar connection with M12 screw or with adapter max.8 0.17 (6) < 67/68 7300 58400 0.65) GB 214 (472) IP00 305 (12) 1650 (64.67) 351 (13.82) FB 86 (190) IP00 305 (12) 1160 (45.1 430 335 645 375 562.36 (12. V1.82) FB 86 (190) IP00 305 (12) 1160 (45. DCN PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1160 (45. DC link capacitance of drive group Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement kW m3/s (ft3/s) kW kW kW V A A A A A A 250 On request 375 1.5 1. infeed power Pmax DC link voltage 1) Rated DC link current In_DC DC link current IH_DC Max. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 with adapter max. input current at Uline = 690 V Max. See Engineering Information for further information.994 2.67) 351 (13. max.67) 351 (13. approx. W1 DC link connection DCP. Siemens D 21.36 (12. max.1 1400 1092 2100 1180 1770 1.4 0.96) 550 (21.5 840 1350 1650 6SL3330-1TH343AA0 355 6SL3330-1TH368AA0 560 6SL3330-1TH411AA0 900 Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-1TH414AA0 1100 2 µF µF 3200 25600 0. cross section 3 x 240 mm2 On housing with M10 screw.96) 550 (21.5 0.82) FB 86 (190) Flange connection for busbar connection with M12 screw or with adapter max.1 · 2005 2/11 . current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply DC link capacitance Max.5 1. DC link current Imax_DC Input current at Uline = 690 V Max.

1 · 2005 .620/0.485 Connection lugs M12 IP00 350 (13. ■ Selection and ordering data 2 Infeed power of the Suitable for Basic Line Module Basic Line Module Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 200 kW (300 HP) 250 kW (400 HP) 400 kW (600 HP) 560 kW (800 HP) 710 kW (1000 HP) 250 kW 355 kW 560 kW 900 kW 1100 kW 6SL3330-1TE34-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE35-3AA0 6SL3330-1TE38-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE41-5AA0 6SL3330-1TH33-0AA0 6SL3330-1TH34-3AA0 6SL3330-1TH36-8AA0 6SL3330-1TH41-1AA0 6SL3330-1TH41-4AA0 Line reactor Order No.498 Connection lugs M12 IP00 350 (13.63) mm (inch) 248 (9.5 (8.323/0.81) 269 (10.59) 212.87) kg (lb) 27.783 Connection lugs M12 IP00 460 (18.424/0.33) 69.245/0.6 (154) 6SL3000-0CE415AA0 6SL3330-1TE415AA0 710 (1000) 1485 0.697 Connection lugs M12 IP00 460 (18. line reactors should always be used.11) 435 (17.5 (9.25) 147 (324) 6SL3330-1TE353AA0 250 (400) 508 0.15) 63.11) 435 (17.59) 212.9 (62) 6SL3000-0CH348AA0 6SL3330-1TH343AA0 355 482 0.430/0.37) kg (lb) 38.693/0. For this reason.78) 321 (12.25) 147 (324) 6SL3330-1TH414AA0 1100 1167 0.5 (8.328 Connection lugs M12 IP00 mm (inch) 300 (11. 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0 6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE41-5AA0 6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 6SL3000-0CH41-2AA0 6SL3000-0CH41-2AA0 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 Suitable for Basic Line Module Infeed power of the Basic Line Module Max.776 Connection lugs M12 IP00 460 (18.13) 235 (9.277 Connection lugs M10 IP00 mm (inch) 270 (10.11) 435 (17. approx. thermal current Ith max Power loss 50 Hz/60 Hz Line/load connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. Type kW A kW 6SL3330-1TH330AA0 250 270 0.6 (123) 6SL3000-0CH360AA0 6SL3330-1TH368AA0 560 597 0.687/0.81) 269 (10.351 Connection lugs M12 IP00 300 (11.15) 55.64) 211.78) 321 (12.441/0.Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format Line reactors SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Line reactors reduce harmonic currents on the supply system and limit commutating dips in the Basic Line Module.37) 51.8 (141) 6SL3000-0CH41-2AA0 6SL3330-1TH411AA0 900 1167 0.37) 38.478 Connection lugs M12 IP00 350 (13.365 Connection lugs M12 IP00 300 (11.81) mm (inch) 269 (10. thermal current Ith max Power loss 50 Hz/60 Hz Line/load connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.13) 235 (9.59) mm (inch) 212.310/0.64) 232.0 (84) 6SL3000-0CE377AA0 6SL3330-1TE382AA0 400 (600) 773 0.13) 235 (9.78) 321 (12. approx.0 (84) Line reactor 6SL3000-0CH327AA0 Suitable for Basic Line Module Infeed power of the Basic Line Module Max.5 (8.25) 118 (260) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 2/12 Siemens D 21.76) mm (inch) 200 (7.292/0.64) 232. Type kW (HP) A kW 6SL3330-1TE342AA0 200 (300) 508 0.3 (113) 6SL3000-0CE410AA0 6SL3330-1TE412AA0 560 (800) 1022 0.5 (9.5 (8.

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Infeed power of the Suitable for Basic Line Module Basic Line Module Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 200 kW (300 HP) 250 kW (400 HP) 400 kW (600 HP) 560 kW (800 HP) 710 kW (1000 HP) 250 kW 355 kW 560 kW 900 kW 1100 kW 6SL3330-1TE34-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE35-3AA0 6SL3330-1TE38-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE41-5AA0 6SL3330-1TH33-0AA0 6SL3330-1TH34-3AA0 6SL3330-1TH36-8AA0 6SL3330-1TH41-1AA0 6SL3330-1TH41-4AA0 Line filter Order No.1 · 2005 2/13 . Siemens D 21. line filters work together with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emanating from the power modules to the limit values of Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3. Line filters are suited only for direct connection to TN (grounded) systems. Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format Line filters 6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0 6SL3000-0BE41-6AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 2 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC In plants with strict EMC reguirements.

73) 265 (10. L2’.0 (42) 6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 6SL3330-1TH411AA0 900 1200 0. L3’ PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. L2’. L2.2 (56) 6SL3000-0BE416AA0 6SL3330-1TE415AA0 710 (1000) 1600 0.137 Connection lugs M12 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 425 (16.049 Connection lugs M10 On housing with M8 bolt IP00 360 (14.3 (27) Line filters Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 Suitable for Basic Line Module Infeed power Pn of the Basic Line Module Rated current Power loss Line/power connection L1.Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format Line filters SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line filters 6SL3000-0BE344AA0 6SL3000-0BE360AA0 6SL3330-1TE353AA0 250 (400) 600 0.049 Connection lugs M10 On housing with M8 bolt IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 360 (14. L3 / L1’.71) 25.57) 12.17) 240 (9. approx. L2. approx.75) 265 (10.3 (27) 6SL3330-1TH343AA0 355 440 0.137 Connection lugs M12 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 425 (16.17) 240 (9.71) 25.57) 12. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) Type kW A kW 6SL3330-1TH330AA0 250 440 0.17) 240 (9.2 (56) 6SL3330-1TE412AA0 560 (800) 1200 0.57) 12. L3’ PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.43) 145 (5.2 (56) 2/14 Siemens D 21.73) 265 (10.43) 145 (5.71) 25.8 (64) 2 Suitable for Basic Line Module Infeed power Pn of the Basic Line Module Rated current Power loss Line/power connection L1.73) 265 (10.17) 240 (9.43) 145 (5.43) 140 (5.055 Connection lugs M10 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 400 (15.45) 116 (4.45) 116 (4.049 Connection lugs M10 On housing with M8 bolt IP00 360 (14.71) 28.0 (42) 6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0 6SL3330-1TE382AA0 400 (600) 1200 0.57) 19.055 Connection lugs M10 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 360 (14.137 Connection lugs M12 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 425 (16.182 Connection lugs M12 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 505 (19.43) 145 (5.137 Connection lugs M12 On housing with M10 bolt IP00 425 (16.73) 265 (10.71) 25.88) 265 (10.1 · 2005 .45) 116 (4.45) 116 (4.51) 19.3 (27) 6SL3000-0BG360AA0 6SL3330-1TH368AA0 560 600 0.43) 145 (5.2 (56) 6SL3330-1TH414AA0 1100 1200 0. L3 / L1’. Type kW (HP) A kW 6SL3330-1TE342AA0 200 (300) 440 0.

1TE34-2AA0 1TE35-3AA0 1TE38-2AA0 1TE41-2AA0 1TE41-5AA0 Main contactor Fixed-mounted circuit-breaker Order No. 1TE34-2AA0 1TE35-3AA0 1TE38-2AA0 1TE41-2AA0 1TE41-5AA0 1TH33-0AA0 1TH34-3AA0 1TH36-8AA0 1TH41-1AA0 1TH41-4AA0 Cable protection fuse Cable protection fuse incl. Switch disconnector with handle and shaft Order No.. Rated current Order No.. Line Modules and line-side components Basic Line Modules in chassis format Recommended line-side components Further information about the main contactors... Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 200 (300) 250 (400) 400 (600) 560 (800) 710 (1000) 365 460 710 1010 1265 3RT1476-6AP36 3RT1476-6AP36 3RT1466-6AP36 (3 pcs. 1) Assignment of line-side power components to Basic Line Modules Infeed power kW (HP) Input current A Assignment to Basic Line Module Type 6SL3330-. The tables below list recommended components. Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 200 (300) 250 (400) 400 (600) 560 (800) 710 (1000) 250 355 560 900 1100 365 460 710 1010 1265 260 375 575 925 1180 3NA3365 3NA3372 3NA3475 3NA3482 2 × 3NA3475 3NA3252-6 3NA3365-6 2 × 3NA3252-6 2 × 3NA3365-6 3 × 3NA3365-6 500 A 630 A 800 A 1250 A 2 × 800 A 315 A 500 A 2 × 315 A 2 × 500 A 3 × 500 A 3NE1334-2 3NE1436-2 3NE1448-2 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 3NE1448-2 3NE1331-2 3NE1334-2 3NE1438-2 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 3NE1448-2 500 A 630 A 850 A 2 × 630 A 2 × 850 A 350 A 500 A 800 A 2 × 630 A 2 × 850 A Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in accordance with UL or NEC requirements. Switch disconnector without handle and shaft Order No.) – – – – – 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6230-1AB02 3KL6130-1EB02 3KL6130-1EB02 3KL6230-1EB02 – – 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2-Z – Z=C22 3WL1116-2BB34-4AN2-Z – Z=C22 – – – 3KL5730-1AB01 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6130-1AB02 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 250 355 560 900 1100 260 375 575 925 1180 1TH33-0AA0 1TH34-3AA0 1TH36-8AA0 1TH41-1AA0 1TH41-4AA0 3RT1466-6AP36 3RT1476-6AP36 3RT1476-6AP36 – – 3KL5730-1EB01 3KL6130-1EB02 3KL6130-1EB02 – – 3WL1210-4BB34-4AN2-Z – Z=C22 3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2-Z – Z=C22 Infeed power kW (HP) Input current A Assignment to Basic Line Module Type 6SL3330-. semiconductor protection Rated current Order No.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending on the power rating of the Basic Line Module. switch disconnectors. 2 Order No. For NEMA components please see North American Industrial Products Catalog and Speedfax Catalog.1 · 2005 2/15 . Siemens D 21. fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.

200 mm (7.91 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 0. ■ Design The Smart Line Modules in booksize format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x power connection via screw-type terminals • 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply via the 24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply • 1 x DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections • 2 x digital inputs (5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP) Smart Line Modules only) • 1 x digital output (5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP) Smart Line Modules only) • 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets (16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP) Smart Line Modules only) The status of the Smart Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs. The regenerative feedback capability of the modules can be deactivated by means of a digital input. Greek.5 mm2 to 10 mm2 for Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 50 mm (1.91 in). Korean.97 in) or 100 mm (3. Danish. Portuguese.1 · 2005 . 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 5 kW (5 HP) 10 kW (10 HP) 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) ■ Overview 2 ■ Accessories Description Shield attachment plate for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5.87 in) and 300 mm (11. e. Spanish and Swedish. 6SL3162-1AF00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 Smart Line Modules are non-regulated feed/feedback units (diode bridge for incoming supply. Italian. Dutch. The scope of supply of the Smart Line Modules includes: • DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit (with 16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP) Smart Line Modules only) • DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Smart Line Modules to adjacent Motor Module • Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent Motor Module • 24 V terminal adapter 6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 2/16 Siemens D 21. Japanese.g. French. The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by means of a shield connection terminal. Order No. Finnish.81 in) DC link adapters (2 pieces) for multi-tier configuration Screw-type terminals 35 mm2 to 95 mm2 for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format 24 V terminal adapter for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format 24 V jumper for connection of the 24 V busbars (for booksize format) Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs. line-commutated feedback via IGBTs) with 100% regenerative feedback power. type KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller.94 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 35 mm2 to 95 mm2 for Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese.Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Rated infeed power Booksize format Smart Line Module Order No.

5) Digital output (DO) = High means: feedback deactivated (a jumper can be inserted between X22 pins 1 and 2 for permanent deactivation).SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration L1 L2 L3 PE + M ext. 24 V DC and ground must be connected for operation. Reset M1 M W1 G_D212_EN_00030c 6) M X1 V1 Line reactor U Input current 1) Leading NC contact t >10 ms. 24 V Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format 2 Main switch X24 + M + M 1) 24 V DC busbars Fuses DCP DCN DO 24V CU 2) 2) Smart Line Module DI 3) 4) DC link current DI CU +24 V X21 1 2 3 4 M DO. an output interface element may have to be used. Ready DO. 2) Digital input (DI) or digital output (DO) controlled by the Control Unit. Wiring diagram for 5 kW (5 HP) and 10 kW (10 HP) Smart Line Modules W1 U1 V1 LEDs M Siemens D 21. Disable DI.1 · 2005 2/17 . 24 V). 4) The current capacity of the digital output (DO) must be taken into account. 6) X22 pin 4 must be connected to ground (ext. 3) No additional load permitted downstream of the main contactor. Warning EP +24 V EP M M READY DC LINK +24 V M CU DI 2) CU Main contactor 2) 5) Line filter DO CU DO CU X22 1 2 3 4 + 24 V DI.

Wiring diagram for 16 kW (18 HP) and 36 kW (40 HP) Smart Line Modules 2/18 Siemens D 21.Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration (continued) L1 2 L2 L3 PE + Main switch X24 ext. 2) No additional load permitted downstream of the main contactor. 3) The current capacity of the digital output (DO) must be taken into account. 24 V M + M + M X21 1 Fuses 2 3 4 DC 24 V 1) DO 24 V DC busbars EP +24 V EP M M DCP DCN DC link current CU Smart Line Module Main contactor DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 X200 2)3) DI CU 1) DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 X201 Line filter DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 X202 LEDs READY DC LINK G_D211_EN_00041 Line reactor W1 U1 V1 Input current 1) Digital input (DI) or digital output (DO) controlled by the Control Unit. an output interface element may have to be used.1 · 2005 .

016 (0.63) 7 (15) IP20 150 (5.96) 270 (10.2 44 1.565) < 60 Screw-type terminals 2. cable length (total of all motor power cables and DC link) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.3 20 330 6000 100 0.283) < 60 Screw-type terminals 2.98 0.96) 270 (10.63) 4.1 20 710 20000 100 0. 2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only. DC link capacitance of drive µF group DC link busbar current capacity Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level Power connection U1.2 24 31.095) < 60 10 (10) 13 20 16 (18) 21 35 Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 36 (40) 47 70 2 Max.63) 10. See Engineering Information for further information.8 (11) IP20 100 (3. input current Smart Line Modules in booksize format 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 kW (HP) kW kW V A A A A A A 5 (5) 6.0 20 220 6000 100 0.17 0.3 11 16.6 22 1.17 0.37 0.5-10 mm2 (X1) On housing with M5 screw 60 79 117 58 79 117 1.031 (1.96) 270 (10.008 (0.5 10 1. 2.6 22 33.5-50 mm2 (X1) On housing with M6 screw 1) The DC link voltage is unregulated and load-dependent.91) 380 (14.008 (0.5-6 mm2 (X1) On housing with M5 screw 27 35 59 26 35 59 1. Siemens D 21. A M6 screw studs for ring terminal ends.99 0.97) 380 (14.94) 380 (14.97) 380 (14. feed/feedback power Pmax DC link voltage 1) DC link current with 600 V DC DC link current for S6 duty (40%) Max. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.99 0. W1 PE connection Max.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Rated feed/feedback power Pn with 380 V 3 AC with 460 V 3 AC 2) Feed/feedback power for S6 duty (40%) PS6 Max.96) 270 (10. V1.6 12 15.35 x line voltage 8.98 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) 0.5-6 mm2 (X1) On housing with M5 screw m (ft) 350 (1150) (shielded) 560 (1838) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 50 (1.283) < 60 Screw-type terminals 2.7 (10) IP20 50 (1.1 · 2005 2/19 . approx.5 20 1410 20000 100 0.3 (23) 16. DC link current Rated input current with 380 V 3 AC Input current for S6 duty (40%) Max.63) 4. current requirement A 24 V DC electronics power supply 24 V DC busbar current capacity DC link capacitance A µF Max.09 0.

■ Selection and ordering data Rated infeed power Suitable for of the Smart Line Smart Line Module Module Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 5 kW (5 HP) 10 kW (10 HP) 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 6SL3000-0CE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0CE21-6AA0 6SL3000-0CE23-6AA0 Line reactor Order No.7 (8) 6SL3000-0CE210AA0 6SL3130-6AE210AA0 10 (10) 28 0.72) 110 (4.5 (21) 6SL3000-0CE236AA0 6SL3130-6TE236AB0 36 (40) 69 0.062 4 mm2 screw-type terminals 4 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 150 (5.82) 17 (38) 2/20 Siemens D 21.11 10 mm2 screw-type terminals 10 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 219 (8. approx.67) 9.Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format Line reactors SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview A line reactor is required for Smart Line Modules. 1V2.116 10 mm2 screw-type terminals 10 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 177 (6.97) 196 (7.98) 235 (9.09) 144 (5.89) 90 (3.62) 180 (7.1 · 2005 .17 16 mm2 screw-type terminals 16 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 228 (8. 2 ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SL3000-0CE150AA0 Suitable for Smart Line Module Rated infeed power of the Smart Line Module Rated current Power loss Line/power connection 1U1.5 (17) 6SL3000-0CE216AA0 6SL3130-6TE216AB0 16 (18) 35 0. 1W1 / 1U2. 1W2 PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.91) 175 (6.25) 224 (8.33) 7.54) 3. 1V1. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) Type kW (HP) A kW 6SL3130-6AE150AA0 5 (5) 14 0.

L3 / U.9) 6.54) 226 (8.22) 122 (4.8) 3.95) 420 (16.22) 122 (4.97) 420 (16. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) Type kW (HP) A W 6SL3130-6AE150AA0 5 (5) 16 20 10 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 60 (2.54) 226 (8.7 (13) 6SL3000-0BE216DA0 6SL3130-6TE216AB0 16 (18) 36 16 10 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 50 (1.9) 5.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format Line filters In plants with strict EMC requirements.1 · 2005 2/21 . Line filters are suited only for direct connection to TN (grounded) systems. approx.8) 5. W PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. V. ■ Selection and ordering data Rated infeed power Suitable for of the Smart Line Smart Line Module Module Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 5 kW (5 HP) 10 kW (10 HP) 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3130-6AE15-0AA0 6SL3130-6AE21-0AA0 6SL3130-6TE21-6AB0 6SL3130-6TE23-6AB0 6SL3000-0HE15-0AA0 6SL3000-0HE21-0AA0 6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0 6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0 Line filter Order No. 2 ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line filters 6SL3000-0HE150AA0 Suitable for Smart Line Module Rated infeed power of the Smart Line Module Rated current Power loss Line/power connection L1. line filters work together with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emanating from the power modules to the limit values of Class A1 as defined in EN 55011 and Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3.36) 285 (11. L2.5 (14) On housing with M6 bolts On housing with M6 bolts On housing with M6 bolts On housing with M6 bolts Siemens D 21.36) 285 (11.8 (8) 6SL3000-0HE210AA0 6SL3130-6AE210AA0 10 (10) 25 20 10 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 60 (2.0 (11) 6SL3000-0BE236DA0 6SL3130-6TE236AB0 36 (40) 65 28 35 mm2 screw-type terminals IP20 75 (2.

1) 2 Assignment of line-side power components to Smart Line Modules Rated infeed power kW (HP) 5 (5) 10 (10) 16 (18) 36 (40) Assignment to Smart Line Module Type 6SL3130-. 3LD2003-0TK51 3LD2203-0TK51 3LD2504-0TK51 3LD2704-0TK51 Fuse switch disconnector Order No. 6AE15-0AA0 6AE21-0AA0 6AE21-6AB0 6AE23-6AB0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in accordance with UL or NEC requirements. 3KL5030-1EB01 3KL5030-1EB01 3KL5030-1EB01 3KL5230-1EB01 Circuit-breaker Order No.. For NEMA components please see North American Industrial Products Catalog or Speedfax Catalog. 3NP4010-0CH01 3NP4010-0CH01 3NP4010-0CH01 3NP4010-0CH01 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Rated infeed power kW 5 (5) 10 (10) 16 (18) 36 (40) Assignment to Smart Line Module Type 6SL3130-.Line Modules and line-side components Smart Line Modules in booksize format Recommended line-side components SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending on the power rating of the Smart Line Module. switch disconnectors.. 2/22 Siemens D 21..1 · 2005 . 6AE15-0AA0 6AE21-0AA0 6AE21-6AB0 6AE23-6AB0 Main contactor Order No. 3RV1031-4BA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1041-4LA10 NH fuse (gL/gG) Order No.. Further information about the main contactors. 3RT1023-1BB40 3RT1026-1BB40 3RT1035-1AC24 3RT1045-1AP04 Switch disconnector with fuse holders Order No. The tables below list recommended components. 3NA3805 3NA3814 3NA3814 3NA3824 Rated current 16 A 35 A 35 A 80 A Size 000 000 000 000 Main switch Order No. fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30.

The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes: • DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit • DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Active Line Module to adjacent Motor Module • Jumper for connecting the 24 DC V busbar to the adjacent Motor Module • 24 V terminal adapter 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 35 mm2 to 95 mm2 for Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5. Shield connection plates are available for the 150 mm (5. 6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 Siemens D 21. Japanese.g.91 in). French. e.87 in) and 300 mm (11.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Rated infeed power Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format Booksize format Active Line Module Order No. e. Portuguese. Dutch. Italian. The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by means of a shield connection terminal.87 in) and 300 mm (11.87 in) • for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 300 mm (11.91 in) • for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 200 mm (7. Line voltage fluctuations within the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor voltage.g. The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief. 200 mm (7.81 in) wide modules. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese.94 in) wide Active Line Module. Danish. 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) 55 kW (60 HP) 80 kW (100 HP) 120 kW (150 HP) 2 ■ Accessories Description Shield terminal plates • for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5.94 in) 6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1 6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0 6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 Order No. type KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller.5 mm2 to 10 mm2 for Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 50 mm (1.97 in) and 100 mm (3. Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 4.1 · 2005 2/23 . This means that the connected Motor Modules are decoupled from the line voltage.. On the 100 mm (3. The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC link voltage. Spanish and Swedish. the shield for the power supply cable can be connected to the integrated shield connection plate via a shield connection terminal or tube clip. 200 mm (7.81 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 0.91 in). Finnish. Greek. ■ Design The Active Line Modules in booksize format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x power connection via screw-type terminals • 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply via the 24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply • 1 x DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars • 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections The status of the Active Line Module is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.81 in) DC link adapters (2 pieces) for multi-tier configuration Screw-type terminals 35 mm2 to 95 mm2 for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format 24 V terminal adapter for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format 24 V jumper for connection of the 24 V busbars (for booksize format) Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs. Korean.

2) Digital Input (DI) or digital output (DO) controlled by the Control Unit. Wiring diagram for booksize format Active Line Module 2/24 Siemens D 21. 4) The curent capacity of the digital output (DO) must be taken into account. 2 L1 L2 L3 PE + Main switch X24 + M M ext.1 · 2005 . 24 V DC and ground must be connected for operation. 3) No additional load permitted downstream of the main contactor. an output interface element may have to be used. 24 V + M X21 1) 24 V DC busbars 1 2 3 4 EP +24 V EP M M DCP DCN DC Link current Fuses 24 V DC 2) DO CU Active Line Module Main contactor DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 X200 3) 4) DI CU 2) DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 X201 Line filter DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 X202 LEDs READY DC LINK G_D212_EN_00031c Line reactor W1 U1 Incoming power V1 1) Leading NC contact t > 10 ms.Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The Active Line Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.

5-50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 20 1880 20000 200 0.9 134 176 195 128 176 195 2. 2 × 50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 20 3760 20000 200 0.63) 23 (51) IP20 300 (11. with fan 2): 629 270 (10.20 0.5-120 mm2.144 (5.96) mm (inch) 270 (10.98 1.63 0.0 200 244 292 192 244 292 2.98 0.63) 17 (38) IP20 300 (11. cable length (total of all motor power cables and DC link) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.98 0.1 36 (40) 47 70 55 (60) 71 91 80 (100) 106 131 120 (150) 158 175 2 Feed/feedback power for S6 kW duty (40%) PS6 Max.96).3 (23) IP20 200 (7.81) 380 (14. Siemens D 21.5 x line voltage 27 35 59 26 35 59 1.031 (1.5 x line voltage.044 (1.87) 380 (14.26 0.5-95 mm2.554) < 60 M8 screw studs for ring terminal ends 2.63) 23 (51) mm (inch) 100 (3.96) 270 (10. input current Max.63) 10.91) 380 (14.144 (5. 2) The fan is supplied with the Active Line Module and must be installed before the Active Line Module is commissioned. DC link current Rated input current with 380 V 3 AC Input current for S6 duty (40%) Max.1 · 2005 2/25 . DC link capacitance of drive group DC link busbar current capacity Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level Power connection U1. feed/feedback power Pmax DC link voltage 1) DC link current with 600 V DC DC link current for S6 duty (40%) Max.085) < 75 M8 screw studs for ring terminal ends 2.94) mm (inch) 380 (14. approx. Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.90 0.96).98 2. m (ft) On housing with M6 screw On housing with M6 screw On housing with M8 screw On housing with M8 screw 350 (1150) (shielded) 560 (1840) (unshielded) IP20 IP20 150 (5. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.98 0.96) 270 (10.5-10 mm2 (X1) Cable shield connection plate integrated into the connector On housing with M5 screw 20 1410 20000 100 0.81) 380 (14.5-120 mm2.095) < 65 M6 screw studs for ring terminal ends 2. 2 × 35 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 20 2820 20000 200 0. W1 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) kW V A A A A A A A 60 79 117 58 79 117 1.63) kg (lb) 7 (15) 1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.5 A µF µF A 20 710 20000 100 0.35 0. 2 × 50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories Shield connection PE connection Max.016 (0. V1. with fan 2): 629 270 (10. 3) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only.5 92 121 152 88 121 152 1.565) < 60 Screw-type terminals 2.085) < 75 M8 screw studs for ring terminal ends 2.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Active Line Modules in booksize format 6SL3130-7TE216AA1 Rated feed/feedback power Pn with 380 V 3 AC with 460 V 3 AC 3) 6SL3130-7TE236AA1 6SL3130-7TE255AA2 6SL3130-7TE280AA1 Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format 6SL3130-7TE312AA1 kW (HP) 16 (18) 21 35 1. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply 24 V DC busbar current capacity DC link capacitance Max.

45 6SL3000-0DE312BA1 6SL3130-7TE312AA1 120 (150) 225 0.99) 230 (9.25 6SN1111-0AA000DA2 6SL3130-7TE255AA2 55 (60) 103 0.1 · 2005 . 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0BA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0CA1 6SN1111-0AA00-0DA1 6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0 6SL3000-0DE31-2BA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 2 ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Line reactor 6SN1111-0AA000BA1 Suitable for Active Line Module Rated input power of the Active Line Module Rated current Power loss Line/power connection 1U1.35 6SN1111-0AA001EA1 6SL3130-7TE280AA1 80 (100) 150 0. 1V2.5 (19) IP20 150 (5.86) 380 (14. 1W1 / 1U2.99) 145 (5.29) 250 (9. 1V1.59 Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10 IP00 225 (8.91) 330 (12.84) 64 (141) 16 mm2 screw-type 35 mm2 screw-type 70 mm2 screw-type Connection lugs terminals terminals terminals M10 16 mm2 screw-type 35 mm2 screw-type 70 mm2 screw-type Connection lugs terminals terminals terminals M10 IP20 150 (5.91) 330 (12.71) 8. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) Type kW (HP) A kW 6SL3130-7TE216AA1 16 (18) 30 0.05) 13 (29) IP20 150 (5. 1W2 PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. approx.17 6SN1111-0AA000CA1 6SL3130-7TE236AA1 36 (40) 67 0.02) 18 (40) IP00 225 (8.66) 40 (88) 2/26 Siemens D 21.96) 220 (8.99) 280 (11. ■ Selection and ordering data Rated input power of the Active Line Module 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) 55 kW (60 HP) 80 kW (100 HP) 120 kW (150 HP) Suitable for Active Line Module Line reactor Order No.91) 330 (12.86) 490 (19.Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format Line reactors SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview A line reactor is required for Active Line Modules.

11 6SL3130-7TE280AA1 80 (100) 150 0.24) 22 (49) On housing with M8 bolt IP00 300 (11.91) 9 (20) On housing with M8 bolt IP20 130 (5. L2. Line filters are suited only for direct connection to TN (grounded) systems.9) 260 (10. line filters work together with line reactors to restrict the conducted interference emanating from the power modules to the limit values of Class A1 as defined in EN 55011 and Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3.87) 480 (18. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) Type kW (HP) A kW Line filter (included in the relevant line filter package) 6SL3130-7TE216AA1 16 (18) 30 0.81) 480 (18. Rated input power of the Active Line Module Suitable for Active Line Module Line filter package (line filter and line reactor) Order No. ■ Selection and ordering data Line filters for Active Line Modules in booksize format are available only in combination with the relevant line reactor as a line filter package. V.1 · 2005 2/27 .9) 260 (10.07 6SL3130-7TE236AA1 36 (40) 67 0.09 6SL3130-7TE255AA2 55 (60) 103 0. L3 / U.20 10 mm2 screw-type 50 mm2 screw-type 50 mm2 screw-type 95 mm2 screw-type Connection lugs terminals terminals terminals terminals M10 On housing with M5 bolts IP20 130 (5. 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0 6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0 6SL3000-0FE25-5AA0 6SL3000-0FE28-0AA0 6SL3000-0FE31-2AA1 2 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) 55 kW (60 HP) 80 kW (100 HP) 120 kW (150 HP) 6SL3130-7TE21-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE23-6AA1 6SL3130-7TE25-5AA2 6SL3130-7TE28-0AA1 6SL3130-7TE31-2AA1 ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Suitable for Active Line Module Rated input power of the Active Line Module Rated current Power loss Line/power connection L1.24) 19 (42) On housing with M8 bolt IP20 200 (7.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format Line filters In plants with strict EMC requirements.65) 16 (35) On housing with M8 bolt IP20 130 (5.12) 480 (18. approx.24) 32 (71) Siemens D 21.12) 480 (18. W PE connection Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.9) 150 (5. The order number of the line filter package includes the line filter and the line reactor.9) 260 (10.12) 480 (18.9) 245 (9.15 6SL3130-7TE312AA1 120 (150) 225 0.

1 · 2005 .Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format Line filters SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Accessories 2 Line filter package assembled with an adapter set The adapter sets for booksize format units are designed for very compact mounting. 16 kW (18 HP) 36 kW (40 HP) 6SL3060-1FE21-6AA0 6SN1162-0GA00-0CA0 2/28 Siemens D 21. Line filter package 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0 6SL3000-0FE23-6AA0 Active Line Module Adapter set power output Order No. They enable line filters and line reactors to be installed compactly one above the other in the control cabinet.

. Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 16 (18) 36 (40) 55 (60) 80 (100) 120 (150) 7TE21-6AA1 7TE23-6AA1 7TE25-5AA2 7TE28-0AA1 7TE31-2AA1 5SE2335 35 A D02 5SB411 5SC211 35 A 80 A DIII DIVH 3NA3814 35 A 3NA3824 80 A 3NA3132 125 A 3NA3136 160 A 3NA3144 250 A 000 000 1 1 1 35 A 80 A 125 A 175 A 250 A 27 × 60 29 × 117 41 × 146 41 × 146 54 × 181 1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in accordance with UL or NEC requirements.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending on the power rating of the Active Line Modules.1 · 2005 2/29 . For NEMA components please see North American Industrial Products Catalog and Speedfax Catalog.. Order No. fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30. 7TE21-6AA1 7TE23-6AA1 7TE25-5AA2 7TE28-0AA1 7TE31-2AA1 Order No. AJT35 AJT80 AJT125 AJT175 AJT250 Rated current Size Rated infeed power Assignment NEOZED fuse to Active Line (gL/gG) Module kW (HP) Type 6SL3130-.com Rated current Size Reference No. switch disconnectors. 3LD9250-3B 3LD9250-3B 3KX3552-3EA01 3KX3552-3EA01 3KX3552-3EA01 Leading auxiliary switch for switch disconnector with fuse holders Order No. 1) Assignment of line-side power components to Active Line Modules Rated infeed power kW (HP) Assignment Main contactor to Active Line Module Type 6SL3130-.ferrazshawmut. Siemens D 21. 7TE21-6AA1 7TE23-6AA1 7TE25-5AA2 7TE28-0AA1 7TE31-2AA1 Order No.. Rated current Size Order No. Main switch Leading auxiliary circuit switch for main switch Order No. Order No. Output interface for main contactor Order No.. Rated infeed power kW (HP) Assignment Circuit-breaker to Active Line Module Type 6SL3130-. Class J Available from: Ferraz Shawmut http:// www. Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 16 (18) 36 (40) 55 (60) 80 (100) 120 (150) 3RT1035-1AC24 3RT1045-1AP04 3RT1054-1AP36 3RT1056-6AP36 3RT1065-6AP36 3TX7004-1LB00 3TX7004-1LB00 3TX7004-1LB00 3TX7004-1LB00 3TX7004-1LB00 Fuse switch disconnector 3LD2504-0TK51 3LD2704-0TK51 3KA5330-1EE01 3KA5330-1EE01 3KA5730-1EE01 Switch disconnector with fuse holders Order No. Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in booksize format Recommended line-side components Further information about the main contactors. Rated current Size Order No. Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 16 (18) 36 (40) 55 (60) 80 (100) 120 (150) 3RV1031-4FA10 3RV1041-4LA10 3VF3211-3FU41-0AA0 3VF3211-3FW41-0AA0 3VF4211-3DM41-0AA0 3NP4010-0CH01 3NP4010-0CH01 3NP4270-0CA01 3NP4270-0CA01 3NP5360-0CA00 DIAZED fuse (gL/gG) 3KL5030-1EB01 3KL5230-1EB01 3KL5530-1EB01 3KL5530-1EB01 3KL5730-1EB01 NH fuse (gL/gG) 3KX3552-3EA01 3KX3552-3EA01 3KX3552-3EA01 3KX3552-3EA01 3KX3552-3EA01 UL/CSA fuse. 2 Order No.. The tables below list recommended components..

Finnish. the Active Line Modules in chassis format can also provide reactive power compensation.Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Infeed power Chassis format Active Line Module Order No. This means that the connected Motor Modules are decoupled from the line voltage. Korean. Russian.10 m (6. French.1 · 2005 . Italian. Czech. Swedish and Turkish. Spanish.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit • Types HX and JX . The following signs are supplied with chassis format units: Chinese. Japanese.2. If required.15 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit . Polish. Danish. The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC link voltage. Line voltage fluctuations within the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor voltage.0.35 m (1. ■ Design The Active Line Modules in chassis format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x power connection • 1 x connection for the 24 V DC electronics power supply • 1 x DC link connection • 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections The status of the Active Line Module is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.0.60 m (1. Greek. Portuguese. Dutch. 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 132 kW (200 HP) 160 kW (225 HP) 235 kW (350 HP) 300 kW (450 HP) 380 kW (550 HP) 500 kW (700 HP) 630 kW (800 HP) 900 kW (1150 HP) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 560 kW 800 kW 1100 kW 1400 kW ■ Overview 2 Warning signs in foreign languages Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the standard warning signs in German or English. The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes: • Types FX and GX: .89 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the first Motor Module 2/30 Siemens D 21.

24 V + Active Line Module P24 V M Activation of buffer protection LEDs Activation of precharging contactor -F10 -F11 H200 (Ready) H201 (DC Link) DCPA DCNA Braking Module Terminal Fan Fan supply terminal for frame sizes FX and GX directly on fuse holder 380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC -F10 -F11 Fan G_D211_EN_00009a Input current from Active Interface Module Wiring diagram for Active Line Module in chassis format W1 U1 V1 Siemens D 21. X400 0 X401 1 X402 2 Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format 2 DRIVE-CLiQ socket X41 1 2 3 4 X9 1 2 3 4 to Active Interface Module 5 6 Fan supply terminal L1 for frame sizes HX and JX L2 380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC 4 +Temp -Temp EP +24 V EP M1 M DRIVE-CLiQ socket DRIVE-CLiQ socket DCP DCN DC link current ext.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The Active Line Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.1 · 2005 2/31 .

max. current requirements (fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level2) 50 Hz/60 Hz Power connection U1. feed/feedback power Pmax DC link voltage 1) Rated DC link current In_DC DC link current IH_DC Max.1 570 1.5 x line voltage 235 209 352 210 On request 315 1. 1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.98 3.98 2.35) 543 (21. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 326 (12.35 735 1. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply DC link capacitance Active Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 160 (225) 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 235 (350) 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0 300 (450) 2 kW (HP) kW kW V A A A A A A A 132 (200) On request 198 1.71) 76/78 9600 38400 2.5 x line voltage.35) 543 (21.7 0. DC link capacitance of µF drive group Max.6 0.98 4. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.36 (12.98 5200 20800 2. max. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 On housing with M10 screw.02) FX 98 (216) IP20 326 (12.38) GX 132 (291) IP20 326 (12.02) FX 98 (216) IP20 326 (12. 2) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line Module.83) 1400 (55.83) 1533 (60. V1.83) 1533 (60.12) 356 (14.35 µF 4200 20800 0.9 0.1 · 2005 .2 0.71) 76/78 Max. approx. 2/32 Siemens D 21.5 450 291 259 436 260 425 378 637 380 549 489 823 490 390 1.12) 75/77 7800 31200 2.17 (6) 74/76 Flange connection with M10 screw. DC link current Imax_DC Input current for 400 V 3 AC Input current for S6 duty (40%) Max.23 (8.1 240 352.0 0. max. input current Max. 3) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only. DCN PE connection kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A 2. W1 DC link connection DCP.12) 356 (14.8 0.36 (12. Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.6 0.63 0.Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Feed/feedback power Pn with 400 V 3 AC with 460 V 3 AC 3) Feed/feedback power for S6 duty (40%) PS6 Max.38) GX 132 (291) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.83) 1400 (55.

98 13.07) 540 (21.2 0. DCN PE connection kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A 6.07) 540 (21.07) 540 (21.8 0. The Line Module outputs are dependent on the Motor Module loading and are to be dimensioned accordingly.72) 1475 (58. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 503 (19. cross-section 6 × 240 mm2 Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.5 x line voltage.26) HX 290 (640) IP00 503 (19.4 1260 1. Siemens D 21.55) 78/80 Flange connection with M12 screw.72) 1475 (58.26) JX 450 (992) IP00 704 (27.78 (27.2 0.1 1.98 16800 67200 5.8) 1475 (58. current requirements (fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 2) 50 Hz/60 Hz Power connection U1. max. max.08 (38.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Feed/feedback power Pn with 400 V 3 AC with 460 V 3 AC 3) Feed/feedback power for S6 duty (40%) PS6 Max.14) 78/80 28800 115200 7.3 1.2 0.07) 540 (21. 3) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only.98 10.5 x line voltage 678 603 1017 605 On request 907 1. V1. IP00 704 (27.14) 78/80 Max.78 (27.8) 1475 (58.55) 78/80 18900 115200 7.26) JX 450 (992) 1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable. Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.7 0.8 0. feed/feedback power Pmax DC link voltage 1) Rated DC link current In_DC DC link current IH_DC Max.98 7.7 940 837 1410 840 1103 982 1654 985 1574 1401 2361 1405 750 945 1350 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 500 (700) 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 630 (800) Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0 900 (1150) 2 µF 12600 67200 5. 2) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line Module.5 2107 1. input current Max. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply DC link capacitance Active Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 kW (HP) kW kW V A A A A A A A 380 (550) On request 570 1.4 1477 1. approx. max. cross-section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection for busbar connection On housing with M12 screw. DC link current Imax_DC Input current for 400 V 3 AC Input current for S6 duty (40%) Max.26) HX 290 (640) Flange connection with M12 screw. W1 DC link connection DCP. DC link capacitance of µF drive group Max.1 · 2005 2/33 .08 (38.

5 0.8) 1475 (58. DC link capacitance of µF drive group Max.07) 540 (21.5 x line voltage 644 573 966 575 On request 862 1. Factory setting: DC link voltage = 1.78 (27.72) 1475 (58.98 13.85) 78/80 Max.8 0. current requirements (fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 2) 50 Hz/60 Hz Power connection U1. input current Max. approx.1 (38.5 1. 2) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line Module. 2/34 Siemens D 21.72) 1475 (58.85) 78/80 14400 76800 4.07) 540 (21. cross-section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. DCN PE connection Flange connection for busbar connection On housing with M12 screw.85) 78/80 19200 76800 4.7 1905 1.07) 540 (21. max.5 0.1 · 2005 .6 1.98 11100 44400 4.988 16.55) 78/80 Flange connection with M12 screw.5 0. max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 503 (19. cross-section 6 × 240 mm2 DC link connection DCP.72) 1475 (58.Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Feed/feedback power Pn with 690 V 3 AC Feed/feedback power for S6 duty (40%) PS6 Max.26) JX 450 (992) IP00 704 (27.1 (38. feed/feedback power Pmax DC link voltage 1) Rated DC link current In_DC DC link current IH_DC Max. max.4 1102 1.98 10.5 x line voltage.1 (38.2 1. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply DC link capacitance kW kW kW V A A A A A A A Active Line Modules in chassis format 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 800 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 1100 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0 1400 560 On request 840 1.5 1537 1.26) JX 450 (992) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight. V1.07) 540 (21.7 823 732 1234 735 1148 1022 1722 1025 1422 1266 2133 1270 1200 1650 2100 2 µF 7400 29600 3 0. W1 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A 6.26) JX 450 (992) IP00 704 (27. DC link current Imax_DC Input current for 690 V 3 AC Input current for S6 duty (40%) Max.26) HX 290 (640) IP00 704 (27. 1) The DC link voltage is regulated and adjustable.

6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3300-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3300-7TE35-0AA0 6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0 6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0 6SL3300-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3300-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3300-7TH41-3AA0 6SL3300-7TH41-3AA0 2 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Active Interface Modules are used in combination with Active Line Modules in chassis format.2.1 · 2005 2/35 .60 m (1.88 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between Active Interface Module and Active Line Module Siemens D 21. The buffer protection must be provided separately for frame sizes HI and JI. the line voltage sensing circuit and monitoring sensors.0. The buffer protection is an integral component in frame sizes FI and GI.45 m (4. The vast majority of line harmonics are suppressed by the clean power filter.76 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the CU320 Control Unit and first Motor Module • Types HI and JI: . the pre-charging circuit for the Active Line Module.1.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between Active Interface Module and Active Line Module . thereby making the module very compact.12 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between Active Interface Module and Active Line Module .SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Infeed power Suitable for Active Line Module Active Line Module Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 132 kW (200 HP) 160 kW (225 HP) 235 kW (350 HP) 300 kW (450 HP) 380 kW (550 HP) 500 kW (700 HP) 630 kW (800 HP) 900 kW (1150 HP) 560 kW 800 kW 1100 kW 1400 kW 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0 Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules Active Interface Module Order No. The scope of supply of the Active Interface Modules includes: • Type FI: . Active Interface Modules contain a clean power filter with basic RI suppression.76 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the CU320 Control Unit and first Motor Module • Type GI: .1.0.95 m (3.40 m (7.45 m (4.

230 V AC N Activation of precharging contactor 9 10 11 12 13 14 Voltage Sensing Module Activation of buffer protection Buffer protection Contactors open Line L1 L2 L3 PE X1 Active Line Module G_D211_EN_00007a 1) Activation by Active Line Module.Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration 2 + Active Interface Module X609 PE X500 DRIVE-CLiQ-socket X2 U2 V2 W2 PE P24 P24 M M -F101 -F102 PreCo charging contactor Fan LED READY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1) 1) ext. 24 V DC L ext. Typical connection of Active Interface Module with integrated buffer protection (frame sizes FI and GI) 2/36 Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 .

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
■ Integration (continued)

Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules

X609
PE

Active Interface Module
X500 DRIVE-CLiQ socket P24 P24 M M -F101 -F102
Precharging contactor

2

+

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

ext. 24 V DC

LED READY Fan

L

ext. 230 V AC
N
Activation of precharging contactor

1) 1)

Voltage Sensing Module

Activation of buffer protection/fan

Contactors open

Buffer protection

T1 T2 T3 L1 L2 L3 PE X1

-K4

X2

Line

U2 V2 W2 PE

Active Line Module

G_D211_EN_00008a

1) Activation by Active Line Module.

Typical connection of Active Interface Module with externally mounted buffer protection (frame sizes HI and JI)

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

2/37

Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control

■ Technical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Suitable for Active Line Module Active Line Module infeed power 2) Rated current Buffer protection Max. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply Max. current requirements 230 V AC Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 1) 50 Hz/60 Hz Line/power connection L1, L2, L3 / U2, V2, W2 Max. conductor cross section PE connection Max. conductor cross section Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight, approx. kg (lb) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) A Type kW (HP) A Active Interface Modules in chassis format 6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0 6SL3300-7TE33-8AA0 6SL3330-7TE32-6AA0 160 (225) 260 included 0.17 6SL3330-7TE33-8AA0 235 (350) 380 included 0.17 6SL3300-7TE35-0AA0 6SL3330-7TE35-0AA0 300 (450) 490 included 0.17 6SL3330-7TE32-1AA0 132 (200) 210 included 0.17

2

A kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A)

0.6 2.1 0.24 (8.48) 74/76 Flange connection with M10 screws 2 × 185 mm2 per connection M10 screw 2 × 185 mm2 IP20 325 (12.8) 1400 (55.12) 355 (13.98) FI 135 (298)

0.6 2.2 0.24 (8.48) 75/77 Flange connection with M10 screws 2 × 185 mm2 per connection M10 screw 2 × 185 mm2 IP20 325 (12.8) 1400 (55.12) 355 (13.98) FI 135 (298)

1.2 3.0 0.47 (16.6) 76/78 Flange connection with M10 screws 2 × 185 mm2 per connection M10 screw 2 × 185 mm2 IP20 325 (12.8) 1533 (60.35) 544 (21.42) GI 190 (419)

1.2 3.9 0.47 (16.6) 76/78 Flange connection with M10 screws 2 × 185 mm2 per connection M10 screw 2 × 185 mm2 IP20 325 (12.8) 1533 (60.35) 544 (21.42) GI 190 (419)

1) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line Module. 2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only.

2/38

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control
■ Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Suitable for Active Line Module Active Line Module infeed power 2) Rated current Buffer protection Max. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply Max. current requirements 230 V AC Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 1) 50 Hz/60 Hz Line/power connection L1, L2, L3 / U2, V2, W2 Max. conductor cross section PE connection Max. conductor cross section Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight, approx. kg (lb) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) A Type kW (HP) A Active Interface Modules in chassis format 6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0 6SL3330-7TE36-1AA0 380 (550) 605 3RT1476-6AP36 0.17 6SL3330-7TE38-4AA0 500 (700) 840 6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0 6SL3330-7TE41-0AA0 630 (800) 985

Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules

6SL3330-7TE41-4AA0 900 (1150) 1405

2

3WL1110-2BB34-4AN2-Z 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2-Z 3WL2226-2BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 Z=C22 Z=C22 0.17 0.17 0.17

A kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A)

4.6 5.5 0.40 (14.13) 78/80

4.6 6.1 0.4 (14.13) 78/80

4.9 7.5 0.4 (14.13) 78/80 Flange connection with M12 screws 6 × 240 mm2 per connection M12 screw 4 × 240 mm2 IP00 505 (19.88) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) JI 620 (1367)

4.9 8.5 0.4 (14.13) 78/80 Flange connection with M12 screws 6 × 240 mm2 per connection M12 screw 4 × 240 mm2 IP00 505 (19.88) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) JI 620 (1367)

Flange connection with Flange connection with M12 screws M12 screws 4 × 240 mm2 per connection M12 screw 2 × 240 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) HI 390 (860) 4 × 240 mm2 per connection M12 screw 2 × 240 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) HI 390 (860)

1) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line Module. 2) Nominal HP ratings are provided for ease of assigning components only.

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

2/39

Line Modules and line-side components
Active Line Modules in chassis format Active Interface Modules

SINAMICS S120 Vector Control

■ Technical data (continued)
Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Suitable for Active Line Module Active Line Module infeed power Rated current Buffer protection Max. current requirement 24 V DC electronics power supply Max. current requirements 230 V AC Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 1) 50 Hz/60 Hz Line/power connection L1, L2, L3 / U2, V2, W2 Max. conductor cross section PE connection Max. conductor cross section Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight, approx. kg (lb) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) A Type kW A Active Interface Modules in chassis format 6SL3300-7TH35-8AA0 6SL3300-7TH37-4AA0 6SL3330-7TH35-8AA0 560 575 3RT1476-6AP36 0.17 6SL3330-7TH37-4AA0 800 735 3RT1466-6AP36 (3 x) 0.17 6SL3300-7TH41-3AA0 6SL3330-7TH41-0AA0 1100 1025 6SL3330-7TH41-3AA0 1400 1270

2

3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2-Z 3WL1216-4BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 Z=C22 0.17 0.17

A kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A)

4.6 6.8 0.4 (14.13) 78/80

4.9 9.0 0.4 (14.13) 78/80

4.9 9.6 0.4 (14.13) 78/80

4.9 9.6 0.4 (14.13) 78/80 Flange connection with M12 screws 6 × 240 mm2 per connection M10 fixing screw 4 × 240 mm2 IP00 505 (19.88) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) JI 620 (1367)

Flange connection with Flange connection with Flange connection with M12 screws M12 screws M12 screws 4 × 240 mm2 per connection M10 fixing screw 2 × 240 mm2 IP00 305 (12) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) HI 390 (860) 6 × 240 mm2 per connection M10 fixing screw 4 × 240 mm2 IP00 505 (19.88) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) JI 620 (1367) 6 × 240 mm2 per connection M10 fixing screw 4 × 240 mm2 IP00 505 (19.88) 1750 (68.9) 545 (21.46) JI 620 (1367)

1) Sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line Module.

2/40

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

Rated current 315 A 350 A 500 A 630 A 710 A 2 × 500 A 2 × 630 A 2 × 850 A 670 A 850 A 2 × 630 A 2 × 800 A Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 560 800 1100 1400 575 735 1025 1270 7TH35-8AA0 7TH37-4AA0 7TH41-3AA0 7TH41-3AA0 7TH35-8AA0 7TH37-4AA0 7TH41-0AA0 7TH41-3AA0 3RT1476-6AP36 3WL1210-4BB34-4AN2 3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2 3WL1216-4BB34-4AN2 3RT1476-6AP36 – – – Infeed power kW (HP) Input current A Assignment to Switch disconnec.tor without handle tor with handle face Module and shaft and shaft Typ 6SL3300-. 7TE32-6AA0 7TE32-6AA0 7TE33-8AA0 7TE35-0AA0 7TE38-4AA0 7TE38-4AA0 7TE41-4AA0 7TE41-4AA0 Assignment to Active Line Module Type 6SL3330-. Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 132 (200) 160 (225) 235 (350) 300 (450) 380 (550) 500 (700) 630 (800) 900 (1150) 210 260 380 490 605 840 985 1405 included in Active Interface 3RT1456-6AP36 Module included in Active Interface 3RT1466-6AP36 Module included in Active Interface 3RT1466-6AP36 Module included in Active Interface 3RT1476-6AP36 Module 3RT1476-6AP36 3WL1110-2BB34-4AN2 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2 3WL1116-2BB34-4AN2 3RT1476-6AP36 – – – – – – – – 3WL1110-2BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 3WL1112-2BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 3WL1116-2BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 – 3WL1210-4BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 3WL1212-4BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 3WL1216-4BB34-4AN2-Z Z=C22 Cable protection fuse incl. Order No.Switch disconnec. fuses and circuit-breakers specified in the tables can be found in Catalogs LV 10 and LV 30...SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Suitable line-side power components are assigned depending on the power rating of the Active Line Modules.1 · 2005 2/41 . Order No.Cable protection fuse Active Inter. Rated current 224 A 300 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 2 × 425 A 2 × 500 A 3 × 500 A Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 132 (200) 160 (225) 235 (350) 300 (450) 380 (550) 500 (700) 630 (800) 900 (1150) 560 800 1100 1400 210 260 380 490 605 840 985 1405 575 735 1025 1270 3KL5530-1AB01 3KL5730-1AB01 3KL5730-1AB01 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6230-1AB02 – – – 3KL6130-1AB02 3KL6230-1AB02 – – 3KL5530-1EB01 3KL5730-1EB01 3KL5730-1EB01 3KL6130-1EB02 3KL6230-1EB02 – – – 3KL6130-1EB02 3KL6230-1EB02 – – 3NA3242 3NA3250 3NA3260 3NA3365 3NA3372 2 × 3NA3362 2 × 3NA3365 3 × 3NA3365 3NE1230-2 3NE1331-2 3NE1334-2 3NE1436-2 3NE1437-2 2 × 3NE1334-2 2 × 3NE1436-2 3 × 3NE1448-2 3NE1447-2 3NE1448-2 2 × 3NE1436-2 2 × 3NE1438-2 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 2 × 3NA3352-6 2 × 315 A 2 × 3NA3360-6 2 × 400 A 3 × 3NA3354-6 3 × 355 A 3 × 3NA3365-6 3 × 500 A 1) Component selections are per IEC standards and not necessarily in accordance with UL or NEC requirements. Infeed power Input current Assignment to Active Interface Module Typ 6SL3300-. 7TE32-6AA0 7TE32-6AA0 7TE33-8AA0 7TE35-0AA0 7TE38-4AA0 7TE38-4AA0 7TE41-4AA0 7TE41-4AA0 7TH35-8AA0 7TH37-4AA0 7TH41-3AA0 7TH41-3AA0 Order No.. The tables below list recommended components. Siemens D 21. Order No. 7TE32-1AA0 7TE32-6AA0 7TE33-8AA0 7TE35-0AA0 1TE36-1AA0 1TE38-4AA0 1TE41-0AA0 1TE41-4AA0 Line Modules and line-side components Active Line Modules in chassis format Recommended line-side components Further information about the main contactors... switch disconnectors. semiconductor protection Order No.. 1) Assignment of line-side power components to Active Line Modules Buffer protection Main contactor Fixed-mounted circuit-breaker 2 kW (HP) A Order No. Order No. For NEMA components see North American Industrial Products Catalog and Speedfax Catalog.

91 in).8 kW (5 HP) 9.Booksize format with rated output currents of 3 A to 200 A . plug-in (not included in scope of supply) or screw-stud depending on rated output current • 1 x safe standstill input (enable pulses) • 1 x safe motor brake control • 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130) • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections 9A 18 A 30 A 45 A 60 A 85 A 132 A 200 A 2/42 Siemens D 21.7 kW (10 HP) 16 kW (20 HP) 24 kW (30 HP) 32 kW (40 HP) 46 kW (60 HP) 71 kW (100 HP) 107 kW (150 HP) The Single Motor Modules in booksize format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars • 1 x electronics power supply connection via integrated 24 V DC bars • 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 x motor connection.1 · 2005 . e.97 in) and 100 mm (3. A shield connection plate can be supplied for 150 mm (5. 2 Single Motor Modules in booksize format ■ Design The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color LEDs.Chassis format with rated output currents of 210 A to 1405 A at 400 V or 85 A to 1270 A at 690 V • Double Motor Modules: Two-axis variant . all Single Motor and Double Motor Modules can be operated on Basic Line Modules. In principle. type KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller. The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module by means of a shield connection terminal.87 in) and 300 mm (11. 6SL3120-1TE13-0AA0 6SL3120-1TE15-0AA0 6SL3120-1TE21-0AA1 6SL3120-1TE21-8AA1 6SL3120-1TE23-0AA1 6SL3120-1TE24-5AA1 6SL3120-1TE26-0AA1 6SL3120-1TE28-5AA1 6SL3120-1TE31-3AA0 6SL3120-1TE32-0AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 1. Smart Line Modules or Active Line Modules. On these modules.Booksize format with rated output currents of 3 A to 18 A.g.81 in) wide modules. 200 mm (7.7 kW (3 HP) 4.Motor Modules Motor Modules SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview A wide range of single-axis and two-axis Motor Modules with graded current/power ratings can be supplied: • Single Motor Modules: Single-axis variant .5 HP) 2. The motor cable shield is inside the connector on 50 mm (1.94 in) width modules.6 kW (1. The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes: • DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Motor Module to adjacent Motor Module • Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent Motor Module ■ Selection and ordering data Rated output current 3A 5A Rated power Single Motor Module Order No. the motor cable shield can be connected using a tube clip.

for Motor Modules with a rated output current of 3 A to 30 A Shield terminal plates • for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5. Japanese. Danish.94 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm2 for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5.81 in) DC link adapters (2 pieces) for multi-tier configuration Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm2 for all Line Modules/Motor Modules in booksize format 24 V terminal adapter for all Line Modules/Motor Modules in booksize format 24 V jumper for connection of the 24 V busbars (for booksize format) Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs. Power connector (X1/X2) 6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0 At Motor Module end.5-10 mm2 for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 50 mm (1.91 in). 200 mm (7.1 · 2005 2/43 G_D212_EN_00002a 2 . Spanish and Swedish. Plug-in motor brake connector for booksize format Motor Modules with a rated output current of 45 A to 200 A Wago http://www.5-10mm2. Portuguese.87 in) and 300 mm (11. Greek. Dutch.com 6SL3162-1AF00-0AA1 6SL3162-1AH01-0AA0 6SL3162-1AH00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in booksize format ■ Characteristic curves Derating characteristic for Motor Modules in booksize format Permissible output current 100 % 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 kHz 14 16 Pulse frequency 20 Output current as a function of pulse frequency 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 Item No.wago. French. with screw-type terminals 1.91 in) • for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 200 mm (7.: 231-102/037-000 (Wago) Siemens D 21.97 in) and 100 mm (3.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Accessories Description Order No. Korean.87 in) • for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 300 mm (11. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese. Finnish. Italian.81 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 0.

2) Temperature sensor terminal for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface. Wiring diagram for Single Motor Modules in booksize format 3 A to 30 A 2/44 Siemens D 21.Motor Modules ■ Integration SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Single Motor Modules in booksize format The Single Motor Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.1 · 2005 . 2 Single Motor Module + M X200 0 X201 1 DRIVE-CLiQ socket DRIVE-CLiQ socket + M 24 V DC busbars DCP DCN X202 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 DCP DCN DC link busbars X21 1 2) E +Temp X1 2 3 4 1) -Temp EP +24 V EP M1 M U2 V2 W2 M 3 BR+ BR- LEDs G_D212_EN_00032c READY DC LINK 1) Required for Safety.

2) Fan subassembly for 132 A and 200 A Single Motor Modules.1 · 2005 2/45 .SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration (continued) X200 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in booksize format X201 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 Single Motor Module 2 + M 24 V DC busbars + M DCP DCN DCP DCN DC link busbars X21 1 3) +Temp -Temp EP +24 V EP M1 M X202 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 2 3 4 1) E U2 V2 W2 X11 M 3 1 2 2) X12 1 + LEDs BR+ READY DC LINK BR- 2 - Fan G_D212_EN_00033c 1) Required for Safety. Wiring diagram for Single Motor Modules in booksize format 45 A to 200 A Siemens D 21. 3) Temperature sensor terminal for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface.

008 (0.3 6 10 2.67 × DC link voltage 5 4.9 20 2 Max.283) < 60 Plug-in connector (X1).0 (11) 0. V2.5 40 56 16.6 (1.3 24 36 9. max. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1). 24 V DC. 30 A (not included in scope of supply. 2 A 100 (164) (shielded) 150 (246) (unshielded) IP20 100 (3. 24 V DC. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1). max. crosssection 6 mm2.283) < 60 Plug-in connector (X1). 2 A 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 50 (1.63) 5.1 (11) 0. 24 V DC.97) 380 (14.008 (0.8 (5) 4. max.165 0.0 (20) 13.7 (18) 4 510 to 750 36 100 710 0.67 × DC link voltage 18 15.5) 1.1 (5) 4 510 to 750 11 100 110 0. 30 A (not included in scope of supply. motor cable length Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1).080 0.98) 270 (10. max.1 (11) 0. 24 V DC. an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max.3 (2. fuse protection 20 A). 30 A (not included in scope of supply.4 (1) 4 510 to 750 3.283) < 60 Plug-in connector (X1). line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IH Output current for S6 duty (40%) IS6 Max.97 0. 0.565) < 60 Plug-in connector (X1).98) 270 (10. output voltage.6 100 110 0.7 10 18 4. approx.7 (10) 8. output current Imax Rated power for 600 V DC DC link voltage Rated power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max. the current carrying capacity exceeds 20 A.008 (0. 2/46 Siemens D 21.67 × DC link voltage 3 2.97) 380 (14.63) 5.85 20 6SL3120-1TE230AA1 0.97) 380 (14.Motor Modules ■ Technical data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Single Motor Modules in booksize format Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in booksize format 6SL3120-1TE130AA0 6SL3120-1TE150AA0 0.290 0.85 20 6SL3120-1TE218AA1 0.97 0.97 0.6 3. 2 A m (ft) 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 50 (1. 24 V DC.63) 6.5 6 1.008 (0.63) 5. 2 A 70 (230) (shielded) 100 (164) (unshielded) IP20 50 (1.016 (0. W2 Shield connection PE connection Motor brake connection Max.283) < 60 Plug-in connector (X1). current requirements at 24 V DC 24 V DC busbar current capacity A A A A kW (HP) kW (HP) kHz V A µF A A 0.98) 270 (10.63) 5. 30 A (not included in scope of supply.0 (11) 0. 30 A (not included in scope of supply.9 (15) Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level Motor connection U2.5) 4 510 to 750 6 100 110 0. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1).035 0. max. max. 2 A 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 50 (1. due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side.85 20 6SL3120-1TE210AA1 0. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1).7 (3) 2.2 (10) 4 510 to 750 22 100 220 0.97 0.98) 270 (10.67 × DC link voltage 9 7.97) 380 (14.98) 270 (10.055 0.94) 380 (14.1 · 2005 .97 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) 0.67 × DC link voltage 30 25.85 20 DC link busbar current capacity A If.

max.67 × DC link voltage 200 141 250 282 4 107 (150) 76 (100) 510 to 750 200 200 3995 1.96) 270 (10.75 0.87) 380 (14.59 0. approx.554) < 73 M8 screw studs.97 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) 0. output current Imax Rated pulse frequency Rated power for 600 V DC DC link voltage Rated power based on IH DC link voltage range DC-link current Id DC link capacitance Max.2 20 6SL3120-1TE260AA1 0.25 0.5-50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 0.81) 380 (14.67 × DC link voltage 60 51 80 113 4 32 (40) 28 (40) 510 to 750 72 100 1410 1.095) < 65 M6 screw studs. an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max. 2. 2 A (X11).554 < 60 M8 screw studs.031 (1.96) 270 (10.97 0. 2 A (X11).031 (1.5 20 Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in booksize format 6SL3120-1TE320AA0 0. W2 Shield connection PE connection Motor brake connection Max. 2 × 50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level Motor connection U2.095) < 65 M6 screw studs.5-120 mm2. with fan 1): 629 270 (10.5-50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 0. 2.96). current requirements at 24 V DC 24 V DC busbar current capacity A A A A kHz kW (HP) kW (HP) V A µF A A 0.81) 380 (14. 2. cross section 6 mm2. motor cable length m (ft) On housing with M6 On housing with M6 On housing with M6 On housing with M8 On housing with M8 screw screw screw screw screw Plug-in connector Plug-in connector Plug-in connector Plug-in connector Plug-in connector (X11).1 · 2005 2/47 .63) 15 (33) 100 (328) (shielded) 150 (492) (unshielded) IP20 300 (11. 2 × 50 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 0.554) < 73 M8 screw studs.5-95 mm2.63) 9 (20) 100 (328) (shielded) 150 (492) (unshielded) IP20 200 (7. 0. the current carrying capacity exceeds 20 A. 24 V DC.5 20 6SL3120-1TE313AA0 0. due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side. output voltage.63) 21 (46) 100 (328) (shielded) 150 (492) (unshielded) IP20 300 (11. 1) The fan is supplied with the Motor Module and must be installed before the Motor Module is commissioned. 2 × 35 mm2 (X1) see Accessories 0.2 20 6SL3120-1TE285AA1 0.044 (1. Siemens D 21.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in booksize format 6SL3120-1TE245AA1 Max. 24 V DC.63) 9 (20) 100 (328) (shielded) 150 (492) (unshielded) IP20 150 (5. 2 A (X11).63) 21 (46) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. 24 V DC.144 (1.5-120 mm2.96).67 × DC link voltage 45 38 60 85 4 24 (30) 21 (25) 510 to 750 54 100 1175 1. 2. 2 A (X11).91) 380 (14. 2 A 100 (328) (shielded) 150 (492) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 150 (5. 24 V DC.43 0. 2.67 × DC link voltage 85 68 110 141 4 46 (60) 37 (50) 510 to 750 102 200 1880 1.5 20 2 DC link busbar current capacity A If. V2. fuse protection 20 A).97 0. 24 V DC.97 2.97 1.144 (1. with fan 1): 629 270 (10.91) 380 (14.96) 270 (10.67 × DC link voltage 132 105 150 210 4 71 (100) 57 (75) 510 to 750 158 200 2820 1.05 0. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IH Output current for S6 duty (40%) IS6 Max.

1 · 2005 . Danish.0.60 m (1. Spanish. French. Korean.35 m (1. Czech. Russian. The following signs are supplied with chassis format units: Chinese. The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes: • Types FX and GX: . 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0 6SL3320-1TE33-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE33-8AA0 6SL3320-1TE35-0AA0 6SL3320-1TE36-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE37-5AA0 6SL3320-1TE38-4AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-4AA0 6SL3320-1TH28-5AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-0AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-2AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-5AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-2AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-6AA0 6SL3320-1TH33-3AA0 6SL3320-1TH34-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH34-7AA0 6SL3320-1TH35-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH37-4AA0 6SL3320-1TH38-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH38-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TH41-3AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format 2 210 A 260 A 310 A 380 A 490 A 605 A 745 A 840 A 985 A 1260 A 1405 A 85 A 100 A 120 A 150 A 110 kW (150 HP) 132 kW (200 HP) 160 kW (250 HP) 200 kW (300 HP) 250 kW (400 HP) 315 kW (500 HP) 400 kW (600 HP) 450 kW (700 HP) 560 kW (800 HP) 710 kW (1000 HP) 800 kW (1150 HP) 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW 250 kW 315 kW 400 kW 450 kW 560 kW 710 kW 800 kW 900 kW 1000 kW 1200 kW Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC The Single Motor Modules in chassis format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x DC link connection • 1 x electronics power supply connection • 3 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 x motor connection • 1 x safe standstill input (enable pulses) • 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130) • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color LEDs. Polish.2. Italian. Portuguese. Swedish and Turkish.Motor Modules ■ Design SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Rated output current Rated power Single Motor Module Order No. Japanese. Greek.15 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit .10 m (6.0. Finnish.89 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the adjacent Motor Module 175 A 215 A 260 A 330 A 410 A 465 A 575 A 735 A 810 A 910 A 1025 A 1270 A Warning signs in foreign languages Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the standard warning signs in German or English.97 ft) DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the adjacent Motor Module • Types HX and JX: . 2/48 Siemens D 21. Dutch.

1 · 2005 2/49 .SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The Single Motor Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in chassis format 2 X400 0 X401 1 DRIVE-CLiQ socket DRIVE-CLiQ socket Single Motor Module DC link busbars DCP DCN DCPA DCNA DCPS Dv/dt filter terminal DCNS X9 1 2 Braking Module Terminal = = P24_1 M_1 VL_1 VL_2 HS1 HS2 -F10 X402 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 3 4 5 6 L1 Fan supply terminal for L2 frame sizes HX and JX 380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC Fan supply terminal for frame sizes FX and GX directly on fuse holder 380 to 480 V AC / 660 to 690 V AC E U1 V1 W1 M 3 -F11 Fan -F10 -F11 LEDs M H200 H201 Fan X41 1 2 3 4 4 +Temp -Temp EP +24 V EP M1 Typical connection of Single Motor Modules in chassis format G_D211_EN_00011a X42 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 P24 V M U24 V U0 V PH_RS PH_ST PH_TR M Siemens D 21.

36 (12. DCN kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW (HP) kW (HP) kHz V A µF A A 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.72 × DC link voltage 210 205 178 307 110 (150) 90 (125) 2 510 to 750 252 4200 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.86 0. approx. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.2 0.6 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.96 0. max.72 × DC link voltage 260 250 233 375 132 (200) 110 (150) 2 510 to 750 312 5200 0. max.986 1. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 326 (12.1 · 2005 . current requirements at 24 V DC Max. max. output voltage.8 1.17 (6) < 66/67 Flange connection with M10 screw.35) 545 (21. V2. current requirements (fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP.12) 356 (14. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.12) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.36 (12. max. max. 2/50 Siemens D 21. max. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.986 2.986 3. output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max. max. max.6 0.02) FX 95 (210) Motor connection U2.Motor Modules ■ Technical data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Single Motor Modules in chassis format Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TE321AA0 6SL3320-1TE326AA0 0. max.6 0.46) GX 136 (300) 6SL3320-1TE350AA0 0.72 × DC link voltage 380 370 340 555 200 (300) 160 (250) 2 510 to 750 456 7800 0.35) 545 (21.23 (8. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.28 0.72 × DC link voltage 490 477 438 715 250 (400) 200 (350) 2 510 to 750 588 9600 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.83) 1533 (60.46) GX 136 (300) 2 Max.9 1. max.36 (12. max. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.12) 356 (14.9 1.35) 545 (21.6 0.67 0.83) 1400 (55.72 × DC link voltage 310 302 277 453 160 (250) 132 (200) 2 510 to 750 372 6300 0.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.986 4.50 0. W2 PE connection Motor brake connection Max. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.8 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max. max.83) 1400 (55. max.46) GX 136 (300) 6SL3320-1TE338AA0 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. max.9 1.83) 1533 (60. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.83) 1533 (60.02) FX 95 (210) 6SL3320-1TE331AA0 0. max.986 2.

2 0. output voltage. V2.8) 1475 (58. W2 PE connection kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW (HP) kW (HP) kHz V A µF A A Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TE36-1AA0 0.68 0.07) 540 (21. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 503 (19. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max.986 7. max.55) < 69/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.1 · 2005 2/51 .78 (27.0 3.2 0. DCN Motor connection U2. max. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.15 0.26) HX 290 (640) 6SL3320-1TE38-4AA0 0. max.07) 540 (21.84 0.25 510 to 750 1008 16800 1. max.26) HX 290 (640) Motor brake connection Max.72 × DC link voltage 745 725 570 1087 400 (600) 315 (450) 1.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Max.72 × DC link voltage 605 590 460 885 315 (500) 250 (350) 1. approx.55) < 69/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.72 × DC link voltage 840 820 700 1230 450 (700) 400 (500) 1. max. current requirements (fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw.25 510 to 750 894 15600 1.26) HX 290 (640) 6SL3320-1TE37-5AA0 0. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 503 (19.07) 540 (21. current requirements at 24 V DC Max. Siemens D 21.986 6. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 503 (19. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw.986 5.0 3.25 510 to 750 726 12600 1. output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max.8) 1475 (58. max.78 (27.0 3.8) 1475 (58.78 (27. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw.55) < 69/72 Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in chassis format 2 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.2 0.

72) 1475 (58. max.26) JX 450 (992) 0.0 1.25 4. max.1 (38.Motor Modules SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Single Motor Modules in chassis format ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Max.72) 1475 (58.40 4. current requirements (fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP.07) 540 (21.40 4. max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 704 (27.26) JX 450 (992) 6SL3320-1TE41-4AA0 0. output voltage.07) 540 (21. W2 PE connection kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW (HP) kW (HP) kHz V A µF A A Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TE41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-2AA0 0. output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 704 (27.5 1.1 1.07) 540 (21. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.1 (38. approx.85) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.7 0.72 × DC link voltage 985 960 860 1440 560 (800) 450 (700) 1.72) 1475 (58. max.1 (38.72 × DC link voltage 1260 1230 1127 1845 710 (1000) 560 (900) 1. V2. 2/52 Siemens D 21.25 510 to 750 1686 28800 1.986 11. DCN Motor connection U2.25 510 to 750 1182 18900 1.25 510 to 750 1512 26100 1.72 × DC link voltage 1405 1370 1257 2055 800 (1150) 710 (1000) 1.85) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.7 0. current requirements at 24 V DC Max.986 12. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw. max. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw.7 0. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 On housing with M12 screw.1 · 2005 .26) JX 450 (992) 2 Motor brake connection Max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 704 (27.85) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw. max.986 9. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max.

cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.12) 356 (14.8 0. max. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. max.83) 1400 (55.4 0. max.17 (6) < 66/67 Flange connection with M10 screw.12) 356 (14.25 890 to 1035 180 2800 0. max. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 326 (12. max.17 (6) < 66/67 Flange connection with M10 screw. current requirements at 24 V DC Max.02) FX 95 (210) 6SL3320-1TH31-0AA0 0. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max. approx. output voltage.988 1.4 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.83) 1400 (55.25 890 to 1035 144 1600 0. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.989 1.17 (6) < 66/67 Flange connection with M10 screw.80 0. max.988 1.12) 356 (14.25 890 to 1035 120 1200 0.4 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12. max.1 · 2005 2/53 . DCN kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW kW kHz V A µF A A Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TH28-5AA0 0.83) 1400 (55. V2.17 (6) < 66/67 Flange connection with M10 screw.8 0. max.72 × DC link voltage 120 115 107 172 110 90 1. max.02) FX 95 (210) 6SL3320-1TH31-2AA0 0. max.83) 1400 (55. max.72 × DC link voltage 100 95 89 142 90 75 1. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.72 × DC link voltage 85 80 76 120 75 55 1. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.89 0. W2 PE connection Motor brake connection Max. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight. max.43 0. output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max.12) 356 (14.17 0. Siemens D 21.986 1. current requirements (fan supply) at 400 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP.8 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.02) FX 95 (210) Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TH31-5AA0 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.4 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.02) FX 95 (210) 2 Motor connection U2.25 890 to 1035 102 1200 0.8 0.72 × DC link voltage 150 142 134 213 132 110 1.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Max.

max. max. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw.35) 545 (21. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. current requirements at 24 V DC Max. max.72 × DC link voltage 215 208 192 312 200 160 1.Motor Modules SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Single Motor Modules in chassis format ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Max. 2/54 Siemens D 21.36 (12.35) 545 (21.987 4.46) GX 136 (300) 6SL3320-1TH33-3AA0 0.46) GX 136 (300) 0. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.83) 1533 (60. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12.988 3. max.9 0.94 0.67 0.987 2.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.36 (12.83) 1533 (60.83) 1533 (60.83) 1533 (60.46) GX 136 (300) 2 Motor connection U2.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 326 (12. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.988 3. max.25 890 to 1035 258 2800 0.72 × DC link voltage 260 250 233 375 250 200 1.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.25 890 to 1035 210 2800 0.72 × DC link voltage 330 320 280 480 315 250 1.9 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. output voltage.35) 545 (21.9 0. W2 PE connection Motor brake connection Max.1 · 2005 . cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. max.94 0. current requirements (fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP.34 0. max.72 × DC link voltage 175 170 157 255 160 132 1. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. max. max. DCN kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW kW kHz V A µF A A Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TH31-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-2AA0 0.09 0.25 890 to 1035 312 3900 0. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M10 screw. cross section 2 × 185 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.62 0. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max. max.46) GX 136 (300) 6SL3320-1TH32-6AA0 0.36 (12.94 0. max.36 (12.25 890 to 1035 396 4200 0. approx. V2.94 0.9 0. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight. cross section PE1/GND 2 × 185 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 185 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP20 326 (12. max. output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max.35) 545 (21.71) < 68/72 Flange connection with M10 screw.

55) < 69/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw. current requirements (fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP.72) 1475 (58.988 10.25 890 to 1035 492 7400 1.72 × DC link voltage 575 560 514 840 560 450 1.25 890 to 1035 690 7400 1. Siemens D 21.3 0. max. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.26) JX 450 (992) 2 PE connection Motor brake connection Max.74 0.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Max.0 1.07) 540 (21. max. max. max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 503 (19.987 6. max. W2 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW kW kHz V A µF A A Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TH34-1AA0 0.8) 1475 (58.84 0.9 1. current requirements at 24 V DC Max. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 704 (27.0 2.74 0. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.1 · 2005 2/55 .72 × DC link voltage 735 710 675 1065 710 630 1.84 0.26) HX 290 (640) 6SL3320-1TH34-7AA0 0. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. output voltage.985 6.80 0.07) 540 (21.55) < 69/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.78 (27.26) HX 290 (640) Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TH37-4AA0 0.72 × DC link voltage 410 400 367 600 400 315 1. max.05) < 69/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.25 890 to 1035 558 7400 1.474 (52.07) 540 (21.8) 1475 (58. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.13 0. V2.0 1.988 10.78 (27.55) < 69/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.25 2. max.8) 1475 (58. output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 503 (19. DCN Motor connection U2.78 (27. max.72 × DC link voltage 465 452 416 678 450 400 1.07) 540 (21.26) HX 290 (640) 6SL3320-1TH35-8AA0 0. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 503 (19. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. approx.25 890 to 1035 882 11100 1.

output current Imax Rated power Power based on IH Rated pulse frequency DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link capacitance Max.989 16.74 0.26) JX 450 (992) 2 PE connection Motor brake connection Max.07) 540 (21.474 (52. W2 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) A A A A kW kW kHz V A µF A A Single Motor Modules in chassis format 6SL3320-1TH38-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH38-8AA0 0.26) JX 450 (992) 6SL3320-1TH41-3AA0 0.Motor Modules SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Single Motor Modules in chassis format ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Max. DCN Motor connection U2.474 (52.25 890 to 1035 1092 14400 1.72) 1475 (58.25 890 to 1035 1524 19200 1.72 × DC link voltage 810 790 724 1185 800 710 1. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 704 (27. max.72) 1475 (58.72 × DC link voltage 910 880 814 1320 900 800 1.989 13.988 11.4 2.72 × DC link voltage 1025 1000 917 1500 1000 900 1. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 704 (27.05) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.74 0. max.74 0. max. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.07) 540 (21. line-to-line (fundamental-wave RMS value) Rated output current In Base load current IL Base load current IH Max. cross section 6 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw.05) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.1 · 2005 .0 1. max. max.26) JX 450 (992) 0.72 × DC link voltage 1270 1230 1136 1845 1200 1000 1.25 2. motor cable length (without external options) Degree of protection Width Height Depth Size Weight.05) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw.25 890 to 1035 972 11100 1.72) 1475 (58. max. max.4 2. approx.25 890 to 1035 1230 14400 1.72) 1475 (58.74 0.7 1.07) 540 (21.07) 540 (21.26) JX 450 (992) 6SL3320-1TH41-0AA0 0. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 704 (27. 2/56 Siemens D 21.05) < 71/72 Flange connection for busbar connection Flange connection with M12 screw. cross section 4 × 240 mm2 Flange connection with M12 screw. cross section PE1/GND 1 × 240 mm2 PE2/GND 2 × 240 mm2 – m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 704 (27.5 1. current requirements at 24 V DC Max. current requirements (fan supply) at 690 V 2 AC Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level 50/60 Hz DC link connection DCP. V2.4 2.2 1. output voltage.474 (52.989 11. max.474 (52.

Derating factor of the output current as a function of the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz Motor Module type 6SL3320.25 kHz A 605 745 840 985 1260 1405 85 100 120 150 175 215 260 330 410 465 575 735 810 910 1025 1270 72% 72% 79% 87% 87% 95% 89% 88% 88% 84% 87% 87% 88% 82% 82% 87% 85% 79% 95% 87% 86% 79% Derating factor at pulse frequency of 2.25 kHz Motor Module type Output Output current at pulse frequency of 1. 1TE32-1AA0 1TE32-6AA0 1TE33-1AA0 1TE33-8AA0 1TE33-0AA0 Output Output current Derating factor at pulse freat pulse frequency of 2 kHz quency of 4 kHz A 210 260 310 380 490 82% 83% 88% 87% 78% Motor Modules Single Motor Modules in chassis format Derating factor of the output current as a function of the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 1... 1TE36-1AA0 1TE37-5AA0 1TE38-4AA0 1TE41-0AA0 1TE41-2AA0 1TE41-4AA0 1TH28-5AA0 1TH31-0AA0 1TH31-2AA0 1TH31-5AA0 1TH31-8AA0 1TH32-2AA0 1TH32-6AA0 1TH33-3AA0 1TH34-1AA0 1TH34-7AA0 1TH35-8AA0 1TH37-4AA0 1TH38-1AA0 1TH38-8AA0 1TH41-0AA0 1TH41-3AA0 kW (HP) 315 (500) 400 (600) 450 (700) 560 (800) 710 (1000) 800 (1150) 75 90 110 132 160 200 250 315 400 450 560 710 800 900 1000 1200 Supply voltage 510 V to 750 V DC kW (HP) 110 (150) 132 (200) 160 (250) 200 (300) 250 (400) Supply voltage 510 V to 750 V DC Supply voltage 890 V to 1035 V DC Siemens D 21...5 kHz 2 6SL3320.. the derating factor of the output current must be taken into account. This derating factor must be applied to the currents specified in the technical data.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Characteristic curves When the pulse frequency is increased..1 · 2005 2/57 .

type KLBÜ 3-8 SC by Weidmüller. 200 mm (7. Greek. Danish. Portuguese.wago.: 231-102/037-000 (Wago) ■ Characteristic curves Derating characteristic for Motor Modules in booksize format ■ Selection and ordering data Rated output current 2×3A 2×5A 2×9A 2 × 18 A Rated power Double Motor Module Order No.91 in). The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module by means of a shield connection terminal.5 HP) 6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0 2 × 2.g. Plug-in connector for motor brake Wago http://www.8 kW (2 × 5 HP) 6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0 Permissible output current 100 % 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 kHz 14 16 Pulse frequency 20 2 × 9.6 kW (2 × 1. for Motor Modules with a rated output current of 3 A to 30 A DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 0. The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes: • DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Motor Module to adjacent module • Jumper for connecting the 24 DC V busbar to the adjacent Motor Module 24 V terminal adapter for all Line Modules/Motor Modules in booksize-format 24 V jumper for connection of the 24 V busbars (for booksize format) Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs.7 kW (2 × 3 HP) 2 × 4.7 kW (2 × 10 HP) 6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0 Output current as a function of pulse frequency 2/58 Siemens D 21. the motor cable shield can be connected in the connector.Motor Modules ■ Design SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Accessories Description Order No.5-10mm2. Finnish. Italian.com 6SL3162-2AA00-0AA0 6SL3162-2AA01-0AA0 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 Item No. French.87 in) and 300 mm (11. e. Dutch. Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC 2 × 1.5-10 mm2 for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 50 mm (1. Japanese.1 · 2005 G_D212_EN_00002a . On Double Motor Modules.94 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm2 for Line/Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5.81 in) DC link adapters (2 pieces) for multi-tier configuration Screw-type terminals 35-95 mm2 for all Line Modules/Motor Modules in booksize format 6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 Double Motor Modules in booksize format 2 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0 Double Motor Modules feature the following interfaces as standard: • 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars • 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated 24 V DC bars • 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 2 x plug-in motor connections (not included in scope of supply) • 2 x safe standstill inputs (1 input per axis) • 2 x safe motor brake control • 2 x temperature sensor inputs (KTY84-130) • 3 x PE (protective earth) connections The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color LEDs. with screw-type terminals 1. Power connector (X1/X2) 6SL3162-2MA00-0AA0 At Motor Module end.97 in) and100 mm (3. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese. Korean. Spanish and Swedish.

2) Temperature sensor terminal for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface. X200 X201 Motor Modules Double Motor Modules in booksize format DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0 Double Motor Module + M DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1 2 + M 24 V DC busbars DCP DCN X202 DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2 X21 1 2) DCP DCN DC link busbars +Temp -Temp EP +24 V EP M1 M E X1 U2 V2 W2 2 3 4 1) M 3 + - BR+ BR- X22 1 2) X203 +Temp DRIVE-CLiQ socket 3 2 3 4 1) -Temp EP +24 V X2 EP M1 M U2 V2 W2 E M 3 + - BR+ LEDs READY DC LINK BR- G_D212_EN_00034d 1) Required for Safety.1 · 2005 2/59 . Wiring diagram for Double Motor Modules 2x3 A to 2x18 A Siemens D 21.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The Double Motor Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.

07 0. X2). 24 V DC. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1. 2A 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 50 (1.283) < 60 2 x plug-in connectors (X1.1 (2 × 5) 510 to 750 22 100 220 1.Motor Modules ■ Technical data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Double Motor Modules in booksize format Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Rated output current In Output current for S6 duty (40%) IS6 Base load current IH Max.32 0.94) 380 (14. X2).5) 510 to 750 12 100 220 1.0 20 2×9 2 × 10 2 × 7. 24 V DC. 30 A (not included in scope of supply.2 100 110 1.5 2 × 2. W2 kW m3/s (ft3/s) dB (A) 0. X2) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1. max. approx.008 (0. X2). 2A 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 100 (3.97 0.016 (0. max.97 0.283) < 60 2 x plug-in connectors (X1.1 · 2005 . fuse protection 20 A).3 2 × 36 2 × 9. X2).7 (2 × 10) 2 × 8. current requirements at 24 V DC 24 V DC busbar current capacity A A A A kW (HP) kW (HP) V A A µF A A Double Motor Module 6SL3120-2TE13-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE15-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-0AA0 6SL3120-2TE21-8AA0 2×3 2 × 3. cross section 6 mm2. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1.3 (12) 0.0 20 2×5 2×6 2 × 4.6 2×6 2 × 1. an additional 24 V DC connection using a 24 V terminal adapter is required (max. due to a number of Line and Motor Modules being mounted side-by-side.63) 5.7 (2 × 3) 2 × 2. max. max.96) 270 (10. 30 A (not included in scope of supply. 2A 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 50 (1. the current carrying capacity exceeds 20 A.8 (2 × 5) 2 × 4. 2A m (ft) 50 (164) (shielded) 75 (246) (unshielded) IP20 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 50 (1.96) 270 (10.16 0. X2).3 (12) 0. 24 V DC.7 2 × 18 2 × 4.63) 5. X2) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1. X2).97 0.3 (12) 0. X2) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1. motor cable length Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight. see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1. V2. 30 A (not included in scope of supply. 24 V DC.6 (2 × 1.565) < 60 2 x plug-in connectors (X1.97) 380 (14. X2).8 (15) Shield connection PE connection Motor brake connection Max. X2). see Accessories) integrated in connector (X1. 2/60 Siemens D 21. max.2 (2 × 10) 510 to 750 43 100 710 1.63) 6. X2) On housing with M5 screw Integrated into the plug-in motor connector (X1.0 20 2 If.97 0.97) 380 (14.3 (2 × 2.96) 270 (10.008 (0. 30 A (not included in scope of supply.96) 270 (10.283) < 60 2 x plug-in connectors (X1. output current Imax Rated power for 600 V DC DC link voltage Rated power based on IH DC link voltage range DC link current Id DC link busbar current capacity DC link capacitance Max.008 (0.97) 380 (14.0 20 2 × 18 2 × 24 2 × 15.11 0.5) 2 × 1.3 2 × 10 2 × 2.63) 5. Efficiency η Power loss Cooling air requirement Sound pressure level Motor connection U2.4 (2 × 1) 510 to 750 7.

Italian. Spanish and Swedish. Danish. connectable cross section • Voltage • Max. A number of Braking Modules can be operated in parallel.8 ft) 110 µF 0. Japanese. In this case. The Braking Module houses the power electronics and the associated control circuit.1 kg (9 lb) Booksize format Braking Module 6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 1. connectable cross section 24 V DC busbar current capacity DC link busbar current capacity PE connection Width Height Depth. permissible cable length to braking resistor DC link capacitance Max. French.g. ■ Design The Braking Module in booksize format features the following interfaces as standard: • 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars • 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated 24 V DC bars • Terminals for connecting the braking resistor • 2 x digital inputs (disable Braking Module/acknowledge faults and rapid discharge of DC link) • 2 x digital outputs (Braking Module disabled and prewarning – I×t monitoring) • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections The status of the Braking Module is indicated via two 2-color LEDs. Korean.63 in) 4. Portuguese. approx.1 · 2005 2/61 . Finnish.97 in) 380 mm (14.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Braking Module in booksize format 1.5 mm2 20 A 100 A On housing with M5 screw 50 mm (1. e. -3 V to +30 V -3 V to +5 V 15 V to 30 V 1. During operation.5 mm2 24 V DC 100 mA 1. Braking Modules function autonomously. load current per digital output • Max. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY OFF category 1) or limit the DC link voltage during regeneration for a short period of time. Greek. Order No. each Braking Module must have its own braking resistor. with spacer (included in scope of supply) Weight.5 kW 100 kW 10 m (32. 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 2 ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Rated power PDB Peak power Pmax Max. Dutch. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese. Braking Modules in booksize format can also be used for rapid discharge of the DC link.96 in) 270 mm (10. the DC link energy is converted to heat loss in an external braking resistor.5 kW/100 kW DC link components Braking Modules in booksize format Braking Module Order No. • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) 10 mA Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) Siemens D 21.5 A A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a power failure (e. 6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 ■ Accessories Description Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs. current requirements at 24 V DC Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Max.g. when the regenerative feedback capability of the Line Module is deactivated.

"0 V" = Fault/Braking Module inhibited M M G_D212_EN_00035c X1 R1 R2 1 2 Braking resistor Wiring diagram for Braking Module in booksize format 2/62 Siemens D 21.DC link components ■ Integration SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Braking Modules in booksize format 2 Braking Module + M + M 24 V DC busbars DCP DCN DCP DCN DC link busbars Max.1 · 2005 . cable length: 10 m (32. DC link fast discharge DO. inhibit Braking Module DI. “0 V" = prewarning l * t shutdown DO.8 ft) X21 1 2 3 4 5 6 DI.

25 kW/125 kW Braking Module in chassis format. A Braking Module and the matching external braking resistor are required to bring drives to a controlled standstill in the event of a power failure (e. 50 kW/250 kW 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AE32-5BA0 Braking Module Order No. A number of Braking Modules can be operated in parallel. 50 kW/250 kW Braking Module in chassis format. The supply voltage for the electronics is drawn from the DC link. Spanish. 25 kW/125 kW Braking Module in chassis format . The Braking Module is connected to the DC link by means of the busbar sets and flexible cables.g. Polish. The activation threshold of the Braking Module can be adjusted by means of a DIP switch.g. Siemens D 21. 50 kW/250 kW 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0 Warning signs in foreign languages Warning signs in other languages can be placed on top of the standard warning signs in German or English. size FX. The Braking Module houses the power electronics and the associated control circuit. size GX. Japanese. sizes HX and JX. French. size FX. The Braking Module in chassis format is inserted in a mounting location inside the Motor Module or Active Line Module. 50 kW/250 kW Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Braking Module in chassis format. Dutch. 2 ■ Selection and ordering data Description Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Braking Module in chassis format. Russian. The following signs are supplied with chassis format units: Chinese. During operation. Swedish and Turkish. Finnish. The braking power values specified in the technical data apply to the upper activation threshold. Korean. the DC link energy is converted to heat loss in an external braking resistor. sizes HX and JX. Greek. Portuguese. In this case. Czech. Braking Modules function autonomously. emergency retraction or EMERGENCY OFF category 1) or limit the DC link voltage during regeneration for a short period of time. when the regenerative feedback capability of the Line Module is deactivated.1 · 2005 2/63 . size GX. e. each Braking Module must have its own braking resistor. Danish. which are supplied as standard. Italian.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Design DC link components Braking Modules in chassis format The Braking Modules in chassis format feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x DC link connection • 1 x braking resistor connection • 1 x digital input (inhibit Braking Module/acknowledge error) • 1 x digital output (Braking Module inhibited) • 1 x DIP switch for adjusting activation threshold. Braking Module in chassis format. the fan of which ensures forced cooling.

4 Inhibit input 21.1 Braking resistor R1 G_D211_EN_00012a DCPA DC link connection terminals R2 DCNA Typical connection of Braking Module in chassis format 2/64 Siemens D 21.3 Inhibit 0V 21.5 Fault 0V 21.1 · 2005 .6 Braking Module Fault output 21.DC link components ■ Integration SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Braking Modules in chassis format 2 X21 +24 V 21.2 Shield 21.

3 (16) 24 DC 500 1.5 M8 50 7.5 (16) V V V mA mm2 –3 to +30 –3 to +5 15 to 30 10 1.3 (16) 24 DC 500 1.5 M8 50 7. load current per digital output • Max. connectable cross section R1/R2 Weight. approx.5 M8 35 3.5 (17) V V V mA mm2 –3 to +30 –3 to +5 15 to 30 10 1.5 –3 to +30 –3 to +5 15 to 30 10 1.5 M8 35 3. approx. load current per digital output • Max. connectable cross section Terminal/screw R1/R2 Max. connectable cross section Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) • Voltage • Max.5 M8 50 7.5 kW kW kW kW V m (ft) mm2 kg (lb) V mA mm2 24 DC 500 1.5 M8 50 7. permissible cable length to braking resistor Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) • Max.5 –3 to +30 –3 to +5 15 to 30 10 1.6 (8) 24 DC 500 1. connectable cross section R1/R2 Weight.5 –3 to +30 –3 to +5 15 to 30 10 1. connectable cross section Terminal/screw R1/R2 Max. connectable cross section Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) • Voltage • Max.1 · 2005 2/65 .5 kW kW kW kW V m (ft) Braking Module in chassis format 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 FX 25 125 100 50 774 (factory setting) or 673 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) 6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0 GX 50 250 200 100 DC link components Braking Modules in chassis format 6SL3300-1AE32-5BA0 HX/JX 50 250 200 100 2 Braking Module in chassis format 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 FX 25 125 100 50 1153 (factory setting) or 1070 50 (164) 50 (164) 50 (164) 6SL3300-1AH32-5AA0 GX 50 250 200 100 6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0 HX/JX 50 250 200 100 Siemens D 21.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Suitable for installation in Motor Module/ Active Line Module size PDB rated power P15 peak power P20 power P40 power Activation thresholds (adjustable via DIP switch) Max. Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Suitable for installation in Motor Module/ Active Line Module size PDB rated power P15 peak power P20 power P40 power Activation thresholds (adjustable via DIP switch) Max.5 –3 to +30 –3 to +5 15 to 30 10 1. permissible cable length to braking resistor Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) • Max.6 (8) 24 DC 500 1. mm2 kg (lb) V mA mm2 24 DC 500 1.

1 11.5 100 1 68 IP20 2 460 In-service period for peak power ta s IP54 Braking resistor with connected 1. The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module. Ta T t Load diagram for Braking Module in booksize format and braking resistor ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Rated power PDB Peak power Pmax Period duration of braking duty cycle t Degree of protection kW kW s Braking resistors for Braking Module in booksize format 6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0 0. 2 braking resistors with different rated and peak power values are available for booksize format units.5 0.45) 5.5 mm2 cable (shielded). This enables the resulting heat loss to be dissipated efficiently. approx.3 kW/25 kW Braking resistor 1.3 25 0.6 (12) 2/66 Siemens D 21.5 kW/100 kW Braking resistors in booksize format 2 ■ Characteristic curves P Pmax PDB Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor. 193 (7.4 (8) Width Height Depth Weight.4 210 6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0 1.15) 210 (8. The braking resistor should be positioned outside the cabinet or switchgear room.84 ft) long mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) 80 (3.6) 410 (16. 6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0 6SL3100-1BE31-0AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V3 AC Braking resistor 0.DC link components ■ Overview SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Description Suitable for Braking Module in booksize format 6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 6SL3100-1AE31-0AA0 Braking resistor Order No.09) 3. 3 m (9. thereby allowing a corresponding reduction in the level of air conditioning required.14) 240 (9.27) 53 (2.1 · 2005 G_D211_XX_00038 .

thereby allowing a corresponding reduction in the level of air conditioning required. The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module.1 · 2005 2/67 .50 0.25 10 15 20 30 40 50 P 40 P DB P 15 P 20 G_D211_EN_00013 60 70 80 90 s 100 t P DB = Permanent braking power P 15 = 5 x P DB = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s P 20 = 4 x P DB = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s P 40 = 2 x P DB = Output which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s Load diagram for Braking Module in chassis format and braking resistor Siemens D 21.25 1. 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Braking resistor 25 kW/125 kW Braking resistor 50 kW/250 kW Braking resistor 25 kW/125 kW Braking resistor 50 kW/250 kW 2 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC 6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AH32-5 . A0 DC link components Braking resistors in chassis format Braking resistor Order No. P/P DB 1. This enables the resulting heat loss to be dissipated efficiently.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Suitable for Braking Module in chassis format 6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3300-1AE32-5 .50 1. 2 braking resistors with different rated and peak power values are available for chassis format units. The braking resistor should be positioned outside the cabinet or switchgear room. A0 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0 ■ Characteristic curves Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.75 0.00 0.

approx.13) 605 (23.1 · 2005 .DC link components ■ Technical data SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Braking resistors in chassis format Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Rated power PDB Peak power Pmax In-service period for peak power Period duration of braking duty cycle t Max. connectable cross section Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.13) 605 (23.09) 120 (265) 25 125 15 90 189 Via cable gland M50 Via stud terminal M10 50 IP20 740 (29.82) 485 (19.82) 485 (19. connectable cross section Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.17) 485 (19.09) 50 (110) 2 Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Rated power PDB Peak power Pmax In-service period for peak power Period duration of braking duty cycle t Max.89) 1325 (52.09) 120 (265) 2/68 Siemens D 21. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) mm2 kW kW s s A Braking resistors for Braking Modules in chassis format 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0 50 250 15 90 378 Via cable gland M50 Via stud terminal M10 70 IP20 810 (31.17) 485 (19. current Cable gland Power connection Max. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) mm 2 Braking resistors for Braking Modules in chassis format 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 kW kW s s A 25 125 15 90 125 Via cable gland M50 Via stud terminal M10 50 IP20 740 (29. approx. current Cable gland Power connection Max.89) 1325 (52.09) 50 (110) 6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0 50 250 15 90 255 Via cable gland M50 Via stud terminal M10 70 IP20 810 (31.

96 in) 270 mm (10. Order No. Danish. approx. 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 2 ■ Technical data Capacitor Module Capacitance 24 V DC busbar current capacity DC link busbar current capacity PE connection 4000 µF 20 A 100 A On housing with M5 screw 100 mm (3. with spacer (included in scope of supply) Weight. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese. Korean.2 kg (16 lb) Capacitor Modules are used to increase the DC link capacitance to bridge momentary power losses. ■ Design Capacitor Modules feature the following interfaces as standard: • 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections Siemens D 21. Several Capacitor Modules can be operated in parallel.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description Capacitor Module Order No.63 in) 7. DC link components Capacitor Module 6SL3100-1CE14-0AA0 ■ Accessories Description Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs. Japanese.1 · 2005 2/69 . Portuguese. Greek.94 in) 380 mm (14. Italian. French. Capacitor Modules are connected to the DC link voltage via the integrated DC link busbars. Spanish and Swedish. Finnish. Dutch. Capacitor Modules function autonomously. Width Height Depth.

as long as the DC link voltage becomes available. 2/70 Siemens D 21. Italian. 6SL3166-3AB00-0AA0 The Control Supply Module provides a 24 V DC power supply via the line or DC link. for example.1 · 2005 . Spanish and Swedish. This makes it possible. French. etc. Portuguese. Dutch. 6SL3100-1DE22-0AA0 ■ Accessories Description Warning signs in foreign languages This set of foreign language warning signs can be placed on top of the standard German or English signs. via the 24 V terminal adapter provided in the scope of supply (max. Sensor Modules.. ■ Overview 2 ■ Selection and ordering data Description Control Supply Module Order No.DC link components Control Supply Module SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Design Control Supply Modules feature the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x power connection • 2 x DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars • 2 x electronics power supply connections via integrated 24 V DC bars • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply for Control Units. Japanese. One sign in each of the following languages is provided in each set: Chinese. Order No. fuse protection 20 A) • 2 x PE (protective earth) connections The status of the Control Supply Modules is indicated via two multi-color LEDs. Terminal Modules. Greek. max. Danish. Korean. to make emergency retraction movements in the event of failure of the line supply. Finnish. cross section 6 mm2.

63 in) 4.1 A Class A1 to EN 55011 26 V DC 20 A 20 A 100 A Screw-type terminals 0.2 A 1.96 in) 270 mm (10. with spacer (included in scope of supply) Weight.1 · 2005 2/71 .0 mm2 On housing with M5 screw 50 mm (1. L3 (X1) PE connection Width Height Depth.97 in) 380 mm (14. 2. approx.8 kg (11 lb) Siemens D 21.2 mm2 to 4.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration DC link components Control Supply Module DCP DCN DCP DCN 2 Control Supply Module -X1 = = L1 L2 L3 = = + M + M 24 V DC busbars G_D211_EN_00039 Wiring diagram of the Control Supply Module ■ Technical data Control Supply Module Rated input current • at 400 V 3 AC • at 600 V DC Radio interference suppression (standard) Rated output voltage Rated output current 24 V DC busbar current capacity DC link busbar current capacity Power connection L1. L2.

94 in) DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage for Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 150 mm (5. ■ Technical data DC link supply adapter Connectable cross section (screw-type terminals) Current carrying capacity Weight.7) 2/72 Siemens D 21.5 to 10 6SL31622BM000AA0 35 to 95 6SL31622BM010AA0 35 to 95 A 36 240 240 kg (lb) 0. 200 mm (7.1) 0. Two versions are available depending on cable cross section. 6SL3162-2BD00-0AA0 ■ Overview 2 6SL3162-2BM00-0AA0 6SL3162-2BM01-0AA0 If the internal Motor Module DC link busbars are not to be used. mm2 6SL31622BD000AA0 0.87 in) and 300 mm (11. The DC link power supply adapter is mounted on the DC link busbars of the Motor Module.1) 0. The DC link cables are routed from above. the DC link voltage can be provided externally via a DC link power supply adapter. If a multi-tier Motor Module configuration is used.06 (0. a DC link power supply adapter set can be provided for linking the DC links of two drive groups.1 · 2005 . The DC link cables are routed from behind. approx.DC link components DC link supply adapter SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Description DC link supply adapter for direct infeed of DC link voltage for Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format with a width of 50 mm (1.81 in) DC link adapters (2 pieces) for multi-tier configuration for all Line Modules and Motor Modules in booksize format Order No.97 in) and 100 mm (3.91 in). The DC link power supply adapters are mounted on the DC link busbars of the Motor Modules to the far right of each group.48 (1.76 (1.

the voltage between the motor terminals is virtually sinusoidal. approx. 2 ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power of Motor Module 110 kW (150 HP) 132 kW (200 HP) 160 kW (250 HP) 200 kW (300 HP) 250 kW (400 HP) Suitable for Motor Module 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0 6SL3320-1TE33-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE33-8AA0 6SL3320-1TE35-0AA0 Sinusoidal filter Order No.4) 370 (14.6) 124 (273) 6SL3320-1TE326AA0 132 (200) 225 0.17) 198 (437) kW (HP) A kW Siemens D 21.6) 127 (280) 6SL3000-2CE333AA0 6SL3320-1TE338AA0 200 (300) 333 0.1 · 2005 2/73 .6 Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 620 (24.6 Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 620 (24.245/0.7 Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 620 (24.81) 320 (12. This reduces the stress on the motor windings and prevents motor noise induced by the pulse frequency.4) 370 (14.4/0.57) 360 (14.57) 360 (14. this reduces the maximum possible output current and the maximum achievable output voltage (see characteristics for "Single Motor Modules in chassis format " and section "Configuration“).35/0. 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0 6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0 6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Sinusoidal filter 6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0 Suitable for Single Motor Module chassis format Rated power Pn of Motor Module with 4 kHz pulse frequency setting Rated current Power loss 50 Hz/60 Hz Line/load connection PE connection Max.53 Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 620 (24.4) 300 (11.81) 320 (12.4) 300 (11.38/0. With chassis format units.81) 320 (12.6) 124 (273) 6SL3000-2CE328AA0 6SL3320-1TE331AA0 160 (250) 276 0. The sinusoidal filter should be installed as close as possible to the Motor Module.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Load-side power components Sinusoidal filter If a sinusoidal filter is connected at the Motor Module output. The pulse frequency of the Motor Modules must be set to 4 kHz for the sinusoidal filters.69 Connection lugs M10 Connection lugs M10 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) IP00 620 (24. mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) m (ft) Type 6SL3320-1TE321AA0 110 (150) 225 0.35/0.17) 136 (300) 6SL3000-2CE341AA0 6SL3320-1TE350AA0 250 (400) 408 0. permissible cable length between sinusoidal filter and motor Degree of protection Width Height Depth Weight.4) 300 (11.

The maximum permissible output frequency when a motor reactor is used is 150 Hz. At the same time.Load-side power components Motor reactors SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Rated power of Motor Module Suitable for Motor Module 6SL3320-1TE32-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE32-6AA0 6SL3320-1TE33-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE33-8AA0 6SL3320-1TE35-0AA0 6SL3320-1TE36-1AA0 6SL3320-1TE37-5AA0 6SL3320-1TE38-4AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-2AA0 6SL3320-1TE41-4AA0 6SL3320-1TH28-5AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-0AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-2AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-5AA0 6SL3320-1TH31-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-2AA0 6SL3320-1TH32-6AA0 6SL3320-1TH33-3AA0 6SL3320-1TH34-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH34-7AA0 6SL3320-1TH35-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH37-4AA0 6SL3320-1TH38-1AA0 6SL3320-1TH38-8AA0 6SL3320-1TH41-0AA0 6SL3320-1TH41-3AA0 Motor reactor Order No. 6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0 6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-4AA0 6SL3000-2AE41-4AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0 6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0 6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0 6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0 6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0 6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0 6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0 6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0 6SL3000-2AH41-0AA0 6SL3000-2AH41-1AA0 6SL3000-2AH41-3AA0 Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC ■ Overview 2 110 kW (150 HP) 132 kW (200 HP) 160 kW (250 HP) 200 kW (300 HP) 250 kW (400 HP) 315 kW (500 HP) 400 kW (600 HP) 450 kW (700 HP) 560 kW (800 HP) 710 kW (1000 HP) 800 kW (1150 HP) 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW 250 kW 315 kW 400 kW 450 kW 560 kW 710 kW 800 kW 900 kW 1000 kW 1200 kW Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Motor reactors reduce the stress on the motor windings by reducing the voltage gradients on the motor terminals. the capacitive charge/discharge currents that occur at the converter output when long motor cables are used are reduced. 2/74 Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 . The motor reactor should be installed as close as possible to the Motor Module.

12) IP00 62 (137) 300 (11.43) 326 (12.5 M10 M8 6SL30002BE33-2AA0 6SL33201TE33-1AA0 160 (250) 310 0.062 M12 M10 6SL30002AE41-4AA0 6SL33201TE41-2AA0 710 (1000) 1260 0.47 M10 M8 6SL30002BE33-8AA0 6SL33201TE33-8AA0 200 (300) 380 0.83) IP00 179 (395) 460 (18.43) 292 (11.14) 392 (15.22) 257 (10.81) 365 (14.14) 392 (15.81) 285 (11.5 kHz and 1.14) 392 (15.5) IP00 140 (309) 410 (16.83) IP00 179 (395) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) kg (lb) Siemens D 21. permissible cable length between motor reactor and motor Width Height Depth Degree of protection Weight.4) 277 (10.81) 285 (11.5) IP00 130 (287) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.9) IP00 66 (146) 300 (11.054 2 x M12 M10 Suitable for Motor Module Rated power of Motor Module Rated current Power loss Line/load connection PE connection Max.5 M12 M8 Load-side power components Motor reactors 6SL30002AE36-1AA0 6SL33201TE36-1AA0 315 (500) 605 0.83 M12 M10 m (ft) 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) 410 (16.962 2 x M12 M10 6SL30002AE41-4AA0 6SL33201TE41-4AA0 800 (1150) 1405 1.25 kHz) 6SL30002AE38-4AA0 6SL30002AE38-4AA0 6SL33201TE38-4AA0 450 (700) 840 0.22) 257 (10.12) IP00 60 (132) 300 (11.81) 285 (11.1 · 2005 2/75 .5 kHz and 1.2) 2) 277 (10.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.43) 302 (11.943 M12 M10 6SL30002AE41-0AA0 6SL33201TE41-0AA0 560 (800) 985 1.25 kHz) 6SL30002BE32-1AA0 Suitable for Motor Module Rated power of Motor Module Rated current Power loss Line/load connection PE connection Max. approx.11) 392 (15.5 M10 M8 6SL30002BE35-0AA0 6SL33201TE35-0AA0 250 (400) 490 0.43) 292 (11.486 M10 M8 6SL30002BE32-6AA0 6SL33201TE32-6AA0 132 (200) 260 0.14) 392 (15. approx.89) IP00 146 (322) 460 (18.11) 392 (15. Type kW (HP) A kW 6SL33201TE37-5AA0 400 (600) 745 0.37) 277 (10.43) 292 (11.81) 315 (12.43) 326 (12.5) IP00 140 (309) 410 (16. permissible cable length between motor reactor and motor Width Height Depth Degree of protection Weight.9 M12 M8 2 300 (984) (shielded) 450 (1477) (unshielded) 300 (11. kg (lb) m (ft) Type kW (HP) A kW 6SL33201TE32-1AA0 110 (150) 210 0.9) IP00 100 (221) 410 (16.9) IP00 73 (161) 300 (11.

78) 330 (12. approx.35) IP00 35 (77) mm (inch) 270 (10.335 M10 M6 6SL30002AH31-8AA0 6SL33201TH31-8AA0 160 175 0.5 kHz and 1.87) IP00 25 (55) 300 (11.63) 248 (9.425 M10 M6 2 Suitable for Motor Module Rated power of Motor Module Rated current Power loss Line/load connection PE connection Max.3 M10 M6 6SL30002AH31-5AA0 6SL33201TH31-2AA0 110 120 0.257 M10 M6 m (ft) 200 (656) (shielded) 300 (984) (unshielded) 270 (10. approx.05 M12 M8 6SL30002AH41-3AA0 6SL33201TH41-3AA0 1200 1270 0. permissible cable length between motor reactor and motor Width Height Depth Degree of protection Weight.14) 392 (15.44 M10 M6 m (ft) 200 (656) (shielded) 300 (984) (unshielded) 300 (11.45 M10 M6 6SL30002AH34-5AA0 6SL33201TH34-1AA0 400) 410 0.76) 200 (7.22) 212 (8. Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Type kW A kW 6SL33201TH28-5AA0 75 85 0.46) IP00 56 (124) 410 (16. approx.8 M12 M8 6SL30002AH38-1AA0 6SL33201TH37-4AA0 710 735 0.43) 292 (11.35) IP00 kg (lb) 40 (88) Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.22) 212 (8.5 kHz and 1.1 · 2005 .43) 279 (10.81) 285 (11.25 kHz) 6SL30002AH32-6AA0 6SL30002AH33-6AA0 6SL33201TH33-3AA0 315 330 0.87) IP00 kg (lb) 25 (55) Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2. permissible cable length between motor reactor and motor Width Height Depth Degree of protection Weight.14) mm (inch) 392 (15.63) 248 (9.76) 200 (7.65) IP00 166 (366) mm (inch) 410 (16.35) IP00 33 (73) 300 (11.87) IP00 25 (55) 270 (10.22) mm (inch) 212 (8.63) 248 (9.Load-side power components Motor reactors SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data (continued) Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2.4 M10 M6 6SL30002AH32-4AA0 6SL33201TH32-2AA0 200 215 0.76) 200 (7.81) 285 (11.5) IP00 80 (176) 410 (16.14) 392 (15.43) mm (inch) 279 (10.11) 392 (15.96 M12 M8 Suitable for Motor Module Rated power of Motor Module Rated current Power loss Line/load connection PE connection Max.14) 392 (15.25 kHz) 6SL30002AH31-0AA0 6SL30002AH31-0AA0 6SL33201TH31-0AA0 90 100 0. permissible cable length between motor reactor and motor Width Height Depth Degree of protection Weight.99) 215 (8.43) 292 (11.62 M12 M8 6SL30002AH35-8AA0 6SL33201TH35-8AA0 560 575 0.43) 317 (12.95 M12 M8 Suitable for Motor Module Rated power of Motor Module Rated current Power loss Line/load connection PE connection Max.98) IP00 150 (331) 410 (16.98) IP00 146 (322) mm (inch) 300 (11.318 M10 M6 6SL30002AH31-5AA0 6SL33201TH31-5AA0 132 150 0.81) 285 (11.35) IP00 43 (95) 350 (13.5 kHz and 1.25 kHz) 6SL30002AH38-1AA0 6SL30002AH41-0AA0 6SL33201TH38-8AA0 900 910 0.48) IP00 163 (360) 460 (18.43) 296 (11.87) IP00 25 (55) 270 (10.0 M12 M8 m (ft) 200 (656) (shielded) 300 (984) (unshielded) 410 (16.97 M12 M8 6SL30002AH41-1AA0 6SL33201TH41-0AA0 1000 1025 1. Type kW A kW 6SL33201TH38-1AA0 800 810 1.545 M12 M8 66SL30002AH34-7AA0 6SL33201TH34-7AA0 450 465 0.43) 279 (10.14) 392 (15.63) mm (inch) 248 (9.81) mm (inch) 285 (11.14) 392 (15. Line voltage 660 V to 690 V 3 AC Type kW A kW 6SL33201TH32-6AA0 250 260 0.5) IP00 80 (176) 410 (16.22) 212 (8.76) mm (inch) 200 (7.98) IP00 kg (lb) 146 (322) 2/76 Siemens D 21.

2 ■ Design ■ Integration DRIVE-CLiQ components. can be connected to a CU320 Control Unit. via PROFIBUS on a higher-level controller. for example. without guard cover Siemens D 21.. As the firmware and parameter settings are stored on a plug-in CompactFlash card. Motor Modules. The CU320 Control Unit is designed for multi-axis operation. The CU320 Control Unit can be mounted on the side of the Line Module in booksize format via brackets integrated in a Line Module. open-loop and closed-loop control functions for one or more Motor Modules and Active Line Modules run in a CU320 Control Unit. Communication between a CU320 Control Unit and the connected components takes place via DRIVE-CLiQ. Terminal Modules • 1 x PROFIBUS interface • 8 x parameterizable digital inputs (floating) 8 x parameterizable bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs (not floating).SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview Control Units CU320 Control Unit CU320 Control Units feature the following interfaces as standard: • 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets for communication with other DRIVE-CLiQ devices. The number of modules depends on the performance required. Sensor Modules. The Control Units are then interconnected. the Control Unit can be changed without the need for tools. to include additional terminals or for communication purposes. The CU320 Control Unit can also be fixed to the wall of the control cabinet using the integrated fixing lugs. As the CU320 Control Unit is not as deep as the Line Modules. the number can be increased accordingly. The status of the CU320 Control Unit is indicated via multi-color LEDs. If an application requires more than one Control Unit. for example. suitable spacers are available to increase the depth of the CU320 Control Unit to 270mm (10.g. The communication. e. for example. CU320 Control Unit. Motor Modules and Active Line Modules. including duty type and additional functions. of which 6 are high-speed digital inputs • 1 x serial RS232 interface • 1 x option slot • 3 x test sockets and one reference ground for installation and start-up support • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection • 1 x ground connection A shield connection for the signal cable shield on the option module is located on the CU320 Control Unit.63 in).1 · 2005 2/77 . The available option slot is used to expand the interfaces. Active Line Modules.

2) Jumper open. 24 V + M + + M M M M X100 0 M X101 1 X102 2 X103 3 DRIVE-CLiQ socket X124 + 24 V DRIVE-CLiQ socket DRIVE-CLiQ socket X122 1 2 3 4 5 2) DI 0 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 M1 M DRIVE-CLiQ socket X126 PROFIBUS M M M 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 M Option board DI/DO 8 DI/DO 9 1) M DI/DO 10 1) DI/DO 11 1) M Control Unit CU320 3) X132 1 2 3 4 5 2) DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 DI 7 M M2 M M M 6 7 8 9 M DI/DO 12 DI/DO 13 1) M 10 11 12 3) DI/DO 14 1) DI/DO 15 1) M RxD TxD G_D212_EN_00027d 1) Fast inputs (must be shielded). X140 2 3 serial interface Wiring diagram for CU320 Control Unit 2/78 Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 5 M . 3) Can be parameterized individually as input/output. isolation for digital inputs (DI).Control Units SINAMICS S120 Vector Control CU320 Control Unit ■ Integration (continued) + 2 ext.

connectable cross section Digital outputs (continued-shortcircuit-proof) • Voltage • Max.5 kg (3.5 mm2 8 x bidirectional non-floating digital outputs/digital inputs 24 V DC 500 mA 0. approx. connectable cross section Power loss PE connection Ground connection Width Height Depth Weight.63 in) (if the brackets on the side are not to be used but the depth still has to be 270 mm (10. 50 µs 0. Siemens D 21. Spacers (2 pieces). 6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0 6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0 2 • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) • Signal propagation delays for digital inputs • Signal propagation delays for high-speed digital inputs (highspeed digital inputs can be used for position detection) • Max. current requirements (at 24 V DC) without taking account of digital outputs. 50 µs H → L: approx.8 A Control Units CU320 Control Unit ■ Selection and ordering data d Description CU320 Control Unit (without CompactFlash card) Order No. fuse protection Digital inputs 0. 6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0 for increasing the depth of the CU320 Control Unit to 270 mm (10. 5 µs H → L: approx.9 in) 1.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data CU320 Control Unit Max.63 in) 226 mm (8.5 mm2 20 A 8 x floating digital inputs 8 x bidirectional non-floating digital inputs/digital outputs -3 V to 30 V -3 V to 5 V 15 V to 30 V 10 mA L → H: approx. connectable cross section Max. 6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1 2. option slot expansion Max.5 mm2 20 W On housing with M5 screw On housing with M5 screw 50 mm (1.3 lb) ■ Accessories Description PROFIBUS connector without PG/PC connection PROFIBUS connector with PG/PC connection Order No. load current per digital output • Max. 100 µs L → H: approx.1 · 2005 2/79 .97 in) 270 mm (10.63 in)).

The use of performance extension will double the computing power over the standard performance. i. it is possible to specify a specific firmware version or the most recent firmware version in a replacement part order. The most recent firmware version is always installed on shipped CompactFlash cards. You will need the serial number of the CompactFlash card and the order number of the firmware option to be enabled.2 . With this information.1 · 2005 . The firmware version is encoded as follows in the order number: Order No. e. the order number on the shipped CompactFlash card need not necessarily match the number of the ordered card.1 . which are written to the CompactFlash card in the factory as license codes. ■ Further information Firmware version The firmware version is encoded in the order number of the CompactFlash card supplied. The computing capacity requirement increases in proportion to the number of connected Motor Modules and system components and in relation to the dynamic response required. The license code is only valid for the CompactFlash card declared and cannot be transferred to other CompactFlash cards. 2/80 Siemens D 21. The CompactFlash card with the most recent firmware version is confirmed and shipped. you can purchase the associated license code from a license database and enable the firmware option.1. The firmware options can also be enabled on-site.: Firmware version 1 2 3 4 Version . CompactFlash card 6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0 with current firmware version including certificate of license without performance extension 6SL3054-0AA01-1AA0 CompactFlash card with current firmware version including certificate of license with performance extension 1 firmware option Firmware license Performance extension 1 firmware option for CompactFlash card including certificate of license 6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0 CompactFlash card 2 The firmware and parameter settings are stored on the CompactFlash card.g. order number 6SL3054-0CB00-1AA0 for firmware version 2. ■ Design A CU320 Control Unit can perform the communication. In this way. The firmware options are supplied in license form. openloop and closed-loop control functions for several Motor Modules.e.0 7 7 0 7 -1AA0 Example: A CompactFlash card with order number 6SL3054-0AA00-1AA0 is ordered (as specified in the catalog). for example. which is plugged into the CU320 Control Unit.4 without performance extension with performance extension 1 B C D E 0 1 B C D E 6SL3054. The full computing capacity of the CU320 Control Unit is available only on systems with perfomance extension 1. if the performance extensions required are not known at the time of placing the order.Control Units ■ Overview SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Description Order No. The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the CU320 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER configuration tool.3 .

female (3 pieces) SUB-D connector.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Design Supplementary system components CBC10 Communication Board The CBC10 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on the CU320 Control Unit.1 · 2005 2/81 .05 A < 10 W 0. 6FC9341-2AE 6FC9341-2AF The CBC10 Communication Board is used to interface the CU320 Control Unit and therefore the drives to the CAN (Controller Area Network) protocol. 9-pin. male (3 pieces) Order No. 9-pin. 6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0 2 ■ Accessories Description SUB-D connector. 0.1 kg (0. The board’s driver software fulfils the standards of the following CANopen specification of the CiA organization (CAN in Automation): • Communication profiles in accordance with DS 301 • Drive profile in accordance with DSP 402 (in this case Profile Velocity Mode) • EDS (Electronic Data Sheet) in accordance with DSP 306 • Operational status signaling in accordance with DSP 305 ■ Technical data CBC10 Communication Board Max. approx. current requirement (at 24 V DC) via CU320 Control Unit Power loss Weight. The CBC10 has two CAN interfaces. ■ Selection and ordering data Description CBC10 Communication Board Order No.2 lb) Siemens D 21.

100 µs 0.2 lb) -3 V to +30 V -3 V to +5 V 15 V to 30 V Typ. connectable cross section • Voltage • Max. connectable cross section • Voltage range Order No. connectable cross section Power loss Weight. load current • Resolution • Max. -10 V to +10 V 65 kΩ 13 bit. load current per digital output • Max.05 A ■ Overview 2 2. 50 µs H → L: approx.5 mm2 <3W 0.5 mm2 0. ■ Design The following are located on the TB30 Terminal Board: • Power supply for digital inputs/digital outputs • 4 x digital inputs • 4 x digital outputs • 2 x analog inputs • 2 x analog outputs The TB30 Terminal Board plugs into the option slot on the CU320 Control Unit. 6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0 • Max. 10 mA L → H: approx. fuse protection Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) • Signal propagation delays for digital inputs • Max.Supplementary system components TB30 Terminal Board SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data TB30 Terminal Board Max.5 mm2 24 V DC 500 mA 0. A shield connection for the signal cable shield is located on the CU320 Control Unit. + sign 0.5 mm2 20 A The TB30 Terminal Board expands the number of digital inputs/digital outputs and analog inputs/analog outputs of the CU320 Control Unit. Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) ■ Selection and ordering data Description TB30 Terminal Board Analog outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) 2/82 Siemens D 21.5 mm2 -10 V to +10 V -3 mA to +3 mA 11 bit. connectable cross section Analog inputs (difference) • Voltage range (an open analog input is interpreted as 0 V) • Internal resistance Ri • Resolution • Max. + sign 0. current requirement (at 24 V DC) via CU320 Control Unit without taking account of digital outputs Max. approx.1 · 2005 .1 kg (0. connectable cross section Max.

1 · 2005 2/83 . 24 V + M M Supplementary system components TB30 Terminal Board 2 X424 + + M M M M + 24 V Terminal Board TB30 X481 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 1 DI 0 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 DO 0 DO 1 DO 2 DO 3 X482 1 1 ± 10 V AI 0+ AI 0AI 1+ AI 1AO 0+ AO 0G_D212_DE_00028c 2 3 4 V 5 6 7 V 8 8 AO 1+ AO 1- Wiring diagram for TB30 Terminal Board Siemens D 21.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration + ext.

not taking into account digital outputs Max.5 mm2 20 A Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) With the TM31 Terminal Module. 10 mA L → H: approx. -20 mA to +20 mA. connectable cross section Max. load current per digital output • Max. load current • Max. approx.6/0..3) DIN rail to EN 50022. 50 µs H → L: approx.91 in) 111 mm (4. switching power (at 30 V DC) 240 W (ohmic load) 2/84 Siemens D 21.4x0. the number of available digital inputs and outputs and the number of analog input and outputs within a drive can be expanded. • Max.5 A ■ Overview 2 2.Supplementary system components TM31 Terminal Module SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data TM31 Terminal Module Max.Internal resistance Ri • As current input . connectable cross section -3 V to +30 V -3 V to +5 V 15 V to 30 V Typ.Resolution • Max. • Voltage • Max. switching power (at 250 V AC) • Required minimum current • Max. 100 µs 1.5 mm2 -10 V to +10 V -3 mA to +3 mA 4 mA to 20 mA.87 kg (2 lb) 4 mA to 20 mA/-20 mA to +20 mA/0 mA to 20 mA 250 Ω 11 bit + sign 1. fuse protection Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) • Signal propagation delays for digital inputs • Max. total current of digital outputs 400 mA 1.4) 100 mA 2.5 mm2 < 10 W On housing with M4 screw 50 mm (1. 0 mA to 20 mA 500 Ω for outputs in the range 20 mA to +20 mA 11 bit + sign 1.97 in) 150 mm (5. load current • Current range • Max.g. 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA0 Relay outputs (change-over contacts) • Max.1 · 2005 . 8A 250 V AC.5 mm2 24 V DC 100 mA 0. connectable cross section • Voltage range • Max. switching voltage • Max. 30 V DC 2000 VA (cos phi = 1) 750 VA (cos phi = 0. e. load resistance • Resolution • Max. The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM31 Terminal Module via a shield connection terminal. connectable cross section ■ Design The following are located on the TM31 Terminal Module: • 8 x digital inputs • 4 x bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs • 2 x relay outputs with changeover contact • 2 x analog inputs • 2 x analog outputs • 1 x temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC) • 2 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection The TM31 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a 35×15/7.5 mm2 -10 V to +10 V 100 kΩ Analog outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) ■ Selection and ordering data Description TM31 Terminal Module (without DRIVE-CLiQ cable) • Max.37 in) 0. The status of the TM31 terminal module is indicated via a multicolor LED. Phoenix Contact type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1.5 mm2 Analog inputs (a switch is used to toggle between voltage and current input) • As voltage input .Internal resistance Ri . The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief.5 (1. connectable cross section Power loss PE connection Width Height Depth Weight. connectable cross section Order No. current requirements (at 24 V DC).Voltage range .Current range .

+ ext. 3) Can be parameterized individually as output. 2) Can be parameterized individually as current source. G_D212_EN_00029b Wiring diagram for TM31 Terminal Module Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 2/85 .SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The TM31 Terminal Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. 24 V M X500 0 Supplementary system components TM31 Terminal Module + M X501 1 2 X524 + + M M M M + 24 V X521 AI 0+ AI 0AI 1+ AI 1P10 M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRIVE-CLiQ socket Terminal Module TM 31 X520 1 2 3 4 5 1) DRIVE-CLiQ socket N10 M DI 0 DI 1 DI 2 DI 3 M1 M M M M AO 0V+ AO 0AO 0C+ AO 1V+ AO 1AO 1C+ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X522 V A 2) V 6 M A X540 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 + 24 V +Temp -Temp + 24 V X541 + 24 V + 24 V + 24 V + 24 V DI/DO 10 + 24 V DI/DO 11 + 24 V M + DI/DO 8 DI/DO 9 1 3) 2 3 4 5 6 X530 1 2 3 4 5 1) X542 DI 4 DI 5 DI 6 DI 7 M2 6 M M M M DO 1 DO 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 M 1) The jumpers must be inserted in this example.

3) DIN rail to EN 50022. connectable cross section Max. With the Terminal Module TM15.5 mm2 20 A 2 Channelwise as DI or DO.1 · 2005 . The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM15 Terminal Module via a shield connection terminal.86 kg (2 lb) ■ Selection and ordering data Description TM15 Terminal Module (without DRIVE-CLiQ cable) 2/86 Siemens D 21.Up to 60 °C (140 °F) . the number of available digital inputs and outputs within a drive can be expanded.5 mm2 <3W On housing with M4 screw 50 mm (1. approx. total current of outputs (per group) .15 A 2.Up to 50 °C (122 °F) . fuse protection Number of DRIVE-CLiQ sockets I/O • Digital inputs/digital outputs • Number of digital inputs/digital outputs • Isolation • Connection system Digital inputs • Voltage • Low level (an open digital input is interpreted as "low") • High level • Current consumption (at 24 V DC) • Signal propagation delays for digital inputs.. The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief.g. 6SL3055-0AA00-3FA0 PE connection Width Height Depth Weight. Digital outputs (continued-short-circuit-proof) L → H: 50 µs H → L: 150 µs L → H: 100 µs H → L: 225 µs 2A 3A 4A 1.37 in) 0. parameterizable 24 Yes.91 in) 111 mm (4.Standard .6/0. current requirement (at 24 V DC) without load 0.Supplementary system components TM15 Terminal Module SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Technical data TM15 Terminal Module Max. Phoenix Contact type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1.97 in) 150 mm (5. e.Up to 40 °C (104 °F) • Max. connectable cross section Power loss Order No.5 A ■ Overview 2 Max. ■ Design The following are located on the TM15 Terminal Module: • 24 x bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs (isolation in 3 groups with 8 channels each) • 24 x green status LEDs for indicating the logical signal status of the relevant terminal • 2 x DRIVE-CLiQ sockets • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection The TM15 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a 35×15/7. The status of the TM15 Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED.5 mm2 24 V DC 0.4x0.Maximum • Max. in groups of 8 Plug-in screw-type terminals -30 V to +30 V -30 V to +5 V 15 V to 30 V 5 mA to 11 mA L → H: 50 µs H → L: 100 µs 1. connectable cross section • Voltage • Max. typical • Max. load current per digital output • Output delay (ohmic load) .5 (1.

24 V M X500 0 Supplementary system components TM15 Terminal Module + M X501 1 2 L1+ M1 X524 + + M M M M + 24 V X520 L1+ DI/DO 0 DI/DO 1 DI/DO 2 DI/DO 3 M DI/DO 4 DI/DO 5 DI/DO 6 DI/DO 7 M1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1) DRIVE-CLiQ socket Terminal Module TM 15 L2+ DI/DO 8 DI/DO 9 DI/DO 10 DI/DO 11 M DI/DO 12 DI/DO 13 DI/DO 14 DI/DO 15 M2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 DRIVE-CLiQ socket X521 L2+ M2 1) X522 L3+ DI/DO 16 DI/DO 17 DI/DO 18 DI/DO 19 M DI/DO 20 DI/DO 21 DI/DO 22 DI/DO 23 M3 1 L3+ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1) M3 G_D211_EN_00040 1) Can be parameterized individually as input or output.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Integration The TM15 Terminal Module communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. + ext. Wiring diagram for TM15 Terminal Module Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 2/87 .

torque) directly to the Control Unit. 2 ■ Technical data Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface and resolver (2-pole/multi-pole) Max. absolute encoder EnDat (512 pulses/revolution. current. for example 1FK7 and 1FT6 synchronous motors and 1PH7 asynchronous motors. DRIVE-CLiQ cable length between motor and Motor Modules 500 mA Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface and incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp. as the motor and encoder type can be identified automatically.Encoder system connection Encoder system connection SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview DRIVE-CLiQ is the preferred method for connecting the encoder system to SINAMICS S120. rated data (voltage. Motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface The encoder and temperature signals of motors without DRIVECLiQ interfaces. Only one encoder can be connected to each Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted. Sensor Modules CabinetMounted with IP20 degree of protection are currently available for direct installation in control cabinets. 2/88 Siemens D 21. 2048 pulses/revolution) or single absolute encoder 500 mA • 100 m (328 ft) when using MOTION-CONNECT 500 DRIVE-CLiQ cables • 50 m (164 ft) when using MOTION-CONNECT 800 DRIVE-CLiQ cables Note: Shorter cable lengths apply for certain encoders (see connection system) ■ Further information If possible. This connection route is used to transmit motor encoder and temperature signals as well as electronic rating plate data such as unique ID numbers. These motors make start-up and diagnostics much easier. These motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces can be connected to the corresponding Motor Module directly via the MOTIONCONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cables available. as well as those of external encoders. must be connected via Sensor Modules. Each of these motors can be supplied as standard with one DRIVE CLiQ interface.1 · 2005 . current requirement at 24 V DC (via Motor Module and MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ cable) Max. Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces can be ordered for this purpose. motor encoder and temperature signals should be connected to the corresponding Motor Module and external encoders to the Control Unit.

Encoder system connection SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 6SL3055-0AA00-5AA0 ■ Integration The SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto a 35×15/7. The maximum encoder cable length between SMC10 modules and encoders is: • For 2-pole resolvers: 130 m (427 ft) • For multi-pole resolvers: 50 m (164 ft).4x0.3 A 2.37 in) 0.3) DIN rail to EN 50022. approx.5 (1. The following encoder signals can be evaluated: • 2-pole resolver • Multi-pole resolver PE connection Width Height Depth Weight. ■ Design The SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x DRIVE CLiQ interface • 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature detection (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection The status of the SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is indicated via a multi-color LED. Siemens D 21. connectable cross section Max.5 mm2 20 A < 10 W On housing with M4 screw 50 mm (1.6/0.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted (without DRIVE-CLiQ cable) Order No. fuse protection Power loss 0.91 in) 111 mm (4. 2 ■ Technical data SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted Max.1 · 2005 2/89 .8 kg (2 lb) SMC10 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when external encoders are required in addition to the motor encoder.97 in) 150 mm (5. current requirement (at 24 V DC) not taking encoder into account Max.

8 kg (2 lb) SMC20 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when external sensors are required for direct position measurement in addition to the motor encoder.97 in) 150 mm (5.6/0. PE connection Width Height Depth Weight. current requirement (at 24 V DC) not taking encoder into account Max.4 A 2. 2/90 Siemens D 21.4x0. ■ Design The SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x DRIVE CLiQ interface • 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature detection (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection The status of the SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is indicated via a multi-color LED.1 · 2005 . The maximum encoder cable length between SMC20 modules and encoders is 100 m (328 ft). connectable cross section Max. ■ Technical data SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted Max.Encoder system connection ■ Overview SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Selection and ordering data Description SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted (without DRIVE-CLiQ cable) Order No.91 in) 111 mm (4.5 mm2 20 A < 10 W On housing with M4 screw 50 mm (1. 6SL3055-0AA00-5BA1 SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 2 ■ Integration The SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.3) DIN rail to EN 50022.37 in) 0. approx. The following encoder signals can be evaluated: • Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp • Absolute encoder EnDat The motor temperature can also be detected using KTY84-130 PTC thermistors. fuse protection Power loss 0.5 (1. SMC20 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto a 35×15/7.

fuse protection Power loss 0. PE connection Width Height Depth Weight.5 mm2 20 A < 10 W On housing with M4 screw 50 mm (1.91 in) 111 mm (4. 2 ■ Technical data SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted Max.37 in) 0. Phoenix Contact type SK8 or Weidmüller type KLBÜ CO 1. Encoder system connection SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 6SL3055-0AA00-5CA0 ■ Integration The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted communicates with the CU320 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ. For HTL encoders.SINAMICS S120 Vector Control ■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data Description SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted (without DRIVE-CLiQ cable) Order No. The maximum encoder cable length between SMC30 modules and encoders is 100 m (328 ft). The signal cable shield can be connected to the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted via a shield connection terminal.75 mm2.1 · 2005 2/91 .8 kg (2 lb) SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted are required when a motor with a DRIVE-CLiQ interface is not available and when external encoders are required in addition to the motor encoder. Siemens D 21. TTL/HTL incremental encoders with and without open-circuit detection are supported.are evaluated and the power supply cable has a minimum cross section of 0.g. this length can be increased to 300 m (985 ft) if signals A+/A.3) DIN rail to EN 50022. The motor temperature can also be detected using KTY84-130 PTC thermistors. ■ Design The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the following interfaces as standard: • 1 x DRIVE CLiQ interface • 1 x encoder connection including motor temperature detection (KTY84-130) via SUB-D connector or terminals • 1 x connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC power supply connector • 1 x PE (protective earth) connection The status of the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is indicated via a multi-color LED.5 (1..6 A 2.and B+/B.6/0. approx.97 in) 150 mm (5.4x0. connectable cross section Max. current requirement (at 24 V DC) not taking encoder into account Max. e. SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped onto a 35×15/7.

1 · 2005 .SINAMICS S120 Vector Control Notes 2 2/92 Siemens D 21.

degree of protection IP55 1PL6 motors forced-ventilated.AC motors 3/2 3/3 3/3 Overview Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors forced-ventilated. degree of protection IP23 Selection guides Additional data for 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors 3/28 3/42 3/42 Siemens D 21.1 · 2005 .

Non-Siemens motors Standard asynchronous (induction) motors supplied by other manufacturers can operate on the SINAMICS S120 drive system provided they are designed for converter operation with highspeed IGBT power unit. refer to Catalog DA 48. 1MA and 1MJ motors These motors are designed for direct connection to the threephase supply system. • 1PQ motors As these motors are forced-ventilated. 1LG. Motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface can easily be integrated into a SINAMICS drive system through the use of SMC modules. For detailed motor selection. • 1LA. 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors are designed for converter operation and are characterized by their high power density and wide speed range. These motors are employed as stand-alone or sectional drives for applications demanding high speeds. please refer to Catalog M 11. no derating or only relatively minor derating (depending on their speed range) is required for constant-torque applications and wide speed ranges. This means that motor and encoder data do not need to be parameterized when the system is started up or serviced.Overview ■ Overview AC motors 3 1LA and 1LG motors Asynchronous (induction) motors • 1PH7 and 1PL6 motors The full capability of the SINAMICS S120 Vector Control can be utilized when the drive system is combined with motors of this type. The Control Unit evaluates the electronic rating plate via the DRIVE-CLiQ interface as well as the motor-integrated encoder signals. For technical data and engineering information. These motors are available in a variety of construction types and models for a wide scope of drive applications. They are used primarily in the man-made fiber industry. but they can also operate with the SINAMICS drive system. Synchronous motors • 1FU8 motors 1FU8 permanent-magnet-excited SIEMOSYN synchronous motors can be operated in the "V/f control" mode.1 · 2005 . excellent speed accuracy and absolute synchronous operation. 1LA8 motors 3/2 Siemens D 21.

wire-stranding machines. fleece plants • Wire-drawing machines. calenders. shaft heights 100 to 160 • • • • • 3 ■ Application Mounted in dry inside areas (no aggressive atmosphere). General applications such as coiler and winder drives. using a built-on separately-driven fan unit.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Overview ■ Benefits • • • • • • • • • High power density with small motor dimensions High degree of protection Wide speed control ranges Speed down to zero without reducing the torque Robustness Essentially maintenance-free High cantilever force loading High smooth running characteristics. Crane systems: • Hoisting gears and closing gears for cranes • Hoisting and traversing gears for high-bay racking vehicles Printing industry: • Single and main drives for printing machines Manufacture of rubber. rubber injection machines. shaft heights 180 and 225 1PH7 AC motors. even at the lowest speeds Integrated encoder system to sense the motor speed. The motors are ventilated. the appropriate encoder systems are available for the motors. Depending on the control requirements. forced-ventilated squirrelcage asynchronous (induction) motors with degree of protection IP55. shaft height 280 The 1PH7 AC motors are compact. wire and glass: • Drives for extruders. connected using a connector or DRIVE-CLiQ Terminal box to connect up power cables The motor temperature is monitored using a KTY 84 Variable cooling versions Basic external cooling using a pipe connection Optional bearing designs with re-lubrication device and insulated bearings (NDE) 1PH7 AC motors. foil machines. 1PH7 AC motors. The motor can be ordered either with the air flow from the motor drive shaft end (DE) to the motor non-drive shaft end (NDE) . as standard. Siemens D 21. They have been designed specifically for use in conjunction with converters. These encoders are used to sense the motor speed and indirect position. etc.or vice versa.1 · 2005 3/3 . plastic.

anthracite RAL 7016 with key. Standard paint finish. anthracite RAL 7016 SH 180 to SH 280: with primer.1 · 2005 . built-in. 2048 pulses/revolution – Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution – 2-pole resolver Signal connectors (mating connector is not included in the scope of supply) Terminal box for power SH 160 to SH 225: Terminal box top SH 280: Terminal box NDE right See selection and ordering data and Chapter "Options“ Connection Options 3/4 Siemens D 21.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Technical data Insulation of the stator winding in accordance with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) Fan supply voltage (see selection guides for technical data) Type in accordance with EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) Degree of protection in accordance with EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5) Cooling in accordance with EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6) Temperature class F for a coolant inlet temperature of up to +40 °C (+104 °F) 400 V 3 AC/50 Hz/60 Hz 480 V 3 AC/60 Hz IM B3 IP55 (fan IP54) ■ Characteristic curves S6-25% P Constant torque range S6-40% S6-60% S1 Voltage limiting characteristic PN Constant power range (field weakening operation) G_D211_EN_00030 3 Forced ventilation SH 100 to SH 225: Fan axial mounted NDE SH 280: Fan radial mounted NDE KTY 84 temperature sensor in stator winding SH 280: Additional KTY 84 as reserve SH 100 to SH 160: Without paint finish. half-key balancing nN n2 n Temperature monitoring Power/speed characteristic Paint finish Shaft end on the drive end in accordance with 748-3 (IEC 60072-1) Shaft and flange accuracy in accordance with DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1) Vibration severity level in accordance with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14) Sound pressure level in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1680 tolerance +3 dB Bearing versions and maximum speeds Encoder system. Standard paint finish. for motors with/without DRIVE-CLiQ interface SH 100 to SH 160: Tolerance R (reduced) SH 180 to SH 280: Tolerance N (normal) SH 100 to SH 225: Grade R (reduced) SH 280: Grade N (normal) Sound pressure level as a function of air-flow direction see selection guides see selection guides – Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution – Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp.

.g. DE and NDE 230 V anti-condensation heating Cable entry plate..: X01: RAL 9005 (flat black) X02: RAL 9001 (cream) X03: RAL 6011 (reseda green) X04: RAL 7032 (pebble grey) X05: RAL 5015 (sky blue) X06: RAL 1015 (light ivory) 2) Order with code R1Y (it is necessary to specify the RAL color in plain text). mounting prepared – – – SH 180 SH 225 SH 280 7 2) 7 3) – 7 2) 7 3) 7 7 7 7 7 7 Standard 4 – – – Encoder connector mounted – opposite Second standard shaft end (possible only without encoder) 2nd rating plate supplied separately in terminal box Re-lubrication devices.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Options Order code Option description For use with 1PH7 asynchronous motors with shaft height SH 100 to 160 Normal paint finish in another 4 1) color. Special paint finish in another 4 color. terminal box customer-specific (plain text is required) – 3 K31 K40 K45 K55 Standard – – – 7 7 – 7 7 7 7 7 Standard – 7 K83 K84 K85 L27 M03 Terminal box rotated through – +90 degrees Terminal box rotated through – -90 degrees Terminal box rotated through – 180 degrees NDE bearing. 3) Order with code R2Y (it is necessary to specify the RAL color in plain text). RAL . insulated version Version for potentially explosive atmospheres. Siemens D 21. zone 22 (in accordance with EN 50281/IEC 61241) Additional thread for a setting screw at the motor feet Non-standard shaft end DE Different rating plate data (plain text is required) – – – – 7 – 7 M39 7 7 7 M83 Y55 Y80 Y82 – – 7 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Supplementary plate with the 4 orderer’s data 7 Option possible 4 On request – Not available 1) Order using a code (without plain text)... RAL . C30 G14 G80 K08 K16 Winding version 690 V Fan unit with air filter POG10 pulse encoder. e. zone 2 (in accordance with EN 50021/IEC 60079-15) Version for potentially explosive atmospheres.1 · 2005 3/5 .

1PH7103 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .5 (12. .7) 13. .3 (5.2 (9. 1PH7107 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . for pipe connection.5) 31 (41.5 29 43 55 70 10 13 17.4) Fans: 30 37 10 17. 1PH7167 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132 IM B35 (IM V15. 1PH7163 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 .7) 132 13. .6) 1750 100 4.1 · 2005 . 1PH7107 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .7) 36 (26. . . 1PH7101 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7167 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . .4) 257 (189. 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. 3/6 Siemens D 21.4) 1150 100 4.4) 8 (10. metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 (IM V5.6) 162 (119.5 (18.6) Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 400 160 9.1) 160 25 (33.5 (26. . .25 (8. .7) 34 (25. . permisMax. .5) 55 (40. . . IM V6) IM B5 (IM V1. IM V36) without brake Brake supply voltage 230 V 1 AC. .5 23 274 294 391 360 381 367 364 357 398 398 398 381 2000 2000 2200 4200 3000 3800 3500 4800 6000 3500 5800 4500 2000 2000 5500 5500 4500 4500 3700 3700 5500 5500 5500 5500 2000 2000 5750 5750 5750 5750 5750 5750 8750 8750 8750 8750 1PH7163 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 .3 (5. .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No.6) 24 (17.8) 6. 1PH7103 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7137 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 .6) 60 (44. 1PH7133 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7105 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . .3) 112 (82. . for pipe connection.4) 310 (228.1) 44 (32. .0 (17.1) 19. 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 227 (167. .8) 7.7) 10 (13. . PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. 50/60 Hz Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: Holding brake with Emergency Stop function 4) Brake supply voltage 24 V DC For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. .5) 208 (153.

7 7 7 30 45 9 8) 18 30 45 60 85 9 8) 18 18 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 0AA 7 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 0AA 7 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 3 Output type: Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Increased maximum speed 5) Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: — Flange and shaft sealing ring 6) — Flange and shaft sealing ring 6) — Flange and shaft sealing ring 6) Special versions: Motor Module: Vibration severity grade: R S SR N SR Balancing: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key — — Shaft and flange accuracy: R R R N (with brake mounting) R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) B C D K L A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z 1 2 1 0 Color: without without Anthracite (RAL 7016).109 (0.80 11. – .88 0. .85 0.3 175 (386) 210 (463) 40 (88) 65 (143) 90 (198) 150 (331) 175 (386) 210 (463) 40 (88) 40 (88) 65 (143) 65 (143) 1PH7163 – .228 (2.017 (0. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. with plain shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and 16th data position "0". .029 (0. A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5. D . D . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).02) 0.6 0.814 0. – . D . – . SH 160: 8000 rpm. D . B . 7 7 7 1PH7103 – . The following restriction applies: Max.5 14. "3" or "6" 5) Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.26) 0.86 0.2 39.185 (1.3 14.849 0.3 39. .1 · 2005 3/7 . .909 0. F .26) 0. 4) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "2" or "3" 14th data position "K" 15th data position "A". special paint finish Specify suppl. The following restriction applies: Max. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. 7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment. 7 7 7 1PH7133 – .02) 0. – . D .185 (1.029 (0.3 10. .7 5. 7 7 7 1PH7101 – .870 14.904 0. .838 0. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. Weight approx. F . . The following restriction applies: Max. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. .84 0.7 39.877 0.0 8. SH 132: 10000 rpm. "B". . IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed.64) 0. . 7 7 7 1PH7167 – . . D . – . . – . .15) 0. – . .84 0.017 (0.81 0. . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated.076 (0. F . order code plain text if applicable (see Options). Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.3 40.029 (0.887 0.77 0.75 0.809 0.64) 0. . . – .96) 0. B .1 60. . . 7 7 7 1PH7107 – .26) kg (lb) Order No.0 61. Single Motor Module Double Motor Module 1) n2: Max. .6 39. 7 7 7 1PH7167 – .6 40. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. 7 7 7 1PH7105 – .0 60. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).0 5. 7 7 7 1PH7137 – . possible speed (see also selection guides): SH 100: 12000 rpm. 7 7 7 1PH7107 – . . F .875 0. .855 0.81 0. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed.83 0. "J" or "K" 16th data position "0". – . 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 7 7 7 1PH7103 – .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing current Iµ cos ϕ A Efficiency ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of inertia J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.15) 0.3 9.0 60. . – . – .017 (0. – . . special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). "3" or "6").88 0.813 0. 6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring.15) 0.228 (2. 8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current. Siemens D 21. 7 7 7 1PH7163 – . Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 0.67) 0.8 13 19 25 34 5.

.5 (23.9) 50 (36.6) 120 (88. 1PH7137 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . .5) 160 34 (45.4) 96 (70. .1) 12 (16. 1PH7137 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 71 (52. 1PH7167 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 2300 25 (33.3) 186 (137.9) Fans: External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. 1PH7167 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7133 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7107 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . for pipe connection. . 1PH7103 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . .8) 117 (86. . . PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit.2) 31 (22. IM V6) IM B5 (IM V1.1) 132 22. IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132 IM B35 (IM V15.1 · 2005 .5 (28. 1PH7163 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. permisMax. . . .2) 224 (165.5) 21. .8) 24 34 42 56 72 79 17 26 45 56 80 85 398 398 398 357 364 398 388 400 398 398 374 398 4800 5000 5500 4000 4000 2800 6000 6000 4000 4000 3000 3000 4500 4500 4500 4500 3700 3700 5500 5500 4500 4500 3700 3700 8000 8000 8000 8000 6500 6500 9000 9000 8000 8000 6500 6500 1PH7131 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .5) 158 (116.5 (10. 1PH7163 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 .9) 160 38 (50. 50/60 Hz Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: Holding brake with Emergency Stop function 4) Brake supply voltage 24 V DC For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. . .2) 29 (38. 3/8 Siemens D 21.5) 183 (135) Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 1750 132 13 (17. .3) 136 (100. . .9) 100 7. . for pipe connection. . 1PH7135 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . IM V36) without brake Brake supply voltage 230 V 1 AC.6) 41 (54.9) 44 (58. metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 (IM V5.5 (30. .4) 17. . 1PH7133 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 .9) 93 (68.

F . 7 7 7 1PH7163 – .902 0. – . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing current Iµ cos ϕ A Efficiency Rated Moment of frequency inertia frated Hz J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0. 7 7 7 1PH7137 – .109 (0.26) 0. order code plain text if applicable (see Options). Weight approx. 8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current. .866 0.920 0.076 (0.2 78. 7 7 7 30 45 45 60 85 85 18 30 45 60 85 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE23-0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24-5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24-5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE26-0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1 6SL3120 – 7 TE21-8AA 7 6SL3120 – 1 TE23-0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24-5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE26-0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28-5AA 1 3 Output type: Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Increased maximum speed 5) Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: — Flange and shaft sealing ring 6) — Flange and shaft sealing ring 6) — Flange and shaft sealing ring 6) Special versions: Motor Module: Vibration severity grade: R S SR N SR Balancing: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key — — Shaft and flange accuracy: R R R N (with brake mounting) R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) B C D K L A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z 1 2 1 0 Color: without without Anthracite (RAL 7016). F .85 0. Single Motor Module Double Motor Module 1) n2: Max. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. 7 7 7 1PH7137 – . .185 (1. IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed. . F .017 (0.96) 0.900 0. 7 7 7 1PH7133 – .915 0.900 0.85 0. . special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). 7 7 7 1PH7107 – .88 0. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. G .185 (1.83 0. G .4 90 (198) 90 (198) 150 (331) 150 (331) 175 (386) 210 (463) 40 (88) 65 (143) 90 (198) 150 (331) 175 (386) 210 (463) 1PH7131 – . .96) 0.86 0. .903 0. – . . 7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment. G .7 59. "B".7 78.5 59. G .15) 0.3 77.02) kg (lb) Order No. – .878 0. F .96) 0.5 59. . "3" or "6" 5) Max. 7 7 7 1PH7167 – . .86 0. – . – . . . Siemens D 21. G . 7 7 7 1PH7135 – .84 8. F . .86 0. 6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. SH 132: 10000 rpm. The following restriction applies: Max.64) 0.79 0. 4) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "2" or "3" 14th data position "K" 15th data position "A". 7 7 7 1PH7133 – . – . 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No.2 59. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. . ηrated Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 0.906 0.0 77. 7 7 7 1PH7103 – . special paint finish Specify suppl.7 59.029 (0.02) 0. . . . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).1 14 16 23 28 30 8. 7 7 7 1PH7167 – .64) 0. . . "J" or "K" 16th data position "0".67) 0. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed. .87 0. 7 7 7 1PH7163 – .076 (0. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.228 (2.67) 0.80 0.86 0. F . The following restriction applies: Max.8 78.109 (0. "3" or "6"). G . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).8 77.228 (2. . . A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5.109 (0. .911 59.076 (0.902 0.1 · 2005 3/9 . SH 160: 8000 rpm. – . – .2 12 17 21 36 40 0. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.900 0. possible speed (see also selection guides): SH 100: 12000 rpm. with plain shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and 16th data position "0". . – . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.67) 0. – . – . The following restriction applies: Max. – . .

8) 21. . 1PH7228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 1 2 3 0 1 3 4 Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15. 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 390 (287. IM V5. . with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400.2 (52.5) 725 (534. 3/10 Siemens D 21.9) 58 (77. .4 (40.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V FieldMax. weakening sible continuous speed 3) speed 1) speed 2) n2 rpm nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. . 1PH7186 with flange A 450. . . IM V6) Holding brake with without brake Emergency Stop with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch) function (suitable with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) for coupling output in construction type IM B3) 5): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. IM B8. .2 (28. with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for1PH7184 with flange A 450) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: Hoisting system for different construction types (IM B6. 1PH7224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . IM V36) Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15. IM V36) 5 6 0 2 4 3 External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. . IM B7.2) Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 400 180 16.7) 39.7) 1145 (844. for pipe connection. . . for pipe connection. . 1PH7186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 .7) 505 (372. 1PH7226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from DE top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 IM B3 IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400. PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit.3) 1150 180 44 (58.5) 670 (494. 1PH722. . 1PH722.6) 366 (270) 482 (355.3 (21. . .4) 225 30. 1PH7228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . permisMax. . . .7) 225 81 (108. 1PH7186 with flange A 450.2) 870 (641. 1PH7226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 .9) Fans: 51 67 88 114 136 89 116 160 197 238 271 268 268 264 272 383 390 385 390 390 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 4200 4400 2900 2900 2900 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 4500 4500 4500 4) 1PH7184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 .7) 1070 (789.6) 105 (140. 1PH7224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 .1 · 2005 .5) 48 (64. 1PH7184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . .7) 129 (172.8) 935 (689. .

9 39. Siemens D 21. 7 7 7 1PH7224 – .5 42 58 79 87. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. D . .2 14. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – . . special paint finish Specify supplemenhtary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.930 (17. 10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder). 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . .84 0. – .82 0.9 1PH7184 – .84 0.326 (20.86 0.479 (13.81 0. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).503 (4. 7 7 7 1PH7228 – .0 14.45) 0. – . 7 7 7 1PH7224 – . 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. – .888 0. "3" or "6" 6) For SH 180 nmax = 7000 rpm.5 98 0. – . 4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces.85 0. – . 7 7 7 1PH7184 – . 1) n2: Max. . B . J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.326 (20. D .81 0. 7 7 7 1PH7228 – . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. "3" or "6". . 7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. 9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current. 1PH7224 nmax = 5500 rpm. B . .45) 0.10) 1. The following restriction applies: Max. see selection guides.1 · 2005 3/11 . 8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment. – .2 39.85 26 38. . D .5 36. 7 7 7 60 85 6SL3120 –1T E26– 0AA1 6SL3120 –1T E28 – 5AA1 85 9) 6SL3120 –1T E28 – 5AA1 132 6SL3120 –1T E31 – 3AA0 132 9) 6SL3120 –1T E31 – 3AA0 85 9) 6SL3120 –1T E28 – 5AA1 132 200 200 260 6SL3120 –1T E31 – 3AA0 6SL3120 –1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 –1 T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1 T E32 – 6AA0 3 Output type: Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Belt Belt Increased cantilever forces Increased cantilever forces Increased maximum speed 6) Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: – Flange and shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange and shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange and shaft sealing ring 7) Special versions: Vibrat.920 0. which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5.479 (13. 5) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "0" 14th data position "A" 15th data position "A" or "B" 16th data position "0".9 38. severity grade: R R S SR R R R R S Balanching: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key – – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R R R N R N R R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) A B C D E F G H J A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z Color: primed primed Anthracite (RAL 7016).81 0. on version with increased maximum speed. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. . D . D .87 0. – . permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed. .08) 2. .930 (17. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. – .880 0. .938 0. B .0 14. .1 38.89) 1.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing current Iµ cos ϕ A Efficiency Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx. – . B . . .666 (5.08) 2. The following restriction applies: Max. The following restriction applies: Max. .830 0. . B .0 13. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – .666 (5.89) 1.864 0.925 0. .503 (4.10) 1.9 38.845 0. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).941 0. IM V6). . – .5 49 60. special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).58) kg (lb) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) Order No. . on version for belt output or increased cantilever forces.943 14. only coupling output possible and 16th data position "0".58) 0. . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. ηrated Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 0.

.6) 975 (719. .5) 333 (245.6) 737 (543.1 · 2005 . . IM V6) Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15. . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. . 1PH7224 – 7 7 U 7 7 – 7 . .2) 265 (195. . . IM V36) Holding brake with without brake Emergency Stop with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch) function (suitable with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) for coupling output in construction type IM B3) 5): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.6) 490 (361. 1PH7186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .4) 610 (450) 708 (522. . 1PH7226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 .2) Fans: 120 169 203 254 342 158 206 274 348 402 388 385 395 395 395 395 385 395 390 395 5000 5000 2900 2900 2900 5000 5000 3500 3500 3500 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PH7184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .9) 225 110 (147. IM B8. IM B7. 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PH7184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7186 with flange A 450.9) 215 (288. . with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for1PH7184 with flange A 450) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: Hoisting system for different construction types (IM B6. 1PH722. for pipe connection.4) 225 149 (199. . 3/12 Siemens D 21. . IM V5. 3 4500 4) 1PH7228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . 1PH722. . 1PH7226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 1 2 3 0 1 3 4 5 6 0 2 4 External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit.2) 465 (343) 600 (442. 1PH7186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . permisMax. . .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. . PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit.2) Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 1750 180 60 (80. IM V36) Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15.7) 185 (247.4) 85 (113.9) 179 (239. . . 4500 4) 1PH7228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 327 (241. . 1PH7186 with flange A 450. with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400. for pipe connection.9) 2900 180 81 (108.4) 135 (180. metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from DE top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 IM B3 IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400.6) 101 (135. 1PH7224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . .

5) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "0" 14th data position "A" 15th data position "A" or "B" 16th data position "0". . L . . – .666 (5.58) kg (lb) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) Order No. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). . – . .78 0. 4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces. 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . special paint finish Specify supplemenhtary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). – .80 0. frated Hz J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0. F .930 (17.940 0. 7 7 7 1PH7224 – . 7 7 7 1PH7226 – .78 0.2 97. – .934 0. The following restriction applies: Max.89) 1.946 0. .9 58.948 0. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.4 97. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.89) 1. 7 7 7 1PH7184 – . The following restriction applies: Max. on version with increased maximum speed. – .946 59. .3 97. . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. see selection guides. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5. 7 7 7 1PH7224 – .934 0. severity grade: R R S SR R R R R S Balanching: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key – – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R R R N R N R R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) A B C D E F G H J A B C D J K Color: primed primed Anthracite (RAL 7016).45) 0.0 59. "3" or "6". .479 (13. 10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).08) 2.946 0. special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). . – . – . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). 9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current. 8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.0 58. L .80 0. . U .947 0. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.936 0. .3 97. . 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. F .82 64 84 88 120 169 77 107 115 154 186 0.84 0.81 0. only coupling output possible and 16th data position "0". Siemens D 21. . 7 7 7 1PH7228 – . – . on version for belt output or increased cantilever forces.83 0. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – .10) 1.84 0.58) 0. 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z 1) n2: Max. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – . . 1PH7224 nmax = 5500 rpm.10) 1.08) 2. F .82 0.479 (13. L .503 (4. .9 58. . – . ηrated Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 0.8 97. F .666 (5. L . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. . IM V6). 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. L . 7 7 7 1PH7228 – .2 1PH7184 – .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing current Iµ cos ϕ A Efficiency Rated Moment of Weight frequency inertia approx.503 (4.326 (20. "3" or "6" 6) For SH 180 nmax = 7000 rpm. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles.45) 0. The following restriction applies: Max. 7 7 7 132 200 6SL3120 – 1 TE31 – 3AA0 6SL3120 – 1 TE32 – 0AA0 200 9) 6SL3120 –1 TE32 – 0AA0 260 380 200 6SL3320 –1 TE32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 –1 TE33 – 8AA0 6SL3120 –1 TE32 – 0AA0 3 200 9) 6SL3120 –1 TE32 – 0AA0 310 380 490 6SL3320 –1 TE33 – 1AA0 6SL3320 –1 TE33 – 8AA0 6SL3320 –1 TE35 – 0AA0 Output type: Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Belt Belt Increased cantilever forces Increased cantilever forces Increased maximum speed 6) Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: – Flange and shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange and shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange and shaft sealing ring 7) Special versions: Vibrat. 7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. .326 (20. . .1 · 2005 3/13 .944 0. – . permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed.930 (17.

NDE right. air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit. . . . air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit.1) 130 (174. 1PH7 288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . air-flow direction DE to NDE External fan unit. . DE top.5) 1750 280 225 (301. . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No.9) 1414 (1043) 1745 (1287. . .6) 2268 (1672.2) 1856 (1369) Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. 1PH7 288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 .8) 1474 (1087.2) 100 (134. 1PH7 288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . air-flow direction DE to NDE Without external fan unit. DE left. .9) 340 (455.5) 1850 (1364. . . . DE right. NDE left. permisMax. .1) 2481 (1830) 1492 (1100.1) 2160 (1593.5) 260 (348.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Rated torque Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 1529 (1127. 1PH7 286 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 .3) 144 180 233 220 285 365 314 414 497 393 466 586 400 400 400 400 385 370 400 380 385 400 400 400 1700 1800 1800 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2500 2500 2500 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 1PH7 284 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . NDE top.8) Fans 4): External fan unit. . 1PH7 284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 .9) 210 (281. 1PH7 286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . .2) 1228 (905. . . 1PH7 284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . 3/14 Siemens D 21. .1 · 2005 .6) 270 (361. 1PH7 286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . .8) 190 (254. .6) 155 (207. for single pipe connection at NDE right Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 6) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 6) Resolver on request Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 6) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 6) Resolver on request NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE IM B3 IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible) IM B35 (with flange A 660) IM B35 (with flange A 660. subsequent modification to IM V6 possible) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE) 4): Type of construction 4): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. 1PH7 asynchronous motor Prated kW (HP) Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 500 280 80 (107.8) 1909 (1408. air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A E H J M N F D Q 0 1 2 5 0 1 3 5 3 800 280 125 (167.7) 1150 280 170 (227. . . 1PH7 286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . 1PH7 284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . air-flow direction DE to NDE External fan unit. . 1PH7 288 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . .

. special paint finish Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – .86 0.2 (46. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – .922 0.02) 6. The following restriction applies: Max.17) 5. . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. B . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. C . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . 6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder).960 0.17) 5. . The following restriction applies: Max.87 0. B . Siemens D 21.963 0.7 1PH7284 – . . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.02) 6. F .87 0.6 38.02) 6. The following restriction applies: Max. .933 0.17) 5. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – .2 (46. .965 17 17 17 27 27 27 38. . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . C .86 0. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. . .84 0.948 0.86 0.2 (37.3 (55. C . – 0 7 7 7 200 200 260 260 310 380 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E33 – 1AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E33 – 8AA0 3 310 5) 6SL3320 – 1T E33 – 1AA0 490 6SL3320 – 1T E35 – 0AA0 490 5) 6SL3320 – 1T E35 – 0AA0 490 490 605 6SL3320 – 1T E35 – 0AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E35 – 0AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E36 – 1AA0 Output type 4): Coupling Coupling Belt/increased cantilever forces Belt/increased cantilever forces Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Vibration severity grade: N R N R Balancing: Half-key Full-key – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R N R A B E F A C J 0 3 6 –Z Color: primed Anthracite (RAL 7016). 4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions".3 (55.82 0. .7 58.3 (55.2 (37. . 1) n2: Max. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . . .2 (37.930 0. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – . .3 (55.75) 4. 5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.81 0.2 (46.85 0. . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. . .956 0.2 (37.75) 4. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. D . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).75) kg (lb) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) Order No.87 0. . Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 0. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 4. F .6 58. . . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – .17) 5.02) 6. . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – .958 0.7 58. .87 60 78 100 95 135 170 158 218 252 163 184 234 0. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – . D .944 0. .2 (46. D .75) 4.951 0.962 0.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx.82 0.6 38.1 · 2005 3/15 . F . 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. B . .

Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors

AC motors

■ Selection and ordering data
Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. permisMax. sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 230 (169.6) 306 (225.7) 33 (24.3) 57 (42) 106 (78.19) 156 (115.1) 198 (146) 241 (177.8) 22 (16.2) 33 (24.3) 43 (31.7) 53 (39.1)

Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
500 160 12 (16.1) 16 (21.4) 1350 100 4.7 (6.3) 8 (10.7) 132 15 (20.1) 22 (29.5) 160 28 (37.5) 34 (45.6) 2000 100 4.7 (6.3) 7 (9.4) 9 (12.1) 11 (14.7) () Fans: 30 35 9.5 17 30 42 53 67 10 13 17.5 23 340 350 433 405 433 416 413 400 459 459 450 433 2500 2300 3500 5100 3500 4600 4100 5700 7400 3400 7000 5300 2500 2500 5500 5500 4500 4500 3700 3700 5500 5500 5500 5500 2500 2500 6750 6750 6750 6750 6500 6500 9000 9000 9000 9000 1PH7163 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7167 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7103 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7107 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7133 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7137 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7163 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7167 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7101 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7103 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7105 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7107 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3

External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132 IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) without brake Brake supply voltage 230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:

Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/ cable entry (view onto DE): Type to construction:

Holding brake with Emergency Stop function 4)

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC

For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.

3/16

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors

AC motors

■ Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx. J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.185 (1.64) 0.228 (2.02) 0.017 (0.15) 0.029 (0.26) 0.076 (0.67) 0.109 (0.96) 0.185 (1.64) 0.228 (2.02) 0.017 (0.15) 0.017 (0.15) 0.029 (0.26) 0.029 (0.26) kg (lb) Order No. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No.

Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.86 0.89 0.81 0.80 0.84 0.85 0.83 0.83 0.72 0.82 0.78 0.79 13 13 4.5 8.1 12 17 24 34 6.0 5.6 9.3 10.8 0.841 0.836 0.830 0.853 0.887 0.895 0.911 0.910 0.862 0.860 0.878 0.876 17.6 17.7 47.1 47.0 46.4 46.3 45.8 45.8 68.2 69.1 68.3 68.6 175 (385.9) 210 (463.1) 40 (88.2) 65 (143.3) 90 (198.5) 150 (330.8) 175 (385.9) 210 (463.1) 40 (88.2) 40 (88.2) 65 (143.3) 65 (143.3) 1PH7163 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7167 – . . B . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7103 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7107 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7133 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7137 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7163 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7167 – . . D . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7101 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7103 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7105 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7107 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 30 45 18 18 30 45 60 85 18 18 18 30 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1

3

Out-drive type: Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Increased maxim. speed 5) Drive end shaft ext. (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: – Flange & shaft sealing ring 6) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 6) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 6) Special versions: Motor Module:

Vibration severity grade: R S SR N SR Balancing: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key – –

Shaft and flange accuracy: R R R N (with brake mounting) R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7)

B C D K L A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z 1 2 1 0

Color: without without Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). Single Motor Module Double Motor Module

1) n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.

4) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "2" or "3" 14th data position "K" 15th data position "A", "B", "J" or "K" 16th data position "0", "3" or "6" 5) Max. possible speed (see also selection guides): SH 100: 12000 rpm, SH 132: 10000 rpm, SH 160: 8000 rpm, with smooth shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and 16th data position "0", "3" or "6"). 6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed. 7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment. 8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

3/17

Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors

AC motors

■ Selection and ordering data
Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. permisMax. sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 72 (53.1) 96 (70.8) 115 (84.8) 134 (98.8) 177 (130.6) 215 (158.6) 29 (21.4) 47 (34.7) 87 (64.2) 108 (79.7) 144 (106.2) 159 (117.3)

Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
2000 132 15 (20.1) 20 (26.8) 24 (32.2) 25 34 42 55 70 76 16.5 24.5 42 52 76 77 459 459 459 402 412 459 440 459 450 450 433 459 5500 5800 6600 4000 4000 3300 7400 7400 4000 4200 3500 3300 4500 4500 4500 4500 3700 3700 5500 5500 4500 4500 3700 3700 8000 8000 8000 8000 6500 6500 9000 9000 8000 8000 6500 6500 1PH7131 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7133 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7135 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7137 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7163 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7167 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7103 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7107 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7133 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7137 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7163 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . . 1PH7167 – 7 7 G 7 7 – 7 . . . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 2 3 0 2 3 0 with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) with brake with brake (brake has microswitch) with brake (brake has manual release function) with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

3
2650

28 (37.5) 160 37 (49.6) 45 (60.3) 100 8 (10.7) 13 (17.4) 132 24 (32.2) 30 (40.2) 160 40 (53.6) 44 (58.9) () Fans:

External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp no C or D track 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) compatible only with SH 100 and SH 132 IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) without brake Brake supply voltage 230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:

Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/ cable entry (view onto DE): Type to construction:

Holding brake with Emergency Stop function 4)

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC

For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.

3/18

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PH7 motors

AC motors

■ Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx. J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.076 (0.67) 0.076 (0.67) 0.109 (0.96) 0.109 (0.96) 0.185 (1.64) 0.228 (2.02) 0.017 (0.15) 0.029 (0.26) 0.076 (0.67) 0.109 (0.96) 0.185 (1.64) 0.228 (2.02) kg (lb) Order No. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No.

Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC
0.88 0.84 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.84 0.78 0.78 0.85 0.84 0.82 0.80 8.5 15 17 23 29 32 8.2 12 17 21 37 40 0.903 0.900 0.905 0.900 0.912 0.916 0.871 0.887 0.898 0.894 0.895 0.911 68.0 68.0 67.8 67.9 67.5 67.4 90.3 90.2 89.6 89.4 89.0 89.0 90 (198) 90 (198) 150 (331) 150 (331) 175 (386) 210 (463) 40 (88) 65 (143) 90 (198) 150 (331) 175 (386) 210 (463) 1PH7131 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7133 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7135 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7137 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7163 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7167 – . . F . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7103 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7107 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7133 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7137 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7163 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 1PH7167 – . . G . . – . 7 7 7 30 45 45 60 85 85 18 30 45 60 85 85 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 7 TE21 – 8AA 7 6SL3120 – 1 TE23 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE24 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE26 – 0AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1 6SL3120 – 1 TE28 – 5AA 1

3

Out-drive type: Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Coupling/belt Increased maxim. speed 5) Drive end shaft ext. (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: – Flange & shaft sealing ring 6) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 6) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 6) Special versions: Motor Module:

Vibration severity grade: R S SR N SR Balancing: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key – –

Shaft and flange accuracy: R R R N (with brake mounting) R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7) DE → NDE NDE → DE 7)

B C D K L A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z 1 2 1 0

Color: without without Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). Single Motor Module Double Motor Module

1) n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.

4) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "2" or "3" 14th data position "K" 15th data position "A", "B", "J" or "K" 16th data position "0", "3" or "6" 5) Max. possible speed (see also selection guides): SH 100: 12000 rpm, SH 132: 10000 rpm, SH 160: 8000 rpm, with smooth shaft only (15th data position "J" or "K" and 16th data position "0", "3" or "6"). 6) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) or on version with increased maximum speed. 7) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment. 8) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

3/19

. with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400. IM V5. 1PH722.8) 935 (689. 1PH7224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . 1PH7224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . .7) 60 (80. . .1) Fans: 51 67 86 112 135 86 114 156 193 232 335 335 335 330 340 450 460 450 460 460 2500 2500 2200 2500 2500 5000 5000 2900 2900 2900 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PH7184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . . with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for1PH7184 with flange A 450) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: Hoisting system for different construction types (IM B6. permisMax.6) 355 (261. 1PH722.9) 49 (65. 1PH7186 with flange A 450.5 (27. . . 1PH7186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . IM V36) 5 Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15.5) 225 38 (50. . IM V36) 6 0 2 4 Holding brake with without brake Emergency Stop with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch) function (suitable with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) for coupling output in construction type IM B3) 5): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. 1PH7184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 392 (289. PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. IM B8.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max.4) 847 (624. .0) 67 (89.3) 120 (160.7) 1145 (844.5 (35. . . 1PH7226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 . . . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 1 2 3 0 1 3 External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. 3/20 Siemens D 21. .4) 1350 180 50 (67. for pipe connection. 3 4500 4) 1PH7228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 7 .1 · 2005 .7) 1043 (769. .4) 650 (479. . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. 1PH7226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 .1) 506 (373.3) Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC 500 180 20.9) 147 (197.8) 225 92 (123.8) 475 (350. .2) 725 (534. metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from DE top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 IM B3 IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400. . for pipe connection.5) 26. . IM V6) 4 Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15. 1PH7186 with flange A 450. 1PH7228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 7 . IM B7.

.08) 2. see selection guides.7 45. .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx. 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . 7 7 7 1PH7228 – .58) kg (lb) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) Order No.858 0. . B .2 45.326 (20.945 0.58) 0.81 0. D . 1) n2: Max. B . – . D .6 45.666 (5. 7 7 7 1PH7228 – . – .907 0.3 17. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed.942 0.5 0. . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. . severity grade: R R S SR R R R R S Balanching: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key – – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R R R N R N R R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) A B C D E F G H J A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z Color: primed primed Anthracite (RAL 7016). on version for belt output or increased cantilever forces. Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC 0. 10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder). .8 45.5 17. . .45) 0. .85 0. 7 7 7 1PH7224 – . 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.79 0. 9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.5 37. .3 17.5 78.6 1PH7184 – . 1PH7224 nmax = 5500 rpm. D . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated.479 (13. The following restriction applies: Max. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No.947 17. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.82 0. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – . – . – . "3" or "6" 7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. only coupling output possible and 16th data position "0". Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. . special paint finish Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options).930 (17.5 88.870 0. 7 7 7 1PH7184 – . speed 6) Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: – Flange & shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 7) Special versions: Vibrat.479 (13.666 (5. – .5 99. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).09) 1.80 0. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – . . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. . 5) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "0" 14th data position "A" 15th data position "A" or "B" 16th data position "0". 7 7 7 1PH7224 – . 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. on version with increased maximum speed. . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.83 0. – . B . . The following restriction applies: Max.45) 0.89) 1.5 50 61. The following restriction applies: Max. A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5. 8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.503 (4. 7 7 7 60 85 6SL3120 – 1T E26 – 0AA1 6SL3120 – 1T E28 – 5AA1 85 9) 6SL3120 – 1T E28 – 5AA1 132 6SL3120 – 1T E31 – 3AA0 132 9) 6SL3120 – 1T E31 – 3AA0 85 9) 6SL3120 – 1T E28 – 5AA1 132 200 200 260 6SL3120 – 1T E31 – 3AA0 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E32 – 6AA0 3 Out-drive type: Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Belt Belt Increased cantilever forces Increased cantilever forces Increased maxim. 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . B . – . – .900 0. 4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces.85 0.5 42 59.09) 1.3 17.79 0.84 26 39. .1 · 2005 3/21 . J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.326 (20.08) 2. . .6 45.84 0. . special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). Siemens D 21. – . D . – . B . "3" or "6" 6) For SH 180 nmax = 7000 rpm.930 0.89) 1.503 (4.928 0. D . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.930 (17. IM V6). standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). .888 0.

.4) 225 149 (199. 4500 4) 1PH7228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . 1PH7186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 .4) 267 (196. 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PH7184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . 1PH7224 – 7 7 U 7 7 – 7 . metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 10) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 10) 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from DE top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 IM B3 IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400. IM V36) 6 0 2 4 Holding brake with without brake Emergency Stop with brake (brake has emergency release screws and microswitch) function (suitable with brake (brake has manual release function and microswitch) for coupling output in construction type IM B3) 5): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. . . IM V5. . 1PH7186 with flange A 450.9) 333 (245. 1PH7224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 . . 2 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 1 2 3 0 1 3 External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit.9) 215 (288.1) 94 (126.6) 490 (361. 1PH7186 with flange A 450. 1PH7226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 7 .7) 185 (247.9) 590 (435.9) 708 (522. 1PH722. . . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. 1PH722. 1PH7186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 . IM V6) 4 Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15. IM V36) 5 Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max.7) 2900 180 81 (108.6) 101 (135. . . PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. permisMax. 3 4500 4) 1PH7228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .5) 936 (690. . for pipe connection. IM B7.4) 610 (449. with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 450) IM B35 (only for 1PH7184 with flange A 400.2) Fans: 120 165 200 254 332 158 206 274 348 402 450 445 460 450 450 395 385 395 390 395 5000 5000 2900 2900 3000 5000 5000 3500 3500 3500 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PH7184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .2) Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC 2000 180 68 (91.2) 153 (205. . . 1PH7226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 7 .1) 196 (262. . with flange A 550) IM B35 (only for1PH7184 with flange A 450) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: Hoisting system for different construction types (IM B6. 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 325 (239.1 · 2005 .2) 730 (538. IM B8. . . .0) 225 124 (166. . 3/22 Siemens D 21. for pipe connection. . .7) 450 (331.

930 (17.3 67. . 7 7 7 132 200 200 260 380 200 210 310 380 490 6SL3120 – 1T E31 – 3AA0 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E33 – 8AA0 6SL3120 – 1T E32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E32 – 1AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E33– 1AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E33 – 8AA0 6SL3320 – 1T E35– 0AA0 3 Out-drive type: Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Belt Belt Increased cantilever forces Increased cantilever forces Increased maxim.935 0. . permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. L . – .58) kg (lb) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) Order No. .946 0.944 0. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.58) 0. Siemens D 21. The following restriction applies: Max. 7 7 7 1PH7224 – . 7 7 7 1PH7228 – . .82 0.89) 1. U . . special paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). F .89) 1.08) 2.3 97. . 5) Version with brake is compatible if: 12th data position "0" 14th data position "A" 15th data position "A" or "B" 16th data position "0".45) 0. 7 7 7 1PH7224 – . 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016).2 1PH7184 – .666 (5.79 0. 7 7 7 1PH7186 – . see selection guides.09) 1.954 67. .2 67. on version with increased maximum speed.45) 0. – . 9) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current. – . .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx.1 · 2005 3/23 . .941 0. 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . L .934 0. F . 7 7 7 1PH7226 – . 7 7 7 1PH7186 – . on version for belt output or increased cantilever forces. special paint finish Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options).3 67. F . only coupling output possible and 16th data position "0".1 97.950 0. . A sealing ring cannot be mounted on type of construction IM B3 (IM V5.930 (17. .82 0. J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.946 0.80 0. .666 (5. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.78 0.479 (13.326 (20. L .936 0. L . .2 97. "3" or "6" 6) For SH 180 nmax = 7000 rpm. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. – . F . .78 0. .503 (4.326 (20.479 (13. . Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC 0. severity grade: R R S SR R R R R S Balanching: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key – – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R R R N R N R R Luftrichtung (Lüfter): DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) DE → NDE NDE → DE 8) A B C D E F G H J A B C D J K 0 2 3 5 6 8 –Z Color: primed primed Anthracite (RAL 7016).09) 1. 7 7 7 1PH7184 – .948 0. 1PH7224 nmax = 5500 rpm. The following restriction applies: Max.08) 2.78 0.503 (4.4 97. 4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces.2 67.84 0. IM V6). – . – . – . L . . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.82 66 87 91 119 168 77 107 115 154 188 0. speed 6) Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Seal: – Flange & shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 7) – Flange & shaft sealing ring 7) Special versions: Vibrat. 8) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment.83 0. – . The following restriction applies: Max. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). . "3" or "6" 7) Purposeful only if oil spray or mist occasionally greases the sealing ring. 7 7 7 1PH7228 – . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. – . – . 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated.3 97. 1) n2: Max. 10) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder). .

air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit.3) 2158 (1591. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A E H J M N F D Q 0 1 2 5 0 1 3 5 3 1000 280 150 (201. DE left. .8) 144 180 233 220 285 365 314 414 497 393 466 586 480 480 480 480 480 460 470 445 450 455 455 455 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 3000 3000 3000 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 1PH7284 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . 1PH7284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 .9) 230 (308. .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max.9) 155 (207. . . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No.1) 245 (328. subsequent modification to IM V6 possible) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE) 4): Type of construction 4): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.3) 2197 (1620. .8) 2000 280 255 (341. . 1PH7288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . . .5) 1416 (1044. NDE right.4) 305 (408. . permisMax. 1PH7286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 .1) Fans 4): External fan unit. 3/24 Siemens D 21. . . air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit. 1PH7286 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . .3) 1350 280 200 (268. 1PH7288 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . .7) 1218 (898.5) 385 (516.7) Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC 600 280 95 (127. . . 1PH7288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . .4) 1916 (1413.8) 310 (415. . .4) 1481 (1092. for single pipe connection at NDE right Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 6) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 6) Resolver on request Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 6) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 6) Resolver on request NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE IM B3 IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible) IM B35 (with flange A 660) IM B35 (with flange A 660. DE top. air-flow direction DE to NDE Without external fan unit. .4) 1733 (1278. DE right. 1PH7284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . 1PH7286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . 1PH7 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) 1519 (1120. air-flow direction DE to NDE External fan unit. . NDE left.3) 120 (160.1 · 2005 . . . air-flow direction DE to NDE External fan unit. 1PH7286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit.1) 185 (247. NDE top.2) 2467 (1819.7) 1433 (1057) 1767 (1303. 1PH7284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . 1PH7288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . .4) 1838 (1355.

– 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.1 · 2005 3/25 . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . .958 0.3 34 34 34 45.2 (46.2 (37.941 0. . J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 4. 1) n2: Max.86 0. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – .17) 5.962 0.954 0.939 0.86 0. B . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – .86 0. . . 5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.87 0. . permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. The following restriction applies: Max. .82 0. C .2 (46. . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.3 (55. . D . B . D . .84 0.3 20. Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC 0. .960 0.2 (37.86 0. .17) 5.75) kg (lb) Order No. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. . special paint finish Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options).80 0. . standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). 6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder). . . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – .3 67 67 67 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1PH7284 – . grade: N R N R Balancing: Half-key Full-key – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R N R A B E F A C J 0 3 6 –Z Color: primed Anthracite (RAL 7016).84 0.956 0.2 (37. .02) 6. 4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions". – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – .75) 4. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – .82 0.962 0.86 0.2 (46.964 0. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases.17) 5. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – .2 (46. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. The following restriction applies: Max.932 0. . .950 0. – 0 7 7 7 200 200 260 260 310 380 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 8AA0 3 310 5) 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0 490 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0 490 5) 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0 490 490 605 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE36 – 1AA0 Output type 4): Coupling Coupling Belt/increased cantilever forces Belt/increased cantilever forces Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Vibration sev.3 (55.3 45. B .965 20.3 (55. F .75) 4. The following restriction applies: Max. F . Siemens D 21. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. D .87 61 80 102 90 135 170 159 217 250 162 182 232 0.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx. C .2 (37.02) 6.02) 6.17) 5. . F . .75) 4. .3 20. C . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.3 45. . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . .3 (55. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . .02) 6.

1PH7288 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. . 1PH7288 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . DE top. NDE right. .1) 251 (336.1 · 2005 .6) 1362 (1004.9) 261 (349. 1PH7286 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 .5) 1750 280 217 (290. 1PH7284 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 .8) 2208 (1628. NDE left. . . . DE left.6) 2084 (1537.0) Fans 4): External fan unit. 1PH7286 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . . 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 A E H J M N F D Q 0 1 2 5 0 1 3 5 1PH7 asynchronous motor nrated rpm 500 Prated kW (HP) Mrated Nm (lbf -ft) Irated A Vrated V Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 280 77 (103. 1PH7286 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . 1PH7284 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 .2) 96 (128.4) 185 (247.4) 1373 (1012. .6) 1686 (1243.8) 203 (272.3) 1795 (1323.6) 1471 (1085) 1834 (1352. . air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit. air-flow direction DE to NDE External fan unit. . . 1PH7288 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . . . . 1PH7288 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 . .7) 1731 (1276. NDE top. . 1PH7286 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . air-flow direction DE to NDE Without external fan unit.7) 125 (167.3) 1424 (1050. .9) 329 (441.2) 1184 (873.9) 80 101 130 120 160 210 176 233 280 221 262 330 690 690 690 690 665 640 690 655 665 690 690 690 1700 1800 1900 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2200 2500 2500 2500 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3300 3 800 280 115 (154. air-flow direction DE to NDE External fan unit. . 1PH7284 – 7 7 C 7 7 – 0 .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed Shaft height SH Rated power Rated torque Rated current Rated voltage Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. 1PH7284 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit. permisMax. . DE right. . . air-flow direction NDE to DE External fan unit. .8) 2388 (1761. for single pipe connection at NDE right Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 6) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 6) Resolver on request Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 6) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 6) Resolver on request NDE right/from below/encoder connector DE NDE left/from below/encoder connector DE NDE top/from right/encoder connector DE DE top/from right/encoder connector NDE IM B3 IM V5 (subsequent modification to IM V6 possible) IM B35 (with flange A 660) IM B35 (with flange A 660. 3/26 Siemens D 21. subsequent modification to IM V6 possible) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE) 4): Type of construction 4): For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.9) 1150 280 164 (219. .2) 145 (184.

which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated.87 0.923 0. 1PH7 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – .930 0. B .2 (46. .84 0. – 0 7 7 7 85 6SL3320 –1TH28 – 5AA0 100 5) 6SL3320 –1TH31 – 0AA0 150 120 175 215 6SL3320 –1TH31 – 5AA0 6SL3320 –1TH31 – 2AA0 6SL3320 –1TH31 – 8AA0 6SL3320 –1TH32 – 2AA0 3 175 5) 6SL3320 –1TH31 – 8AA0 260 330 260 6SL3320 –1TH32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 –1TH33 – 3AA0 6SL3320 –1TH32 – 6AA0 260 5) 6SL3320 –1TH32– 6AA0 330 6SL3320 –1TH33 – 3AA0 Output type 4): Coupling Coupling Belt/increased cantilever forces Belt/increased cantilever forces Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Vibration severity grade: N R N R Balancing: Half-key Full-key – Shaft and flange accuracy: N R N R A B E F A C J 0 3 6 –Z Color: primed Anthracite (RAL 7016). Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . .17) 5.964 17 17 17 27 27 27 38. C . C .02) 6.943 0.86 0. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. . Siemens D 21.947 0. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. .957 0.86 34 45 57 55 80 100 91 125 145 94 105 134 0. . 1) n2: Max. . . .86 0.85 0.7 58. The following restriction applies: Max. . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.02) 6. .955 0.6 38. B . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – .963 0. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . .17) 5.3 (55. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . C .87 0.2 (46. .75) 4.80 0. J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 4. Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 0.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing Efficiency current Iµ cos ϕ A ηrated Rated frequency frated Hz Moment of Weight inertia approx. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7284 – . .02) 6. – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . 4) See Table "Permissible combinations of mechanical constructions". .1 · 2005 3/27 . F .927 0. . .3 (55.7 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1300 (2866) 1500 (3307) 1700 (3748) 1PH7284 – . .2 (37. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed.950 0.75) kg (lb) Order No.2 (37. .6 38.81 0.3 (55.86 0.3 (55.7 58. D .02) 6. . D . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.81 0.2 (46. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles.17) 5.6 58. 5) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.959 0. B .2 (37. F .84 0. D . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – .961 0. F . .75) 4. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). – 0 7 7 7 1PH7286 – . The following restriction applies: Max.17) 5. . . 6) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder). – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PH7288 – . .2 (37. special paint finish Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options).75) 4.2 (46. .

. 9. . . 13. . 5 – . . Type of construction IM V5 (Can be converted later to IM V6) 1PH7 28 . . . – 7 . . – . . . – . – 7 . 3 – . 12. – . .. . – . Order No. 11. G14 With air filter K08 Encoder connector attachment. 7 . . motors shaft height 280 Position in 8. 1PH7 28 . . . . . 1 – . . 16. Order No. . Type of construction IM B35 1PH7 28 . Type of construction IM B3 1PH7 28 . Supplement 0 1 2 NDE NDE NDE Top Right Left NDE --> NDE --> NDE --> DE DE DE 3 DE Top DE --> NDE 4 DE Right DE --> NDE 5 DE Left DE --> NDE 3 6 Simple pipe connection NDE Right (can be converted to NDE left) 1PH7 28 . 10. . . . . – . Permissible combinations of mechanical models Separately driven fan 8th Position in Order No. 15. Type of construction IM V15 (Can be converted later to IM V36) Option codes R1Y Standard finish RAL .Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors.1 · 2005 .. facing K55 Customer-specific entry plate for terminal box1) K83 Terminal box rotation by +90 degrees K84 Terminal box rotation by -90 degrees K85 Terminal box rotation by 180 degrees K16 Additional normal shaft end (only available with no encoder) K31 Additional rating plate K45 230 V standstill heating C30 690 V model Y55 Atypical shaft end DE Y80 Different rating plate data1) Y82 Additional plate with customer information1) M83 Additional pulling thread on motor feet Standard model 1) Plain text required Approved supplemental types 3/28 Siemens D 21. . R2Y Special finish RAL . . .. 0 – . 7 7 – . . .. . . 1PH7 28 . . . 14. shaft height 280 AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Permissible combinations of mechanical models 1PH7 28 .

Construction type tion type tion type IM B3 IM V5 IM B35 (IM V6) 5 Construction type IM V15 (IM V36) Order No.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PH7 motors. . . supplement A B E Coupling Coupling Belt/ N/N R/R increased cantilever forces N/N F Belt/ increased cantilever forces R/R 3 Siemens D 21. . 7 . – . . conn. . Construction type 12th position in Order No. 5 DE Top Cable entry on right. . Order No. shaft height 280 AC motors ■ Terminal box 11th position in Order No. – . . conn. . . DE enc. Order No. – . DE below. DE enc. supplement 0 1 3 Construc. . – . enc. 7 – . conn. 2 NDE Top Cable entry on right. . – . . . NDE enc. 1PH7 28 . 1PH7 28 . Drive type 14th position in Order No. .Construc. conn. 7 .1 · 2005 3/29 . 1PH7 28 . . . supplement 0 1 NDE NDE Right Left Cable Cable entry entry below.

The motors are ventilated. The motor can be ordered either with the air flow from the motor drive shaft end (DE) to the motor non-drive shaft end (NDE) . plastic and wire: • Drives for extruders. using a built-on separately-driven fan unit. the motors are not suitable for operation in aggressive atmospheres or for installation outdoors. The 1PL6 AC motors are compact. With this degree of protection. as standard.or vice versa.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PL6 motors AC motors ■ Overview ■ Benefits • Extremely high power density with compact dimensions (50 to 60% higher output as compared to 1PH7 in degree of protection IP55) • Speed down to zero without reducing the torque • Robustness • Essentially maintenance-free • High cantilever force loading • High smooth running characteristics. etc. shaft height 280 Printing industry: • Main drives for printing machines Manufacture of rubber. General applications such as coiler and winder drives. connected using a connector or DRIVE-CLiQ • Terminal box to connect up power cables • The motor temperature is monitored using a KTY 84 • Variable cooling versions • Basic external cooling using a pipe connection • Optional bearing designs with re-lubrication device and insulated bearings (NDE) 1PL6 AC motors. wire-stranding machines. These encoders are used to sense the motor speed and indirect position. The motors comply with DIN standards and have degree of protection IP23 in accordance with EN 60034-5 (or IEC 60034-5). foil machines. shaft heights 180 to 225 3 ■ Application Mounted in dry inside areas (no aggressive atmosphere). fleece plants • Wire-drawing machines. even at the lowest speeds • Integrated encoder system to sense the motor speed. Crane systems: • Hoisting gears and closing gears for cranes 1PL6 AC motors.1 · 2005 . Depending on the control requirements. 3/30 Siemens D 21. calenders. rubber injection machines. forced-ventilated and also enclosed-ventilated squirrel-cage asynchronous (induction) motors with degree of protection IP23. the appropriate encoder systems are available for the motors.

insulated version Additional thread for a setting screw at the motor feet Non-standard shaft end DE Different rating plate data (plain text is required) Supplementary plate with the orderer’s data SH 280 7 7 – 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 Standard Forced ventilation and open-circuit ventilation SH 180 and 225: Fan axial mounted NDE SH 280: Fan radial mounted NDE KTY 84 temperature sensor in stator winding SH 280: Additional KTY 84 as reserve with primer.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PL6 motors AC motors ■ Technical data Insulation of the stator winding in accordance with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) Fan supply voltage (see selection guides for technical data) Type in accordance with EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) Degree of protection in accordance with EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5) Cooling in accordance with EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6) Temperature class F for a coolant inlet temperature of up to +40 °C (+104 °F) 400 V 3 AC/50 Hz/60 Hz 480 V 3 AC/60 Hz IM B3 IP23 ■ Options Order Option description code For use with 1PL6 asynchronous motors with shaft height SH 180 SH 225 R1Y R2Y C30 G14 G80 K08 K16 K31 K40 K45 Tolerance N (normal) K55 Normal paint finish in another color. mounting prepared Encoder connector mounted opposite Second standard shaft end (possible only without encoder) 2nd rating plate supplied separately in terminal box Re-lubrication devices. anthracite RAL 7016 with key.. built-in... for motors with/without DRIVE-CLiQ interface Sound pressure level as a function of air-flow direction see selection guides see selection guides – Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution – Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp. half-key balancing 4 – – – Temperature monitoring 3 Paint finish Shaft end on the drive end in accordance with 748-3 (IEC 60072-1) Shaft and flange accuracy in accordance with DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1) 7 7 – 7 7 7 7 7 Standard 7 Vibration severity level SH 180 and 225: Grade R (reduced) in accordance with EN 60034-14 SH 280: Grade N (normal) (IEC 60034-14) Sound pressure level in accordance with DIN EN ISO 1680 tolerance +3 dB Bearing versions and maximum speeds Encoder system. DE and NDE 230 V anti-condensation heating Cable entry plate. standard paint finish. RAL . (plain text description required) Special paint finish in another color.1 · 2005 3/31 . 2048 pulses/revolution – Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution – 2-pole resolver Signal connectors (mating connector is not included in the scope of supply) Terminal box for power SH 180 and 225: Terminal box top SH 280: Terminal box NDE right See selection and ordering data and Chapter "Options“ K83 K84 K85 L27 M83 Y55 Y80 Y82 – – – 7 – 7 4 4 4 4 4 4 Connection 7 Option possible 4 On request – not available Options ■ Characteristic curves S6-25% P Constant torque range S6-40% S6-60% S1 Voltage limiting characteristic PN Constant power range (field weakening operation) G_D211_EN_00030 nN n2 n Power/speed characteristic Siemens D 21. RAL . (plain text description required) Winding version 690 V Fan unit with air filter POG10 pulse encoder.. terminal box customer-specific (plain text is required) Terminal box rotated through +90 degrees Terminal box rotated through -90 degrees Terminal box rotated through 180 degrees NDE bearing.

.7) Fans: 69 90 117 145 181 121 158 218 275 334 300 290 300 305 305 400 400 400 400 400 1700 1900 1600 1800 1800 2500 2700 2800 2600 2500 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PL6184 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No.8) 190 (254. .7) Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 400 180 24. IM B8. permisMax.2) 1361 (1003.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PL6 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Field-weakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. . IM V6) Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface: Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE): Type of construction: 0 1 3 5 Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15. 1PL6 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf-ft) 585 (431. PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit.1 · 2005 . . . for pipe connection. SH 225: with flange A 550) Hoisting system for different construction types (IM B6. . .3) 1578 (1161.3) 57 (76. . metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 7) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 7) 2-pole resolver • Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 7) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 7) 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from DE top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 IM B3 IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450. . .2) 225 45 (60.5 (32. . IM V36) For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page. . . . . 4 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 1 2 3 External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit. .9) 540 (398.9) 155 (207. for pipe connection.9) 225 120 (160. 1PL6186 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . . 1PL6228 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 . 1PL6184 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 .5) 1150 180 65 (87.3) 706 (520. 3 4500 4) 1PL6228 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . 1PL6226 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 .7) 1074 (792.5 (42.9) 1719 (1267.5) 752 (554.4) 72 (96.4) 1287 (949. 3/32 Siemens D 21.7) 997 (735. IM V5. IM B7. . 1PL6226 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . 1PL6186 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . . 1PL6224 – 7 7 B 7 7 – 0 .1) 85 (113. 1PL6224 – 7 7 D 7 7 – 0 . SH 225: with flange A 550) IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450.8) 31.

3 14.85 0. – 0 7 7 7 1PL6224 – .08) 2.87 0. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.4 14.906 0.85 0. Siemens D 21.2 39.931 14.09) 1. .86 0.2 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 370 (815) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 1PL6184 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6186 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6228 – . . The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. .326 20. .1 39. The following restriction applies: Max. .1 · 2005 3/33 . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6186 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6226 – .800 0. 7) Only in conjunction with option M84 (insulated version of encoder). D .08) 2. – 0 7 7 7 85 6SL3120 –1TE28 – 5AA1 85 6) 6SL3120 –1TE28 – 5AA1 132 200 200 132 200 260 310 380 6SL3120 –1TE31 – 3AA0 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0 6SL3120 –1TE31 – 3AA0 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 8AA0 3 Out-drive type: Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Belt Belt Increased cantilever forces Increased cantilever forces Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft Vibration severity grade: R R S SR R R R R Balancing: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key — — Shaft and flange accuracy: N R R R N R N R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 5) DE → NDE NDE → DE 5) DE → NDE NDE → DE 5) A B C D J K A B C D E F G H Color: primed Anthracite (RAL 7016).0 14. . see selection guides.09) 1.58) kg (lb) Order No.814 0. 2) nS1: The maximum permissible speed that is continuously permitted without speed duty cycles. .666 (5. D .86 0.45) 0.87 0. . output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency.930 0.86 0. 5) Preferred air-flow direction in polluted environment. 1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No.Asynchronous (induction) motors 1PL6 motors AC motors ■ Selection and ordering data Power factor Magnetizing current Iµ cos ϕ A Efficiency Rated Moment of frequency inertia ηrated frated Hz J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0. .930 (17. 6) The rated output current of the Motor Module is lower than the motor rated current.4 39. – 0 7 7 7 1PL6228 – . . B .4 39.89) 1. . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. . D . . permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed.479 (13. – 0 7 7 7 1PL6224 – . . .86 0. Weight approx. .0 39. B . . .45) 0. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016). Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC 0.930 (17.58) 0.503 (4.910 0. D .2 14.326 (20. 4) Speed is reduced with increased cantilever forces.930 0. . 3) nmax: Maximum speed which must not be exceeded.503 (0. D . 0 3 6 –Z 1) n2: Max.88 33 47 45 67 77 46 62 86 92 102 0.844 0. – 0 7 7 7 1PL6226 – . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6184 – . The following restriction applies: Max.868 0. B . Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. special paint finish Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options). . which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated.871 0. B .666 (5.479 (13.89) 1.85 0. B .

Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors

AC motors

■ Selection and ordering data
Rated speed nrated rpm Shaft height SH Rated power Prated kW (HP) Rated torque Rated current Irated A Rated voltage Vrated V Fieldweakening speed 1) n2 rpm Max. permisMax. sible contispeed nuous speed 2) 3) nS1 rpm nmax rpm Order No. 1PL6 asynchronous motor Mrated Nm (lbf-ft) 486 (358.5) 682 (503) 900 (663.8) 1091 (804.7) 1446 (1066.6) 372 (274.4) 494 (364.4) 675 (479.9) 889 (655.7) 988 (728.7)

Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
1750 180 89 (119.3) 125 (167.6) 225 165 (221.2) 200 (268.1) 265 (355.2) 2900 180 113 (151.5) 150 (201.1) 225 205 (274.8) 270 (361.9) 300 (402.1) Fans: 166 231 292 350 470 209 280 365 470 530 400 400 400 400 400 400 390 400 400 400 4500 4500 2900 2900 2900 5000 5000 3500 3500 3500 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3500 4) 3500 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 3100 4) 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PL6184 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . . 1PL6186 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . . 1PL6224 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . . 1PL6226 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . .

3

4500 4) 1PL6228 – 7 7 F 7 7 – 0 . . . 5000 5000 4500 4500 1PL6184 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . . 1PL6186 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . . 1PL6224 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . . 1PL6226 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . .

4500 4) 1PL6228 – 7 7 L 7 7 – 0 . . . 4 6 7 8 A E H J M N R F D Q P 0 1 2 3

External fan unit and PG cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, PG cable entry in terminal box External fan unit and metric cable entry in terminal box Without external fan unit, for pipe connection, metric cable entry in terminal box Without encoder Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder HTL 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 7) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 7) 2-pole resolver • Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp with C and D track 7) Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp without C and D track 7) 2-pole resolver top/from right top/from DE top/from NDE top/from left IM B3 IM B3 IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450, SH 225: with flange A 550) IM B35 (SH 450: with flange A 450, SH 225: with flange A 550) Hoisting system for different construction types (IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6)

Encoder systems for motors without DRIVE-CLiQ interface:

Encoder systems for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface:

Terminal box/cable entry (view onto DE):

Type of construction:

0 1 3 5

Hoisting system for different construction types (IM V15, IM V36)

For further order number supplements (14th to 16th data position of the order number) see next page.

3/34

Siemens D 21.1 · 2005

Asynchronous (induction) motors
1PL6 motors

AC motors

■ Selection and ordering data
Power factor Magnetizing current Iµ cos ϕ A Efficiency Rated fre- Moment of quency inertia frated Hz J kgm2 (lbf-in-s²) 0.503 (4.45) 0.666 (5.89) 1.479 (13.09) 1.930 (17.08) 2.326 (20.58) 0.503 (4.45) 0.666 (5.89) 1.479 (13.09) 1.930 (17.08) 2.326 (20.58) kg (lb) Order No. Weight approx. 1PL6 asynchronous motor SINAMICS S120 Motor Module Rated output current Irated A Order No. ηrated

Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC
0.84 0.84 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.85 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.86 68 92 90 122 174 79 110 118 160 188 0.921 0.935 0.942 0.942 0.948 0.938 0.943 0.950 0.952 0.952 59.3 59.3 59.2 59.1 59.0 97.6 97.5 97.5 97.4 97.3 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 370 (816) 440 (970) 630 (1389) 750 (1654) 860 (1896) 1PL6184 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6186 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6224 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6226 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6228 – . . F . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6184 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6186 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6224 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6226 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 1PL6228 – . . L . . – 0 7 7 7 200 260 310 380 490 210 310 380 490 605 6SL3120 –1TE32 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 6AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 8AA0 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE32 – 1AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 1AA0 6SL3320 –1TE33 – 8AA0 6SL3320 –1TE35 – 0AA0 6SL3320 –1TE36– 1AA0

3

Out-drive type: Coupling Coupling Coupling Coupling Belt Belt Increased cantilever forces Increased cantilever forces Drive end shaft extension (DE): Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Fitted key Plain shaft Plain shaft

Vibration severity grade: R R S SR R R R R Balancing: Half-key Half-key Full-key Full-key — —

Shaft and flange accuracy: N R R R N R N R Direction of air flow (fan): DE → NDE NDE → DE 5) DE → NDE NDE → DE 5) DE → NDE NDE → DE 5) A B C D J K 0 3 6 –Z A B C D E F G H

Color: primed Anthracite (RAL 7016), standard paint finish Anthracite (RAL 7016), special paint finish Special versions: Specify supplementary order code and plain text if applicable (see Options).

1) n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is at the voltage limit when P = Prated. Notice: The speed is limited to lower values in some cases. The following restriction applies: Max. output frequency < 5 × motor rated frequency. 2) nS1: The maximum perm